you're reading...
Environmental Toxins, News, TECH NEWS, Technology, Uncategorized

All the Conspiracy Theories In One Spot

All the Conspiracy Theories In One Spot

Ever wonder what gets conspuiracy theorists all riled up? Creepy stuff fires their rockets.
From the world’s blogs, let’s take a look at all of the Conspiracy theories (Minus the Aliens) in one blast:

* That a section of the US Government allowed the Bin Laden family jet-liner to fly across the US,
shortly after Sept. 11, 2001 to pick up members of the Bin Laden family and remove them from the US.

* That the Bush family has engaged in business dealings with, and has stayed in, the Bin Laden family

* That the US government fully funded, trained, supplied and organized the Bin Laden organization,
and made a deal for oil resources and then retracted that deal causing animosity among the Bin Laden

* That George Bush is fully funded, managed and controlled by the oil industry.

* That Dick Cheney is fully funded,and manages segments of the US Government for the oil industry.

* That Dick Cheney and George BUsh, through their oil industry past business entities had an active
hand in the Unocal Afganistan Pipeline deal which fell apart on, or about, Sept. 9, 2001.

* That George Bush, Dick Cheney, Condolezza Rice and officials of equal power have systematically
redacted every possible environmental law in order to support the oil industry heads who control them.

* That every hijacking in America has been immediately met with a fighter escort and that fighters
were delayed by calculated inaction on Sept. 11, 2001.

* That the Us government had received over 2800 detailed reports on the Sept. 11 mission by Sept. 1,
2001 which would allow certain officials to control either the termination of, or the mission
completion of, the hijackers.

* That each member of the Us Government accused in the documents in this book and all other reports
and charges internationally happen to all be members of the Yale Skull & Bones society, The
Bohemian Grove and the Bilderburg Procedures; All groups dedicated to control of resources for the

* That a systematic firing of democratic, female or pro-public reporters has been waged for the
past 5 years and that most media in America is now controlled by white republican men for the
purpose of reducing anti-power elite coverage.

* That George Bush and Dick Cheney have engaged in multiple crminal activites in the past.

* That the BUsh family has had a long standing oil deal with Iraq and used Us resources when
that personal deal was reneged on by Iraq heads of state.

* That the Bush Administration has established a program with each major energy company,
led by Chevron/Texaco to manage public policy in favor of oil-based energy companies first and the
public second. Enron was part of this program and tiers directly to Dick Cheney.

All Dressered Up With No Place (But Jail?) To Go?

“At the time of this undisclosed Change in Accounting
Principle, Halliburton was having a very difficult
year with lower oil prices adversely affecting its business and was
facing a net loss for the year, compared to
substantial net income in the prior year. In addition, in the third
quarter of 1998, before the Change in
Accounting Principle was implemented, Halliburton acquired Dresser
Industries, Inc. (“Dresser”), which had
been besieged by hundreds of thousands of asbestos-related lawsuits,
all of which further threatened the financial
performance of Halliburton in 1998 and later years.”
Suit Claims Fraud by Cheney, Oil Co.
For Immediate Release Office of the Press Secretary July 8, 2002
GEORGE W. BUSH:      “Another key element of economic growth is consumer
and investor confidence in our markets and in the integrity of
corporate America. And right now, that confidence has been shaken. 
Tomorrow in New York, I’ll outline tough new laws and actions to
punish abuses, restore investor confidence, and protect the pensions
of American workers. We have a duty to every worker, shareholder, and
investor in America to punish the guilty, to close loopholes, and
protect employee pensions. And we will.”
Dubya, , do make sure you reserve a double at the jail, you can share
the cell  with your cousin Deputy Dictator Dirty Dick Cheney. ” Suit
Claims Fraud by Cheney, Oil Co.
Wed Jul 10,11:      39 AM ET
By TIM REYNOLDS, Associated Press Writer

MIAMI (AP) – A legal watchdog group on Wednesday sued Vice President
Dick Cheney ( news – web sites) and Halliburton Co., the oil services
company he ran for five years, alleging fraudulent accounting
practices at the company.
The lawsuit by Washington-based Judicial
Watch alleged that the accounting fraud led to
shareholder losses, claiming Halliburton
overstated revenues by $445 million from 1999
through the end of 2001.
“Halliburton overstated profits that many
American citizens relied upon. That’s fraudulent
security practices and it resulted in those
Americans suffering huge losses,” said Larry
Klayman, chairman and general counsel of
Judicial Watch. The suit, filed in U.S. District
Court in Dallas, was announced at a news
conference in Miami.

“It’s no accident that Iraq has weapons of mass destruction. U.S.
corporations helped supply them.”- “Gulf veterans
have filed a
billion-dollar class action lawsuit in federal court in Galveston,
Texas, against companies that supplied Iraq with the dual-use
technology to create its weapons of mass destruction. Among the
companies named are Bechtel, M.W. Kellog, Dresser Industries, and
Interchem Inc. Vic Silvester, a plaintiff in the lawsuit, told the
National Law Journal, “The companies that made the
chemicals and
biologicals should pay.” Silvester said his son, a
Gulf vet,
from a variety of serious medical conditions from exposures,
including nerve damage, rashes, severe headaches, and chronic
fatigue. “He can’t sleep,” Silvester said, “and when he goes to the
store, he can’t remember what he went to get.” According to
July 27, 1992, floor speech, as late as the fall of 1989, only
before Iraq invaded Kuwait, George Bush signed a top secret
National Security Decision directive, known as NSD 26, ordering
closer ties with Saddam Hussein and Iraq: “Normal relations between
the United States and Iraq would serve our long-term interests and
support stability both in the Gulf and the Middle East,” stated the
top secret directive. ” During the 1992 presidential campaign, Gore
called the cover up of the secret Bush policy to arm Iraq “bigger
than Watergate ever was,”

FROM:      “Cheney
at the Helm At Halliburton, oil and human rights did not mix By Wayne
Madsen – after Halliburton acquired Dresser in 1998, it helped rebuild
Iraq’s petroleum industry, which Cheney and the Pentagon had decimated
during Desert Storm .During a 1998 speech in Corpus Christi, Texas,
Cheney conceded that his top job at the Pentagon stood him in good
stead at Halliburton. “In the oil and gas business, I deal with many
of the same people,” he told the convention of the Gulf Coast
Association of Geological Societies. “Cheney delivered fast, embarking
on months of globe-trotting that got Halliburton top-level attention
from prime ministers and oil sheikhs from Riyadh and Baku to Lagos and
Caracas,” The Washington Post reported.”Soon he was on a first-name
basis with oil ministers all over the world, building on the ties he
had developed in the Middle East during his Pentagon days.”The
Pentagon itself has been a huge boon to the company. “Halliburton eats
at the trough of government contracts,” says Wenonah Hauter, director
of Public Citizen’s Critical Mass Energy and Environment Program,
noting that the company’s two largest government contracts are with
the Pentagon and the British Ministry of Defense. Cheney’s links to
defense contractors and the intelligence community have made him
suspect among human rights activists. Halliburton and Brown and Root
have played a role in some of the world’s most volatile trouble spots.
These include Algeria, Angola, Bosnia, Burma, Croatia, Haiti, Kuwait,
Nigeria, Russia, Rwanda, and Somalia.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3950  Nor was the
Washington Post the only media outlet found attractive by
the Harriman or Bush interests. “As an investor in companies that
became successful, like Pan American Airways, Columbia Broadcasting
System and Dresser Industries, Prescott Bush (father of former
President Bush) built his fortune. He also joined their boards, thus
helping produce employment for Pres Jr. in Pan Am and later for George
in Dresser Industries..” Source for material directly above, Page 5
George Bush:      An Intimate Portrait Trade Paperback, 270 Pages,
Hippocrene Books, Incorporated, November 1990 ISBN: 0870529420 Author:
Green, Fitzhugh. “Prescott (Bush) had been a senior director of
Dresser Industries, an oil Enterprise with activities in the south
western part of the United States. He had been in at The beginning in
a sense. Brown Brothers Harriman, (the firm Prescott Bush and George
Herbert Walker Bush’s grandfather George Herbert Walker had been
partners in with the Harrimans), underwrote the company when after
being a family business for 48 Years it became a public corporation in
1928. Neil Mallon, the president of Dresser was put there at the
suggestion of Roland Harriman, Prescott’s partner. In 1948 Mallon
offered to take on George (Herbert Walker Bush) as the company’s only
trainee that year.”

AN INTIMATE PORTRAIT Trade Paperback, 270 Pages, Hippocrene Books,
Incorporated, November 1990 ISBN: 0870529420 Author:
Green, Fitzhugh “Directions to Dresser-Rand Houston From George Bush
Intercontinental Airport:””Who We Are | Our History | Dresser History
Three generations of Bush family stand in front of a Dresser company
airplane in West Texas. Former President George Bush, center,
received his first job in the energy industry
Halliburton, Dresser http://www.famoustexans.com/georgebush.htm
“George opted for a third family tie. He met with Henry Neil Mallon,
the president of Dresser Industries. Mallon offered George his first
job at Dresser subsidiary International Derrick and Equipment Company
(Ideco), in Odessa, Texas. Brown Brothers Harriman had underwritten
Dresser’s transition from a private company to a publicly traded one.
Years later, George named a son after Mallon.”
Justice reached a settlement today allowing Halliburton Company and
Dresser Industries Inc. to merge, after Halliburton agreed to sell off
a key part of its worldwide oilfield service
business-logging-while-drilling (LWD)–to resolve the Department’s
competitive concerns.” http://star.arabia.com/000224/JO1.html
The alleged attempted theft of the Presidency from Richard M. Nixon by
George Herbert Walker Bush, in the “Watergate Conspiracy” was not the
only time such a monumental wrong was to occur. Clearly the spirit of
the Constitution is violated if both President and Vice President are
related to one another, have close financial ties linking their
families for generations, and are also, in clear violation of the
letter of the Constitution, from the same state. “The running mates
George Walker Bush and Richard Bruce Cheney are half-tenth cousins of
each other.”
“Former administrators of President Bush donate to governor” “‘I’m a
Texas voter, and I’m a Republican and I know him personally,” said
Cheney, who is now chairman and CEO of the Halliburton Co. in Dallas.”
“Lawsuit challenges Cheney’s Wyoming residency By NATALIE GOTT
Associated Press Writer AUSTIN (AP)– A second lawsuit
seeking to block Gov. George W. Bush from becoming president by
challenging running mate Dick Cheney’s status as a Wyoming resident
was filed in Texas on Tuesday Filed as a class-action
lawsuit in Austin, it lists 1,915 plaintiffs and claims that Cheney
and Bush cannot earn Texas’ 32 electoral votes because Cheney-like
Bush-is a Texas inhabitant. “We believe Bush is from
Texas and Cheney is from Texas,” said Philadelphia attorney Philip
Berg, the lead counsel in the case. The lawsuit cites the 12th
Amendment of the Constitution, which says if the president and vice
president are inhabitants of the same state, they can’t earn that
state’s electoral votes.” The Unconstitutional Texas Electors
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3929Below EXCERPTED
from “Full Text of the Vice-Presidential Debate, Part
2 By THE NEW YORK TIMES” “LIEBERMAN: Ah, Bernie, ah, Dick Cheney must
be one of the few people, ah, in America who does-who thinks that
nothing has been accomplished in the last eight years. I mean, the
fact is that promises were made and promises were kept. I mean, has Al
Gore-did Al Gore make promises in 1992? Absolutely. Did he deliver?
Big time, if I may put it that way. And that’s the record. Look at the
20 — look at the 22 million new jobs. Look at the 4 million new
businesses. Look at the lower interest rates, low rate of inflation,
high rate of growth. I think if you asked most people in America
today that famous question that Ronald Reagan asked: Are you better
off today than you were eight years ago? most people would say yes.And
I’m pleased to say, See, Dick, from the newspapers, that you arebetter
off than you were eight years ago too.” ” CHENEY: And most of it-and I
can tell you, Joe, that the government had absolutely nothing to do
with it.” http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1596
“Cheney Led Halliburton To Feast at Federal Trough State Department
Questioned Deal With Firm Linked to Russian Mob By Knut Royce and
Nathaniel Heller (Washington, August 2) Under the guidance of Richard
Cheney, a get-the-government-out-of-my-face conservative, Halliburton
Company over the past five years has emerged as a corporate welfare
hog, benefiting from at least $3.8 billion in federal contracts and
taxpayer-insured loans. One of these loans was approved in April by
the U.S. Export-Import Bank. It guaranteed $489 million in credits to
a Russian oil company whose roots are imbedded in a legacy of KGB and
Communist Party corruption, as well as drug trafficking and organized
crime funds, according to Russian and U.S. sources and documents.Those
claims are hotly disputed by the Russian oil firm’s holding
company.Halliburton, which lobbied for the Ex-Im loan after the State
Department initially asserted that the deal would run counter to the
“national interest,” will receive $292 million of those funds to
refurbish a massive Siberian oil field owned by the Russian company,
the Tyumen Oil Co., which is controlled by a conglomerate called the
Alfa Group.The April Ex-Im taxpayer-insured loan, which has the effect
of reducing the borrower’s interest rate and extending its repayment
term, is but the latest of a series of government bank guarantees from
which Halliburton has benefited under Cheney, who joined the company
as chairman and chief executive officer in 1995. Since then
Halliburton and its subsidiaries have undertaken foreign projects in
which Ex-Im and its sister U.S. bank, the Overseas Private Investment
Corp., have guaranteed or made direct loans totaling $1.5 billion,
mostly over the last two years. That compares with a total of about
$100 million the government banks insured and loaned in the five years
before Cheney joined the company.Under Cheney, Halliburton-largely
through its Brown  and  Root subsidiary-has garnered $2.3 billion in
government contracts. This is almost double the $1.2 billion it
earned from the government in the five years before he arrived. Most
of the contracts have been with the U.S. Army for engineering work in
a variety of hot spots, including Bosnia, Albania, Kosovo and
Haiti.” http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3815 
“Cheney, as CEO of Halliburton, oversaw
$23.8 million of business contracts for the sale of oil-industry
equipment and services to Iraq through two of its subsidiaries,
Dresser Rand and Ingersoll-Dresser Pump, which helped rebuild Iraq’s
war-damaged petroleum-production infrastructure.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3130  Excerpted from
text of Dick Cheney’s
speech at the IP ( institute of
petroleum) autumn lunch
” I
understand last year when Sheikh
Yamani spoke that he was rather
pessimistic about the outlook for oil
prices and the ability of OPEC
to arrive at a price level and
maintain it over time and I’m not sure
that it’s fair to come back a year
later and second-guess and I hope
a year from now people won’t do that
to me in terms of the forecasts
I’m going to make, but I do want to talk about the outlook, certainly
from the perspective of Halliburton, how we look at what may occur
here in the future and let me say at the outset that I am unreasonably
optimistic about our industry the Middle East with two thirds of the
world’s oil – is still where the prize ultimately lies.
While Halliburton has certainly grown bigger through its merger with
Dresser and other key acquisitions, this made sense in part because
it gave our company both a broader array of services and also
greater depth in products and service”
http://www.washingtoninstitute.org/pubs/cheney.htm “Secretary Richard
Cheney Secretary of Defense of the United States “The Gulf War: A
First Assessment” Soref Symposium April 29, 1991 I think that the
proposition of going to Baghdad is also fallacious. I think if we were
going to remove Saddam Hussein we would have had to go all the way to
Baghdad, we would have to commit a lot of force- And once we’d done
that and we’d gotten rid of Saddam Hussein and his government, then
we’d have had to put another government in its place. What kind of
government? Should it be a Sunni government or Shi’i government or a
Kurdish government” 
“As Secretary of Defense during the Gulf War, Richard B Cheney played
a key role-But as Chief Executive Officer of Halliburton Co., a
Dallas-based maker of oil equipment, Cheney recently held a major
stake in Dresser-Rand and Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Co., two American
players in the reconstruction of Iraq’s oil industry.- According to
diplomats and the website, American firms that have done business with
Iraq, directly or through subsidiaries, include such petroleum
industry giants as Halliburton, the world’s largest oil-field
service company; Schlumberger, the second-largest oil-field servicer,
the Fisher-Rosemount unit of Emerson Electric Co. in St. Louis; the
Hamilton Sundstrand unit of United Technologies in Windsor
Locks, Connecticut; and Baker Hughes Inc. of Houston.- A Halliburton
spokesman, Guy Marcus, confirmed that two of his firm’s former joint
ventures-Dresser-Rand and Ingersoll-Dresser Pump Co.-
conducted business with Baghdad. “The joint ventures sold spare
parts to Iraq through European subsidiaries,” he said.- According to
one diplomat at the United Nations, Dresser-Rand and
Ingersoll-Dresser Pump signed $29 million in contracts for spare
parts with Iraq through affiliates in Austria, France, Germany and
Italy.” Section immediately below is EXCERPTED FROM Ancestors of C
Patten and Mary Anna Lee Surname List
http://members.nbci.com/oldchuck/pafx2.htm “Isaac KILBOURN [Parents]
was christened 26 Jan 1659 in Rowley, Essex, Massachusetts. He married
Mary CHENEY on 24 Jul 1684 in Rowley, Essex, Massachusetts. Mary
CHENEY married Isaac KILBOURN on 24 Jul 1684 in Rowley, Essex,
Massachusetts.Joseph DRESSER married Elizabeth KILBOURN on 12 Mar 1705
in Rowley, Essex, Massachusetts.Elizabeth KILBOURN [Parents] was
christened 1 Apr 1663 in Rowley, Essex, Massachusetts. She married
Joseph DRESSER on 12 Mar 1705 in Rowley, Essex, Massachusetts. “Mercie
BUSHNELL was born Mar 1657 in Saybrook, Massachusetts. She died about
1748. Mercie married Joseph CARY.They had the following children:”
“Elizabeth BAKER married Robert MOULTON on 14 Dec 1744 in Marlborough,
Middlesex, Massachusetts.” “Jonathan HARRIMAN married Mary CHAPLIN on
23 Dec 1736 in Rowley, Essex, Massachusetts.” “Hannah HINCKLEY married
Nathaniel GLOVER about 1672.”
02988.htm#i2988 “Emily9 Cheney (Mary8 Bushnell, Mary Mahetabel7
Apthorp, Elizabeth Coggshall6 Davenport, James Hon.5, Abraham Hon.4,
John Rev.3, John Jr.2, John Rev.1) was born in Hartford, Connecticut
15 Oct 1864. She married Henry Barrett Learned in Of, Hartford,
Connecticut, 14 Jan 1899. Henry was born in Of, Hartford, Connecticut
Abt 1860. Emily Cheney and Henry Barrett Learned had the following
children: 2385 i. John10 Learned was born in Of, Hartford, Connecticut
20 Aug 1900. 2386 ii. Frank Cheney Learned was born in Of, Hartford,
Connecticut 1 Apr 1903.” “This substance was synthesized for the first
time in 1898 by Dresser and was put on the market commercially by the
firm, Bayer under the name by which the substance is still known:
heroin, together with another new product, ‘aspirin’ (note: not sure
who the dresser is that is referred to immediately above, a person, a
company? would appreciate some research help on that one.
thanks-please post your response if you find anything on it one way or
another).  “Cheney represents the alliance of Big Oil money and the
military-industrial complex. After presiding over the Defense
Department, Cheney graduated to the world of big business, where he
became President of Halliburton. Under Cheney’s leadership.
Halliburton has expanded the range of services its offers and has
spent about $1 billion acquiring companies with different niche
specialties. The company bought Landmark Graphics Corp., in 1996, a
company that makes software for seismic evaluations of petroleum
reservoirs. Last year, it gobbled up Numar Corp.: their software
enables drillers to analyze subsurface rock formations in newly
drilled wells using magnetic resonance imaging. The recent acquisition
of the Dresser Company means that Halliburton has acquired strong
engineeringcapabilities and drilling systems to complement its
strength in energy sector construction and maintenance.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3308 Although
Halliburton sold its stake in Dresser-Rand in February 2000 and in
Ingersoll-Dresser Pump in December 1999, Mr. Cheney told ABC’s This
Week program in August that his company had no dealings with Iraq
during this period, through subsidiaries or otherwise. On Sunday,
August 6th, 2000, Mr. Cheney had the following exchange with ABC’s Sam
Donaldson: DONALDSON: I’m told and correct me if I’m wrong, that
Halliburton, through subsidiary companies, was actually trying to do
business with Iraq? CHENEY: No. No. I had a firm policy that I
wouldn’t do anything in Iraq even – even arrangements that were
supposedly legal. What we do with respect with Iran and Libya is done
through foreign subsidiaries totally in compliance with US law. 
DONALDSON: It’s a way around US law. CHENEY: No. No. It’s provided for
us specifically with respect to Iran and Libya. Iraq’s different, but
we’ve not done any business in Iraq since the sanctions were imposed
and – and I had a standing policy that I wouldn’t do that. On August
27th, Mr. Donaldson again asked Mr. Cheney on This Week, “All right. 
So you – you continue to say that you had not dealt with Iraq while
you were CEO of Halliburton, is that correct?” Mr. Cheney replied,
“That’s correct,” but then added to the contrary, “When we took over
Dresser, we inherited two joint ventures with Ingersoll-Rand that were
selling some parts into Iraq….” “The Financial Times article
indicates that Mr. Cheney was either lying to ABC on August 6th about
doing business with Iraq, or the burden is on him to make the
difficult argument that as CEO of Halliburton, he was unaware that he
was doing tens of millions of dollars of business with Iraq,” said Ira
N. Forman, Executive Director of the National Jewish Democratic
Council. “Either way, it is unthinkable that Mr. Cheney would have
been profiting from doing business with a pariah nation such as Iraq –
a nation that repeatedly hurled Scud missiles at Israel, and a nation
that Mr. Cheney himself led the fight against as Secretary of Defense.
It makes a damning statement about either Mr. Cheney’s veracity or
his character that when it comes to doing business with Iraq, he would
just proceed with business as usual. This entire episode raises
serious questions about Mr. Cheney’s priorities and his truthfulness,”
Mr. Forman added.”
http://www.njdc.org/readNews.php?show=107 and subcat=3
“Vinson  and  Elkins LLP | 1999 Mergers  and  Acquisitions
… $2.1 billion. Enron Corp. Sale of Portland General Electric to
Sierra Pacific … $550
million. Halliburton Company Sale of Partnership Interest in
“There are a wide variety of responses to the energy industry amongst
Houston firms. Vinson  and  Elkins L.L.P.for example, has a
and productive relationship with Enron, the aggressively expanding
Houston energy corporation. Despite the firm’s formidable client base,
Enron has an importance for Vinson  and  Elkins L.L.P. that no single
client has for Fulbright  and  Jaworski L.L.P. or Baker  and  Botts,
L.L.P. –
though Exxon Corporation and Pennzoil Company provide Baker  and 
L.L.P. with some very significant work. Vinson  and  Elkins L.L.P. has
traditionally been associated with oil and gas, but now has a greater
diversity of expertise. The firm has 171 attorneys in its Business 
International group and eight partners and ten non-partners in its
Energy practice group.” http://www.icclaw.com/us500/edit/ho7.htm
“Today, a curious Dr. Jekyll, Mr.
Hyde story. The University of Houston’s College of Engineering
presents this series about the machines that make our civilization
run, and the people whose ingenuity created them.
The year is 1824. The town is Warrenton, Georgia. Gentle Dr. Bush has
just died at the age of 82. He’s lived here for 30 years. He practiced
medicine for the last 20 of those years. He also taught both religion
and science at the local Warrenton Academy.
Dr. Bush was respected, but he was a very private man. We knew he was
from New England and that he’d lived in France before he came here.
That’s about all we knew.
Now his executors are in for a surprise. First they find wooden pieces
of a submarine prototype in Dr. Bush’s workshop. His papers are even
more startling. They find that Dr. Bush wasn’t really Dr. Bush at all.
He was Captain David Bushnell, once a member of the Continental
Army’s Corps of Engineers.
This gentle doctor was the first military submarine maker. Bushnell
began as a bookish Connecticut farmer. When he was 29, his father
died. So he sold the farm and went to Yale. For four years he studied
science, and he built his man-powered sub.
He called his boat the Turtle because he’d made it from two
hollowed-out wooden slabs. They looked like huge turtle shells. David
Bushnell’s brother Ezra learned to pilot the submarine. David readied
the Turtle for action against the English in 1776. Then Ezra fell ill.
David had to start from scratch.
He trained Ezra Lee, a gunnery sergeant, to sink the English
man-o-war, Eagle. Lee did the best he could. He managed to get under
the Eagle. But when he tried to anchor the torpedo, his drill hit an
iron fitting. Dawn found Lee exhausted. He dumped his warhead in the
bay and ran. The charge went off harmlessly. Still, the English fleet
bolted. It put to sea.
But that didn’t satisfy David Bushnell. He turned his fury and
frustration on Lee. Lee fled back to his outfit, and Bushnell tried to
smuggle the Turtle away from the British on a sloop. An English
frigate spotted the sloop and sank it. So our first submarine came to
rest at the bottom of the sea.
Bushnell had used up his fortune by now. He finished the Revolution
designing mines. Then he went to France to sell his submarine design.
He also failed at that. By 1795, thoroughly disillusioned, Bushnell
came back to America, to Georgia, as Dr. Bush. He gave the rest of his
life over to teaching and healing.
It’d be another forty years before a submarine would sink a
ship-ninety years before wholesale slaughter would begin. Gentle Dr.
Bush never had to see the fruit of David Bushnell’s bold, visionary
experiment. ”
i2994 “954. Mary8 Bushnell (Mary Mahetabel7 Apthorp, Elizabeth
Coggshall6 Davenport, James Hon.5, Abraham Hon.4, John Rev.3, John
Jr.2, John Rev.1) was born in Hartford, Connecticut 25 Sep 1840. She
married Frank Woodbridge Cheney Col. 3 Nov 1863. Frank was born in
Providence, Rhode Island 5 Jun 1832. Frank died 1909.
Mary Bushnell and Frank Woodbridge Cheney Col. had the following
o      1688 i. Emily9 Cheney was born 15 Oct 1864.
1689 ii. Charles Cheney was born 7 Jun 1866. He married an unknown
person 5 Jun 1894.
1690 iii. Horace Bushnell Cheney was born 19 May 1868.
o      1691 iv. John Davenport Cheney was born 1 Jan 1870.
1692 v. Howell Cheney was born 1 Jan 1870.
1693 vi. Seth Leslie Cheney was born 12 Jan 1874.
1694 vii. Ward Cheney was born 26 May 1875.
1695 viii. Austin Cheney was born 13 Dec 1876.
1696 ix. Frank Dexter Cheney was born 16 Oct 1878.
1697 x. Marjorie Cheney was born 12 Jul 1880.
1698 xi. Dorothy Cheney was born 12 Jul 1880.
1699 xii. Ruth Cheney was born 23 Mar 1884. She married Goodwin Abt
1905. He was born Abt 1880.” “YALE’S SKULL
BONES SOCIETY MEMBERS” Bush George Herbert Walker 1948 Bush George
Walker 1968 Bush James S. 1922 Bush Jonathan 1953 Bush Prescott
Sheldon 1917 Cheney Clifford Dudley 1898 Cheney Frank Dexter 1900
Cheney Howell 1892 Cheney Philip 1901 Cheney Ronald Lawton 1958 Cheney
Russell 1904 Cheney Thomas Langdon 1901 Cheney Ward 1896 Cheney, Jr.
Bush Derek C.
Bush George Herbert Walker
Bush George Walker
Bush James S.
Bush Jonathan
Bush Prescott Sheldon
Bushnell Samuel Clarke
Bushnell William Benedick
Knight Dexter 1892
Also from the same list above: Mallon Guy Ward 1885
Henry Neil 1917 Mallon John Howard 1919 Mallon Thomas
Ridgway 1945W
s/Texts/Scholarly/Lyons_Another_60s_01.html “Cheney, came out of
Caspar, Wyoming,”   “Cheney went off to Yale on a scholarship, but did
and dropped out after three semesters”.
You are invited to join

The message:
“Poll shows U.S. media overwhelmingly biased to Republican agenda.  We
been betrayed!!”

A study of ABC World News Tonight, CBS Evening News and NBC Nightly
News in
the year 2001 shows that 92 percent of all U.S. sources interviewed
white, 85 percent were male and, where party affiliation was
75 percent were Republican.

Why is this occuring?   Perhaps because the same corporations running
TV are
benefiting from the GOP war machine and pollution machine?  I’m open to
other possibilities.
Race of U.S. Sources, Where Identifiable
    White    Black    Latino    Arab-Am.    Asian-Am.    Native Am.
ABC    92 %    7 %    0.5 %    0.5 %    0.3 %    0 %
CBS    92 %    7 %    0.7 %    0.7 %    0.3 %    0 %
NBC    92 %    7 %    0.6 %    0.6 %    0.2 %    0.024 %
TOTAL    92 %    7 %    0.6 %    0.6 %    0.2 %    0.008 %
Gender of Sources
    Men    Women
ABC    86 %    14 %
CBS    86 %    14 %
NBC    82 %    18 %
TOTAL    85 %    15 %
Partisan Affiliation of Sources, Where Identifiable
    Republican    Democrat    3rd Party/Independent
ABC    73 %    27 %    0.7 %
CBS    76 %    23 %    1.2 %
NBC    75 %    25 %    0.2 %
TOTAL    75 %    24 %    1 %
*62% of all partisan sources were administration officials; George Bush
alone accounted for 33% of the total. When these are set aside, the
remaining partisan sources were 51% Republican and 48% Democrat,
a strong advantage overall for the party that held the White House.
Total Partisan Sources Before & After Sept. 11
    Republican    Democrat    3rd Party/Independent
Before 9/11    68 %    31 %    1 %
After 9/11    87 %    13 %    0.1 %

To only read this 9-11 action alert MEANS NOTHING.  What we DO with it, CAN
CHANGE THE WORLD . . . “or not, if we don’t use it.”  [This action kit you
have in this email is the result of YEARS of work to assemble, given to you
FREELY to use.]

By using this kit and forwarding it to many others YOU will get the so
called “leaders” and so called “reporters” to do their jobs, and expose the
deep and corrupt tangle of the Bush administration and CIA with 9-11, that
has aggravated conflicts worldwide, massively shifted world resources to the
military, enabled govt.s worldwide to crack down on civil rights, to murder
opposition leaders in the name of fighting terrorism, and to put the dire
global environment in back page news.

                        Bill Douglas, International Movement Demanding
                                      Inquiry into 9-11

9-11 Action Alert Kit:
1)    Send ONLY the below message to all the contacts below it (send it
worldwide, not just to your own country – there should be an international
2)    Forward this ENTIRE email 9-11 Action Alert to as many activists as you
can, and urge them all to forward it on to as many activists as they can.
(800 activist discussion groups you can join and post this too are listed at
the end of email.)
3)    Post THE MESSAGE several times per week at michaelmoore.com, ALL
indymedia.org sites worldwide, BET.com, billmaher.tv, and any other activist
or public websites you can, such as cnn.com, msnbc.com, etc. etc.

WHY? If you send this message out to 100, and they send it out to 100, then
30 MILLION people will see it, and media and government worldwide will get
millions of contacts on it.  THEY WILL KNOW WE KNOW.  Eventually it will
break this open!


An appeal to the Media, to Congress, and to Govt. worldwide,

2 brave FBI officers have come forward, a U.S. Naval Intelligence spy has
come forward to bring the truth out that Bush had foreknowledge of 9-11 and
ALLOWED it to happen for political gain.  400 families of the 9-11 victims
are suing Bush for complicity in 9-11.
[See SF Examiner article below].

We implore you to take a moral stand in demanding a full independent inquiry
into 9-11, with AT LEAST 10 independent investigators.  Hundreds of millions
worldwide know we are being lied to, and that 9-11 is being covered up in
the Congressional “Gee we don’t want anyone to really be responsible” “so
called” investigations.

The world knows Bush was complicit in 9-11, see BBC & Canadian TV
documentaries below.  See the ABC News documentary to understand why Bush
did it.

Player Video):


U.S. Spy Warned Canadian officials of September attack on World Trade Center
BEFORE 9-11:

Russian Air Force Chief Says Official 9-11 Story Impossible, [Posted 13
September 2001]

ABC News Story on Afgan pipeline! (Real Player Video):

Publication date: 06/11/2002

S.F. attorney: Bush allowed 9/11
Of The Examiner Staff
    Stanley Hilton now figures his case is stronger because of a coalition
of attorneys, victims’ families and bipartisan legislators who gathered in
Washington on Monday to condemn the government’s lack of action in
preventing the Sept. 11 attacks.
    Hilton is the San Francisco attorney who filed a $7 billion lawsuit in
U.S. District Court on June 3 against President Bush and other government
officials for “allowing” the terrorist attacks to occur.
    Among Hilton’s allegations: Bush conspired to create the Sept. 11
attacks for his own political gain and has been using Osama bin Laden as a
    Hilton said he has information that bin Laden died several years ago of
kidney failure.
    “I hope it will expose the fact that there are numbers of people in the
government, including Bush and his top assistants, who wanted this to
happen,” Hilton said.
    His class-action suit named 10 defendants, including Vice President Dick
Cheney, National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice, Secretary of Defense
Donald Rumsfeld, and Transportation Secretary Norman Mineta. Hilton said he
represents the families of 14 victims and that 400 plaintiffs are involved
     White House spokesman Ken Macias and Department of Justice public
affairs officer Charles Miller each said their departments were unaware of
the lawsuit.
    Hilton, Sen. Bob Dole’s former aide, has been publicly critical of
conservatives in books he has written about Dole and the Clinton sex
scandal. Hilton, who said he has sources within the FBI, CIA, the National
Security Agency and Naval intelligence, demands Bush’s impeachment and
believes the truth will come out in trial.
    Hilton claims the Bush administration ignored intelligence information,
refused to round up suspected terrorists beforehand, and during the
hijackings refused to disable pilot controls and switch to a ground-based
remote system.
    He claims the government benefited from installing a puppet Afghan
government friendly to U.S. oil interests.
    Hilton also says Bush used bin Laden’s antagonist image to create a
public frenzy, which allowed the Bush administration to tighten its
political grip.
    E-mail: dkiefer@sfexaminer.com

“Look at Fox News, MSNBC, ABC, just about every newspaper in the country, and recently CNN as well.
These are all media companies that decided they are going to cater to the right. They don’t give a
fuck about fairless, balance, facts, or objectivity. All they care about is making sure that right
wing viewers are happy. If that means lying, distorting, spinning, or making shit up, who cares.
Just sell the ads, sell the copies, get the ratings.” -The Girl Truth- FC.com

Paso Corp., one of several energy trading companies facing questions
about its accounting practices, shot himself to death at his home,
police said Monday. the circumstances were reminiscent of the Jan. 25
suicide of Enron vice chairman J. Clifford Baxter, who shot himself in
his car after the company collapsed in an accounting scandal. Rice,
47, was a senior vice president at El Paso, where he worked for 25
Police said the body of Charles Dana Rice, 47, of El Paso Corp senior
vice president and treasurer, was found Sunday afternoon June 2nd,
CONTINUES http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3467
To vote, please visit the following web page:
Note: Please do not reply to this message. Poll votes are not
collected via email. To vote, you must go to the Yahoo! Groups web
site listed above.
Thanks! In order to vote you must first join BushBusters
You are invited to join
Subscribe: BushBusters-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
“Who Shot Martin Luther King? The federal government, and Tennessee
authorities, aggressively pushed the lone-gunman theory-although this
explanation was rejected out of hand by millions of Americans. At
Ray’s sentencing, as the state was telling the jury what the evidence
would have been at a trial, Ray interrupted the proceedings to say he
did not agree with the statement of Ramsey Clark, U.S. attorney
general, that there was no conspiracy. Three days later Ray tried to
withdraw his plea of guilty, even though that would subject him to a
possible death sentence. The court refused. From that day forward
there has been a tug-of-war between conspiracy believers and
lone-gunman advocates. In 1979 the House Select Committee on
Assassinations issued a report saying there probably was a
We strongly suggest that you read
Don’t Let Anyone Destroy Our Movement
Part Two Don’t Let Anyone Destroy Our
Part Three Don’t Let Anyone Destroy Our

“Testimony Of Dr. William Kemp Clark The testimony of Dr. William Kemp
Clark was taken at 11:50 a.m., on March 21, 1964, at Parkland Memorial
Hospital, Dallas, Tex., by Mr. Arlen Specter, assistant counsel of the
President’s Commission. Mr. Specter. Would you stand up please, Dr.
Clark, and raise your right hand? Do you solemnly swear that the
testimony you will give before the President’s Commission on the
Assassination of President Kennedy in this deposition proceeding will
be the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, so help you
God? Dr. Clark. I do. Mr. Specter. You may be seated. Dr. Clark. 
Thank you. Mr. Specter. The President’s Commission is investigating
all facts related to the Assassination of President Kennedy, and you
have been asked to testify in this deposition proceeding relating to
the medical treatment received by President Kennedy at Parkland
Memorial Hospital and all facts incident thereto. Mr. Specter. Would
you state your full name for the record, please? Dr. Clark. William
Kemp Clark..”
The Formation of the Clark Panel: More of the Secret Team at Work? By
Lisa Pease The Clark Panel was the medical panel convened almost
immediately after Ramsey Clark had been approved for his appointment
as Attorney General in 1967. The panel was clearly convened to put to
rest the growing doubts caused by the exposures of Mark Lane, Harold
Weisberg, other researchers and even in late 1966, LIFE magazine
itself. All of the above talked about the evidence of conspiracy, and
the implication is that the medical evidence would either show
conspiracy, or else, signs of tampering. What brought it to a crux was
Jim Garrison’s all-out investigation of the assassination, which, in
1967, was making official story proponents very nervous. One of the
key questions raised by the New Orleans DA was this: Why hadn’t the
Warren Commission members examined the autopsy photographs and
X-rays?” http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1514
Ramsey Clark also dutifully backed the official findings that Lee
Harvey Oswald and Sirhan Sirhan each acted alone in the assassinations
of the Kennedy brothers.*** Carlos Marcello biographer John Davis
asserts that the kingpin continued to funnel money to (Ramsey)
Clark(‘s father Tom Clark) when he, (Tom Clark), sat on the high
court.*** ” http://www.holysmoke.org/wb/wb0093.htm
Please see :      Poll Results Who Really Killed JFK?
” (Ramsey) Clark was complicit with Hoover’s COINTELPRO. Following the
1967 riots in Newark and Detroit, he directed the FBI to investigate
whether the unrest was the result of some “scheme or conspiracy.” He
instructed Hoover to develop “sources or informants in black
nationalist organizations, SNCC and other less publicized groups.” The
result was Hoover’s extensive “ghetto informant program. “In 1968,
Clark prosecuted Dr. Benjamin Spock for advocating draft resistance. 
“As late as 1968, while campaigning for Lyndon Johnson in Wisconsin,
Clark was shouting at anti-war protesters to take their grievances to
Hanoi rather than Washington,” wrote John B. Judis in a 1991 expose on
Clark in The New Republic. In June 1980, with America mesmerized by
the Iran hostage crisis, he joined a forum on “Crimes of America” in
Tehran-the first of many such junkets.. After the US bombing of Libya
in 1986, he met with Col. Moammar Qadaffi in Tripoli. Things started
to smell really fishy in 1989, when Clark represented ultra-right
cult-master Lyndon LaRouche. Clark (who had been silent when the real
COINTELPRO was conducted under his watch at the Justice Department)
now charged that the LaRouche case was an “outgrowth” of COINTELPRO. 
Clark was echoing the standard line of the LaRouche organization,
which paradoxically pleads government persecution while boasting of
its connections to the intelligence establishment (uniquely merging
paranoia with delusions of grandeur). In fact, the cult has exchanged
information with the FBI, and farmed out its “intelligence” services
to Panama’s Gen. Manuel Noriega. LaRouche’s 1970s campaigns for
space-based missile defense eerily predicted Reagan-era programs.”
The Two Georges And John
With America tied down in Vietnam it had to have been thought in the
arab world that America would not be able to intervene to save Israel
when the inevitable arab attack on Israel came. RFK was killed on the
first anniversary of the Six Day War. “FBI records indicate that when
in 1961 Carlos Marcello had become one of Bobby Kennedy’s targets for
deportation, the New Orleans don contacted Santo Trafficante.). 
International Action Center-IAC- Founder Ramsey ) “Clark represented
PLO leaders in a suit brought by the family of Leon Klinghoffer, the
elderly vacationer who was shot and thrown overboard from the hijacked
Achille Lauro cruise-ship by Palestinian terrorists in 1986.”
“Attorney General Ramsey Clark and nine other Americans in Iran to
attend “Crimes of America Conference. Tuesday, 3 June 1980 Former
Attorney General Ramsey Clark condemns past U.S. involvement in Iran.
Wednesday, 4 June 1980 Rogue U.S. delegation led by former Attorney
General Ramsey Clark meets with Iranian President Abolhassan
Bani-Sadr. Thursday, 5 June 1980 Ramsey Clark reportedly agrees to
help Iran form a commission to document U.S. “crimes” against that
country. In Tehran, demonstrators call for spy trial of American
hostages unless Shah is returned Saturday, 7 June 1980 (Carter
Administration) Attorney General Benjamin Civiletti asks for
investigation of former attorney general, Ramsey Clark, and nine other
Americans who violated ban on travel to Iran. Tuesday, 10 June 1980
President Carter calls for prosecution of Ramsey Clark for attending
Iran’s “Crimes of America” conference.” Clark’s relationship with
LaRouche went beyond legal representation to actual advocacy. 
Researcher Chip Berlet, a watchdog on radical right groups, told Judis
that Clark’s brief was a “political polemic.” In June 1990, a LaRouche
front organization, the Schiller Institute, flew Clark to a
cult-organized conference in Copenhagen. His speech there claimed the
US government had moved against LaRouche because he was “a danger to
the system,” and decried that he was a victim of “vilification.” The
speech was printed in full by the LaRouchie New Federalist propaganda
rag.” “The PLO, PA, and other related defendants are being represented
by former US Attorney General Ramsey Clark.” “PLO attorney and former
U.S. Attorney General Ramsey Clark.” Clark also represented PLO
leaders in a suit brought by the family of Leon Klinghoffer, the
elderly vacationer who was shot and thrown overboard from the hijacked
Achille Lauro cruise-ship by Palestinian terrorists in 1986.Another
Clark client was Karl Linnas, an ex-Nazi concentration camp guard in
Estonia (where he had overseen the murder of some 12,000 resistance
fighters and Jews), who was being deported from the US to the USSR to
face war crimes charges. Clark again lost the case, but again went to
bat for his client in the public arena, questioning the need to
prosecute Nazis “forty years after some god-awful crime they’re
alleged to have committed.” “Buchanan has consistently portrayed war
criminals as patriotic Americans, innocent victims of
“revenge-obsessed Nazi hunters” in Washington. Virtually everything
the accused and their defenders have said he accepts as truth, and, in
the words of one critic, he wages “journalistic guerilla warfare” on
their behalf. Says Neal Sher, former director of the U.S. Justice
Department’s Office of Special Investigations: “Buchanan went to bat
for every Nazi war criminal in America.” Liberty Lobby, the leading
anti-Semitic and racist organization in America, overwhelmingly
endorsed Pat Buchanan during the 1996 presidential primaries. An
editorial in its publication, The Spotlight, pointed out that “the 112
issues or legislative positions that Liberty Lobby has taken over the
past 40 years…shows that Pat Buchanan stands with us.” The
predominant issue they share is Holocaust revisionism, the spearhead
of the international anti-Semitic movement. Buchanan used his
syndicated column and his office as communications director in the
Reagan White House from 1981-1987 to assist pro-Nazi Eastern European
organizations in trying to block the denaturalization and deportation
of Karl Linnas, John Demjanjuk, and at least seventeen others who had
been charged by the U.S. Justice Department’s Office of Special
Investigations or had been convicted in federal courts of concealing
war crimes in order to gain illegal entry into the U.S. The Karl
Linnas Case In 1981 the Federal District Court in Westbury, NY
stripped 67-year-old Karl Linnas of his citizenship for having lied to
immigration officials thirty years earlier about his Nazi past. 
Linnas’s crimes, the judge said, “were such as to offend the decency
of any civilized society.” From 1941-43 Linnas had commanded a Nazi
concentration camp at Tartu, Estonia, where he directed and personally
took part in the murder of thousands of men, women, and children who
were shot into anti-tank ditches. A 1986 federal appeals court upheld
his deportation order, ruling that the evidence against the defendant
was “overwhelming and largely uncontroverted.” Summarily rejecting the
court’s findings because evidence had been obtained from the Soviet
Union, Buchanan orchestrated a national media effort to exonerate
Linnas, demanding that his citizenship be reinstated. He championed
the Linnas cause in his syndicated newspaper column and TV program
“Crossfire,” and arranged for then U.S. Attorney General Edwin Meese
III to meet with him and members of Eastern European organizations who
hailed Linnas as a hero. On March 31, l987, Menachem Rosensaft,
founder of the International Network of Children of Holocaust
Survivors, wrote a New York Times Op-Ed piece calling for a
congressional investigation to determine whether any American official
or functionary had intervened on Mr. Linnas’s behalf. Buchanan
responded by saying it was the Office of Special Investigations that
needed to be investigated. “Let us get it all out in the open,” he
wrote, “nothing un-American can live in the sunlight.” Attorney
General Meese delayed the deportation of Linnas as long as possible,
all the while searching for a haven. After sixteen countries had
refused, Panama agreed to accept Linnas “on humanitarian grounds.”
News of the decision prompted Rosensaft and others to intercede with
Panamanian officials in Washington, who told them that their
government had not been informed of Linnas’s wartime atrocities. 
Panama withdrew its offer and issued a statement saying that “our
country and our Government reject and condemn the crimes committed by
fascists.” On April 20, 1987, the U.S. Supreme Court refused to hear a
final appeal.. Linnas was flown to the Soviet Union and three months
later died in a prison hospital while awaiting trial.” “In a recent
issue of the New Republic magazine Clark is criticized for “serving as
a flack for a number of despots,” including the late Ayatollah
Khomeini and defending the virulently anti-Semitic Lyndon LaRouche. 
Clark is currently defending the Palestine Liberation Organization
against a suit by the family of Leon Klinghoffer, an American murdered
by Palestinians who took over the cruise ship Achille Lauro.”
“The people that seek Nazis now are the worst sort of bounty hunters,
(Ramsey) Clark (founder of the IAC-International Action Center) told
Reuters.” Alan Schwartz research director of the Anti-Defamation
League of B’nai B’rith, said: Clark distorts the whole notion of trial
and penalty for the agents of Nazi mass murder when he refers to their
prosecution as bounty hunting.”
“With all due respect”, as Woody Allen would say, the people who
protect nazi war criminals are—-, well you fill in the blank here, I
do not have an expletive strong enough . If I did I would not delete
it. Do we really need defenders of nazi war criminals in our movement?
Ramsey Clark FOUNDED the International Action Center, FROM WHICH, IT
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1514 ” In
interviews conducted in a prison in Kurdish-controlled territory in
northern Iraq, captured members of Ansar al-Islam, a terrorist group
operating in the area, tell Jeffrey Goldberg, in “The Great Terror,”
in the March 25, 2002, issue of The New Yorker, that their
organization “has received funds directly from Al Qaeda; that the
intelligence service of Saddam Hussein has joint control, with Al
Qaeda operatives, over Ansar al-Islam; that Saddam Hussein hosted a
senior leader of Al Qaeda in Baghdad in 1992; that a number of Al
Qaeda members fleeing Afghanistan have been secretly brought into
territory controlled by Ansar al-Islam; and that Iraqi intelligence
agents smuggled conventional weapons, and possibly even chemical and
biological weapons, into Afghanistan. If these charges are true,”
Goldberg writes, “it would mean that the relationship between Saddam’s
regime and Al Qaeda is far closer than previously thought.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3353 “On February
22, 1998 bin-Laden announced the formation of the “World Islamic Front
for Jihad Against the Jews and the Crusaders,” merging Egypt’s Jihad
Group, the Islamic Group the Ansar Movement of Pakistani and the
Bangladeshi Jihad Movement under one umbrella. Bin-Laden reportedly
visited Baghdad for consultations in March 1998. Giovanni De Stefano,
an international lawyer visiting Baghdad on business, had a chance
encounter with bin-Laden in the lobby of the five star Al-Rashid Hotel
during which the two men introduced themselves and engaged in polite
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/americansecrets/message/933 “At the
end of February 1987 Vice President George Bush, in a repeat of what
he had done in 1984, picked up his telephone and asked the chairman of
Eximnbank to assist Iraq. In February 1989, the month after (Bush)
took office, the Du Pont company of Delaware (was ) cleared to supply
nuclear-grade vacuum pump oil to the (Iraqi) ‘State Organization for
Oil Production’ a state company involved in both civilian and military
projects. UN inspectors would later discover that the DuPont product ‘
was used or intended for use in Iraqi efforts to establish a
centrifuge production and operation capability.’ The nuclear-grade oil
was vital to atomic bomb production because it lubricated the
centrifuges that created the weapons-grade uranium that forms the core
of the bomb.”
You are invited to join http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters
BushBusters-subscribe@yahoogroups.com “At the end of 1998 Clark
attended a human rights conference in Baghdad, Iraq. The social and
cultural rights claimed by his Iraqi hosts include the right to hang
opponents in public at the airport, or poison thousands of Kurds and
torture and execute any opponent of the regime. And on the legality of
Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait, the silence is deafening..”
http://shadow.autono.net/sin001/clark.htmArafat Behind MLK, RFK
Murders? “ARAFAT
By URI DAN New York Post
December 15, 2001 — JERUSALEM – Yasser
Arafat personally ordered
the execution of two American diplomats
in 1973, a former U.S.
intelligence officer says. James Walsh
said he knew of a tape
recording in which Arafat calmly
discussed an attack on the Saudi
Arabian Embassy in Khartoum, Sudan. In
February 1973 gunmen had burst
into the embassy and seized American
Ambassador Cleo Noel and his
charge d’affaires, George Curtis Moore.
The Black September terrorist
organization took responsibility for the assault and demanded the
release of Sirhan Sirhan, the imprisoned assassin of Robert F. 
Kennedy, and other jailed Palestinians. Walsh, then a member of the
National Security Agency based in Cyprus, said his organization
intercepted a conversation between Arafat and Black September in which
the PLO chairman ordered the killing of the Americans and a Belgian
diplomat. Walsh told the Israeli newspaper Haaretz that the
conversation was never disclosed by U.S. officials because it would
compromise American eavesdropping resources. Walsh said the NSA had
intercepted a series of phone calls between Arafat and the Black
September kidnappers. Officials in Jerusalem said the United States
had been informed of the conversation through another channel. They
said then-Prime Minister Golda Meir told then-President Richard Nixon
that Israel had also intercepted a conversation between Arafat and
kidnap leader Khalil al-Wazir, in which they discussed killing the
Americans..” Two weeks before he was murdered Doctor King had endorsed
the Presidential Candidacy of Eugene McCarthy, Democrat of Minnesota
for the 1968 Democratic Presidential Nomination. Senator McCarthy,
(not to be confused with Republican Senator Joe McCarthy of Wisconsin
who was Eugene McCarthy’s opposite in more ways than one), campaigned
on a platform of opposition to the Vietnam War in 1968, a war that
McCarthy called: Illegal, Immoral, and unconstitutional. Two weeks
later Dr. King was murdered in Memphis. Had he lived he would have
gone on to campaign for McCarthy, who was 7 points ahead of Nixon in
the polls. With Dr. King by his side McCarthy would have gone on to be
nominated by the Democratic Party in 1968 and elected President in
November 1968. Robert F. Kennedy would have ended his campaign and
joined with Gene McCarthy and Dr. King to end the war. Instead Dr. 
King’s murder caused disunity in the Democratic Party. Bobby Kennedy
sought the Democratic Presidential nomination, only to be murdered
himself on June 4th, 1968 2 months to the day after Dr. King was
murdered. June 4th, 1968 was also the first anniversary of the Six-Day
War. As the US Senator from New York State, a state that McCarthy
would have carried handily in the June 1968 Democratic Primary, Bobby
Kennedy would have to have obeyed the wishes of the people of his
state and dropped out of the Presidential race after that primary and
endorsed Gene McCarthy. But the primary came after Bobby Kennedy had
been killed. Beating a dead Bobby Kennedy was no victory. Not having a
live Bobby Kennedy on hand to concede defeat and endorse Gene McCarthy
meant that Hubert Humphrey, a supporter of the war in Vietnam, would
go on to become the Democratic Presidential nominee, only to lose to
Richard M. Nixon in November of 1968. Thus the war in Vietnam would
continue no matter who, Humphrey, or Nixon, won.
With America tied down in Vietnam it had to have been thought in the
arab world that America would not be able to intervene to save Israel
when the inevitable arab attack on Israel came.RFK was killed on the
first anniversary of the Six Day War .
http://www.idf.il/english/history/sixday.stm the inevitable arab
attack came some years later with THE 1973 YOM KIPPUR WAR
Why would arafat want Sirhan Sirhan, convicted “palestinian” assassin
of Robert F. Kennedy, freed? Is it because DEAD MEN TELL NO TALES? 
killed Kennedy was trained for three years” “Salem then asked (Sheikh
Omar Abdul) Rahman what he thought of the plan to bomb [the Federal
Building]. Rahman responded, ‘Well, uh, a little bit later. We’ll talk
about this.’ When Salem indicated that the plan was currently in
motion, Rahman responded, ‘It doesn’t matter. Slow down. Slow down a
little bit. The one who killed Kennedy was trained for three years.'”
http://www.fas.org/news/iraq/1999/08/990802-in.htm see also
“February 1993 Bombing of the World Trade Center in New York City”
http://www.dssrewards.net/english/yasin.htm “Sheik Omar Abdel
Rahman and nine other militant Muslims (Sudanese, Egyptian, American,
and Jordanian citizens) were convicted of conspiracy and other
charges” http://www.encyclopedia.com/articles/14004.html
“A number of important circumstantial links connect Arafat to the
Trade Center bombing.
“In his Texas days, the politically ambitious elder Clark was
cultivated as a useful connection by New Orleans Mafia kingpin Carlos
Marcello, and many feared Clark’s new job would afford organized crime
access to higher levels of power. AG Clark was repeatedly mired in
corruption scandals.*** In 1947, after he had four convicted Chicago
mob bosses sprung from prison before their terms were complete,
Congress appointed a committee to investigate-and was effectively road
blocked by Tom’s refusal to hand over parole records.  Truman admitted
to a biographer that “Tom Clark was my biggest mistake.” “Roselli was
a Las Vegas based Mafia figure and a link in the CIA-Mafia chain. He
had close ties to three Mafia bosses associated with the Kennedy
assassination: Sam Giancana of Chicago, Santos Trafficante of Florida,
and Carlos Marcello of New Orleans.  According to columnist Jack
Anderson, Roselli told him that mob leaders had ordered Jack Ruby to
kill Lee Harvey Oswald because they were afraid he might crack and
reveal their part in the conspiracy to kill President Kennedy. In July
1976, shortly before Roselli was to be questioned by the Senate
Intelligence Committee, his body was discovered floating in
Dumfoundling Bay in Miami. He had been strangled and stabbed; his legs
had been sawed off and stuffed into an empty oil drum along with the
rest of his body. It is believed that Roselli was killed by someone
working for Trafficante because he was talking too much about the
Kennedy assassination. Conspiracy” “Crime and Cover-Up (p. 44): Here
Scott discusses links between Ruby, Roselli, and Ramsey Clark. “One of
Ruby’s close personal friends’ and character witnesses for his liquor
license was Hal Collins (22 H 928), brother-in-law of prominent local
attorney Robert L. Clark, the brother and uncle respectively of U.S.
Attorneys General Tom and Ramsey Clark (CD 4.371)Robert L. Clark and
his law partner Maury Hughes. arranged the…parole in 1947 of John
From:      “JFK, RFK, the Mob and Dallas by Ronald Goldfarb “Ronald
Goldfarb who practices law in Washington, D.C., is an active literary
agent and television producer. He worked for Robert F. Kennedy in the
Department of Justice 1961-64. This book-Goldfarb’s ninth-is a memoir
of his experiences as a special prosecutor in the organized crime
section.” “Judith Exner, once close to mobsters John Rosselli and Sam
Giancana, told talk show host Larry King on television in 1992 that
she repeatedly carried satchels of money from JFK to Sam Giancana for
his use in Kennedy’s West Virginia primary. She said that Sam Giancana
bragged to her, “Your boyfriend wouldn’t be in the White House if it
wasn’t for me.”*** After the assassination, Hoffa told Ragano that he
was delighted. “Did you hear the good news? They killed the
son-of-a-bitch bastard.”, Hoffa rejoiced. Hoffa pulled down the flag
that hung at half mast at Teamsters headquarters. Hoffa told one
reporter, on the day Ruby killed Oswald, “Bobby Kennedy’s just another
lawyer now.” Several days after the assassination, he took Ragano
aside, saying: “I told you they could do it. I’ll never forget what
Carlos and Santo did for me.” Later, in New Orleans, Marcello, who was
waiting for approval of a huge Teamsters pension fund loan, told
Ragano, “When you see Jimmy, you tell him he owes me, and he owes me
big.” He got his loan. Ragano’s conclusion: “They had actually acted
on the message I had delivered to them from Jimmy and now they wanted
payoffs from him.” Ragano says Trafficante told him, in a conversation
shortly before he died in 1987, “We shouldn’t have killed John. We
should’ve killed Bobby.”
“The same tough guy who hung out with legendary mobsters like Carlos
Marcello, Johnny Rosselli and Santo Trafficante?” this particular
quote referred to Frank Sinatra.
“The House Assassinations Committee heard evidence that Ruby visited
Las Vegas in the weeks prior to the assassination, and if he did, it
was certainly to see McWillie, and it was also rumored he saw {Johnny}
Rosselli at that time.” http://newtimes.rway.com/1996/112096/cover.htm
“FBI records indicate that when in 1961 Carlos Marcello… had become
one of Bobby Kennedy’s targets for deportation, the New Orleans don
contacted Santo Trafficante… who in turn called Frank to use his
influence with ‘the President’s father’ on Marcello’s behalf.” (P.295)
This story has appeared (with little emphasis) in the Blakey-Billings
book (which does not specify that a contact with Sinatra was made; p.
242) and at 9 HSCA 70 (which does not specifically refer to JFK’s
father). ”
“Early in 1961, the Central Intelligence Agency fed gelatin capsules
containing botulinum toxin to a group of monkeys. The monkeys died.
This result, while predictable, pleased the CIA officials who had
ordered the laboratory experiment. Because the deadly poison would
next be administered, they hoped, to Fidel Castro, Cuba’s prime
minister. To that end, the CIA contacted John Rosselli, a dapper
Chicago mobster regarded as an expert in the elimination of
objectionable persons. At a meeting at the Fontainebleau Hotel in
Miami Beach, the capsules and a bundle of cash were delivered by a CIA
representative to Rosselli. Rosselli in turn gave the capsules to a
Cuban who worked in a restaurant frequented by Castro, and who was
supposed to slip the poison into the Cuban leader’s food..***


The Bush 9/11 Scandal for Dummies
By Bernard Weiner
t r u t h o u t | Sunday, 2 June, 2002

Don’t know about you, but all this who-knew-what-when pre-9/11 stuff is
mighty confusing. So once again, I head to that all-purpose reference
for some comprehensible answers.

Q. I’ve heard all these reports about the government knowing weeks and
onths in advance of 9/11 that airliners were going to be hijacked and
into buildings, and yet the Bush Administration apparently did nothing
denied they did anything wrong. They claimed the fault lay in the
igence agencies “not connecting the dots,” or that it was the “FBI
that failed. Can you explain?

A. Most of the “it’s-the-fault-of-the-system” spin is designed to
attention from the real situation. Bush and his spokesmen may well be
rrect in saying they had no idea as to the specifics — they may not
known the exact details of the attacks — but it is more and more
that they knew a great deal more than they’re letting on, including the
possible targets.

Q. You’re not just going leave that hanging out there, are you? Just
Bush with no evidence to back it up?

A. There’s no need to bash anybody. There is more than enough
to establish that the Bush Administration was fully aware that a major
ttack was coming from Al-Qaeda, by air, aimed at symbolic structures on
U.S. mainland, and that among mentioned targets were the World Trade
the Pentagon, the White House, the Congress, Statue of Liberty.
to Richard Clarke, the White House’s National Coordinator for
rism, the intelligence community was convinced ten weeks before 9/11
that an
Al-Qaeda attack on U.S. soil was imminent.)

Q. If they knew in advance that the, or at least an, attack was coming,
did the Bush Administration do nothing to prepare the country in
get photos of suspected terrorists out to airlines, have fighter jets
put on
emergency-standby status or even in the air as deterents, get word out
the border police to stop these “watch-list” terrorists, put
missiles around the White House and Pentagon, etc.?

A. The explanation preferred by the government is to admit, eight
late, to absolute and horrendous incompetence, up and down the line
hough Bush&Co., surprise!, prefer to focus the blame lower down,
letting the
FBI be the fall guy). But let’s try an alternate explanation. Think
about it
for a moment. If their key goal was to mobilize the country behind the
Administration, get their political/business agenda through, have a
to move unliterally around the globe, and defang the Democrats and
critics at home — what better way to do all that than to have Bush be
take-charge leader after a diabolic “sneak attack”?

Q. You’re suggesting the ultimate cynical strategem, purely for
ends. I can’t believe that Bush and his cronies are that venal. Isn’t
possible that the whole intelligence apparatus just blew it?

A. Possible, but not bloody likely. There certainly is enough blame to
pread around, but the evidence indicates that Bush and his closest
knew that bin Laden was planning a direct attack on the U.S. mainland

using airplanes headed for those icon targets — and, in order to get
country to move in the direction he wanted, he kept silent.

Q. But if that’s true, what you’ve described is utterly indefensible,
tting policy ahead of American citizens’ lives.

A. Now are you beginning to understand why Bush&Co. are fighting so
ciously against a blue-ribbon commission of inquiry, and why Bush and
went to Congressional leaders and asked them not to investigate the
period? Now do you understand why they are trying so desperately to
everything secret, tightly locked up in the White House, only letting
and drabs get out when there is no other way to avoid Congressional
oenas or court-ordered disclosures? They know that if one thread of the
coverup unravels, more of their darkest secrets will follow.

Q. You’re sounding like a conspiracy nut.

A. For years, we’ve avoided thinking in those terms, because so many
called “conspiracies” exist only in someone’s fevered imagination.
Plus, to
think along these lines in this case is depressing, suggesting that
democracy can be so easily manipulated and distorted by a cabal of the
reedy and power-hungry. But I’m afraid that’s where the evidence leads.

Q. You mean there’s proof of Bush complicity in 9/11 locked up in the

A. We wouldn’t use the term complicity. So far as we now know, Bush did
order or otherwise arrange for Al-Qaeda’s attacks on September 11. But
the attacks happened, the plans Bush&Co. already had drawn up for
advantage of the tragedy were implemented. A frightened,
nation did not realize they’d been the object of another assault, this
by those occupying the White House.

Q. This is startling, and revolting. But I refuse to jump on the
bandwagon until I see some proof. Bush says he first heard about a
pre-9/11 warning on August 6, and that it was vague and dealt with
attacks outside the U.S. Why can’t we believe him? After all, the FBI
CIA are notorious for their incompetence and bungling. You got a better
version that makes sense, I’d love to hear it.

A. Bush and his spinners want us to concentrate on who knew what detail
when; it’s the old magician’s trick of getting you to look elsewhere
he’s doing his prestidigitation. We’re not talking about a little clue
and another little clue there, or an FBI memo that wasn’t shared. We’re
talking about long-range planning and analysis of what
gence agencies and high-level commissions and geopolitical thinkers
the globe — including those inside the U.S. — saw for years before
9/11 as
likely scenarios in an age of terrorist attacks.

The conclusion about Al-Qaeda, stated again and again for years by
nment analysts, was basically: “They’re coming, by air. Get prepared.
ey’re well-organized, determined, and technically adept. And they want
hit big targets, well-known symbols of America.” (There was a 1999 U.S.
government study, for example, that pointed out that Al-Qaeda
mbers wanted to crash aircraft into a number of significant Washington
argets; during the 199 5 trial of Ramsi Yousef, the mastermind of the
World Trade Center bombing, he revealed plans to divebomb a plane into
headquarters, and earlier he had told FBI agents that the list was
to include the Pentagon and other D.C. targets.)

Elements in the FBI, all over the country, who suspected what was
were clamoring, begging, for more agents to be used for
investigations, but were turned down by Attorney General Ashcroft;
also gave counter-terrorism short shrift in his budget plans, not even
lacing anti-terrorism on his priority list; John O’Neill, the FBI’s NYC
anti-terrorism director, resigned, asserting that his attempts at
investigating were being thwarted by higher-ups; someone in the FBI,
on orders of someone higher-up, made sure that the local FBI
in Minneapolis of Zacaria Moussauoi was compromised. All this while
was shredding the Constitution in his martial law-like desire to amass
nformation, and continues even now to further expand his police-state

(Note: An FBI agent has filed official complaints over the bureau’s
rfering with anti-terrorism investigations; his lawyers include David
hippers, who worked for the GOP side in the Clinton impeachment effort;
Schippers says the agent knew in May 2001 that “an attack on lower
was imminent.” A former FBI official said: “I don’t buy the idea that
didn’t know what was coming…Within 24 hours [of the attack], the
had about 20 people identified, and photos were sent out to the news
Obviously this information was available in the files and someone was
tting on it.”)

One can accept the usual incompetency in intelligence collection and
lysis from, say, an anti-terrorist desk officer at the FBI, but not
from the
highest levels of national defense and intelligence in and around the
esident, where his spokesman, in a bald-faced lie, told the world that
9/11 attacks came with “no warning.” More recently, National Security
visor Condoleezza Rice, in a quavering voice, tried to characterize the
warnings as mere “chatter,” and concerned attacks “outside the U.S.”
But the
many warning-reports focused on terrorist attacks both inside and
the United States; the August 6th briefing dealt with planned attacks
IN the
United States.

Not only were there clear warnings from allies abroad, but the U.S.,
its ECHELON and other electronic-intercept programs, may well have
bin Laden’s encryption code; for example, the U.S. knew that he told
mother on September 9: “In two days you’re going to hear big news, and
ou’re not going to hear from me for a while”.

And, the word of an impending attack was getting out: put options
that a stock’s price is going to fall) in enormous quantities were
bought on United Airlines and American Airlines stock, the two carriers
the hijackers, as early as September 7; San Francisco Mayor Willie
Brown was
warned by “an airport security man” on September 10 to rethink his
flight to
New York for the next day; Newsweek reported that on September 10, “a
of top Pentagon officials suddenly canceled travel plans for the next
rning, apparently because of security concerns”; many members of a
mosque were also warned to stay out of lower Manhattan on September 11,

Q. You’re giving me intriguing bits and pieces. Can’t you tie it all
ether and make it make sense?

A. OK, you asked for it, so we’re going to provide you with a kind of
orthand scenario of what may well have gone down, a kind of narrative
attempts to tie a lot of disparate-seeming events together. There is
uminous, multi-sourced evidence that establishes this scenario. It’s
so prepare yourself.

We believe that the HardRight began serious planning for a 2000
victory — and then implementation of a HardRight agenda, and the
ction of a liberal opposition — a year or two after Clinton’s 1996
(The impeachment of Clinton was a key ingredient to sully Democrat
ition.) The GOP HardRight leaders decided early to select George W.
Bush, a
none-too-bright and easily malleable young man with the right name and
edigree. They ran into a speed-bump when John McCain began to take off
the public imagination, and so with dirty tricks they wrecked his
in the South and elsewhere, and continued on their merry course.

For a while, they fully expected an easy victory over dull Al Gore,
goods for a lot of conservative Republicans and others because of his
sociation with Clinton, but, given the obvious limitations of their
idate, they weren’t going to take a lot of chances. In Florida, for
where it looked as if the race might be tight, they early on arranged
ngs — through Bush’s governor-brother Jeb, and the Bush campaign’s
erine Harriss, Florida’s Secretary of State — so that George W.
lose. An example: removing tens of thousands of eligible
voters from the rolls.

As it turned out, Gore won the popular vote by more than a half-million
votes nationwide, and, we now know, would have won Florida’s popular
had all the ballots been counted, but the U.S. Supreme Court HardRight
ajority, despite its longtime support for states’ rights, in a bit of
hical contortionism did a philosophical reverse in midair and ordered
Florida vote-counting to stop and declared Bush the winner, installing
President rather than letting the people decide for themselves.

Q. That’s ancient history. I’m interested in 9/11, not tearing at an

A. OK. We’re merely trying to indicate that the HardRight’s campaign to
power was not an overnight, post-9/11 whim but worked out long in
After so many near-chances to take total control, they would do
anything to
guarantee a presidential victory this time around — which would give
full control over the reins of power: Legislature (where HardRightists
ominated the House and Senate), the Courts (where the HardRight
the U.S. Supreme Court and many appelate courts), and the Executive
not to mention the HardRight media control they exerted in so many

They had followed the news, they knew that the Al-Qaeda terrorist
was engaged in a maniacal jihad against America, and was quite capable
— as
they had demonstrated on many occasions, from Saudia Arabia to East
to the first attempt on the World Trade Center — of carrying out their
threats. They also knew, from innumerable intelligence reports from
communications intercepts, and from various commissions, CIA and
agents that Al-Qaeda liked to blow up symbolic icon structures of
targeted, and that Al-Qaeda, and its affiliates, had an affinity for
to use airplanes as psychologic or actual weapons. (The French had
one such attack in 1994, where a hijacked commercial airliner would be
into the Eiffel Tower.)

By early 2001 and into the Summer, warnings were pouring in to U.S.
lligence and military agencies from Jordan, Morocco, Egypt, Tunisia,
and other Middle East and South Asian intelligence sources, along with
ussia and Britain and the Phillipines, saying that a major attack on
U.S. mainland was in the works, involving the use of airplanes as
weapons of
mass destruction.

Indeed, in June and July of 2001, the alerts started to be explicit
that air
attacks were about to go down in the U.S.; even local FBI offices in
and Minneapolis began passing warnings up the line about Middle Eastern
acting suspiciously at flight schools. In July, Ashcroft stopped flying
commercial airliners and traveled only by private plane, and Bush,
after but
a few months in office, announced he was going to ground, spending the
of August on his ranch in Crawford, Texas. Cheney disappeared from
view, and
our guess is that he was coordinating the overall, post-attack

Under this scenario, in mid-Summer 2001, Bush&Co. decided this was it.
Laden unknowingly was going to deliver them the gift of terrorism, and
were going to run with it as far and as fast and as hard as they could.
various post-attack scenarios had been worked out, the so-called USA
Act — which contained various police-state eviscerations of the
ution — was polished and prepared for a rush-job (with no hearings)
a post-attack Congress, the war plans against the Taliban in
were readied and rolled out, the air-base countries around Afghanistan
brought onboard, and so on. All during the Summer of 2001.

Q. I don’t understand how war against Afghanistan could have been
pated so early.

A. Follow the money. Various oil/gas/energy companies had wanted a
Asian pipeline to run through Afghanistan (costing much less to build,
also so it wouldn’t have to go through Russia or Iran); that project
was put
on hold during the chaos in Afghanistan, but when the Taliban took over
brought stability to that country, the U.S. began negotiating with the
aliban about the pipeline deal. Even after sending them, via the United
Nations, $43million dollars for “poppy-seed eradication,” and inviting
to talks in Texas, the Taliban began to balk. At a later meeting, the
negotiator threatened them with an attack unless they handed over bin
and reportedly told them, in reference to the pipeline, that they could
accept “a carpet of gold” or be buried in “a carpet of bombs.” (The
U.S. government spin was that the bin Laden issue and the pipeline
were separate, and that the U.S. threats didn’t mix the two and there
misunderstandings of what was said.) Shortly thereafter, bin Laden,
out in Afghanistan, initiated the September 11th attacks, and the U.S.
ombing of that country began. Oh, by the way, in case you haven’t
under the new U.S.-friendly government in Kabul, the pipeline project
back on track. Oh, by the way, the pipeline will terminate reasonably
to the power plant in India built by Enron that has been lying dormant
years, waiting for cheap energy supplies.

Q. You’re saying that U.S. war and foreign policy have been dictated by

A. Among other pleasant motivations, such as hunger for domination and
ontrol, domestically and around the globe — which always ties in with
reed. That’s why Bush&Co. play such political and military hardball.
why the arrogant, take-no-prisoners, in-your-face attitude, to bully
frighten potential opponents into silence and acquiescence, even
their patriotism if they demur or raise embarrassing issues.

Q. But this is a democracy, people are still speaking their minds,

A. Certainly, there are areas of America’s democratic republic that
have not
yet been shut down. But where there should be a vibrant opposition
raising all sorts of questions about Bush Administration policy and
America receives mostly silence and timidity. However, as more and more
the ugly truth begins to emerge — and Enron, Anthrax, and pre-9/11
ledge are just the tips of the iceberg — the Democrats (and moderate
publicans) are beginning to feel a bit more emboldened. But just a bit,
preferring to run for cover whenever Bush&Co. accuse them of being
riotic when they raise pointed questions.

Q. You’re so critical and negative about the Bush Administration. Can’t
say anything good about what they’re doing?

A. Yes. They have moved terrorism — the new face of warfare in our
time —
front and center into the world’s consciousness, and have mobilized a
coalition against it. They may be making mistakes, which could lead to
orrifying consequences, or acting at times out of impure motives, but
least the issue is out there and being debated and acted upon.

Now, having said that, we must point out that the institutions in this
ountry — the Constitution, the courts, the legislative bodies, civil
berties, the Bill of Rights, the press, etc. — are in as much danger
they’ve ever been in. And the U.S.’s bullying attitude abroad may well
to disastrous consequences for America down the line.

Q. So, what’s to be done?

A. The most important thing at the moment — even, or especially when,
inevitable next terrorist attack occurs — is to break the illusion of
ush&Co. invulnerability. The best way to do that, aside from ratcheting
the Enron and Anthrax and 9/11 investigations (and it may turn out that
those scandals are deeply intertwined), is to defeat GOP candidates in
upcoming November elections. If the Democrats hang on to the Senate and
take over the House, the dream of unchallengable HardRight power will
broken. Bush&Co. will become even more desperate, overt, nasty, and in
arrogance and bullying ways, will make more mistakes and alienate more
itizens. The edifice will begin to crumble even more; there will be
more and
deeper Congressional and media investigations; resignations and/or
chments (of both Bush & Cheney, and Ashcroft) may well follow.

Q. You’re asking me to support ALL Democrats, even though in a
race a moderate GOP conservative would be better?

A. Yes. In some cases, you may have to hold your nose and send money
canvass for, and vote for a Democrat; we can get rid of the bad ones
The objective right now — for the future of the Constitution, and for
lives of our soldiers in uniform and civilians around the globe — has
to be
to break the momentum of the HardRight by taking the House and keeping
Senate from returning to GOP control. Doing so would be even more
than what happened when that courageous senator from Vermont, Jim
appalled by the HardRight nastiness and greed-agenda of the Bush folks,
resigned from the GOP and turned the Senate agenda over to the

Q. And you think if the GOP gets its nose bloodied in the November
that will convince Bush to resign or lead to his impeachment? I don’t

A. Churchill once told the Brits during World War II that “this is not
beginning of the end, but it is the beginning of the beginning of the
There is a lot of hard work and organizing and educating to be done,
but the
recent exposure of Bush coverup-lies about pre-9/11 knowledge is “the
ginning of the beginning of the end.” With a GOP defeat in November,
ocrats will be emboldened to speak up more, investigate deeper, and
inquiries will unlock even more awful secrets of this
administration. And that will be the beginning of the end — and the
inning of the beginning of a new era of more humane values for America
the rest of the world.


Bernard Weiner, Ph.D., has taught American government & international
lations at Western Washington University and San Diego State
University; he
was with the San Francisco Chronicle for nearly 20 years, and has
in The Nation, Village Voice, The Progressive, Northwest Passage and
on the internet

Al-Qaida monitored U.S. negotiations with Taliban over oil pipeline
A memo by military chief Mohammed Atef raises new questions about whether
failed U.S. efforts to reform Afghanistan’s radical regime — and build the
pipeline — set the stage for Sept. 11.

– – – – – – – – – – – –
By Jean-Charles Brisard

June 5, 2002  |  A 1998 memo written by al-Qaida military chief Mohammed
Atef reveals that Osama bin Laden’s group had detailed knowledge of
negotiations that were taking place between Afghanistan’s ruling Taliban
and American government and business leaders over plans for a U.S. oil and
gas pipeline across that Central Asian country.

The e-mail memo was found in 1998 on a computer seized by the FBI during
its investigation into the 1998 African embassy bombings, which were
sponsored by al-Qaida. Atef’s memo was discovered by FBI counter-terrorism
expert John O’Neill, who left the bureau in 2001, complaining that U.S. oil
interests were hindering his investigation into al-Qaida. O’Neill, who
became security chief at the World Trade Center, died in the Sept. 11 attack.

Atef’s memo shines new light on what al-Qaida knew about U.S. efforts to
normalize relations with the Taliban in exchange for the fundamentalist
government’s supporting the construction of an oil and gas pipeline across
Afghanistan. As documented in the book I coauthored with Guillaume Dasquie,
“Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth,” the Clinton and Bush administrations
negotiated with the Taliban, both to get the repressive regime to widen its
government as well as look favorably on U.S. companies’ attempts to
construct an oil pipeline. The Bush White House stepped up negotiations
with the Taliban in 2001. When those talks stalled in July, a Bush
administration representative threatened the Taliban with military
reprisals if the government did not go along with American demands.

The seven-page memo was signed “Abu Hafs,” which is the military name of
Atef, who was the military chief of al-Qaida and is believed to have been
killed in November 2001 during U.S. operations in Afghanistan. It shows
al-Qaida’s keen interest in the U.S.-Taliban negotiations and raises new
questions as to whether the U.S. military threat to the Taliban in July
2001 could have prompted al-Qaida’s Sept. 11 attack.

Atef’s memo is not about the pipeline alone, though it mentions the project
several times. It is an analysis of the political situation facing the
Taliban. It documents the movement’s rise, its leadership, the geopolitical
importance of Afghanistan, the Taliban’s relationship with Pakistan, as
well as the movement’s relationship with the Arab mujahedin. The document’s
intended readership is unclear. But it reveals that the pipeline was seen
as a strategic offering toward the West, in order to make the Taliban
government acceptable to the United States and Pakistan, as well as to
reduce military and investigative pressure on the country to rein in or
even extradite bin Laden.

Atef explains that the United States wants “to take control of any region
which has huge quantities of oil reserves,” and “the American government is
keen on laying the oil and gas pipelines from Turkmenistan through
Afghanistan to Pakistan.” Atef concludes that al-Qaida’s “duty toward the
movement [Taliban] is to stand behind it, support it materially and
morally, especially because its regional and international enemies are
working night and day to put an end to it and make it fail.”

It seems clear the military chief didn’t expect the pipeline negotiations
to bear fruit. Referring to Pakistanis as “nonbelievers,” and noting that
the pipeline “will be under American control … and it also goes through
the territories of Pakistan which are allied to America,” Atef implies that
the Taliban has no intention of ultimately cooperating with the project,
but is trying to string along the Americans and Pakistanis to win some
breathing room for its unpopular government.

The Atef memo is the latest piece of evidence documenting a murky chapter
in recent American history — the overtures of the last two American
administrations to the repressive Taliban regime. Several U.S. oil
companies, most notably Unocal, had been advocates of diplomatic overtures
to the Taliban, in order to facilitate the building of a pipeline from the
Caspian Sea region to Pakistan and the Persian Gulf through Afghanistan. In
1996, Unocal vice president Chris Taggart described the fall of Kabul to
the Taliban regime as a “very positive step” and urged the U.S. to extend
recognition to the new rulers in Kabul and thus “lead the way to
international lending agencies coming in.”

Just 10 days after the Taliban seized power in Kabul, Zalmay Khalilzad,
former National Security Council official and Unocal consultant who was
appointed special envoy to Afghanistan by President George W. Bush at the
end of 2001, argued in a Washington Post opinion article that the U.S.
should try to work with the mullahs and form a broad-based government that
included other factions. “The Taliban does not practice the anti-U.S. style
of fundamentalism practiced by Iran — it is closer to the Saudi model .”
Khalilzad contended, concluding that “we should use as a positive incentive
the benefits that will accrue to Afghanistan from the construction of oil
and gas pipelines across its territory … These projects will only go
forward if Afghanistan has a single authoritative government.”

Soon after, the State Department spokesman Glyn Davies told the New York
Times he had hope that “the new authorities in Kabul will move quickly to
restore order and security and to form a representative interim government
that can begin the process of reconciliation nationwide.” Davies also said
the United States “wanted to send diplomats to Afghanistan to meet with the
Taliban and held out the possibility of re-establishing full diplomatic
ties with the country,” according to the Times.

In November 1997 Unocal invited a Taliban delegation to Texas and, in early
December, the company opened a training center at the University of
Nebraska, to instruct 137 Afghans in pipeline construction technology. The
company also donated to the university’s Center for Afghanistan Studies.
Unocal CEO John Imle estimated that the company spent between $15 and $20
million on its Central Asia oil pipeline (CentGas) project — on
preliminary feasibility studies, humanitarian projects and other efforts to
lobby the Taliban (Unocal equipped the regime with satellite phones, for

In February 1998, Unocal’s vice president for international relations, John
Maresca, told a House subcommittee hearing on U.S. interests in the Central
Asian Republics that an oil pipeline “would benefit Afghanistan, which
would receive revenues from transport tariffs, and would promote stability
and encourage trade and economic development.” Emphasizing that “the
proposed Central Asia Oil Pipeline (CentGas) cannot begin construction
until an internationally recognized Afghanistan government is in place,” he
urged the administration and the Congress “to give strong support to the
United Nations-led peace process in Afghanistan.”

Until the 1998 al-Qaida embassy bombings, the Clinton administration’s
approach toward the Taliban was much the same as Unocal’s: All parties
agreed that the political stabilization of Afghanistan was crucial to the
region, and was also a way to gain access to oil reserves of the Caspian
Sea region. Though bin Laden had been in the country since 1996, the U.S.
had not pressured the Taliban to hand him over.

The embassy bombings in August 1998 changed everything. The Clinton
administration denounced the regime and Secretary of State Madeleine
Albright turned up the heat on Taliban human rights abuses. The United
Nations imposed sanctions, freezing Afghanistan’s foreign assets and
limiting its citizens’ travel. The U.S. continued to talk to the Taliban,
but the emphasis was on extraditing bin Laden in exchange for international
recognition; the pipeline was off the table. Unocal, which had been close
to finalizing its pipeline deal before the embassy bombings, cancelled it.

When George W. Bush took office in 2001, his administration made new
overtures to the Taliban, and the pipeline deal gained renewed support, as
an incentive to get the Taliban to make political concessions and form a
broader government. U.S. representatives met with Afghanistan’s former King
Shah, to see if he might be included in a new government. And American
companies began exploring the failed 1998 pipeline project. A report by an
Afghan-born Enron manager in July 2001, for instance, illustrates that
company’s deep interest in some sort of pipeline deal. Enron had begun
funding the same sorts of humanitarian projects as Unocal had three years

In March 2001, several Taliban officials, including Sayed Rahmattulah
Hashimi, Mullah Omar’s personal advisor, were invited to Washington by
their U.S. lobbyist, Leila Helms, the niece of former CIA Director Richard
Helms. The agenda included discussions of extraditing bin Laden as well as
facilitating American companies’ access to oil reserves in central Asia.
The delegation met with representatives of the Directorate of Central
Intelligence (DCI) and the Bureau of Intelligence and Research of the State

This visit provoked concern and criticism in Washington over how Hashimi
obtained a visa, a plane ticket, security clearance and access to American
institutions — including the State Department and the National Security
Council — despite travel restrictions on Taliban leadership imposed by
U.N. sanctions (the official answer was that Hashimi fell below the rank of
senior official covered by the sanctions.)

Four months later, American diplomats met with Taliban emissaries as well
as representatives from Pakistan, Iran and Russia for four days of talks in
Berlin in mid-July. Again, the message was that if the Taliban would
extradite bin Laden and form a broad-based national government, it could
win international recognition and reap extensive economic subsidies from
the construction of a pipeline. The meeting was one of several convened by
Francesco Vendrell, a Spanish diplomat who serves as the U.N.’s chief
representative on Afghanistan. The delegates at the July meeting included
Robert Oakley, former U.S. ambassador and Unocal lobbyist; Karl “Rick”
Inderfurth, former assistant secretary of state for South Asian affairs;
Lee Coldren, head of the Office of Pakistan, Afghan and Bangladesh Affairs
in the State Department until 1997; Tom Simons, former U.S. ambassador to
Pakistan and the most recent official negotiator with the Taliban; Niaz
Naik, former Foreign Minister of Pakistan; Nikolai Kozyrev, a former
Russian special envoy to Afghanistan; and Saeed Rajai Khorassani, formerly
the Iranian representative to the U.N. The Taliban ambassador to Pakistan,
Abdul Salam Zaeef, attended several sessions with some of the delegates in
Berlin, according to Naif Naik, though officially the Taliban had not been
invited. Naik was expected to carry the U.S. message to the Taliban.

According to Naik, the point of the meeting was that “we would try to
convey to them that if they did certain things, then, gradually, they could
win the jackpot, get something in return from the international community.”
It might, Naik said, “be possible to persuade the Taliban that once a
broader-based government was in place and the oil pipeline under way, there
would be billions of dollars in commission, and the Taliban would have
their own resources.”

It was at the July meeting, according to Naik, that Tom Simons suggested
that Afghanistan could face an open-ended military operation from bases in
Uzbekistan and Tajikistan if it didn’t accede to U.S. demands. “Ambassador
Simons stated that if the Taliban wouldn’t agree with the plan, and if
Pakistan was unable to persuade them, the United States might use an overt
action against Afghanistan,” Naik says. The words used by Simons were “a
military operation,” according to Naik. Another participant reportedly said
the Taliban’s choice was clear: either accept a “carpet of gold” riches
from the pipeline or “a carpet of bombs,” meaning a military strike.

Lee Coldren, a member of the U.S. delegation, also confirmed to the British
newspaper the Guardian the American position at the Berlin meeting. “I
think there was some discussion of the fact that the United States was so
disgusted with the Taliban that they might be considering some military

In statements to newspapers, Simons has offered ambiguous explanations of
his statements at the July meeting. In September, he told the British
Guardian: “I’ve known Naik and considered him a friend for years. He’s an
honorable diplomat. I didn’t say anything like that and didn’t hear anyone
else say anything like that. We were clear that feeling in Washington was
strong, and that military action was one of the options down the road. But
details, I don’t know where they came from.”

Yet in a November interview with Le Monde, Simons seemed to confirm that
there had been some talk of U.S. military action. “It is true that the
Taliban was asked to deliver bin Laden and form a [broader] government,”
Simons told Le Monde. “We said in July that we were investigating the
attack against the USS Cole in Yemen, and that if there were solid evidence
of the implication of bin Laden, one had to expect a military answer. One
can always inflate such a declaration to see a global threat against the
Taliban. But the American declaration related only to the response to the

“As for the ‘carpet of gold and the carpet of bombs,’ we actually discussed
the need for a plan for rebuilding for Afghanistan, which would follow a
political agreement,” he said, adding that “It’s possible that a
mischievous American participant, after several drinks, may have thought it
smart to evoke gold carpets and carpet bombs. Even Americans can’t resist
the temptation to be mischievous.”

The last known meeting between U.S. and Taliban representatives took place
in August, five weeks before the Sept. 11 attacks, when U.S. Assistant
Secretary of State for Central Asian affairs Christina Rocca met with the
Taliban’s ambassador to Pakistan Abdul Salam Zaeef.

It would be unfair to suggest that the U.S. threat in July led to the
al-Qaida strike. But while Simons doesn’t admit that he personally
threatened the Taliban with reprisal, he confirms that only a few weeks
before Sept. 11, American diplomats warned of military action against
Afghanistan if its leaders did not meet U.S. economic and political
demands. It is worth asking whether, had this threat been widely known,
U.S. intelligence agencies might have analyzed the information they were
receiving about bin Laden’s plots against the U.S. differently.

Now the newly discovered Atef memo makes clear that in 1998, at least,
al-Qaida was well informed about negotiations between the Taliban and the
U.S. on the oil pipeline and other American concerns. The memo also shows
that those negotiations were the Taliban’s gambit to extend its power;
Mullah Omar’s government never had any intention of allowing U.S. firms to
construct an oil pipeline, or letting the U.S. dictate the members of its
ruling body. Given the inside knowledge al-Qaida had about U.S.-Taliban
negotiations, it’s reasonable to suspect bin Laden’s group also received
and understood the U.S. threat of military action delivered in late July as
a threat of war.

In the end, though, the U.S. got its way. Interim Afghan leader Hamid
Karzai decided on May 30 to revive the pipeline project with Pakistan and
Turkmenistan, signing an agreement under which the three governments agree
to implement a pipeline from Turkmenistan to Pakistan through Afghanistan.
Would that U.S. intelligence agencies’ investigations into al-Qaida
activities in the months before Sept. 11 had such a productive ending.

– – – – – – – – – – – –
About the writer
Jean-Charles Brisard, coauthor of “Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth,” is a
consultant on business and corporate intelligence.



Does Anyone Really Believe In This Many Coincidences?
“Three to five minutes after takeoff from Bahawalpur   airport the
American-built C-130 transport plane exploded into a  fireball. Dead
were Zia ul-Haq, President of Pakistan”     ” Hekmatyar was understood
by his  benefactors to be “a nut, an extremist, and a very violent
man” (US ambassador to Afghanistan Robert Neumann). In the 1970s he
gained  notoriety for throwing acid on the faces of women who refused
to wear the veil.”
“Gejdenson urges Governor Bush to reconsider support for military coup
in Pakistan” http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3804
“Zayan  al-Abdeen Mohammed Hussein, better known by his nom de guerre
of Abu Zubeidah, made it to Lebanon. There, he shelters behind a
security wall made up of his own 30-35-man band of al Qaeda henchmen,
some 50 Iran-backed Hizballah, Lebanon-based agents of the Iranian
Revolutionary Guards and Palestinian operatives mustered by Yasser
Arafat’s man in South Lebanon, Sultan Abdul Ayan, strongman of the
local Fatah militias. Syrian intelligence officers are not far away.”
  “Sources close to Iran’s Foreign Ministry claim Tehran will expel
Hekmatyar from the country   next week, following the visit of Hamid
Karzai. And close associates  expect that his next home may be in
“The secret Black Budget  of the CIA reportedly quadrupled”   “a
source of private funding was sought for the war. Osama bin Laden, a 
man with “impeccable Saudi credentials” (his father’s construction
company had just been awarded a contract to rebuild and restore the 
holy sites in Mecca and Medina) was given “free rein in Afghanistan” 
by the CIA. Using his share of his family’s business empire, he built
training camps and airplane landing strips, and carved underground
bunkers in the mountains of Afghanistan, all with Washington’s
approval. Just across the border, bin Laden’s base in Pakistan was the
Binoori mosque in Karachi. The prayer leader at this mosque was one
Mullah Mohammed Omar.”
A man who had sold $35 million dollars of Enron stock, who was 43
years old, who had young children, who had been an Army Captain, whose
attorneys were reportedly negotiating with the government for his
testimony against others, who was going to appear at Congressional
hearings, is found dead with a gunshot wound from a .38 caliber
handgun to his head and it is labeled a “suicide”? Army Captains are
familiar with higher caliber weapons that are more likely to leave the
would-be-suicide dead than merely brain-damaged, the way a .38 caliber
weapon might, people with at least $35 million dollars can hire good
lawyers, good accountants, good psychiatrists, or even flee with
little danger of ever being found. We cannot have an administration
under a cloud of suspicion if it is to successfully wage the war
against terrorism. Let’s get a special prosecutor in there now! 
“Former Enron Executive found with a gunshot wound to his head, Texas
police said.”
“Author of Bush biography commits suicide SPRINGDALE, Ark. (AP) – The
author of a book about George W. Bush has killed himself, police said.
James Howard Hatfield, 43, wrote Fortunate Son: George W. Bush and 
the making of an American President in 1999. The unauthorized
biography accused Bush of covering up a cocaine arrest. A hotel
housekeeper discovered the man’s body
about noon Wednesday, Springdale police Detective Al Barrios said
Thursday. Barrios said the man apparently overdosed on two kinds of
prescription drugs.”
http://www.angelfire.com/ca3/jphuck/BOOK3Ch7.html       UNTANGLING THE
OCTOPUS by Steve Mizrach October Surprise, Iran-Contra, Noriega,
Iraqgate, and BCCI Before he died in an ineptly performed ‘suicide,’
the young journalist Danny Casolaro was working on a book that he
claimed tied together many of the ‘gates’ and ‘miniscandals’
surrounding the Bush presidency. The book identified the web which
tied all the scandals together as the “Octopus,” a mythical creature
with tentacles stretching everywhere. Perhaps the birth of the Octopus
lies in the 1980 Presidential election; and its growth occurred under
the eight years of the Reagan presidency. Casolaro soon found that the
Octopus may have consisted of a ‘shadow government’ apparatus.. But
what’s left of his notes seem primarily to focus on events in the 80s
and 90s. It is very possible that in 1980, Bill Casey and other
members of the Reagan team may have conspired with the Iranians to
delay the release of the American hostages: they were afraid of an
“October Surprise” which might damage Reagan’s chances of defeating
Carter.. Gunther Rossbacher, an ex-Navy pilot, and two other foreign
sources, insist that on October 21st and 22nd, Bush met with Iranian
delegates in Paris. The “October Surprise” may have been how Bush and
other Reagan team members located the Iranian ‘moderates’ that played
a role in the Iran-Contra scandal. In 1984, the Boland amendment
forbade any more military assistance to the Contras. So, in 1985, the
underground “Enterprise” – Operation Yellowfruit – began selling arms
to Iran and using the proceeds to furnish weapons to the Contras.
George Bush claims Iran-Contra has nothing to do with him, but other
administration figures’ records show he was at the secret meetings –
Poindexter, in particular. Amiram Nir, an Israeli terrorism expert,
insists he discussed Iranian arms deals with Bush, (Nir) died in a
mysterious plane crash in Mexico in 1988. One man who may have known a
great deal about the Iran-Contra business was Manuel Noriega, whose
name came up in the 1988 Dukakis-Bush debates. Noriega knew about the
Contra drug pipeline, because he was a pusher, himself, while on the
CIA payroll throughout the 1980s, and during his trial in Miami in
1989, some testimony emerged which suggested he knew something about
the Central American end of the Iran-Contra affair and where some on
the missing money may have ‘disappeared’ into. On the Middle Eastern
end, another man who was a delighted beneficiary of American
generosity throughout the 1980s was Saddam Hussein of Iraq. The
Agriculture Department and other agencies gave Saddam agricultural
credits worth millions of dollars which he used to purchase American
attack helicopters, chemical weapons for using on the Kurds, and the
components of a nuclear weapons program. It is suspected that the CIA
and Justice Department overlooked, or aided, the Banco Nazionale
Lavoro (BNL) of Italy while it funneled billions in military aid to
Iraq.. One link between Bush, Saddam, and Iran-Contra was the corrupt
Middle Eastern bank, the Bank of Commerce and Credit International
(BCCI). BCCI, it turns out, laundered drug money, financed CIA covert
operations, and helped Bush, Saddam, and others split over $250
billion in extortion from the sale of Persian Gulf oil. (BCCI also
might have had links to the corrupt drug-money-laundering-and-CIA
scandals involving Australia’s Nugan Hand Bank.) Attorney General
Richard Thornburgh squashed an investigation into First American
Bankshares, secretly controlled by BCCI, in October 1990; This may
have a lot to do with the links between Prescott Bush, First American
director Stephens, Bahrain, and Iraq. Noriega was working for us
before Bush started to see him as a threat. He may have wanted to jail
Noriega because of the Iran-Contra secrets he knew. The other
ostensible reason was because of Bush family holdings in Panama. It
seems that Prescott (Bush)’s friends in the Aoki Corporation of Japan
have invested more than $350 million in Panama; their holdings include
the luxury resort Caesar Park and the Mariott Hotel. Bush may have
been afraid of Noriega nationalizing that property. Is theOctopus
Still Alive? Danny Casolaro may have been killed because he got too
close to the truth. The Christic Institute may have been SLAPPed out
of existence because of it.. George Bush was undoubtedly a key figure.
What’s more tragic is the way that he and other co-conspirators may
have basically gotten off scot-free.”
“Danny Casolaro, a reporter is found dead in a motel room bathtub, the
day after he met a key source. The death was ruled a suicide. Perhaps
he is despondent over the loss of his briefcase, which is missing from
the room.” http://prorev.com/bush.htm
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1449       “Frank
Wisner, Jr. was a big catch for Enron Corporation. His lineage is
impeccable, since his father, Frank Wisner Sr.,was a senior CIA
official (from 1947 until his suicide in 1965)”
“Someone who described himself as “just a patsy”, Lee Harvey Oswald,
the presumed assassin, allegedly was provided with his job at the
Texas School Book Depository through the efforts of an alleged former
Nazi agent, alleged former CIA agent, named George De Morenschildt.”
George De Morenschildt was scheduled to meet with former federal
investigator GAETON FONZI, who was investigating JFK’s assassination,
when De Morenschildt was found dead from a shot-gun blast. Fonzi
claims that Bush Sr.’s name and phone number were found In De
Morenschildt’s address book. Fonzi is the author of Last
Investigation: A Former Federal Investigator Tells What Insiders Know
About the Assassination of JFK Trade Paperback, 464 Pages, Thunder’s
Mouth Press, October 1994 ISBN: 1-56025-079-8
“CBS.com-Ashcroft/Carnahan Race A Tight One”
“Kansas City Star – Election 2000 Ashcroft-Carnahan race remains a
dead heat”
“Al Gore neck and neck with GOP nominee George W. Bush in Missouri, 45
percent to 41 percent. Carnahan aide Tony Wyche said the governor’s
support had grown. Today’s results indicated Carnahan was building
strength in the state’s two metro areas. In July, Carnahan led in the
Kansas City area by 50 percent to 43 percent and in St. Louis by 47
percent to 42 percent. He now leads Ashcroft 51 percent to 41 percent
in Kansas City and 49 percent to 41 percent in St. Louis”
“A Federal Aviation Administration report stated that Carnahan’s plane
was flying at 65,000 feet when the pilot reported a ‘gyro problem.’ A
gyroscope on an airplane is a dashboard instrument that helps the
pilot with basic orientation and sense of horizon..  Final
Presidential Debate Will Go Ahead Vice President Al Gore, who was in
St. Louis for Tuesday’s scheduled presidential debate with George W.
Bush, also telephoned Jean Carnahan after the news broke, Gore aides
“Question from Former ST.LOUISAN: Do you think Governor Carnahan’s
death has impacted the presidential and governor’s race in Missouri,
as it has the Senate race?”
“Official Election Returns State of Missouri General Election Tuesday,
November 07, 2000 U.S. President And Vice President Al Gore, Joe
Lieberman DEM 1,111,138 47.1% George W. Bush, Dick Cheney REP
1,189,924 50.4%” Missouri Governor Mel Carnahan was a very good friend
of Al Gore and a very effective campaigner. Had he not been killed in
a plane crash on the eve of the Presidential Debate his presence at
that debate in the audience, cheering Al Gore on, and on the campaign
trail would no doubt have swung Missouri to Al Gore, and with it, the
Presidential election.
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1320 Police Thwart
Assassination Attempt on Senator Paul Wellstone. “Salem bin Laden, who
died in 1988.Like his father in 1968, Salem died in a 1988 air crash
in Texas. He was flying a BAC 1-11 which had been bought in July 1977
by Prince Mohammed Ben Fahd. The plane’s flight plans had long been at
the center of a number of investigations. According to one of the
plane’s American pilots, it had been used in October 1980 during
secret Paris meetings between US and Iranian emissaries. Nothing was
ever proven, but Salem bin Laden’s accidental death revived some
speculation that he might have been “eliminated” as an embarrassing
witness. In fact, an inquiry was held to determine the exact
circumstances of the accident. The conclusions were never
divulged..”-an old October Surprise operative, C. Boyden Gray, has
become part of the Bush-Cheney team in the Florida Election Fraud
Fiasco. “Bush-Cheney’s attorney and George Bush Sr.’s personal
attorney, as well as presidential attorney C. Boyden Gray is the
famous ‘Charles Smith’ of the October Surprise scandal,” he writes.
October Surprise was the name given to a scheme which corrupted the
1980 presidential election by bribing the Iranians who held 52
American prisoners hostage Teheran. The intent of this successful plot
was to alter the presidential election-to bring about the defeat of
President Jimmy Carter and to elect the Reagan-Bush ticket by
withholding the release of the American hostages until after the
election. “Gray’s prominent facial feature, i.e., his big nose, was
remembered by hotel clerks in Paris and Madrid, and it led to the
busting open of the October Surprise Scandal,” Ben-Menashe declared
that he saw Bush and Casey at a downtown Paris hotel as they headed
into a meeting with radical Iranian cleric Mehdi Karrubi.
Ben-Menashe’s claim received partial support from a pilot, Heinrich
Rupp, who said he flew Casey to Paris on that weekend and saw a man
resembling Bush at LeBourget airport. Also buttressing Ben-Menashe was
the recollection of Chicago Tribune reporter John Maclean who said he
was informed by a well-placed Republican source in mid-October 1980
that Bush was flying to Paris to meet with Iranians about the 52
Americans then held hostage in Iran. Maclean passed on that news to a
State Department acquaintance who dated their conversation as Oct. 
18, 1980. [For more details, see Trick or Treason].” Does anyone
really believe assuming for a moment that the October Surprise theory
is true that Dubya’s Daddy and company would do all that just to make
Dubya’s Daddy Vice President if he had no higher goals in mind? Was
Hinckley related to Bush? What were the Hinckely Bush Connections?
“John Heinz: U.S. senator from Pittsburgh Since his death in a
helicopter crash in 1991.” (Heinz, a wealthy Republican and heir to
the Heinz fortune had, along with his fellow US Senators, Al Gore and
John Kerry, been investigating Iraq-Gate. Heinz was a potential
contender for the 1992 Republican Presidential Nomination. Had he been
able to successfully link George Bush to IraqGate and the related
scandal of Iran-Contra..- Amiram Nir , an Israeli agent, had allegedly
met with Vice President Bush.Nir died in a plane crash in
Mexico.-“Disappearing Witnesses: what does “justice” mean? Hale Boggs
did not follow Earl Warren and his disciples. He totally disagreed.
Hale Boggs was in a plane crash lost over frozen Alaska.” E. Howard
Hunt’s wife Dorothy Hunt dies in a plane crash.- Former CIA director
Stansfield Turner (76) was seriously injured and his wife, Eli Karen
Gilbert, killed in the crash of a tourist plane in Costa Rica.- US
Senator (John Tower) from Texas.. Sparkman-Hillcrest Memorial Park,
Dallas, Texas, USA Cause of Death: Plane crash.”
“Early in 1989, the newly elected President George Bush ran into
trouble with his first nominee for Defense Secretary, Texas Senator
John Tower. Facing accusations about heavy drinking, womanizing and
security lapses, Tower withdrew his name. Bush, reached for Cheney,
who had little hope of reaching his dream of Speaker so long as the
Democrats had a lock on the majority, He was approved by a Senate
vote.” Grave of John Tower 5, 1991. US Senator from Texas..
Sparkman-Hillcrest Memorial Park, Dallas, Texas, USA Cause of Death:
Plane crash. http://www.findagrave.com/pictures/8812 CNN – 29 killed
in plane crash near Detroit – Jan 9, In 1991, an Embraer including
former Sen. John Tower of Texas. Later flight, forcing the plane
“Statement of George Stephanopoulos, Communications Director -Bush’s
answers under oath-given to the Tower Commission and to the Special
Prosecutor’s Office-have never been made public. Since his current
story is now different from his original alibi, Bush either told the
American people one thing in public and told investigators another in
private-or misled both. It’s time for George Bush to make public the
transcripts of his questioning by the Tower Commission and the Special
Prosecutor’s office. George Bush’s statements just don’t add up.
Today, Bush yet again denied he was aware of the opposition to the
deal of Defense Secretary Casper Weinberger and Secretary of State
George Shultz. “There were two key meetings where they almost got into
a shouting match, I’m told, that I did not attend.” Yet, Bush was in
the room during a January 7, 1986 National Security Council meeting
with President Reagan to discuss a Presidential finding that
authorized the arms for hostage deal.”
“One of world famous Conspiracy Theorist Barry Chamish’s most
interesting theories is that the late JFK Jr. was interested in the
Rabin Assassination. I wonder why that would be so. One would think
that the assassination JFK Jr. would Most be interested in would be
that of his own father, then US President John F. Kennedy on November
22nd, 1963 in Dallas Texas. Perhaps there is
a connection however: Rabin is alleged to have been in Dallas on
November 22nd, 1963. If true Rabin would have been lured to Dallas by
someone seeking to blame Israel, and Jews in general for the JFK
“Joseph P. Kennedy Jr. died in a plane crash during World War II at
the age of 29. The husband of Kathleen “Kick” Kennedy was killed in
World War II; Kick herself died in a plane crash in 1948 at the age of
28.. President Kennedy was 46 when he was killed in Dallas. One year
later, Sen. Edward Kennedy was in a plane crash that took the lives of
two men and broke Kennedy’s back and punctured his lung. In June 1968,
an assassin’s bullet felled Robert Kennedy in a Los Angeles hotel. He
was 42.”
“Three days after the president’s assassination in a November 25, 1963
photo, a three-year old John F. Kennedy Jr. salutes his father’s
casket in Washington .John Fitzgerald Kennedy, Jr. would become the
first child born to an American President while in the White House. On
November 22,1963, John Fitzgerald Kennedy, the 35th President of the
United States was assassinated in Dallas Texas. The murderer is shot
to death shortly after being apprehended by authorities and to this
day, mystery surrounds the death of Kennedy.. In 1964, the youngest of
Joseph Kennedy, Jr.’s children, Edward, was injured in a plane crash.
He would escape death but one of his aides is killed. Four years
after his brother’s assassination, Senator Robert F. Kennedy was
murdered at the age of 42. He served as U.S. Attorney General from
1961-64 and was campaigning for presidency when he was assassinated in
a Los Angeles hotel Edward Kennedy, escaped death in a plane crash. In
1973, assassinated Senator Robert Kennedy’s son Joseph was involved in
a horrific car accident. While he escaped death or serious injury,
family friend Pam Kelley was left paralyzed for life. In 1984, the
late Robert Kennedy’s son David died of a drug overdose in a hotel
near the family vacation home in Palm Beach, Florida. In 1997, Robert
Kennedy’s other son Michael is killed in a skiing accident On December
31. He was 39 years old. The latest tragedy has seen John F. Kennedy,
Jr. killed in a plane crash. On board with him were his wife, Carolyn
Bessette, and her sister Lauren. They were on their way to attend John
Jr.’s cousin’s wedding.”
http://www.angelfire.com/id/multicultural/kennedy.html     “Boggs, 
Thomas Hale (1914-72?), U.S. lawyer and political leader, born in Long
Beach, Miss.; U.S. congressman (Democrat) from Louisiana
1941-43, 1947-72, majority leader 1971-72; lost in plane flight over
Alaska in Oct. 1972; wife, Corinne Morrison Claiborne (Lindy) (born
1916), succeeded to his seat 1973”
“On Nov. 29, 1963, President Johnson created the President’s
Commission on the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy to
investigate and report on the facts relating to the tragedy. It
functioned neither as a court nor as a prosecutor. Chief Justice Earl
Warren was appointed chairman. Other members of the bipartisan
commission were Senators Richard B. Russell of Georgia and John
Sherman Cooper of Kentucky, Representatives Hale Boggs of Louisiana
and Gerald R. Ford of Michigan, Allen W. Dulles, and John J. McCloy.
J. Lee Rankin was the general counsel. The report was published on
Sept. 24, 1964.”
“Congressman Hale Boggs, the only dissenting member of the Warren
Commission who refused to sign the Warren Report until just before it
was submitted… and who disappeared on an airplane flight in Alaska
in 1972.” http://www.nidlink.com/~akmoob/roberts.html
“Rep. Hale Boggs rejected the so-called single bullet theory, an
essential part of the Commission’s single-assassin thesis.” 
“According to Hale Boggs, a Warren Commission member: “Hoover lied 
his eyes out to the commission”
“Louisiana Congressman Boggs had warned JFK not to go to Texas, he
died in a plane crash.”
“An assistant counsel to the Warren Commission, and later a United
States Senator from Pennsylvania, Specter is said to have been
responsible for developing the single bullet theory.”
Magic Bullet Theory      
cev.htm    “One of the biggest lies ever foisted onto the American
people was the “single bullet theory”, a concoction by Arlen Specter
(currently chair of the Senate Intelligence Oversight Committee), who
asked us to believe that a shot was made from a sixth story window,
entered the back of Kennedy yet rose and flew out the neck, altering
it’s trajectory to cause seven wounds in Kennedy and Governor Connally
in the seat ahead of Kennedy. But now comes: “Tuesday, 27 March, 2001,
07:59 GMT 08:59 UK Scientist questions JFK lone killer theory John F
Kennedy was killed on 22 November, 1963 Two gunmen were almost
certainly involved in the assassination of US President John F Kennedy
in 1963, according to a new scientific article. A British forensic
scientist backs the so-called “grassy knoll” theory that a second
gunman shot at the president at exactly the same moment as assassin
Lee Harvey Oswald fired three shots from a book depository. The
scientist, DB Thomas, has examined recordings of radio channels used
by police in the Texas city of Dallas, where the murder took place. In
his article, he says five separate gunshot sounds can be heard on one
of the tapes at exactly the time the president was killed. ‘Mistakes’
Mr Thomas says mistakes were made in synchronising conversations on
the two police frequencies, leading earlier investigations to dismiss
the theory that a second gunman opened fire from a grassy knoll
overlooking the presidential motorcade. His article is published in
Science and Justice, the journal of Britain’s Forensic Science
Society. “One of the sounds matches the echo pattern of a test shot
fired from the grassy knoll,” he writes in his paper. That was also
the key finding of a congressional investigation by the House
Committee on Assassinations that concluded 22 years ago Mr Thomas
believes it was the shot from the knoll, seven-tenths of a second
earlier, that killed the president. G Robert Blakey, former chief
counsel of the House Committee on Assassinations welcomed the new
findings. “This is an honest, careful scientific examination of
everything we did, with all the appropriate statistical checks,” he
said. “We thought there was a 95% chance there was a shot from a
grassy knoll. He puts it at 96.3%. Either way, that is beyond
reasonable doubt.”    
Paso Corp., one of several energy trading companies facing questions
about its accounting practices, shot
himself to death at his home, police said Monday. the circumstances
were reminiscent of the Jan. 25
suicide of Enron vice chairman J. Clifford Baxter, who shot himself in
his car after the company collapsed in an accounting scandal. Rice,
47, was a senior vice president at El Paso, where he worked for 25
years. Police said the body of Charles Dana Rice, 47, of El Paso Corp
senior vice president and treasurer, was found Sunday afternoon June
2nd, 2002. Treasurer at El Paso Shot Dead Longtime energy company
treasurer found dead at home. ” “EL PASO ENERGY ACQUIRES 49 PERCENT OF
HOUSTON – East Coast Power, an affiliate of Enron Corp., announced
today that 49 percent of its outstanding ownership interest has been
sold to an affiliate of El Paso Energy Corporation (NYSE: EPG).
Enron, through an affiliate, will retain the remaining 51 percent
interest in the company. In February 1999, East Coast Power acquired
equity interests in three combined cycle natural gas fired
co-generation plants in New Jersey from the Cogen Technologies Group.
Designated as “qualifying facilities” under the Public Utilities
Regulatory Practices Act of 1978, the plants deliver power and steam
under contract to utility and industrial customers in New Jersey and
New York City. The plants have an aggregate generating capacity of
1,037 megawatts. Currently, East Coast Power’s senior secured notes
trade on the PORTAL system. Enron is one of the world’s leading
electricity, natural gas and communications companies. The company,
which owns approximately $33 billion in energy and communications
assets, produces electricity and natural gas, develops, constructs and
operates energy facilities worldwide, delivers physical commodities
and financial and risk management services to customers around the
world and is developing a nationwide Internet-based communications
network. Enron’s Internet address is http://www.enron.com, and the stock is
traded under the ticker symbol, “ENE.”
“Wednesday June 5th 2002  Instrument Failure Cited In Carnahan Crash A
faulty piece of equipment is being blamed, in part, for a plane crash
that killed Missouri Gov. Mel Carnahan, his son, and (his campaign
manager). The National Transportation Safety Board report said that a
critical gauge on the control panel failed, confusing pilot Randy
Carnahan. The NTSB said that equipment failure touched off a series of
events that led to the crash. Mahoney reported that Carnahan’s plane
went down Oct. 16, 2000. Carnahan, who was in a fierce campaign for
the U.S. Senate, his son Randy Carnahan, and  Chris Sifford, died as
the plane they were in slammed into the countryside at more than 300
mph.  The NTSB report said that the plane’s primary attitude indicator
failed the night Randy Carnahan warned the control tower that he was
having trouble. Randy Carnahan: “5-4 November, we got our hands full
right now.” Control Tower: “Roger, you in some sort of difficulty?”
Randy Carnahan: “5-4 November, we got our primary attitude indicator
that’s not reading properly.” Mahoney reported that the gauge that
Randy Carnahan referred to is what keeps the plane level.  Without
this gauge right in front him, Randy Carnahan had to look across the
dashboard to a backup gauge, then look back into the night, which
disoriented him. The NTSB does not say why the gauge failed. The
Carnahan family is contending in a lawsuit that the vacuum pumps that
control that gauge weren’t working right” 

We’ll start with what was staring us in the face not so very long ago.
The fingernail scratched face of the Supreme Leader of the
Republicans: George W. Bush.
Yes  GWB, a.k.a. Pretzeldent Bush tried to explain them by saying he
choked on a pretzel and woke up to find his dogs licking  his face,
which sounds pretty much like “My Dog Ate My Homework”, to us. A poor
excuse for what in every land on earth since time immemorial has been
the true sign of an oppressor of women found out, the scratches from
the fingernails of a female victim on the male oppressor’s face. We
even did a poll on it at BushBusters awhile back. Behind Pretzel Mania
Poll What is the truth behind Pretzel Mania? Please vote for as many
as you wish. Thanks. Please read Ok, what’s the story? 
The poll ended on President’s Day February 18th, 2002.
. George Washington said ” I cannot tell a lie.” How far we have come
from those days to the present.
o I Believe The Official Story From Bush- 1.79%
o Scratches on Bush’s face are from the fingernails of a victim-
o Bush was falling down drunk- 37.50%
o Bush was stoned on cocaine- 3.57%
o Hillary or Laura threw a Bible at him- 1.79%
o Dubya’s dogs ate his homework and the Enron Files- 7.14%
o Bush was in a drunken brawl- 7.14%
o Pretzel Mania is a deliberate diversion from EnronGate-19.64%
Of course not a lot of people knew, or know that “She (Chandra Levy)
went to Bush’s (January 20th, 2001) inauguration  and attended one of
the balls.”
Maybe this is the situation after all? Are those marks on Dubya’s face
scratches from his glasses or from the fingernails of a victim?
Con-Dumb, Dumber and Dumbest Posts Lots of Dumb and Dumber Condit
posts are flying around the net. Before you add your own thoughts and
posts to the Conflagration make sure you are not being Conned. There
are some views you have NOT heard or seen on Larry King Live or the
rest of CNN (Condit News Nightly Daily- and in between) or any place
else on radio or TV that we know of. If you have not already read them
please read:
Did George Do It? Did Dubya Do Chandra In?
Part Two Did George Do It? Did Dubya Do Chandra In?
If you find any words of wisdom in those posts feel free to pass them
on to politicians, the media, the world wide web, and generally
everyone else you can think of. Then look over these photos, are those
scratches from the fingernails of a victim on Dubya’s face? What do
you think?
You are invited to join http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters
“George W. Bush sports a bruise he suffered after a poorly chewed
pretzel caused the Bush to briefly pass out and fall. Some may call it
twisted, but the nation’s late night comics have found no shortage of
monologue fodder from Bush’s recent close encounter with a pretzel.
Over the last two nights, late night television kings David Letterman
and Jay Leno have had a virtual feast on the incident. (Kevin
“Wednesday January 16 5:41 PM ET
Bush Jokes About Post-Pretzel Pics
WASHINGTON (AP) – Enough about the killer pretzels. To President Bush
(news – web sites), the real scandal in his choking-and-fainting spell
had to do with doctored photos. Bush, who sported a nasty red scrape
on his cheek after a weekend tussle with a pretzel, teasingly accused
photo editors on Wednesday of conspiring against him. “I’m just
telling you – all the editors doctored up the cut and everything like
that to make it look worse than it did,” Bush told reporters as he and
Turkish Prime Minister Bulent Ecevit posed for pictures in the Oval
Office. With questions aswirl about his health this week, Bush
appeared eager to let the White House press corps know he was out
running Wednesday morning. How did he do? “Slow,” Bush reported. “I’m
getting over a head cold.”
“Bush talks during a news conference in the Oval Offive of the White
House with Prime Minister of Turkey Bulent Ecevit, Wednesday, Jan 16,
2002. Bush thanked Turkey for its support on the war on terror and
announced that a travel ban to Turkey has been lifted by the United
States. (AP Photo/Susan Walsh)”
“Bush address families as he prepares to sign legislation
reauthorizing the Promoting Safe and Stable Families Program with a
number of adopted children looking on in the East Room of the White
House, Thursday, Jan. 17, 2002. Bush, who still has the red scrape on
his cheek after a weekend tussle with a pretzel, teasingly accused
photo editors of conspiring against him, and said “I’m just telling
you all the editors doctored up the cut and everything like that to
make it look worse than it did.” (AP Photo/Doug Mills)”
“Bush, with a scrape on his face, talks with reporters, Monday,
Jan.14, 2002, at the White House
about fainting briefly in the White House residence Sunday night. The
President passed out while eating a pretzel. The President said he
felt fine as he departed on a two day trip to the Mid West and New
Orleans. (AP Photo/Ron Edmonds)” Congress Person Condit may or may not
be many things but no pattern of serial killings has been attributed
to him. If, as reported, he was romantically involved with Chandra
Levy that is one thing. It would not be the first time a member of
Congress was involved romantically with someone not his or her spouse.
One thinks of former Republican Speaker-in-Waiting Bob Livingston,
“Bob Livingston’s statement (EXCERPT) I have decided to inform my
colleagues and my constituents that during my 33-year marriage to my
wife, Bonnie, I have on occasion strayed from my marriage, and doing
so nearly cost me my marriage and family.”
http://detnews.com/1998/nation/9812/18/12180190.htm among others,
who have journeyed down that path. Could Dubya have seen or even met
Chandra Levy? All sorts of people visit the White House. For instance:
“The West Wing (news – web sites) of the White House was partially
evacuated for about an hour Thursday(July 12th 2001) after a car
parked on the north driveway raised suspicions. White House press
secretary Ari Fleischer (news – web sites) said the car belonged to
the driver of an unidentified member of Congress who had a meeting
with the president.” Could Chandra have gone along on some such White
House visit herself at some time, either with Conservative “Blue Dog
Democrat” Condit, or someone else? Could she have attended any of
Dubya’s Inaugural events?  Consider Dubya’s alleged mind.
“An Ancient “Oppo” Has An Eerie Modern-Day Parallel by Tamara Baker
Jan. 3, 2000 ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA (AmpolNS) — According to the
National Enquirer, the New York Post, and Tony Snow on FOX TV, Tammy
Phillips, a 35-year old stripper, claims she just ended an 18-month
affair with one George W. Bush of Houston, Texas (by way of New Haven,
Connecticut and Kennebunkport, Maine). She says the affair lasted from
late 1996 until June of last year. She told the National Enquirer that
she met Dubya at a hotel in Texas and when he saw her micro-mini
skirt, he “combusted.” Could Dubya have reacted the same way to
Chandra if he had met her? Did Dubya know Chandra?  “She (Chandra
Levy) went to Bush’s (January 20th, 2001) inauguration and attended
one of  the balls.”
There ARE sexual predators roaming the earth. One may live at the
White House.  Others may frequent Rock Creek Park. While I do not know
whether George Did It or someone else did any information you may have
should be reported to the proper authorities No one is above
suspicion, be he or she a member of Congress or the un-elected
Pretender President currently roaming the White House. This series
attempts to explore whether Dubya Did Chandra In, as well as other
possibilities not connected to Dubya at all. In the search for the
truth and for Chandra’s killer, no stone should be left unturned. All
leads should be pursued, wherever they may lead, be they to the
current inhabitant of the White House or anyone else, whoever he or
she may be. When one attempts to profile a person one looks at the
patterning he or she may have received. We often pattern ourselves on
our parents. The behavior they exhibit is often emulated, be it
boozing, drunk driving, having affairs, or anything else. Of course we
all know how unthinkable it would be for any inhabitant of the White
House to have an affair with a young ‘brunette’ California intern in
her 20s. Such things “Can’t Happen Here”, after all. This is America,
in America we count the votes. We would never see in our great country
a Supreme Court Gang of Five ordering that the legally cast votes of
voters in a Presidential election not be counted, would we? Nah! It
Can’t Happen Here, Can It? What do Houston (where some in the Bush
family lived), and Washington DC, where some in the Bush family are
have in common? “Killers at Large women and girls in Houston and the
surrounding areas were killed in Texas and their bodies dumped the
number of unsolved murders of women. 
While there is a suspect, who may, or may not be, responsible for “a
dozen other killings, primarily in central Texas between Austin and
Waco.” http://www.fdp.dk/uk/exec/exe-9804.htm
Dubya was indeed Governor of Texas living in Austin and at his
Crawford ranch near Waco for some years. Of course no one could
suspect Dubya of such a thing, right? Dubya, Poppy Bush, and Jeb, Sex
Files Allegations Before allegations of adultery involving Dubya and
the stripper/Playboy model surfaced, before allegations about adultery
involving BOTH Dubya and Jeb and Katharine Harris surfaced, before
Allegations about Jeb and whoever surfaced, there were allegations
about Poppy, a.k.a. Dubya’s Daddy:George Herbert Walker Bush. The
July/August 1992 issue of Spy Magazine, ISSN 0890-1759 5 Union Square
West, NYC 10003 carried a story entitled: ” 1,000 REASONS NOT TO VOTE
from no less than Dubya himself (page 35) “(Howard) Fineman (of
Newsweek) got a surprise phone call from George W. Bush, the
candidate’s oldest son, who offered this famous quote about his dad:
‘The answer to the Big A question is N-O.’ Dubya and his daddy also
seem to share a penchant for booze and traffic problems, Kitty
Kelley’s biography of Nancy Reagan , page 507 is quoted in the
aforementioned piece by Joe Conason, as follows: “Among the 5 at the
table (on March 18th,1981) were William French Smith, then the
attorney general and Secretary of State Alexander Haig. According to
one of the guests, dinner was interrupted by a sudden commotion, as
Haig and Smith’s security team began ‘jabbering into their
walkie-talkes, and then whispered to Haig and Smith, who both jumped
up and left the restaurant. The two men returned about forty-five
minutes later, laughing their heads off. They said they had had to
bail out George Bush, (Dubya’s Daddy),who’d been in a traffic accident
with his girlfriend. Bush had not wanted the incident to appear on the
D.C. police blotter, so he had his security men contact Haig and
Smith. They took care of things for him , and then came back to
dinner.’ It is interesting to note that this was just 12 days before
If you’re so damned smart, why are you doing what you are doing and
I’m president of the United States? President George “Poppy” Bush In
1991, author Kitty Kelley published an unauthorized biography of
former First Lady Nancy Reagan. There was one major incident mentioned
in Kelley’s best-selling book the alleged arrest of the vice president
of the United States for DWI. Kelley told SPY magazine, “That was
something nobody mentioned. I don’t know why.  That one incident is
cold-you’ve got a date in the book. And I interviewed people who were
in that dinner party. The book was thoroughly vetted by the
publisher’s lawyers. I have that story on tape, and yes, I had to give
up the source’s name to the lawyers.” SPY noted that when it came to
Kelley’s biography of the First Lady: “Just about everything that
mattered, and much that didn’t, was quoted somewhere [by the
media]-except for one wholly ignored little anecdote on page 507.”
Dubya claims in his Impersonating a President Act, that he is the
President rather than the Inhabitant of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. He
also claims that his spouse Is First Lady. But who allegedly was,or
perhaps, who can say, still is, First in Dubya’s Heart? If he has a
Heart that is, he certainly has no Honor Dignity or Integrity,
Stealing the Presidency Is Not Nice. DID GEORGE W. BUSH “HAVE SEX WITH
THAT WOMAN, MS.PHILLIPS?” Perhaps Only The Two Of Them Know For Sure.I
sure don’t . IF there is no blue dress, YET, to be DNA tested perhaps
George W. will agree to a drug test for cocaine ? Excerpted From:
We’ve seen some posts out there suggesting that there is something
suspicious about the fact that Chandra Levy’s remains have just turned
up in Washington, D.C. ‘s Rock Creek Park. Chandra is even seen by
some to be a distraction from other events. We don’t see her as a
distraction at all. We’re really interested in plane crashes and who
has died in them over the years. Was Salem bin Laden an embarrassing
witness? http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1326
We’re interested at this moment in one of those “plane crash victims”
Can you guess who we are talking about? Before we mention her name
we’d like to reiterate that we do not believe that Bush created or
sponsored or authorized the attacks on America of September 11th,
2001. We do not believe they were another Reichstag Fire. Nor do we
believe that Bush was in any responsible for ordering her death. “The
Chandra Levy case also brought the old cast from the Monica  Lewinsky
scandal back in force, with conservatives Barbara Olson, Ann Coulter
and William Bennett reprising their roles as the nation’s moral
arbiters.” http://www.consortiumnews.com/2001/080901a.html    
“Barbara Olson*** served as the Republican chief counsel for the
congressional committee investigating the Clintons’ involvement in
“Travelgate” and “Filegate.”  
“Barbara Olson was the wife of U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson.
She was aboard American Flight 77 from Dulles International Airport
when it crashed into the Pentagon. She twice called her husband as the
plane was being hijacked and told him the attackers were using
knife-like instruments. Barbara Olson was a chief investigator for the
House Government Reform Committee in the mid-1990s. She later became a
lawyer on the staff of Senate Minority Whip Don Nickles, before
branching out on her own as a TV commentator and private lawyer. She
was a frequent critic of the Clinton administration and wrote a book
about Hillary Rodham Clinton.”
The thing to remember about Barbara Olson is that not only was she
very respected among Republicans, not only did she have an
investigative background, not only was she extremely interested in the
Chandra Levy case, but her husband was U.S. Solicitor General Theodore
Olson. We think that somebody out there, and we do NOT mean Bush,
thought that Barbara might turn into another Martha Mitchell. For
those of you who do not know who Martha Mitchell was: “The outspoken
wife of John Mitchell was always considered a “loose cannon” in
Washington. She called members of the press on several occasions to
record her disgust about Watergate. On one occasion she declared
herself a political prisoner, saying “I’m not going to stand for all
those dirty things that go on. If you could see me, you wouldn’t
believe it. I’m black and blue.” Bob Woodward called her “the Greek
chorus of the Watergate drama- sounding her warnings to all who would
hear.” It was the position of many in the Nixon administration that
Martha was a total nutcase, and that John Mitchell was forced to rely
on his corrupt staff a great deal in order to look after her. It was
the position of Martha that the Nixon administration sedated her and
held her against her will to keep her from speaking out.”   
“John N. Mitchell, Principal in Watergate, Dies at 75 By Lawrence
Meyer Washington Post Staff Writer Thursday, November 10, 1988; Page
A01 John N. Mitchell, the only United States attorney general to serve
a prison sentence, died here yesterday after suffering a heart attack.
He was 75. Mitchell, a friend, confidant and law partner of Richard M.
Nixon, became a familiar face on television screens across America in
the summer of 1973 as he sparred with members and staff of the Senate
Watergate Committee probing his role-and Nixon’s-in the Watergate
es/mitchobit.htm   “United States, November 8, 1988 : George and
Barbara Bush watch the
election results. At the age of 64, George Bush becomes America’s 41st
What would have happened if Barbara Olson had not been killed on
September 11th, 2001? Would she have become another Martha Mitchell,
finally turning her overwhelmingly compelling interest in the Chandra
Levy case into an investigation of Dubya’s possible role in that case?
Perhaps this explains the risk/benefit equation. Saddam risked a great
deal to hijack American Flight 77 on September 11th, 2001  from Dulles
International Airport but he must have felt he had to do it to murder
Barbara Olson. Some people may speculate that Bush is being
blackmailed. They may wonder if that is the reason that Chandra’s
remains have surfaced now. We really don’t know why they have surfaced
now. It should be noted that The 1993 World Trade Center bombers
managed to vaporize President Clinton’s heavily armored limousine.
Clearly someone had to have known exactly where that heavily armored
Presidential limousine was parked. In the intelligence community one
hires, or turns, or blackmails important people. Kim Philby was the
head of British Anti-Soviet Intelligence, he dealt with the CIA and
the FBI, when he was about to be arrested for being a Soviet agent he
vanished and turned up in Moscow. The whole time Philby had been KGB.
He died a KGB Colonel. IF Dubya murdered Chandra Levy, and we do not
know if he did or not, it is possible that people in the intelligence
community are aware of that “fact”, if it is a fact. It should be
noted that 2 top female aides to Dubya, Karen Hughes and Mary Matalin
are leaving. Their departures may be coincidental. We have no
information to the contrary. On the other hand some may speculate that
Karen or Mary may be the Linda Tripps of 2002. What do they know about
what happens back-stage at the White House. Whose fingernails
scratched Dubya’s face? We don’t think it was a Pretzel! While some
serial murderer preying on victims in Rock Creek Park cannot be ruled
out as a suspect in Chandra Levy’s murder, can Dubya be ruled out? The
apparent fingernail scratches from a victim on Dubya’s face bring this
haunting possibility into all of our faces because Dubya is in
everybody’s face when we see him on TV. A better example of an Emperor
who has no clothes cannot be imagined than a serial killer with
fingernail scratches from a victim on his face. Meanwhile, if unable
to convince everyone that he is the President, he tries to convince as
many as possible that a pretzel is responsible for those scratches.
Perhaps he should call himself the Pretzeldent? Talk about hiding in
It should be noted that Chandra Levy was not the first to be found
dead in a park. Others have been found dead in Rock Creek Park.
Another famous case involved Vince Foster. On July 20, 1993 Vince
Foster was found dead in Fort Marcy Park. Many of those who sew a
conspiracy behind Vince Foster’s death continue to see one today,
insisting that Foster was killed elsewhere and moved to the park. The
same theory about the victim being killed elsewhere and moved to the
park, will no doubt arise, if it has not already, in the Chandra Levy
case. Is Dubya being blackmailed into backing off on Iraq by Iraqi
agents? We do not think so. “For Immediate Release Office of the Press
Secretary May 23, 2002 Bush Meets with German  Chancellor Schroeder Q:
the Chancellor just said that your government does not seem to be very
specific right now when it comes to plans to attack Iraq. Is that
true, sir? And could you, nevertheless, try to explain to the German
people what your goals are when it comes to Iraq? Bush: I told the
Chancellor that I have no war plans on my desk.”  
We believe that Iraq was behind September 11th,2001. We also believe
that Dubya never really intended to attack Iraq. Dubya’s Daddy,
Cheney, and Powell, left Saddam in power in 1991. Bush has no
intention of removing Saddam from power ever. Bush II is not calling
Saddam on 9/11, in fact is probably suppressing attempts to draw a
link between Saddam and 9/11 for a number of reasons, these include,
we think, the obvious embarrassing Blowback of Bush I, Cheney and
Powell leaving Saddam in power in 1991, the increased leverage
available to Bush II Cheney and Powell to pressure Israel so that a
so-called “coalition” against Saddam can be built among what we feel
is an oxymoron “arab allies”, by appeasing said non-existent allies,
but real arab states, at Israel’s expense. If the American people were
told the truth: that 9/11 was Saddam’s project, using Bin Laden as his
agent, no appeasement of so-called “arab allies” at Israel’s,or
America’s expense would be tolerated. Any arab state that stood in
America’s way would find that “regime change” would also be applied to
that regime, i.e. the Saudi and Jordanian de jure monarchies, the de
facto monarchy in Syria where a dictator, Hafez-al Assad was replaced
by another dictator, his son, Bashir-al Assad, good thing that sort of
thing only happens in 3rd world countries. We think Saddam has always
known that Bush never intended to attack Iraq. That is why we think
Saddam used the intelligence we think he had on which flight Barbara
Olson was on, to make sure that was one of the flights hijacked by
Saddam’s agent: bin Laden. For Barbara Olson could have brought Bush
down if she had not been murdered. We don’t know how Saddam found out
about that flight. But found out we think he did. Had Barbara Olson
not been on that flight we think Saddam would have arranged to kill
her at some other time. Whether or not Bush actually murdered Chandra
Levy, Barbara Olson could have followed up on her interest in the
Chandra Levy case to finally tie Bush, rightly or wrongly, to
Chandra’s murder. That would have destroyed Bush politically, whether
or not he was ever actually convicted for Chandra’s murder. That was
something Saddam Hussein could not afford to permit. Bush will
continue to protect Saddam Hussein, will continue to bully Israel, for
as long as the American people do not demand his resignation. We don’t
think Bush is being blackmailed by Saddam. We think Bush is in bed
with Saddam. But we don’t think Bush is behind September 11th, 2001.
We don’t think Bush was behind Barbara Olson’s death. We don’t know
about Chandra Levy. We wonder about JFK and Bush I. Please see : Poll
Results Who Really Killed JFK? 
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/americansecrets/message/932 You are 
invited to join               
l “Flash! Net Ignores Steamy Rumor The tale of a candidate’s affair
fails to catch fire – even on the gossip-mongering Internet. Why? By
James Ledbetter Has the internet abandoned its role as the nation’s
hottest incubator of political rumor? Judging by the Net’s recent
nonchalant treatment of a steamy story alleging infidelity by a
presidential front-runner, the answer would be yes In its current
issue, the National Enquirer has a story about Tammy Phillips, a woman
from Carrolton, Texas, who claims to have had an 18-month affair with
Texas Governor George W. Bush. Phillips, described by the Enquirer as
a  “stunning Playboy model,” claims to have had eight sexual
encounters with Bush in at least two states between December 1997 and
June 1999.-Net gossip king Matt Drudge has taken very little interest
in the tale of Bush’s alleged affair. And it is next to impossible to
find the story mentioned anywhere on the Net. Politex, the anonymous
Texas-based architect of the Bush-bashing BushWatch.com site, seemed
unaware on Dec. 28 that the Phillips story had even been published. 
“Since it’s been out for a few days, I’m as surprised as you that the
story hasn’t surfaced somewhere,” Politex says.” We of course need to
consider the possibility that Dubya Did NOT Do Chandra Levy In.George
may NOT have done it. Anything is possible. End Part One
You are invited to join


Cheney provides Condit with an alibi for May 1st, Cheney’s spokeswoman
confirmed  a meeting that took place at the time police say intern 
Chandra Levy logged off her laptop computer for the last time and 
disappeared. “They (Condit and Cheney) met on May 1 at 12:30 (p.m.). 
The meeting lasted about 25 minutes,” said Cheney spokeswoman 
Juleanna Glover Weiss, adding the two discussed the California energy
crisis. ‘There was nothing unusual about the meeting in any  aspect,’
she said. Asked if anyone from the Washington, D.C., police department
had contacted Cheney or his office about the investigation of Levy’s
disappearance, Glover Weiss responded, “Not that I’m aware of.” Levy
was last seen on April 30. Her disappearance, under  investigation as
a missing person case, has drawn international media attention because
of her relationship with Condit. Police sources  have told reporters
that Condit, 53, admitted in his last interview with police he was
having an affair with Levy. Police officials have repeatedly said
Condit, who is married, is not a suspect in Levy’s disappearance.
Newsweek, quoting White House and law enforcement sources, reported on
its Web site on Friday that Condit, a California  Democrat, had a
private meeting with Cheney on Capitol Hill on May 1.  D.C. Police
Chief Charles Ramsey has said Levy, 24, was in her apartment on the
afternoon of May 1, sending e-mail and looking at Internet sites.
Newsweek said an analysis of the hard drive on Levy’s  computer showed
she signed off at about 1 p.m., the last moment for which police can
account for her. Citing police sources and Condit’s  lawyers, Newsweek
said Condit had accounted for his entire day on May  1. “He was in his
office (that afternoon),” an unidentified law  enforcement official
was quoted as saying. “We’ve spoken to his staff  and we’re
comfortable with their responses. His time is accounted  for.”
“I could be helpful in several capacities for the administration, and
one of those is right here (in Congress),” said Rep. Gary Condit,
D-Ceres. In the buzz chamber  that is Washington, Condit’s own name
has surfaced as someone the  Bush administration might consider for a
position like secretary of agriculture. Condit is the second-ranking
Democrat on the House  Agriculture Committee, and works well with
congressional Republicans. Condit worked early on with Ohio Republican
Rob Portman. Portman is now a key liaison to Congress for
President-elect Bush, having worked  for his father’s White House from
1990-91. The inevitable question has thus arisen as to whether  Condit
is under consideration                for a Bush job. “I’m totally
happy with the position I have,”  Condit said. “No one has officially
offered me a job, and I’m not looking for a job, but I do commend
Governor Bush for reaching out.”
“former governor of Texas (1994-2000). Born July 6, 1946, in New
Haven, Connecticut. Bush-often referred to as simply W.-is the eldest
son of former President George Herbert Walker Bush and Barbara Pierce
Bush. He grew up in Midland, Texas, where his father worked in the oil
business. His siblings include Jeb (now governor of Florida), Neil,
Marvin, and Dorothy. Another younger sister, Robin, died tragically of
leukemia in 1953, at the age of three. Like his father, Bush attended
the prestigious Philips Andover Academy in Massachusetts before
matriculating at Yale University. He graduated from Yale with a
bachelor’s degree in 1968, then returned to Texas and joined the Texas
Air National Guard, where he learned to fly fighter jets. He
eventually became a lieutenant, but was never called on to fight in
Vietnam. The early 1970s marked a distinctly unfocused period in
Bush’s life, as he moved back to East Texas (In response to questions
from reporters about possible drug use and heavy drinking during his
bachelor days in Midland, Bush has called the early 1970s his
“nomadic” period and has somewhat evasively stated that he would pass
a background check going back as far as 1974.)” ARTICLE BELOW FROM A
“The I-45 Killer(s) (32) Over that last three decades the FBI has
chronicled at least 32 dead women in an area a few miles on either
side of Interstate 45 along the 50-mile stretch between Houston and
Galveston in Texas. The latest victim was discovered in early 1999 by
a little boy and his dog when they were out for a walk in some marshy
woods. The dog came up with a bone, and then the boy saw a skull.
Nearby, the police later would find earrings, shreds of clothing and a
belt tied around a tree. Investigators believe the killer used it to
bind the young woman while she was sexually assaulted. Now, for the
first time since the first victim’s corpse was discovered in 1971,
investigators believe they are making progress both in breaking
individual cases and devising a method to attack the overall problem.
But early indications are not good for those who hoped it could be
brought to an end by finding one serial killer who could be captured
and put behind bars. “It appears that there may be multiple serial
killers,” said Don K.Clark, special agent in charge of the FBI’s
Houston division.If that suspicion proves true-and investigators
caution that they remain far from bringing charges in these
crimes-then the bizarre pattern of killings along I-45 would be the
result of an equally bizarre occurrence. Police now worry that for
nearly three decades this stretch of coastal plain has served as a
hunting ground for any number of murderers . Over time, it appears to
police, the killers have come and gone but shared in common the site
they selected to find their victims-or to dump the bodies of people
killed elsewhere. In fact, the bayous lined with longleaf pine, beech
and live oaks appear to have served as a dumping ground not only for
local killers but also for Houston’s predators. The refineries and
ports draw transients. The small towns and country roads have proved
easy places to hunt victims. The patchwork of jurisdictions makes it
easy to cloak activities simply by crossing the city limits. The
victims in the I-45 cases typically disappeared while out alone, only
to be found dead and abused in a remote spot weeks or months later,
leaving no hint as to their attacker’s identity or motive. The
investigation took an important turn after several particularly
horrific and well-publicized crimes in 1997. First, Laura Smither, 12,
disappeared while jogging near her home, and then Jessica Lee Cain,
17, vanished, leaving behind only her empty pickup truck parked on the
shoulder of I-45. Smither’s decapitated body was found in a pond
almost three weeks after her disappearance. Cain is still missing.
“Before Laura Smither and Jessica Cain, each one of us was in his own
little world, investigating our own individual cases, and we would
have no way of knowing that some fellow we wanted to question in one
murder, and had been a top suspect, had already been questioned in a
very similar murder just a few miles down the highway,” said Lt. Tommy
Hansen of the Galveston County Sheriff’s Department. Some evidence
pointed to a serial killer long ago. Two girls disappeared from the
same convenience store in the 1970s. Four bodies were found between
1984 and 1991 in a scrubby patch of pastures dubbed the “killing
fields.” More subtle patterns now are emerging from a computer
analysis of the evidence. The victims seem to cluster according to
physical type, such that it appears one killer has a preference for
short, slim, brown-haired women. Another killer seems to have
demonstrated distinctive habits in the way he disposes of bodies,
investigators said. Stark similarities in several early cases suggest
that a serial killer was active in the area in the 1970s, but it is
unlikely he will ever be identified because so much time has passed..”
March 17, 2000 – Houston investigators believe there are a least a
dozen serial killers living in or around the city, or passing through
it on a regular basis. One killer is believed to be responsible for
the deaths of at least two girls ages 9 and 12 whose nude bodies were
found dumped in waterways. Another cluster of killings involves at
least four women in their late teens and early twenties who
disappeared around the southern Houston and Galvenston area. Between
April 1992 and July 1995 three killings in the Houston area have been
linked to a serial killer who likes young Hispanic females and becomes
anxious if his victims are not discovered quickly. Over a six-year
period four other women have been found within a mile of each other in
a field off Calder Road in Galveston County. In the mid- to late
’80s, a task force studied the killings of six prostitutes who worked
in Houston’s Montrose area. In the early ’70s a number of young girls
were abducted and murdered. In all ther are about 200 unsolved murders
of women and girls in Houston and the surrounding areas since 1971.”
ARTICLE BELOW FROM A DIFFERENT SOURCE “The brutal murders of nearly
200 young women in and around this gritty factory town has fueled
public anger toward Mexican authorities and US companies that employed
many of the victims. Ciudad Juarez – a city of 1 million that lies
just across the border from El Paso, Texas – has long attracted young
women from other parts of Mexico.”
“Gary Condit, U.S. House of Representatives. Congressman Condit has
voted consistently against his own party’s concerns for individual
rights and with the interests of big business. For instance, he was a
sponsor of H.R. 2366 “Small Business Liability Reform Act” (Rep.
James Rogan was the primary sponsor), and one of the few Democrats
who voted for the measure. The bill limited the rights of injured
individuals to recover punitive damages to three times compensatory
damages or $ 250,000, whichever is less. The anti-consumer legislation
also abridged the traditional doctrine of joint and several liability
so that if one corporation that committed a harm went bankrupt another
that participated in committing the harm would not be liable for the
first’s damages. In addition, the GOP-backed bill limited liability
for manufacturers of dangerous and defective products. The
legislation preempts state consumer protection laws that are far more
generous to individuals. Congressman Condit joined Republicans in
supporting the medical savings account concept and diversion of
budget surpluses to tax deductions for the account rather than shoring
up Medicare and Social Security. (Congressman Condit was one of six
Democrats to vote for the “Financial Freedom Act,” H.R. 2488, which
was vetoed by President Clinton). Condit also voted against the
“Defense of the Environment” Act in February 1999 and was targeted by
the Sierra Club in newspaper ads (along with Rep. Rogan). “Gary
Condit has been a more consistent friend of Big Business than he has
been a friend of consumers,” said Frank Clemente, Director of Public
Citizen’s Congress Watch, a Washington, D.C.-based consumer group.
“Condit played a lead role in trying to erect roadblocks against
federal agencies trying to develop stronger environmental, health,
food safety and workplace protections. He’s consistently voted with
corporate America’s effort to take away the right to hold companies
accountable for defrauding investors and manufacturing defective
products. He’s regularly voted to continue nuclear power industry
subsidies and oppose more funding for energy efficiency programs. And
he regularly votes against attempts to stop taxpayer funds from being
used to subsidize tobacco crops.” According to the Center for
Responsive Politics, the insurance industry ranked fifth among
Congressman Condit’s biggest campaign contributors and the
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate Sector was his second biggest donor
base.” http://consumerwatchdog.org/insurance/pr/pr000649.php3
“Gang members then and now.” Five rebellious Democrats, dubbed the 
“Gang of 5″ by reporters, made a deal with the 36-member Republican
caucus in 1988 to form a bare majority of the 80-member Assembly and 
oust legendary Speaker Willie Brown. The quarrelsome quintet demanded
a private meeting of Democratic members to declare that they would
join with Republicans to hand the speakership to a  GOP leader if
Brown didn’t step down in favor of one of the rebels.  But before they
got to that subject, the ever-wily Brown made an  announcement:
Republican Assemblyman Richard Longshore had died the  night before.
Suddenly, the Gang of 5 no longer could form a 41-vote majority and
the rebellion, for all intents, was over. The gang  members
-(included) Gary Condit.- Condit segued into Congress, representing an
upper San Joaquin Valley district and creating a  powerful local
political machine. He also has become a  very influential, if
unofficial, adviser to Davis on water and agricultural matters. There
have been published reports that Condit could become a Democratic
member of President-elect George W. Bush’s Cabinet, perhaps as
agriculture secretary.”
Condit was among 19 House signatories of an anti-Indian letter to Bush
which may be found at
other house signers included such “luminaries” as Congressman Dan
Burton (R-IN) and Congressman James Traficant (D-OH) see also
“The 18th is represented by Condit, a conservative, pro-life Democrat
who leads the Blue Dogs and continues to win with comfortable margins.
Condit faced no major party opposition in 1998; a Libertarian
challenger picked up 13 percent of the vote.”
“In 1995, he became a founding member of the Blue Dog Democrats, a
conservative House group willing to side with Republicans on key
issues. He was one of only a few Democrats who joined President George
W. Bush’s tax-cut signing ceremony. In this booming but still rural
swath of California, where conservative Democrats are nearly
interchangeable with the preferred Republican Party.”
Condit was among “10 Democrats who broke ranks and voted for (Dubya’s)
tax cut.” (as was James A. Traficant Jr. (OH) )
“Strengthening UMRA has been a legislative priority of the 105th 
Congress. Senator Spencer Abraham (R-MI) and Representative Gary
Condit (D-CA), for example, introduced the Mandates Information Act
(H.R. 1010 and S. 389) to toughen the UMRA by extending the use of the
“point of order” to private-sector mandates, which would prohibit
additional floor action unless it was waived by majority vote. In
addition, it would direct the CBO to inform Congress about the effects
of mandates on consumers, workers, and small businesses. The bill has
been opposed by some environmental groups.”
“The “Blue Dog”Democrats (including Gary Condit) (meant to contrast
with “Yellow Dog” loyalist Democrats) organize to push their party
toward the right.”
“Agribusiness: Top Recipients Rank 1 Candidate Bush, George W Amount
$2,641,602 Rank 13 Candidate Condit, Gary A (D-CA) Amount $840,770”
“a group of Central Valley Congressmen (Doolittle, Fazio, Pombo,
Radanovich, Thomis, Dooley and Condit) have introduced H.R. 1906, a
bill drafted by the Central Valley Project Water Association (which
represents the contractors who receive highly subsidized water from
the federal Central Valley Project (CVP)). This bill would decimate
all of the CVPIA’s environmental benefits of restoring rivers,
fisheries and wildlife refuges (including the San Francisco
bay/delta), while at the same time actually increasing subsidies to
already highly subsidized agribusiness water users. According to
George Miller (D-CA), author of the 1992 CVPIA, “The agribusiness
legislation introduced today is not a serious effort to correct
alleged flaws in the Central Valley Improvement Act. It’s a bald-faced
effort by the subsidized, corporate irrigators to recapture their
control of 85% of the project’s water. What’s wrong” with the CVPIA in
their view, is that the environment won, the California economy won,
the taxpayers won-and the subsidized irrigators lost. The Doolittle
bill is nothing more than their effort to reverse history, at great
expense to the taxpayers of America and the environment of California.
AWA Whitewater Online, 19 December 1995.”
Remember that list of Condit contributors?
EXCERPTED FROM: “Condit, Gary A PAC Contributions, 1999-2000 (as of
December 1, 2000)
Lets take some of them 1 at a time. Enron Corp and its alleged
relationship to the Bush Cheney gang can be delved into in some depth
by doing a search at the archives of
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters Koch Industries “David H.
Koch of Koch Industries, a massive oil company, sits on the board of
the Reason Foundation and is also a funder. Koch Industries is
currently under two unrelated investigations by the EPA for
environmental violations in Minnesota and the southwest, and has paid
millions in environmental fines for other violations of the Clean Air
and Clean Water Acts. Pacific Research Institute has received funding
from most of the large conservative foundations: Sarah Scaife
Foundation, the David H. Koch Foundation, the Lynde and Harry Bradley
Foundation, and the John M. Olin Foundation. The Pacific Research
Institute recently published Environmental Gore, A Constructive
Response to Earth in the Balance.”   
“Petrodollar Scholars Billionaire oilmen Charles and David Koch are
fast joining the Scaifes, the Olins, the Bradleys and the
Smith-Richardsons as major funding sources for the conservative
movement’s powerful “third stream” of political money, channeled from
philanthropic foundations into right-wing causes. The Koch foundations
now lavish $4 million to $5 million a year on anti-regulatory “free
market” think tanks and other groups- To advance their goals, the
Kochs have entered into a pragmatic alliance with Republican
politicians.. ROBERT PARRY”  
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/884       “My name
is Doro Bush Koch. I’m proud to be the sister of George W. Bush.”
“Last night the sister of the next President of the United States,
Doro Bush Koch, a resident of Montgomery Co., represented Maryland for
our roll call vote. I was reminded of what a great Republican Party we
have in Maryland.”
“Kicked in the Koch An oil pipeline company a bit too close to Slick
Dubya for comfort faces indictment by David J. Gonzo Friday, August 4,
2000 — NEW YORK (AmpolNS) — Well, golly, gee! In the wake of what
one senior Republican official described as “the biggest orgy of
hedonism in the history of politics,” and at just the time when sound
bites from George W. Bush’s GOP Convention acceptance speech- short on
specifics and originality, long on cheap shots against Bill Clinton
and Al Gore-are making the rounds of the cable news shows, the
candidate finds himself saddled with a potential felon in his own
backyard, tied to him by family! The story got buried by the major
newspapers and wire services, but here’s the gist: the U.S. Department
of Justice has informed Kansas-based Koch Petroleum, one of the
nation’s largest oil pipeline companies, that it will face indictment
on environmental charges in Texas that are about to be turned over to
a grand jury, according to unnamed federal officials cited in news
reports. The indictment stems from evidence that five Koch employees
conspired to conceal problems in concerning the monitoring of benzene,
a cancer-causing chemical, at Koch’s Corpus Christi refinery in the
mid-1990s, by filing a deceptive report concerning its benzene
levels-and that a state regulatory official pre-approved the language!
Koch Petroleum is, by the way, a major donor to the Republican Party.
And some Republicans, including Texas Congressman Dick Armey, are
trying to raise questions of “timing”-but it’s funny how Armey and his
allies ignore a few facts: first, an investigation has been underway
since 1996; second, Koch sought court delays to keep the documents
secret and have the matter dealt with by Bush Administration state
regulators rather than the EPA; and third, an agreement between Koch
and the federal government to extend the statute of limitations has
just expired Another problem for Koch: Texas officials now say they
intend to support the federal investigation of Koch as part of a joint
task force. Also, the pipeline moguls look to be a repeat offender:
earlier in the year, Koch settled one case concerning oil leaks in six
states out of court with a record $35 million payment to the
government, and it also pleaded guilty in Minnesota to discharging oil
into streams there and paid an $8 million fine. Here’s the
follow-the-money skinny: Koch Petroleum and executive David Koch have
given well over $200,000 to the GOP this election; employees have
donated $27,500 to Bush’s presidential bid; Koch Petroleum has thrown
a whopping $225,000 in PAC money to GOP candidates for Congress. And
this story may be a little too close to George W. Bush for comfort:
his sister, Doro Bush Koch, is married to one Bobby Koch, a member of
the petro-business clan and Beltway lobbyist for (and senior vice
president of) the San Francisco-based Wine Institute. Doro has been
rumored to have been the biggest fundraiser of all of her brother’s
$100,000-plus “Pioneers.” Wonder where she found all that money-the
in-laws, maybe? Who says oil and wine don’t mix? ‘Nuff said. ”
As the
Condit-Cheney-Chandra-Bush? Saga continues to unfold I feel more and
more that I am watching a sequel to Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shut “Eyes
Wide Shut described elsewhere as ” a film about “a mysterious cult
with Satanic overtones”. While serial killers usually do NOT work in
pairs, they sometimes do. “The Hillside Stranglers were very charming
and suave. Each of them killed many young innocent women who were
taken in by their smooth personalities. These individuals would be
characterized as Hedonistic Killers. They were thrill seekers who got
excitement and sexual pleasure out of killing.”
http://www.lander.edu/bbethel/studentwebpages/crime.html “BUSH’S
don’t take my word for this. Show Tucker Carlson’s September Talk
piece on Bush to a therapist and ask, “What’s this guy’s problem?”
Pretty obvious, isn’t it? Bush is acting like a particularly
conflicted teen-ager. Haughty, angry, mean, competitive, iconoclastic,
arrogant, argumentative, mocking, paranoid, uncaring, thoughtless,
profane-it’s all there on the surface at one time or the other during
a series of interviews and observations this spring. A shrink might
say, “There’s a lot of repressed anger and insecurity there. George
Will has said pretty much the same thing, but in a fashion more
appropriate to the op-ed page of the Washington Post: “What is
troubling to Republicans who have plighted their troth to this man is
not that they think he is a coarse or cruel man. Rather it is that
Carlson’s profile suggests an atmosphere of adolescence, a lack of
gravitas-a carelessness, even a recklessness, perhaps born of things
having gone a bit too easily so far. George tells Carlson that he
watched the Larry King interview with Tucker while she was on death
row. Bush says, “(King) asked her real difficult questions like, ‘What
would you say to Governor Bush?'” “What was her answer?” Carlson asks.
Bush “whimpers, his lips pursed in mock desperation….Please…don’t
kill me,” Bush says, pretending to be Karla Faye Tucker. “I must
(have) looked shocked,” Carlson writes, “ridiculing the pleas of a
condemned prisoner who has since been executed seems odd and cruel,
even for someone as militantly anticrime as Bush-because he
immediately stops smirking.” Rather than suggesting that George is
showing off for the reporter, Carlson explains his behavior by noting
that Tucker accused Bush of playing politics with her life during the
Larry King interview. “Bush never forgot it. He has a long memory for
slights.It’s still pretty easy to get a rise out of Bush.” And when a
specific group, rather than an individual, disagrees with George, he’s
capable of withdrawing in a sulk and saying, “‘I don’t care. I really
don’t care.”” http://www.bushwatch.com/bushclean.htm “Party Hearty:
Sex, Drugs, And Rock ‘N Roll? For almost half his life, Junior was
distinguished mainly by his hearty appetite for partying. A Newsweek
profile by Evan Thomas, describing his college years, says he “seems
to have majored in beer drinking at the Deke House.” After he formed
his first company (which failed), Thomas writes, “By his own account,
Bush spent a lot of time in bars, trying to sort out who he was. He
had a kind of ragged nervous energy in that period, and he could be a
bully. Junior is so worried about his past that he hired a private
detective to investigate himself. According to an unnamed insider
quoted on MSNBC, Bush “isn’t terribly thrilled” about what they found,
though no one is spilling the details (yet).”
http://www.realchange.org/bushjr.htm We have received two credible
reports from women who say they had affairs with George Bush, Jr. One
alleged affair took place after Bush was married, on business trips to
Los Angeles; in the other case, Bush was single but the woman was
married at the time. Neither woman is willing to go public with
further details, including their names, which is why we aren’t
publicizing these incidents more, but in our editorial opinion they
are credible, and the details that these woman have provided check
out. Furthermore, porn publisher Larry Flynt has alleged that one
Bush affair led his then-girlfriend to have an abortion, and claims to
have 5 affidavits from friends of the woman and others supporting the
claim. Again the woman does not want to be named, which makes it hard
to prove the claim, but you can’t really blame a lady for not wanting
to be known as the “Bush abortion girl.” Flynt made this allegation on
CNN. The host of the program actually said “Now we at CNN don’t want
to be accused of censoring anybody…”, yet that is exactly what CNN
did. They removed the show’s transcript and links from their web site
days after the broadcast. You can still get details on the incident at
the Bush Watch web site. ”
http://www.monitor.net/monitor/0001a/fortunateson.html “Sex:
Bush volunteers to reporters that he has been faithful to his wife.
However, he was married at 31 and makes no claim of virginity before
that point, even as he lectures the youth of today to remain celibate.
A Clinton aide who was in Bush’s class at Yale has already warned him
that “People who live in glass houses shouldn’t throw stones.”
” “August 29, 2000, Tuesday THE 2000 CAMPAIGN: THE 1988 CAMPAIGN By
NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF Source: The New York Times For months a young
woman had been flirting with George W. Bush, resulting in a cash bet
among co-workers about whether they would end up having an affair. And
now the flirtation had provoked a crisis.”



Speaking of Dubya’s face. We are really tired of seeing Dubya’s face
popping up in Yahoo Groups emails. THOSE DISGUSTING BUSH SPAM MESSAGES
To vote, please visit the following web page:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/surveys?id=925725     Note:
Please do not reply to this message. Poll votes are not  collected via
email. To vote, you must go to the Yahoo! Groups web site listed
above. Thanks! In order to vote you must first join BushBusters  You
are invited to join
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters             Subscribe:
“a man walking his dog discovered Levy’s skull and other bones on May
22nd ( 2002)” Key Events In Chandra Levy Case
“Prescott Bush, grandfather  of Republican nominee George W. Bush,
stole the skull of Apache warrior Geronimo from  his grave at Fort
Sill, Oklahoma. The alleged theft occurred in 1911 when Prescott Bush
was an army officer stationed at Sill. He and two fellow shovelers
supposedly shipped the noggin to Yale’s Skull and Bones club, an elite
secret society that has counted the Bush men among its members.  The
whereabouts of the head came to light when a disgruntled member of
Skull and Bones heard that members of the San Carlos Apache Tribe were
trying to get Geronimo’s body moved from Sill back to Arizona. This
unnamed tattler violated the club’s secrecy by informing Ned Anderson,
a former tribal chairman, that what he was seeking was actually in a
windowless clubhouse room at Yale called the Tomb.   He also explained
that Prescott Bush and his friends had cleared the remaining hair and
flesh  from the skull with carbolic acid, and sent it to Yale with two
other bones and Geronimo’s  stirrups.  The club’s lawyer said they
don’t have the skull, but admitted that club history describes how
Prescott Bush had stolen the skull. But the lawyer said it was “a hoax
on the membership.”   Anderson isn’t giving up. “They desperately want
to keep this sick scandal quiet-but we’re  never going to let it rest
until they return the skull of Geronimo and let out great leader rest
in  peace,” says Anderson.  We just love this kind of political
skullduggery.”  http://www.tucsonweekly.com/tw/2000-08-17/skinny.html
“The Skull of an Indian Chief”  One of the most interesting aspects of
Skull  and  Bones is its claim to possess  “the skull of an Indian
chief”, a claim that is now generally accepted as truth. And just
whose skull it is may surprise you. IN May 1918, young  Prescott Bush
went on an expedition, along with five others, to rob the grave of
Geronimo at Fort Sill, Oklahoma. This information came to light when
in 1983 a group of Apache leaders began a well-publicized campaign to
have Geronimo’s remains returned to Arizona. Someone from Skull  and 
Bones contacted Ned Anderson, one of the Apache leaders, to inform him
that the remains were no longer intact, and that the skull was now in
a display case which could be seen upon entering the Tomb of the Skull
and  Bones Society. The informant provided Anderson with photographs
and a copy of the 1918 Skull  and  Bones logbook, in which the grave
robbery had been gleefully recorded. The informant said that the Order
used the skull in some of their Thursday and Sunday night rituals.
Anderson traveled to Yale and arranged a meeting with George Bush’s
brother, Jonathan, who told Anderson that the remains would be
returned to him. Then the Bush family asked the Skull  and  Bones
official attorney to help them. Eleven days later Anderson was
presented with a display case containing the skull of a ten-year-old
child, which he refused to take. His request for the return of
Geronimo’s skull has never been satisfied. Anderson Prep “In the
1870s, the death-worshipping Skull  and  Bones Society sent its alumni
members back from Yale University to organize aristocratic secret
satanic societies for the teenagers at the Anderson Prep school.” Thus
begins one writer’s account of the unique extra-cirricular activities
available to students at Phillips Academy in Andover, Massachusetts,
which George Bush enrolled in at age 12 in the year 1936, following
his older brother. The Bush family had a very distinguished heritage.
Prescott Bush had once boasted that he “could trace his family’s roots
back to England’s King Henry II, making George a thirteenth cousin,
twice removed from Queen Elizabeth. ” “Skull  and  Bones, also called
the Brotherhood of  Death, which meet inside of an impenetrable
on-campus fortress called The  Tomb. Skull  and  Bones, originally
known as “Chapter 322” of a parent  German society named by Anthony
Sutton in America’s Secret Establishment  as the Thule Gesellschaft,
the same secret order which eventually morphed  into the Nazi Party.
(Skull  and  Bones has also been linked to another order  known as The
Group from Oxford University.) Chapter 322 was created in  1833 at
Yale by General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft, later 
to become Secretary of War during the Grant Administration. (His son,
William Howard Taft would become both President and Chief Justice of
the  United States.) It was incorporated in 1856 as The Russell Trust.
It’s  members have come from America’s most blue-blooded families: 
Harriman, Rockefeller and of  course, the Bushes. Current members
include Nicholas Brady, William F.  Buckley, Russell W. Davenport
(editor, Fortune Magazine), Harold Stanley  (of Morgan Stanley, George
Bush and George Bush Jr.  Skull  and  Bones is certainly an exclusive
order. Each year 15 of Yale’s best  and brightest Juniors are chosen.
They go on to spend their Senior year as  “Bonesmen.” They are
required to go through an elaborate initiation  ceremony, in which
they are blindfolded, stripped naked, forced to display a  ribbon
around their genitals, placed in a coffin and asked to divulge the 
secrets of their past sexual encounters. They then are asked to pledge
their  loyalty to the order, a pledge that will supersede any oath of
allegiance they  may subsequently take, for instance, an oath to
uphold the Constitution of the  United States. They are forbidden to
acknowledge their membership to outsiders, who are referred to as
“vandals.” Thus George Bush was asked during a press conference in the
Oval Office if he was a member of Skull  and   Bones, he abruptly left
the room. His son, George Jr., when asked the same question during a
campaign press conference, brushed the question off  jokingly without
actually answering it. After their initiation, Bonesmen are  given a
special gold pin to wear at meetings, and are asked to participate in
more strange rituals on a regular basis. These rituals often involve
the use of a  human skull, much like the old rituals of the Knights
Templar and the Head of  Baphomet. It is also reminiscent of the
“Death’s Head” used by the S.S. of  the Nazi party, and the pagan
rituals performed by Himmler’s inner circle at  Wewelsburg, which
involved the use of  human skulls as well. It is this aspect  more
than any other which has caused the Order of Skull  and  Bones to be 
labeled “Satanic” by critics, and indeed it is suspicious that members
give  themselves nicknames like “Hellbender”, “Barebones” and “The
Little Devil.”  After they graduate, members meet each year on the
privately owned Deer Island in the St. Lawrence River. They also do
lots of networking in finance  and politics, helping out their
brethren whenever possible.”
“George Walker Bush Attended Phillips Academy prep school at Andover,
then Yale from 1964 until 1968 and graduated with a major in history;
played baseball during freshman year and rugby during junior and
senior years; became a member of the super-secret Skull and Bones
society, following in the footsteps of his father and grandfather;
later attended Harvard and earned a Masters of Business Administration
in 1975. Bush was such a mediocre student that the dean of students at
Andover was pessimistic about his chances of getting into Yale”   
“In 1977, when Bush formed Arbusto Energy, his first company, he once
again applied to Skull and Bones for financial aid. With assistance
from his uncle Jonathan Bush (Bones  ’53), he lined up $565,000 from
twenty-eight investors. One of them  contributed $93,000 — the
California venture capitalist William H.  Draper III (Bones ’50).
Twelve Bonesmen (including family members)and  the son of a patriarch
gave a total of $35,500 to Bush’s 1998  gubernatorial campaign. At
least forty-six Bonesmen or sons of               patriarchs have
given approximately $1,000 apiece to his presidential  campaign-the
maximum allowed by law.” 
“A Wild Youth Until 40” or “Sex, Drugs and Hypocrisy” First, let’s
talk over Bush’s past. If you were to believe the image that Bush
paints of himself, he was born in the heart of Texas to a family of
simple means. Well, not quite. While he did spend his childhood in
Midland and Houston, but he was born in New Haven, Conneticut. He
never mentions this though, claiming to be a Texan by birth. And as
for a family of common means, there is a famous story about how he and
his mother once got into an argument over a religious matter. They
settled it by calling up their close friend Billy Grahmm. Additonally,
Bush got his education at Andover Prep and then Yale. One has to
question the Texanity of any man who would go to Yale over UT or A and
M  It was during his time at Yale that Bush developed a reputation as
quite the party animal. Sex- There have been several (so far)
unsubstantiated rumors as to Bush’s having illegitimate children***
Bush has also been accused, by Professor Bradford Lee, of the elite
Naval War College in Newport, RI of having participated in cruel,
sadistic and homoerotic faternity hazing practices back in college.
According to the professor, Bush chased him, spanked him and made him
bend over a desk with his pants down while he was branded like a pig
with a triangle-shaped branding iron. He still has the scars, physical
and emotional to this day.*** (8/20/99) that Bush said in an interview
with The Dallas Morning News, that he could answer ‘no’ to the current
question about illegal drug use that is asked on FBI background checks
of administration appointees. That question asks prospective
appointees whether they have used illegal drugs in the past seven
years. This would be just a scant two years before he was elected
governor. But later that same day, at a press conference, Bush said he
could have passed the standards during his father’s reign as
President, when the FBI background check went back 15 years. Even
later that day, Bush spokeswoman Mindy Tucker later said the Bush has
not used any illegal drugs in the last 25 years. By the end of that
Thursday, Bush was back to his standard answer of having learned from
his past mistakes .” http://rush_awards.tripod.com/shrub.html
Persistent rumors also state that while at Andover Dubya was dealing
cocaine to Andover students.
Chandra  was last seen on April 30th 2001. April 30th,  is a very
interesting date. “Germany: Walpurgisnacht begins at sunrise on  this
date in Germany, and ends at sunrise on the first day of May.  Birch
branches are placed on doors and windows   to protect the home from
evil spirits. Traditional bonfires and   torches of rosemary and
juniper are lit. Voodoo: Mangé-les-Morts  (feeding the dead) – ritual
offering of food to the family ancestors whose spirits reside in
“From James S. Martin’s All Honorable Men (Martin, James S., All 
Honorable Men, Boston: Little, Brown and Co., 1950) “Major Tilley and
the Standard Oil investigation which he was making for Phil Amram 
dropped from sight for a few days while the Major’s party searched in
the field for records. Colonel Kelam handed me a note from Major
Tilley, dated from Frankfurt the week before: ‘Dr. Bütefisch, chief of
I.G. Farben synthetic oil production, Leuna, has admitted that
Dr.Hahn, his deputy, has hidden papers, including secret documents and
letters from and to Ringer, at the following address: Bad Sachsa,   
             Haus der Dynamit A.G.’ “Bad Sachsa showed on the map as a
point in the midst of the Harz Mountains, a few miles from the Devil’s
Pulpit on the Brocken, a traditional site of the Witches’ Sabbath. The
Hitler                 Youth had revived the legend and held
Walpurgisnacht celebrations annually on May first.”                
“On Walpurgis Night, the German witching night, Adolf Hitler and his 
mistress Eva Braun committed suicide in a Berlin bunker.” April 30, 
1945. http://groups.yahoo.com/group/WilsonsAlmanac/message/120
The alleged Bush-Walker-Harriman links to Hitler can be delved into in
some depth by searching the archives of 
One wonders how deep the connections might go. Does Dubya secretly 
practice the sorts of things the Hitler Youth did in terms of
Walpurgisnacht, etc? What is behind Dubya’s Monkey-Man-Mask? Why do 
Condit and Bush have such a chummy time of it ? Was Condit a supplier
of young women to Bush? Did Condit introduce Chandra to Bush?  Walt
Disney Co is a Condit contributor.R RATED BUSH’S BILLION DOLLAR DISNEY
DEAL “-Gov. George W. Bush was on the board of directors of a company
that raised $1 billion to finance Walt Disney Co.movies”
Bush, Cheney, Powell, Pat Robertson, Carter, Rockefeller, and many
others are actually or “allegedly”, all part of a single Imperial
Family. They are relatives!”11-17-1995 Powell Receives Enron Prize for
Public Service Photo caption: Colin Powell receives an ovation upon
accepting the first Enron Prize, presented by James A. Baker, III,
61st secretary of state. ”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/2039 “So we see an
Imperial Family, operating with its friends century after century. Pat
Robertson is a Member of the Imperial Family that includes Dubya,
Colin Powell, Walt Disney, the late Princess Diana, Jimmy Carter,
Rockefeller, and quite a few others to find out more Please read Taft
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1830 And the DOWN
interesting Bush, Bushnell Cheney Rockefeller all Related
TRW is a Condit Contributor as is Union Pacific. “Cheney is also a
corporate director of such giant companies as Procter and Gamble, TRW,
EDS, US West, Union Pacific and Lockheed Martin, the world’s largest
defense contractor. His wife, the rabidly reactionary Lynne Cheney,
earned $300K as a board director on many of the same firms.”
Chevron Corp is another Condit Contributor .
“VITAL STATISTICS: Chevron Board of Directors and their Connections”
“CONDOLEEZZA RICE Director since 1991 Dr. Rice, age 45, recently
completed a six-year tenure as Stanford’s Provost in July 1999,during
which she was the university’s chief budget and academic officer.
Currently on an academic leave of absence from Stanford for a year,
Dr. Rice is a Hoover Senior Fellow and Professor of Political Science.
Prior Positions Held: Dr. Rice has been a member of the Stanford
University faculty since 1981. From 1989 until April 1991, she served
on the Bush Administration’s National Security Council as Special
Assistant to President Bush for National Security Affairs and Senior
Director for Soviet Affairs. Other Directorships: Charles Schwab
Corporation, William and Flora Hewlett Foundation. Other Memberships:
Council on Foreign Relations, J.P. Morgan International Advisory
Morgan Stanley, Dean Witter and Co is another Condit Contributor.
Bayer Corp is another Condit Contributor. “I. G. has been aptly
described as “a state within a state.” The Farben cartel dated from
1925, when organizing genius Hermann Schmitz created the super-giant
chemical enterprise out of six already giant German chemical companies
– Badische Anilin, Bayer, Agfa, Hoechst, Weiler-ter-Meer, and
Griesheim-Elektron. These companies were merged to become
Inter-nationale Gesellschaft Farbenindustrie A.G. – or I.G. Farben for
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1216    The alleged
links between I.G. Farben Bush-Cheney Gang Members can be delved into
in some depth by doing a search for Farben at the archives of
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters   “The Farben complex both
in Germany and the United States then developed into an integral part
of the formation and operation of the Nazi state machine, the
Wehrmacht and the S.S.- I. G. Farben is of peculiar interest in the
formation of the Nazi state because Farben directors materially helped
Hitler and the Nazis to power in 1933- I.G. Farben contributed 400,000
RM to Hitler’s political “slush fund.” It was this secret fund which
financed the Nazi seizure of control in March 1933.- The Economic
Power of I. G. Farben Qualified observers have argued that Germany
could not have gone to war in 1939 without I. G. Farben.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1216    “Condit met
Bush day Chandra vanished Congressman still mum on  relationship with
young woman As more attention is focused on Rep.                 Gary
Condit over missing Washington intern Chandra Levy, one thing is 
certain – the congressman has an ironclad alibi for the afternoon of 
Levy’s disappearance. Where was Condit April 30? Having lunch with   
             President Bush.”    
Now the question becomes, was Bush providing Condit with an alibi or
was Condit providing Bush with an alibi?  Later it was stated that
Chandra was on her computer on May 1st, As   the
Condit-Cheney-Chandra-Bush? saga continues to unfold I feel more  and
more that I am watching a sequel to Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shut  “Eyes
Wide Shut described elsewhere as ” a film about “a mysterious cult
with Satanic overtones” Getting back to May 1st, fear not now  Cheney
provides Condit with an alibi for May 1st,               
“we now have the Wall Street Journal writing, on page one, about the 
[Bush] rumors” “Cheney, Condit Met on Crucial Day in Intern Case 
Saturday July 21 WASHINGTON (Reuters) – Rep. Gary Condit met with Vice
President Dick Cheney  on the afternoon of May 1″ ” May 22, 2002 (AP)
Below is a chronology of events in the disappearance of Chandra Levy,
24, of   Modesto, Calif., a former U.S. Bureau of Prisons intern: 
April 30, 2001: Levy is seen at a health club near her apartment in
Washington,  D.C.  May 1: Levy spends much of the morning  surfing the
Internet, logging off at 1 p.m. Until Wednesday, it was the last trace
of  her, police
Re: above we know of no one who actually SAW Chandra after April 30th,
2001. The computer surfing COULD have been planted on her computer as
part of a cover-up plan to place her whereabouts  in Rock Creek Park,
where many bodies have turned up over the years.
Re: Below: Note: Former Clinton aide, James Carville,  who is part of
America’s most celebrated Political Odd Couple, is quoted below, 
Carville is married to Mary Matalin, who, along with Karen Hughes, is
one of 2 top Bush female aides who are leaving the Bush White House. 
Whether these departures are coincidences or whether Mary or Karen
could become the Linda Tripps of the Bush White House remains to be
seen. We of course have no information to suggest that, but time will
“CNN CROSSFIRE Aired May 28, 2002   Who killed Chandra Levy? CARLSON:
***in the past 25 years, there have been more than 30 bodies
discovered in Rock Creek Park ***
CARVILLE: Did she-is it your belief that she was murdered in the park
or murdered somewhere else and taken to the park? GAINER: That’s a
little bit harder to tell. I think the theories will be competing on
whether that occurred or not. We’ll know more once we get some
information back on the soil samples and I hope we’ll know
This is an edited excerpt from:  
“An ancient ‘Oppo’ Has An Eerie Modern-Day Parallel by Tamara Baker
Jan. 3, 2000 ST.  PAUL, MINNESOTA (AmpolNS) — According to the
National Enquirer, the New York Post, and Tony Snow on FOX TV, Tammy
Phillips, a 35-year old stripper, claims she just ended an 18-month
affair with one George W.  Bush of Houston, Texas (by way of New
Haven, Connecticut and Kennebunkport, Maine). She says the affair
lasted from late 1996 until June of last year. She told the National
Enquirer that she met Dubya at a hotel in Texas and when he saw her
micro-mini skirt, he “combusted.”  (Could Dubya have reacted the same
way to  Chandra if he had met her? Did Dubya know Chandra?
“Eventually, Chandra (LEVY) became a vegetarian.” “She (Chandra Levy)
went to Bush’s  (January 20th, 2001) inauguration and attended one of
the balls.”  http://www.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0205/25/p  “as of this
writing, in fact, the story has been mentioned in precisely four (4)
places besides Bartcop.com: The National Enquirer, the New York Post,
FOX, and Slate magazine. And Slate only mentioned it because Slate,
like me, was curious as to why such an explosively juicy story got
such minimal media play, and was promoted and squashed at the same
time. all those rumors about George W. Bush’s wild past, which may not
be as “past” as he would like us to believe.*** Fortunate Son, J.H.
Hatfield’s devastating biography of the current GOP front-runner in
the race for the White House. Yessiree: The book they burned is back,
courtesy of Soft Skull Press. And it has added material, including the
index that Hatfield wanted but didn’t get for the St. Martin’s Press
edition and, according to Soft Skull Press, corroboration of the most
explosive charge in the book: that George W. Bush was arrested in 1972
on a cocaine charge.” http://www.croftononline.com/      “Author of
Bush biography commits suicide SPRINGDALE, Ark. (AP) – The  author of
a book about George W. Bush has killed himself, police said.  James
Howard Hatfield, 43, wrote Fortunate Son: George W. Bush and the
making of an American President in 1999. SPECIAL ASSASSINATION
“Crofton Online September, 2000 – Volume Three – Issue Four August 13,
2000.Crofton Online: Campaign 2000 Torrid Bush Affair With Playboy
Model Ended in June Woman has note in Bush’s handwriting, thanking her
for letting him keep her panties; No public comment yet from
Gilchrest, Ehrlich Tammy Phillips, a 35-year-old partner in a gym in
Carrollton, Texas had an 18 month long affair with GOP presidential
nominee George W. Bush that ended in June, 1999 according to published
reports based on an interview with Ms. Phillips. Phillips is a former
stripper, who began dancing in clubs at age 14. She claims she was
introduced to Governor Bush by her uncle, a prominent Republican, in
December 1997 during a political function at a hotel in Midland,
Texas. Political analysts have long expected sordid tales about Bush’s
prior wild, alcohol-and-cocaine lifestyle to be made public during the
campaign, but few details have so far been published about his sexual
adultery during his years as governor of Texas.  Several expressed
surprise about the affair with Tammy Phillips. “It means that he
stopped fooling around just prior to announcing his presidential run,”
said one astonished source. Incredibly, the GOP now finds itself in
the uncomfortable position of claiming that the press and
investigators have no right to invade Bush’s privacy. The laughter
from the Democratic side of the aisle in Congress was so loud it could
be heard even at locations outside the Beltway, as politicians and
voters alike recalled that the Republicans spent hundreds of millions
of taxpayer dollars and eight years investigating every detail of the
President’s sex life, then carefully and illegally leaked it to an
increasingly tabloid national “news” media intent on out sleazing the
Internet.” See Also:
Would George W. agree to a cocaine drug test ? Don’t Hold Your Breath
Waiting For W to exhale. Like his infamous taking of the Fifth
Amendment in Presidential Debate W won’t volunteer to take a drug
test. http://www.geocities.com   Cocaine – George W. Bush – Election 2000 –
Republican Cocaine Candidate Did GOP presidential candidate George
W.Bush Bush refuses to answer the question about his prior use of
Cocaine http://www.sonofbush.com/cocaine.htm http://www.sonofbush.com  
Candidate George Bush Cocaine.Changing His Story Governor Bush’s
Cocaine Problem by Adam J George W. Bush, Jr. has a cocaine problem
http://www.rosezone.com/booksales/mainpages/biograph.htm     “It is
safe to say that Nancy Reagan hated Vice President George Bush-of the
women had served the politician “in a variety of positions,” according
to the Washington Post. One of these women was later
appointed to an ambassadorship. Spy also mentioned that a British
newspaper had published a story that at approximately the same time as
the DWI crash cover-up, the vice president was allegedly involved in
another altercation while with a girlfriend (which girlfriend was not
reported). This act, however, (ALLEGEDLY) involved being shot and
wounded at the lover’s home. One of the president’s alleged
mistresses, Janet Cooke, co-authored a Washington Post article titled
“Anatomy of a Washington Rumor,” attempting to debunk this
particular allegation. The vice president/president also had an
on-going prescription for the psychiatric drug Halcion, a powerful
tranquilizer of the benzodiazepine type. Halcion’s side
effects include amnesia, confusion, anxiety, hostility,
hallucinations, agitation and violence”
“WASHINGTON-Rep. Gary Condit inhabits the limbo peculiar to public 
figures whose private lives come into the spotlight. Publicly, the
Ceres Democrat continues political business  as usual. He has met
twice with President Bush in recent days, at the White House and at
Sequoia  National Park.”                
http://www.modbee.com/metro/story/0,1113,273273,00.html     “I’m so
very pleased that three members of the United States Congress are
here, three really fine public servants-Cal Dooley, Gary Condit, and
George Radanovich. Thank you all so much for coming.”  May 30, 2001
excerpted from Dubya’s speech at Sequoia National Park   
“Who’s in Bush’s Cabinet? A look at the loyal GOP soldiers and
palatable Dems likely to be invited into a Bush-Cheney White House.
Democratic turncoats Gary Condit of California,(was among those 
mentioned ) as possible picks for Bush cabinet slots”              


From: “bronxcheerdubya” <bronxcheer@angelfire.com>
Date: Wed, 12 Jun 2002 18:28:10 -0000

George Herbert Walker Bush. Born in Milton, Massachusetts, on June 12,
1924, he became a student leader at Phillips Academy in Andover.”
There are so many amazing things about George Herbert Walker Bush. He
allegedly married a relative, Barbara Bush. He is alleged to have had
an affair with Jennifer Fitzgerald, who may also have been a relative.
One wonders what to expect from his offspring. George Walker Bush is
in the White House, having stolen the 2000 Presidential Election. What
else has he stolen? Is he a serial killer? Did he murder Chandra Levy?
Did his dogs eat his homework? Did a pretzel cause him to have
scratches on his face that look very much like the fingernail
scratches of a female victim? “Barbara Pierce Bush, the mother of
George Walker Bush, has royal lineages, according to Ancestors of
American Presidents, by Gary Boyd Roberts, pp. 235-6, wherein
additional information can be found.
http://www.rootsweb.com/~rwguide/presidents/prez43.htm#royal lineage
Bush, Cheney, Powell, Pat Robertson, Carter, Rockefeller, and many
others are actually or “allegedly”, all part of a single Imperial
Family. They are relatives!”11-17-1995 Powell Receives Enron Prize for
Public Service Photo caption: Colin Powell receives an ovation upon
accepting the first Enron Prize, presented by James A. Baker, III,
61st secretary of state. ”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/2039     “So we see
an Imperial Family, operating with its friends century after century.
Pat Robertson is a Member of the Imperial Family that includes Dubya,
Colin Powell, Walt Disney, the late Princess Diana, Jimmy Carter,
Rockefeller, and quite a few others to find out more Please read Taft
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1830    and  the
interesting Bush, Bushnell Cheney Rockefeller all Related
“Discipline is harsh. Family has problems with drugs, alcohol, mental
illness, etc. … Lifestyles.
These are the keypoints in a serial killer’s life”.
“Most serial killers lived in violent households, tortured As adults,
most killers
have some sort of brain damage and are addicted to alcohol or drugs”
“British Criminology Conferences, Vol. 2 1999: British Serial.
serial killers tended to be from aristocratic backgrounds
“Texas Justice – Bought and Paid For.  Fortunately for mankind, the
occurrence of psychotic serial killers who hunt and kill for the sake
of killing is relatively rare. But how many of your acquaintances are
sociopaths who could kill as easily as breathe if the need arose? It
is impossible for you to know. John Hill, T. Cullen Davis and Walker
Railey were all successful men and fully functional within society.
One day they needed to kill someone. So they did, or tried. Either
because of the intelligence invested in premeditating a perfect crime,
or because of their wealth or positions of power, they all escaped the
justice their victims deserved.”
“Queen Victoria’s eldest son, Albert Edward, later became King Edward
the Seventh. His eldest son was called Albert Victor, and was given
the title of the Duke of Clarence. An unfortunate title at best – two
prominent Clarence’s being the brother of Richard III who was drowned
in a vat of Malmsey Wine, and Victoria’s Uncle, the buffoonish William
IV.  Albert Victor was a slow witted boy, who rarely showed interest
in anything, and was a great source of worry to his father and
grandmother. In the 1880s, a scandal erupted in London over a
homosexual brothel based in Cleveland Street. The testimony of some of
the men put on trial over the case implicated Albert Victor as a
patron. The actress Sarah Bernhardt even claimed that the Duke was the
father of her child. A number of people believe that Albert Victor was
in fact Jack the Ripper – and this is the reason why the Ripper was
never brought to justice. Albert Victor died on the 14th January 1892,
to be replaced by his younger brother, George.” Gary A. Condit was
born April 21, 1948, in Woodland Junction, Oklahoma, near Salina to
Jean and
the Rev. Adrian Condit.”
Bush                     Derek C.                          1967
Bush                     George Herbert Walker             1948
Bush                     George Walker                     1968
Bush                     James S.                          1922
Bush                     Jonathan                          1953
Bush                     Prescott Sheldon                  1917
Bushnell                 Samuel Clarke                     1874
Bushnell                 William Benedick                  1865
Condit                   Albert Pierson                    1850
Condit                   Charles                           1848
Condit                   Stephen                           1856
Cheney                   Clifford Dudley                   1898
Cheney                   Frank Dexter                      1900
Cheney                   Howell                            1892
Cheney                   Philip                            1901
Cheney                   Ronald Lawton                     1958
Cheney                   Russell                           1904
Cheney                   Thomas Langdon                    1901
Cheney                   Ward                              1896
Cheney, Jr.              Knight Dexter                     1892
Why The Bushes Will Never Hire Linda Tripp-By John LeBoutillier – no
radical he- see his bio at
is quoted at http://homepages.about.com/cardenangel/
as follows: “Monday, Feb. 12, 2001 If you’re hoping that President
George W. Bush will hire Linda Tripp and bring her back to the White
House, don’t hold your breath. You do not understand the fundamental
nature of the Bushes. Nor do you – or Matt Drudge, Tripp’s biggest
booster in the media – want to recall the first time Tripp, the
now-infamous whistle-blower, burst on the national scene. Back in the
first Bush presidency Linda Tripp was stationed down the hall from the
Oval Office. She somehow caught wind on a long known but well-kept
Washington secret: President George Bush had a “special” relationship
with a staffer named Jennifer Fitzgerald. In fact, Bush had been “very
close” to this Jennifer beginning in Peking back in the days when Bush
was our delegate to Red China. So close, in fact, that Barbara Bush
had come home to D.C. in a state of “depression.” Years later, during
Bush’s vice presidency, Jennifer Fitzgerald held a key staff post –
and this caused a virtual revolt among his other loyal staffers. They
hated the haughty, pushy and arrogant woman who clearly had more
“access” to Bush than they did. Vice President Bush went to Geneva in
1984 during the arms talks and arranged through our negotiators to
stay in a government guest house – with Jennifer Fitzgerald. Our
ambassador was aghast! When Bush became president, Jennifer Fitzgerald
was moved over to the protocol office inside the State Department. But
she was still visible at public functions and occasionally traveled
with the presidential party. Those “in the know” inside Washington
knew about this relationship. A Washington Post story at the time had
carefully danced around the topic, even speculating about the
“positions” Fitzgerald had taken with Bush.  Linda Tripp learned of it
and saw it from her desk down the hall from the Oval Office. She
thought it inappropriate. And she told people about it. Things came to
a head one summer up in Kennebunkport when CNN’s Mary Tillotson asked
President Bush if he was having an ‘adulterous’ affair? Bush went
ballistic and decried the question even being asked. He attacked the
reporter for “what you are doing.” But he never answered the question.
Instead he later sent out a spokesman to say, “The answer to the Big
‘A’ question is a big NO.” The spokesman? His oldest son, George W.
Bush. The Bushes have long memories. They know full well it was Linda
Tripp who, among others, ratted out the Bush-Jennifer Fitzgerald
relationship during the first Bush administration. And there is no way
that they are going to ‘reward’ her by giving her a new White House
job.” http://homepages.about.com/cardenangel/
Dubya and Daddy Bush’s critics are far from shy about such things:
“GEORGE BUSH SR. Soon after Dubyahs father, George Bush Sr., gave a
speech to The Knights of Columbus, during the campaign of 1992, he was
asked by a reporter from CNN about a rumor that he had had an affair
with his appointments aide, Jennifer Fitzgerald, seven years earlier,
when he was Vice President. Then President Bush was visibly upset and
denied the rumor. He claimed to be “outraged” and “disappointed” by
the “sleazy question.” But he also said he expected just such an
inquiry into the rumor “.in this kind of screwy climate that we’re
in.” Later, Bush sidetracked an attempt by Stone Phillips of NBC when
Stone tried to bring up the subject of marital infidelity: Bush said,
“After years in public service and a very happy marriage, I am hit by
a wave of questions like yours sitting here today. And I should think
you’d be a little ashamed of yourself because…it just drags down the
political process.” The New York Post based its story on a book, “The
Powerhouse”, which revealed what had long been considered an open
secret in Washington: Bush’s alleged sexual relationship with his
appointments aide, Jennifer Fitzgerald Susan B. Trento, author of The
Powerhouse and a former staff member for a Republican congressman,
wrote that conservatives in the late ’80s believed that, “if Bush were
going to become a viable Presidential candidate in 1988, certain
problems had to be addressed. “First, Bush’s longtime companion and
powerful staff member, Jennifer Fitzgerald, had to be removed from the
White House and Bush’s sexual indiscretions had to be covered up, if
he ever hoped to be President.” Fitzgerald, had become the deputy
chief of protocol for the State Department, during the 1992 campaign.
Author Trento said that Louis Fields, a former ambassador to
disarmament talks in Geneva, Switzerland, had told her in a 1984
interview that “he had made arrangements for George Bush and Jennifer
Fitzgerald to use a guest house in Geneva while they visited.” Trento
quotes Fields as saying, “It became clear to me that the Vice
President and Ms. Fitzgerald were romantically involved and this was
not a business visit.” George’s three son’s, Neil, George Jr. and Jeb,
seems to have inherited their father’s gift for creative denial.”
http://www.tylwythteg.com/enemies/Bush/bush15.html George W.Bush,
cocaine, trust and the truth …information. But when asked about
cocaine use, Bush responded by trust and George W. Bush EVASION About
drug use, George W. Bush 
http://members.nbci.com/georgewbush/cocain.htm   August 23rd, 1999
Bush’s Cocaine Question And The Drug War Bush’s Cocaine Question And
The Drug War Filed carrying less than one gram of cocaine, Bush has
opened himself to
http://www.ariannaonline.com/columns/files/082399.html The Scoop
Bush’s Cocaine Response And Other Very Stupid Ideas .seems that George
W. Bush could have turned the cocaine issue on. seems likely,
http://www.bobharris.com/scoop/bushcocaine.htm  The College Advocate
Cocaine Use Threatens Bush’s COLLEGE NEWSMAGAZINE Cocaine Use
Threatens Bush’s Presidential Bid supposed Cocaine use in his past may
derail George W, Bush’s
http://www.collegeadvocate.com/archive/ca0201012000.html     Bush
Cocaine Debate and Poll Bush Cocaine Debate and Poll Do you think
George W. Bush you think George W. Bush has used cocaine ? PRO CON
UPDATED http://www.youdebate.com/DEBATES/bush_cocaine.HTM    Salon
News Book: Bush was arrested for cocaine in 1972 Book: Bush was
arrested for cocaine in 1972 Texas claims that George W. Bush was
arrested for cocaine possession in.
Guardian Unlimited | Special reports | Bush fails to quash.trips up
Bush making
of a dynasty Bush fails to quash cocaine rumour.
“Michael Ellison in New York Tuesday May 15, 2001 The Guardian The
governor of Florida, Jeb Bush, gave his brother’s presidency its first
wisp of – scandal yesterday when he went public to deny an affair.
Governor Bush, whose state became the battleground that put the
Republicans and his brother, George, in the White House, dismissed as
an “outright lie” the rumours of an affair with a former Playboy
bunny.- He felt it necessary to respond after gossip and internet
reports linking him to Cynthia Henderson, 40, the head of the Florida
department of management services, developed into newspaper articles.
A columnist for the Tallahassee Democrat, the state capital’s morning
paper, had written about a rumour  involving two high-ranking
officials, who were not named, before Mr Bush and Ms Henderson were
identified in two newspapers at the Weekend- He also denied an affair
with Katherine Harris, the Florida secretary of state who became the
béte noire of Democrats in the weeks of dispute after last November’s
election surrounding lost, denied and miscast votes. The claims were
given most credibility after the syndicated conservative columnist and
television pundit Robert Novak wrote that “well-placed Florida
Republicans” believed that Mr Bush would stand down at the end of next
year rather than run again. Ms Henderson, a lawyer from Tampa, was the
corporate counsel for a land development company on whose board of
directors Neil Bush served. She also joined the board of Mr Bush’s
think tank, the Foundation for Florida’s Future. Originally, the
governor appointed her to head the state’s department of business and
professional regulation more than two years ago. But she faced
questions about the ethics of her conduct in the job, criticisms that
Mr Bush said were unjustified. She was moved last September to the
lower-profile position at the management services department, which
oversees state facilities as well as insurance and retirement
programmes for state workers.”
“Henderson, 40, a lawyer from Tampa and a former Playboy bunny, is
divorced and has two children at home. She became the target of rumors
after Bush repeatedly defended her during an ethics probe into several
actions she took with employees and businesses she regulated.  The
governor said she had done an “extraordinary job,” even though his own
inspector general had concluded she used “inappropriate influence” in
one action. Bush subsequently transferred her last fall in a lateral
move to Management Services.”
l/0515.loc.jebbush.htm “Monday May 14  Florida Gov. Bush Denies Rumors
of Affair TALLAHASSEE, Fla. (Reuters) – Florida Gov. Jeb Bush denied
rumors of a sexual affair with a woman he appointed to lead a state
agency It was the first time Bush, younger brother of President Bush,
publicly commented on the rumors of an affair with Cynthia Henderson,
who he appointed last September as secretary of the state Department
of Management Services. The rumors had circulated in Tallahassee and
on Internet Web pages for weeks and several newspapers recently have
written about the allegations. His office previously denied rumors
that Columba Bush had moved out of the governor’s mansion, the Orlando
Sentinel said. Henderson, 40, was a partner in a Tampa law firm
specializing in land use issues until Bush appointed her to head the
Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation in 1999. He
appointed her last September to her current job as head of the agency
that oversees building and maintenance of state facilities,
inter-agency telecommunications services and insurance and retirement
programs for state workers. Henderson was not immediately available
for comment but several newspapers said she had previously denied the
rumor of an affair.”
Bush Cocaine Question if George W. Bush did use cocaine – or even if
Bush Won’t Admit Past Drug Abuse http://www.mapinc.org/find?229 GEORGE
W. BUSH DRUG USE Bush caught in a hastily-aborted DEA cocaine
sting.Vice President Bush on how it lied to Congress about cocaine
Bush says he won’t answer ‘ridiculous rumors’ about drug use – George
W. Bush says he does not plan to respond 
Interview Guardian Unlimited | The Guardian | Bush fails to quash Bush
fails to quash cocaine rumour from his. whether he had used cocaine as
a young man. Mr Bush abandoned the
Governor Bush’s Cocaine Problem EDITORIAL: Governor Bush’s Cocaine
Problem Adam J http://www.drcnet.org/wol/104.html Barbara Bush never
asked son about cocaine use…Bob Smith Barbara Bush never asked son
about cocaine use She says.Texas Gov. George W. Bush, whether he has
used cocaine.
htm “Bush says he hasn’t used drugs in last seven years He cites time
used on FBI form” Please read the full article at
“George W. Bush
has failed to deny allegations of cocaine use. Asked directly, time
and again, Bush has demurred. He admits to drinking heavily as a young
man, but on cocaine, he has repeated a series of non-answers. He has
even said that he does not want to go into his past”
http://members.tripod.com/~TheCosmicDivide/bush.html#partied “In early
April 1986, (George W.) Bush ran into Al Hunt, then the Wall Street
Journal’s Washington bureau chief, at a Mexican restaurant in Dallas,
where Hunt was dining with his wife, Judy Woodruff, and their
4-year-old son. The April edition of Washingtonian magazine had come
out featuring 16 pundits predicting who would lead the 1988 GOP
ticket. Hunt had predicted Jack Kemp over (George W.Bush’s father)
Vice President Bush. (Only half the group said Bush would be the
nominee.) Hunt said (George W.) Bush approached the table and began
cursing at him in front of his child.  Hunt said there was no doubt
that (George W.) Bush had been drinking heavily.”You[expletive] son of
a bitch,” Hunt quotes (George W.) Bush as saying. “I saw what you
wrote. We’re not going to forget this.” You know something Dubya,
Dirty Dick, and company. Neither are we. We aren’t going to forget the
theft of the American Presidency and the Banana Republican coup. We
are going to restore our democracy . Impeach Bush and Cheney! The
Court Appointed Tyrants Need Impeachment Pronto!    
http://www.opensecrets.org/candidates/pac/H0CA15031.htm EXCERPTED
FROM: “Condit, Gary A PAC Contributions, 1999-2000 (as of December 1,
2000) Total PAC contributions to candidate: $392,978 Agribusiness:
$146,892 Florida Sugar Cane League Tobacco $3,000 Philip Morris $2,500
Brown and Williamson Tobacco $500 Communications/Electronics: $13,000
TV/Movies/Music $3,500 Walt Disney Co $1,500 Sony Pictures
Entertainment $1,000 Universal Studios $1,000 $0 Computer Equipment
and Services $1,000 Microsoft Corp $1,000 Defense: $500Defense
Electronics $500 TRW Inc $500 Energy and Natural Resources: $11,541
Oil and Gas $7,041 BP Amoco Corp $2,000 Enron Corp $1,041 California
Independent Petroleum Assn $1,000 Chevron Corp $1,000 Diamond Shamrock
Inc $500 Independent Oil Producers’ Agency $500 Koch Industries $500
Electric Utilities $4,500 PGandE Corp $3,000 Edison Electric Institute
$500 Edison International $500 Entergy Corp $500 Morgan Stanley, Dean
Witter and Co $3,000 Chicago Board of Options Exchange $2,500 Chicago
Board of Trade $2,500 Chicago Mercantile Exchange $2,500 Credit Suisse
First Boston $1,500 National Venture Capital Assn $1,000 New York
Stock Exchange $500 Securities Industry Assn $500 Insurance $23,686
American Medical Assn $5,500 California Dental Assn $2,500 American
Dental Assn $1,500 US Oncology Inc $1,000 American Physical Therapy
Assn $500 American Soc Plastic and Reconstr Surgeons $500 National
Assn of Retail Druggists $500 Hospitals/Nursing Homes $1,700 American
Health Care Assn $1,500 California Healthcare Assn $200 Health
Services/HMOs $2,000 PacifiCare Health Systems $1,000 Foundation
Health Systems $500 Wellpoint Health Networks $500
Pharmaceuticals/Health Products $4,500 Bayer Corp $2,000 Glaxo
Wellcome Inc $1,500 Guidant Corp $1,000 Lawyers and Lobbyists: $8,600
Lawyers/Law Firms $8,600 MCDERMOTT, WILL and EMERY $3,000 McGuire,
Woods et al $1,500 Baker, Manock and Jensen $1,100 Arnold and Porter
$1,000 Collier, Shannon et al $1,000 Adams and Reese $500 Williams and
Jensen $500 Transportation: $11,170 Air Transport $2,170 United
Parcel Service $1,170 Boeing Co $1,000 Automotive $1,000 Ford Motor
Co $1,000 Trucking $1,000 American Trucking Assns $1,000 Railroads
$4,500 Union Pacific Corp $3,000 Burlington Northern Railroad $1,000
Norfolk Southern Corp $500 $1,000”
http://www.opensecrets.org/candidates/pac/H0CA15031.htmMCDERMOTT, WILL
and EMERY is another Condit Contributor
http://www.opensecrets.org/candidates/pac/H0CA15031.htm “WILLIAM WELD
JOINS McDERMOTT, WILL and EMERY Move Augments Firm’s Domestic and
International Practice BOSTON, MA-Former Massachusetts Governor
William F. Weld today joins the international law firm of McDermott,
Will and Emery. Governor Weld brings his public and private sector
background and his significant experience in international business,
trade and litigation to McDermott, Will and Emery’s multifaceted
domestic and international practices. McDermott, Will and Emery is
the ninth largest law firm in the United States, and one of the
nation’s fastest growing. Weld’s international focus will be on the
emerging markets of Latin America and Southeast Asia; domestically,
he will work throughout the firm providing general business counsel to
corporations and individuals.” http://www.mwe.com/press/weld.htm
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1431 Bush
FBI Choice Has Interesting Background “Mueller came to the U.S.
attorney’s office in 1976 after working briefly for Pillsbury Madison
and Sutro. People outside San Francisco started noticing the
prosecutor as well. In 1982, he was recruited by then U.S. Attorney
William Weld to come to Boston. When Weld was elected
governor of Massachusetts, Mueller was temporarily put in charge of
the office. It was there that he gained a reputation for shunning the
press. He declined to be interviewed for this article.”
TL “When Bush was defeated in 1992, Mueller joined a
Boston law firm. But he soon found himself missing public service
and took a job at the U.S. attorney’s office in Washington, where
he asked to head up its homicide division.”
please read about Dubya’s FBI choice Robert
S. Mueller Bush FBI Choice Has Interesting Background
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1431 Part Two Bush
FBI Choice Has Interesting Background
Part Three Bush FBI Choice Has Interesting
“The Florida governor, who is his brother’s state campaign chairman,
recruited Hoffman, Austin and others for the fundraising effort. He
is not listed as a Pioneer, although Michigan Gov. John Engler and
former Massachusetts Gov. William Weld are. “It’s for the same reason
George W. is not on there; he is part of the family,” Hoffman said.
“He is very participatory in where and how all of this money is to be
raised. He calls all of the shots.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1446 “Bush sighted
his prey, leveled his shotgun and fired” Was Chandra one of Bush’s
victims? Did Condit bring Chandra to meet Bush and or Cheney on one or
more of their little get-togethers? END PART FOUR
You are invited to join
Subscribe:  BushBusters-subscribe@yahoogroups.com


The US Power elite that pulls the most strings of the administration are:

Sam Nunn
Donald McHenry
Donald Fites
Helene Kaplan
Franklin Thomas
Carl Reichardt
Michael Miles

Reuters Business Report
Halliburton Shares Fall, SEC Starts Probe

By Andrew Kelly

HOUSTON (Reuters) – Halliburton Co. (NYSE:HAL – News) shares fell as much as 7.5 percent on Wednesday, after the oilfield services and construction company said regulators were investigating its treatment of cost overruns on some construction projects as revenues.

The Dallas-based company said late on Tuesday that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission had begun a preliminary investigation and that it expected to receive a formal request for documents or a subpoena in the next few days.

Halliburton said it planned to cooperate fully with the investigation, which it believes was triggered by a New York Times article on May 22 alleging the company adopted “aggressive” accounting policies to boost its revenues.

After falling to a low of $17.90, shares later recovered some to close 63 cents, or 3.3 percent, lower at $18.72. They were the seventh most actively traded issue on the New York Stock Exchange on volume of 10.6 million shares.

The accounting policies under investigation were adopted in 1998 while Vice President Dick Cheney was chief executive of Halliburton. He held that post from 1995 to 2000.

Cheney spokeswoman Jennifer Millerwise referred questions about the SEC probe to Halliburton.

Analysts who follow the company were unfazed by news of the agency’s investigation.

“I really don’t expect much to come out of it,” said Johnson Rice analyst Joe Agular.

Analysts and investors discussed The New York Times article with Halliburton executives at a meeting on the day it was published and did not seem too concerned about it, Agular said.


Under the policy adopted in 1998, Halliburton began to recognize some of its unresolved claims against engineering and construction clients as revenue, even though the amounts of money at stake were still in dispute.

Recent annual reports show that Halliburton booked $234 million in such claims as receivables at the end of 2001, up from $89 million at the end of 1998. The documents do not disclose what portion of those claims were booked as revenues.

Halliburton said it believed the accounting practices under investigation are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for the construction industry.

Agular, an oilfield services analyst, said he had spent some time looking over the accounts of other engineering and construction firms and concluded that Halliburton’s accounting procedures did not differ much from theirs.

Dennis Beresford, former chairman of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the nation’s accounting rulemaker, said it was fairly common for companies to book revenues for cost overruns when they believe they can secure additional payments.

“My understanding is that companies have to make their best estimate of what the total contract value will be and obviously be cautious about contract overruns, but I don’t think it’s unprecedented for companies to be able to do that,” said Beresford, currently a professor at the University of Georgia.

Halliburton’s shares came under heavy selling pressure in December and early January, touching a 15-year low of $8.75 on Jan. 4, because of investor concerns about the company’s exposure to hundreds of thousands of asbestos damages claims.

The shares subsequently recovered following repeated management assurances that the company will not be ruined by its asbestos liabilities. Nevertheless, the current value of the shares is still well short of their 52-week high of $48


Wednesday April 10th,2002″ and Bush continues to insist that Israel
not defend itself from the terrorists, (hmmm, looks like Bush is not
with civilization, he’s with the terrorists after all) , we thought it
would be appropriate, because so many authors believe there is a Bush
connection to the crime, to take a look at one of the mysteries of our
time: The JFK assassination. Few believe that Lee Harvey Oswald,
acting alone, murdered President John F. Kennedy on November 22nd,
1963. Was there a Bush connection? Perhaps our explorations of that
mystery may help to throw some light on what makes Bush tick and why
Bush is with the terrorists instead of with civilization. “George
Bush, the forty-first president of the United States, denies that he
had any relationship with the CIA prior to his 1976 appointment as its
director, though there have been charges that he was connected to the
activities of Lee Harvey Oswald. In a November 29, 1963, memo, FBI
director J. Edgar Hoover mentioned that an FBI agent and a member of
the Defense Intelligence Agency briefed “Mr. George Bush of the
Central Intelligence Agency” about the assassination. The Agency
produced a George Bush, allegedly a former
employee, who denied ever having been briefed about the assassination
and claimed he had worked for the CIA for only six months in a
low-level position examining photographs unrelated to President
Kennedy’s murder. Discovered after the death of George
DeMohrenschildt, the man many believe was Lee Harvey Oswald’s CIA
control officer, was the following entry in DeMohrenschildt’s personal
telephone book: “Bush, George H. W. (Poppy) 1412 W. Ohio, also Zapata
Petroleum Midland.” Plausible Denial”
“Someone who described himself as “just a patsy”, Lee Harvey Oswald,
the presumed assassin, allegedly was provided with his job at the
Texas School Book Depository through the efforts of an alleged former
Nazi agent, alleged former CIA agent, named George De Morenschildt.”
George De Morenschildt was scheduled to meet with former federal
investigator GAETON FONZI, who was investigating JFK’s assassination,
when De Morenschildt was found dead from a shot-gun blast. A
description of the scene follows: “Also found in the case was a two-
page personal affidavit which indicated it was written on March 11,
1977, in Brussels, Belgium, which made reference to his friendship
with LEE HARVEY OSWALD, who assassinated President John F. Kennedy, in
Dallas, Texas, on 22 November, 1963. Found in the deceased’s pants
pocket was newspaper article from the March 20, 1977 edition of the
Dallas Morning News, which indicated that the deceased may possibly
have been involved in, or have knowledge of, some type of conspiracy
in the above-mentioned assassination. This, coupled with the fact that
an investigator from the U. S. House of Representatives Committee on
Assassinations had been at the residence earlier looking for the
victim, indicated to this writer that the death of this individual
could possibly be of major importance.” “During this time, between
1000 hours and 1100 hours, an investigator for the House Committee on
Assassinations, named GAETON FONZI, appeared at the Tilton residence
inquiring about the victim and his whereabouts.” Fonzi claims that
Bush Sr.’s name and phone number were found In De  Morenschildt’s
address book. Fonzi is the author of Last Investigation: A Former
Federal Investigator Tells What Insiders Know About the Assassination
of JFK Trade Paperback, 464 Pages, Thunder’s Mouth Press, October 1994
ISBN: 1-56025-079-8  “De Mohrenschildt’s personal telephone book,
discovered after his alleged suicide in 1977, contained this entry:
“Bush, George. H. W. (Poppy) 1412 W. Ohio also Zapata Petroleum
Midland.” (Footnote: “Bush name in de Mohrenschildt notebook: Mark
Lane, Plausible Denial p. 332. Lane also notes odd similarities among
Bush’s Zapata Offshore oil company, the “Operation Zapata” code name
given to the Bay of Pigs invasion, and the names of the invasions
ships “Barbara” (Bush’s wife’s name) and “Houston” (Bush’s business
abode). ….deMohrenschildt later told his wife Jeanne, he was
“playing a double game”. (pp.273)*** Five hours after the
assassination, Ilya Mamantov, who had never seen Oswald, received a
phone call from
Jack Crichton asking him to serve as interpreter for the interrogation
of Marina (Oswald-widow of Lee Harvey Oswald). Crichton was in 1963
the president of Nafco Oil & Gas, Inc., and a former head
of Military Intelligence. According to information uncovered by the
Garrison investigations, Crichton had
been among a small group of Army Intelligence officials *** George de
Mohrenschildt, in his Warren Commission testimony, would describe
Mamantov as the one “excessive rightist” of the Dallas’s Russian
émigré community. Interestingly Mrs. Igor Voshinin told me in 1992
that Mamantov “knew George Bush very well”. Bush was president of
Zapata Oil in Houston in 1963. “Mamantov
died recently,” said Voshinin, “but he told me that he had received a
very charming letter from President
Bush. I remember one line: ‘You and I did it’.” (She could not recall
the context.) pp680 …..After the Watergate break-in where several ex
-CIA men and Cuban exiles were caught in 1972, Richard
Nixon expressed worry on the White House tape-recording system that
this might open up “the
whole Bay of Pigs thing.” Nixon’s chief of staff, H. R. Haldeman later
wrote of his belief that the
president was really talking about the Kennedy assassination. George
Bush, a Texas oilman in 1963, is also found on the periphery of the
assassination. As noted earlier in this book, his name appeared in
George de Mohrenschildt’s personal notebook and bush was a friend of
Marina Oswald’s translator, Ilya
Mamantov. When George Bush became CIA director (1976-7, Nagell is on
record as having written to
him about Robert Morrow’s book “Betrayal” The White House has denied
that the president was the
“Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency” idntified in a
Novermber 1963, FBI memorandum as having been briefed by the FBI on
the reaction of Miam’s Cuban exiles. But there  is no denying the
existence of another recently released FBI memo, which begins: “On
Novermber 22, 1963, Mr. George H.W. Bush, 5525 Briar, Houston, Texas,
telephonically advised that he wanted to relate some hearsay that he
had heard in  recent week, date and source unknown. He advised that on
James Parrott had been talking of killing the President when he comes
to Houston.” An FBI investigation into Bush’s charge failed to turn up
any connection whatsoever tying James Parrott to the assassination.
Parrott was then an active member of Houston’s Young Republicans, who
had been involved in picketing members of the Kennedy administration.
Bush was then serving as campaign manager for future Republican
senator John Tower. Since Parrott’s group had come out strongly
against a then nascent alliance between Texas Republicans and
representatives of the petroleum industry, Bush and Parrott were
political enemies….. “(pp. 709-10)”
“The Formation of the Clark Panel: More of the Secret Team at Work? By
Lisa Pease The Clark Panel was the medical panel convened almost
immediately after Ramsey Clark had been approved for his appointment
as Attorney General in 1967. The panel was clearly convened to put to
rest the growing doubts caused by the exposures of Mark Lane, Harold
Weisberg, other researchers and even in late 1966, LIFE magazine
itself. All of the above talked about the evidence of conspiracy, and
the implication is that the medical evidence would either show
conspiracy, or else, signs of tampering. What brought it to a crux was
Jim Garrison’s all-out investigation of the assassination, which, in
1967, was making official story proponents very nervous. One of the
key questions raised by the New Orleans DA was this: Why hadn’t the
Warren Commission members examined the autopsy photographs and
X-rays?”   Ramsey Clark FOUNDED the International Action Center
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1514    Clark also
dutifully backed the official findings that Lee Harvey Oswald and
Sirhan Sirhan each acted alone in the assassinations of the Kennedy
brothers.*** Carlos Marcello biographer John Davis asserts that the
kingpin continued to funnel money to (Ramsey) Clark(‘s father Tom
Clark) when he, (Tom Clark) sat on the high court.*** ( 
http://www.holysmoke.org/wb/wb0093.htm    “FBI records indicate that
when in 1961 Carlos Marcello had become one of Bobby Kennedy’s targets
for deportation, the New Orleans don contacted Santo Trafficante.)
(Ramsey) Clark was complicit with Hoover’s COINTELPRO. Following the
1967 riots in Newark and Detroit, he directed the FBI to investigate
whether the unrest was the result of some “scheme or conspiracy.” He
instructed Hoover to develop “sources or informants in black
nationalist organizations, SNCC and other less publicized groups.” The
result was Hoover’s extensive “ghetto informant program. “In 1968,
Clark prosecuted Dr. Benjamin Spock for advocating draft resistance. 
“As late as 1968, while campaigning for Lyndon Johnson in Wisconsin,
Clark was shouting at anti-war protesters to take their grievances to
Hanoi rather than Washington,” wrote John B. Judis in a 1991 expose on
Clark in The New Republic. In June 1980, with America mesmerized by
the Iran hostage crisis, he joined a forum on “Crimes of America” in
Tehran-the first of many such junkets. The ’80s saw him globetrotting
to schmooze with any dictator who happened to be on the White House
shit-list. After the US bombing of Libya in 1986, he met with Col. 
Moammar Qadaffi in Tripoli. Things started to smell really fishy in
1989, when Clark represented ultra-right cult-master Lyndon LaRouche
and six cohorts on conspiracy and mail fraud charges. The LaRouchies
had been bilking their naive followers of their savings by getting
them to cough up their credit card numbers. Clark (who had been silent
when the real COINTELPRO was conducted under his watch at the Justice
Department) now charged that the LaRouche case was an “outgrowth” of
COINTELPRO. He said the case was manufactured by LaRouche’s “powerful
enemies within the establishment” who targeted the cult because of its
crusade “to combat the traffic in so-called ‘recreational drugs’…and
the practice of usury.” Clark was echoing the standard line of the
LaRouche organization, which paradoxically pleads government
persecution while boasting of its connections to the intelligence
establishment (uniquely merging paranoia with delusions of grandeur).
In fact, the cult has exchanged information with the FBI, and farmed
out its “intelligence” services to Panama’s Gen. Manuel Noriega.
LaRouche’s 1970s campaigns for a “War on Drugs” and space-based
missile defense eerily predicted Reagan-era programs.”
“Boggs, Thomas Hale (1914-72?), U.S. lawyer and political leader, born
in Long Beach, Miss.; U.S. congressman (Democrat) from Louisiana
1941-43, 1947-72, majority leader 1971-72; lost in plane flight over
Alaska in Oct. 1972; wife, Corinne Morrison Claiborne (Lindy) (born
1916), succeeded to his seat 1973”      
“On Nov. 29, 1963, President Johnson created the President’s
Commission on the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy to
investigate and report on the facts relating to the tragedy. It
functioned neither as a court nor as a prosecutor. Chief Justice Earl
Warren was appointed chairman. Other members of the bipartisan
commission were Senators Richard B.  Russell of Georgia and John
Sherman Cooper of Kentucky, Representatives Hale Boggs of Louisiana
and Gerald R. Ford of Michigan, Allen W. Dulles, and John J. McCloy.
J. Lee Rankin was the general counsel. The report was published on
Sept. 24, 1964.”
“Congressman Hale Boggs, the only dissenting member of the  Warren
Commission who refused to sign the Warren Report until just before it
was submitted… and who disappeared on an airplane flight
in Alaska in 1972.” http://www.nidlink.com/~akmoob/roberts.html
“Rep. Hale Boggs rejected the so-called single bullet theory, an
essential part of the Commission’s single-assassin thesis.”
“According to Hale Boggs, a Warren Commission member: “Hoover lied his
eyes out to the commission”
onthly_The_Consp_Theories.html Louisiana Congressman Boggs had warned
JFK not to go to Texas, he died in a plane crash…
“Disappearing Witnesses: what does “justice” mean.. with the
conclusions. Hale Boggs did not follow Earl Warren and his disciples.
Hetotally disagreed. Hale Boggs was in a plane crash lost over frozen
Alaska. ..http://www.ratical.org/ratville/JFK/DW.html [More results
from http://www.ratical.org]US News: Pilot politics: keeping the skies safe
and free the death of Rep. Hale Boggs in a 1972 small plane crash in
Alaska, prompted Congress require “emergency locator transmitters” on
all flights. Politics had …
http://www.usnews.com/usnews/issue/990809/kennedy.htm Home Page… to
Congress, Boggs became a well-regarded Congressional wife. When her
husband was lost in an Alaskan plane crash, Boggs was the perfect
choice to succeed him.Shackelford1d … why he qualifies” as a
mysterious death. He lists Boggs’ death as “plane crash,” though the
plane was never found. *Thomas Davis: Checked into a New Orleans   
Ithaca College News … in the House of Representatives; when he was
killed in a plane crash her mother, Lindy Boggs, was subsequently
elected to the same House seat    
http://www.cs.umb.edu/jfklibrary/j041162.htm     “In his Texas days,
the politically ambitious elder Clark was cultivated as a useful
connection by New Orleans mafia kingpin Carlos Marcello, and many
feared Clark’s new job would afford organized crime access to higher
levels of power.AG Clark was repeatedly mired in corruption scandals.
In 1945, he was accused of taking a bribe to fix a war profiteering
case. In 1947, after he had four convicted Chicago mob bosses sprung
from prison before their terms were complete, Congress appointed a
committee to investigate-and was effectively road blocked by Tom’s
refusal to hand over parole records.Truman admitted to a biographer
that “Tom Clark was my biggest mistake.” “Roselli was a Las Vegas
based Mafia figure and a link in the
CIA-Mafia chain. He had close ties to three Mafia bosses associated
with the Kennedy assassination: Sam Giancana of Chicago, Santos
Trafficante of Florida, and Carlos Marcello of New Orleans. According
to columnist Jack Anderson, Roselli told him that mob leaders had
ordered Jack Ruby to kill Lee Harvey Oswald because they were afraid
he might crack and reveal their part in the conspiracy to kill
President Kennedy. In July 1976, shortly before Roselli was to be
questioned by the Senate Intelligence Committee, his body was
discovered floating in Dumfoundling Bay in Miami. He had been
strangled and stabbed; his legs had been sawed off and stuffed into an
empty oil drum along with the rest of his body. It is believed that 
Roselli was killed by someone working for Trafficante because he was
talking too much about the Kennedy assassination. Conspiracy”
http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/george.gif Johnny Roselli
http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/roselli.jpg Santo
Trafficante Jr. http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/traff2.gif 
      Carlos Marcello
“Crime and Cover-Up (p. 44): Here Scott discusses links between Ruby,
Roselli, and Ramsey Clark. “One of Ruby’s close personal friends’ and
character witnesses for his liquor license was Hal Collins (22 H 928),
brother-in-law of prominent local attorney Robert L. Clark, the
brother and uncle respectively of U.S. Attorneys General Tom and
Ramsey Clark (CD 4.371)Robert L. Clark and his law partner Maury
Hughes. arranged the…parole in 1947 of John Roselli.”
Miami-Dade election canvassing board on the 37th anniversary of the
assassination of John F. Kennedy, November 22nd,
2000, was not the first such incident in Bush Family History. In 1950
Prescott Bush, father of
Former President Bush, bussed caravan after caravan of McCarthyites
into Connecticut in his unsuccessful US Senate run against Senator
William Benton. Prescott Bush’s name was actually on a list submitted
to Nixon by Eisenhower as a possible Nixon running-mate in 1960.
Fortunately Nixon wisely chose another running mate. Prescott Bush’s
son, George Herbert Walker Bush, was on yet another list submitted to
Nixon , this time by Strom Thurmond, to be Nixon’s running mate in
1968. Nixon again chose a different running mate instead. The only
prominent Republican to boycott Nixon’s inauguration in 1969 was
George Herbert Walker Bush, who instead saw his old friend Lyndon
Johnson off at the airport. When Agnew was forced to resign as Nixon’s
vice president Nixon was unable to get John Connally, former
Democratic Governor of Texas, shot in the same car as JFK on November
22nd, 1963, approved as his Vice President and settled instead on
former Warren Commission member Gerald Ford. Nixon was told by George
Herbert Walker Bush at his last cabinet meeting: “Mr. President, you
HAVE TO resign.” Nixon had notably failed to name George Herbert
Walker Bush as his Vice President when Agnew was forced to resign. In
1964 George Herbert Walker Bush had run for US Senate in Texas against
Ralph Yarborough, the liberal Democratic US Senator whose intra-party
feud with then Democratic Governor John Connally had brought JFK to
Texas in the first place in an effort to heal the Yarborough-Connally
feud. The two men hated each other so much neither would ride in the
same car with the other. Thus Connally rode with JFK in the Dallas
motorcade and Yarborough rode with LBJ. Had Connally died as a result
of his wounds speculation would have centered on Bush’s rival
Yarborough as the person responsible for the shootings. George Herbert
Walker Bush actually called the FBI, not the Secret Service, to report
that a friend of his was planning to shoot JFK in Houston, not Dallas,
later that week. Bush’s call to the FBI was TWO HOURS BEFORE JFK WAS
Bush resigned from the Yale Board of Fellows for his campaign, and the
board published a statement to the effect that the ‘ Yale vote’ should
support Bush-despite the fact that William Benton was a Yale man, and
in many ways identical in outlook to Bush. Yale’s Whiffenpoof singers
appeared regularly for Prescott’s campaign. None of this was
particularly effective, however, with the voting population Then
Prescott Bush ran into a completely unexpected problem. At that time,
the old Harriman eugenics movement was centered at Yale University. 
Prescott Bush was a Yale trustee, and his former Brown Brothers
Harriman partner, Lawrence Tighe, was Yale’s treasurer.
In that connection, a slight glimmer of the truth about the
Bush-Harriman firm’s Nazi activities now made its way into the
campaign. Not only was the American Eugenics Society itself
headquartered at Yale, but all parts of this undead fascist movement
had a busy home at Yale. The coercive psychiatry and sterilization
advocates had made the Yale/New Haven Hospital and Yale Medical School
their laboratories for hands-on practice in brain surgery and
psychological experimentation. And the Birth Control League was there,
which had long trumpeted the need for eugenical births-fewer births
for parents with ” inferior ” bloodlines. Prescott’s partner Tighe was
a Connecticut director of the league, and the Connecticut league’s
medical advisor was eugenics advocate Dr. Winternitz of Yale Medical
School.Now in 1950, people who knew something about Prescott Bush knew
that he had very unsavory roots in the eugenics movement. There were
then, just after the anti-Hitler war, few open advocates of
sterilization of ” unfit ” or ” unnecessary ” people. (That would be
revived later, with the help of General Draper and his friend George
Bush.) But the Birth Control League was public-just about then it was
changing its name to the euphemistic ” Planned Parenthood. “Then, very
late in the 1950 senatorial campaign, Prescott Bush was publicly
exposed for being an activist in that section of the old fascist
eugenics movement. Prescott Bush lost the election by about 1,000 out
of 862,000 votes. He and his family blamed the defeat on the expose
The defeat was burned into the family’s memory, leaving a bitterness
and perhaps a desire for revenge.”   Magic Bullet Theory  
One of the biggest lies ever foisted onto the American people was the
“single bullet theory”, a concoction by Arlen Specter (currently on
the Senate Intelligence Oversight Committee), who asked us to believe
that a shot was made from a sixth story window, entered the back of
Kennedy yet rose and flew out the neck, altering it’s trajectory to
cause seven wounds in Kennedy and Governor Connally in the seat ahead
of Kennedy. But now comes: “Tuesday, 27 March, 2001, 07:59 GMT 08:59
UK Scientist questions JFK lone killer theory John F Kennedy was
killed on 22 November, 1963 Two gunmen were almost certainly involved
in the assassination of US President John F Kennedy in 1963, according
to a new scientific article. A British forensic scientist backs the
so-called “grassy knoll” theory that a second gunman shot at the
president at exactly the same moment as assassin Lee Harvey Oswald
fired three shots from a book depository. The scientist, DB Thomas,
has examined recordings of radio channels used by police in the Texas
city of Dallas, where the murder took place. In his article, he says
five separate gunshot sounds can be heard on one of the tapes at
exactly the time the president was killed. ‘Mistakes’ Mr Thomas says
mistakes were made in synchronising conversations on the two police
frequencies, leading earlier investigations to dismiss the theory that
a second gunman opened fire from a grassy knoll overlooking the
presidential motorcade. His article is published in Science and
Justice, the journal of Britain’s Forensic Science Society. “One of
the sounds matches the echo pattern of a test shot fired from the
grassy knoll,” he writes in his paper. That was also the key finding
of a congressional investigation by the House Committee on
Assassinations that concluded 22 years ago Mr Thomas believes it was
the shot from the knoll, seven-tenths of a second earlier, that killed
the president. G Robert Blakey, former chief counsel of the House
Committee on Assassinations welcomed the new findings. “This is an
honest, careful scientific examination of everything we did, with all
the appropriate statistical checks,” he said. “We thought there was a
95% chance there was a shot from a grassy knoll. He puts it at 96.3%.
Either way, that is beyond reasonable doubt.”
stm http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/513
“Earlier CIA Bank Scandals (Nugan Hand and Castle Bank) Nugan Hand
Bank, Australia Frank Nugan, Sydney, Australia, died in 1980 apparent
suicide, but clearly rigged Mercedes, rifle with no fingerprints,
position all wrong evidence that he’d had a change of heart was
praying daily, and was thinking about getting out of the business set
up Nugan Hand Bank in 1973 private banking services, tax free deposits
in Caymans used by CIA agents William Colby on Board, and was their
lawyer links to organized crime, e.g., Santo Trafficante, Jr. Florida,
heroin, links to JFK assassination Trafficante was known as “the
Cobra” and handled many transactions for the CIA money laundering for
Asian drug dealers Golden Triangle George Bush’s son, George W. Bush,
was involved with Nugan Hand: linked to William Quasha, who handled NH
deals in Phillipines owners of Harken Energy Corp. a Texas based
company that bought G.W. Bush’s oil company “Spectrum 7″ in 1986 later
got offshore drilling rights to Bahrain’s oil with G.W. Bush on the
Board of Directors Castle Bank, Bahamas, involved with Trafficante,
CIA plot to kill Castro, and possible links to JFK assassination Vesco
active in drug trade also involved in purchase of land for Walt Disney
World 27,000 acres near Orlando” R RATED BUSH’S BILLION DOLLAR DISNEY
DEAL “-Gov. George W. Bush was on the board of directors of a company
that raised $1 billion to finance Walt Disney Co. movies”


Date: Fri, 24 May 2002 15:33:21 -0700
From: Peter Phillips <peter.phillips@SONOMA.EDU>
Subject: Corporate Media Defaults on 9-11

Corporate Media Defaults on 9-11
By Peter Phillips

Corporate media are ignoring many important questions related to 9-11 and
have defaulted on their First Amendment obligation to keep the American
electorate informed on key societal issues. Corporate news star Dan Rather
in a recent interview with Matthew Engel for The Guardian admitted that the
surge of patriotism after 9-11 resulted in journalists failing to ask the
tough questions. Rather stated, “It starts with a feeling of patriotism
within oneself. I know the right question, but you know what? This is not
exactly the right time to ask it.”

When was the right time to question the levels and intensity of civilian
deaths during and after the bombings of Afghanistan? According to CNN
Chairman Walter Isaacson there was never a good time. In a memo to his CNN
correspondents overseas Isaacson wrote, “We’re entering a period in which
there’s a lot more reporting and video from Taliban-controlled Afghanistan.
You must make sure people [Americans] understand that when they see
civilian suffering there it’s in the context of a terrorist attack that
caused enormous suffering in the United States.” Isaacson later told the
Washington Post, “Šit seems perverse to focus too much on the causalities
of hardship in Afghanistan.”

Marc Herold, an economics professor at the University of New Hampshire
compiled a summation of the death toll in Afghanistan-saying that over
4,000 civilians died from U.S. bombs-more than died at the World Trade
Center. Yet only a handful of newspapers covered his story. Time magazine
reviewed Herold’s report but dismissed it stating, “In compiling the
figures, Herold drew mostly on world press reports of questionable
reliability.” Time went on to cite the Pentagon’s unsubstantiated claim
that civilian casualties in Afghanistan were the lowest in the history of

We were all shocked after 9-11. That same shock may well have extended to
families being bombed in Afghanistan, but our corporate media refused to
investigate civilian deaths. Media chose instead to do be “patriotic” and
propagandize the public on behalf of the Pentagon.

Other big questions abound. Both the BBC and the Times of India published
reports several months before 9-11 that the U.S. was then planning an
invasion of Afghanistan. The Unocal oil pipeline from the Caspian Sea
region was to be built through Afghanistan and the U.S. needed a
cooperative government in power. Agence France-Press in March 2002 reported
that the U.S.-installed interim leader of Afghanistan, Hamid Karzai, has
worked with the CIA since the 1980s and was once a paid consultant for

An explosive post-9-11 report emerged from France regarding how the Bush
administration, shortly after assuming office, slowed down FBI
investigations of al-Qaeda and terrorist networks in Afghanistan in order
to deal with the Taliban on oil. This slowdown has been related to the
resignation of FBI Deputy Director John O’Neill, expert in the al-Qaeda
network and in charge of that investigation. O’Neill later took a job as
chief of security at the World Trade Center where he died “helping with
rescue efforts.”

And what ever happened to the story in the San Francisco Chronicle
September 29, 2001 about how millions of dollars were made on pre-9-11 put
options on United & American Airlines stocks?

Or what about the October 31 report in the French daily Le Figaro
describing how Osama bin Laden met with a top CIA official while in the
American Hospital in the United Arab Emirates receiving treatment for a
chronic kidney infection last July?

Corporate media today is interlocked and dependent on government sources
for news content. Gone are the days of deep investigative reporting teams
challenging the powerful. Media consolidation has downsized newsrooms to
the point where reporters serve more as stenographers than researchers.
Emerging in the vacuum are hundreds of independent news sources.
Independent newspapers, magazines, websites, radio and TV are becoming more
widely available. Labeled by the corporate as having “questionable
reliability”, emerging news sources are building their own audiences
worldwide. For listings and links to independent news sources try
http://www.indymedia.org. http://globalresearch.ca/,
http://www.projectcensored.org/, http://www.mediachannel.org/,

Peter Phillips is an Associate Professor of Sociology at Sonoma State
University and director Project Censored a media research group. He can be
reached at peter.phillips@sonoma.edu

Project Censored
Sonoma State University
1801 East Cotati Ave.
Rohnert Park, CA 94928


“Independent Analysis for the Promotion
of Human Rights, Justice and Peace”

20th May 2002

Dear Friends,

The recent controversy over “who knew what when on September 11” coincides with the release of a detailed 400-page study of the attacks on America, The War on Freedom: How and Why America was Attacked, by a British political scientist at the Institute for Policy Research & Development (IPRD), documenting that the White House and the CIA must have known more than they admit. The author, the Institute’s Executive Director Nafeez M. Ahmed, had this to add:

“Both the Democrats and the Republicans are playing political games. We need a 9/11 inquiry not to point fingers, but to understand why the U.S. intelligence community failed to act, in spite of specific information on an Al-Qaeda hijacking attempt in the U.S.A., and on suspected Al-Qaeda members training at U.S. flight academies. Why weren’t these suspected terrorists linked to Osama bin Laden apprehended and interrogated?”

To help clarify the current debate, the Institute has published Chapter 4 of the study, ‘Warning Signs of 9-11 and Intelligence Failures,’ on the Internet at the Los Angeles-based Media Monitors Network (MMN). This meticulously researched paper on the warnings of the September 11th terrorist attacks received by U.S. intelligence, based on press reports and intelligence experts, is fully and freely available at:

Media Monitors Network (MMN), Los Angeles, 18th May 2002,


Ahmed, who was recently named a Global Expert on War, Peace and International Affairs by The Freedom Network of the Henry Hazlitt Foundation in Chicago, is a recognised authority on the September 11th terrorist attacks. His comprehensive study of the attacks, The War on Freedom, has been featured on national Canadian TV in a documentary series on September 11th by investigative journalist Barry Zwicker, an award-winning reporter on CBC-TV and CTV, and Producer and Host of MediaFile, Canadian Vision TV, http://www.visiontv.ca/programs/insight/mediafile_Feb4.htm.

Although the paperback edition will be out in June 2002, the ebook has been released and can be purchased online. The paperback may be ordered in advance. For further information please see http://www.thewaronfreedom.com.

Please use this information as best you can in the struggle against injustice worldwide. We would greatly appreciate it if you forwarded this material – particularly our research paper ‘Did Bush Know?’ – to your friends, family and colleagues, in an effort to generate public awareness.

Thank you.

Warm regards,

Institute for Policy Research & Development
Suite 414, 91 Western Road, Brighton,
East Sussex, BN1 2NW, United Kingdom.
Tel: +44(0)1273 32 95 30
Fax: +44(0)1273 70 60 30
Email: info@globalresearch.org
Web: http://www.globalresearch.org
See the new 9/11 study: http://www.thewaronfreedom.com


What Do You Think?
We’ve seen some posts out there suggesting that there is something
suspicious about the fact that Chandra Levy’s remains have just turned
up in Washington, D.C. ‘s Rock Creek Park. Chandra is even seen by
some to be a distraction from other events. We don’t see her as a
distraction at all.  We’re really interested in plane crashes and who
has died in them over the years. (Was Salem bin Laden an embarrassing
witness? http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1326
We’re interested at this moment in one of those “plane crash victims”
Can you guess who we are talking about?  Before we mention her name
we’d like to reiterate that we do not believe that Bush created or
sponsored or authorized the attacks on America of September 11th,
2001. We do not believe they were another Reichstag Fire. Nor do we
believe that Bush was in any responsible for ordering her death.  
“The Chandra Levy case also brought the old cast from the Monica
Lewinsky scandal back in force, with conservatives Barbara Olson, Ann
Coulter and William Bennett reprising their roles as the nation’s
moral arbiters.”
http://www.consortiumnews.com/2001/080901a.html    “Barbara Olson***
served as the Republican
chief counsel for the congressional committee investigating the
Clintons’ involvement in “Travelgate” and “Filegate.”
“Barbara Olson was the wife of U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson.
She was aboard American Flight 77 from Dulles International Airport
when it crashed into the Pentagon. She twice called her husband as the
plane was being hijacked and told him the attackers were using
knife-like instruments. Barbara Olson was a chief investigator  for
the House Government Reform Committee in the mid-1990s. She later
became a lawyer on the staff of Senate Minority Whip Don Nickles,
before branching out on her own as a TV commentator and private
lawyer. She was a frequent critic of the Clinton administration and
wrote a book about Hillary Rodham Clinton.”
The thing to remember about Barbara Olson is that not only was she
very respected among Republicans,
not only did she have an investigative background, not only was she
extremely interested in the Chandra Levy case, but her husband was
U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson. We think that somebody out
there, and we do NOT mean Bush, thought that Barbara might turn into
another Martha Mitchell.
For those of you who do not know who Martha Mitchell was:  “The
outspoken wife of John Mitchell was always considered a “loose cannon”
in Washington. She called members of the press on several occasions to
record her disgust about Watergate. On one occasion she declared
herself a political prisoner, saying
“I’m not going to stand for all those dirty things that go on. If you
could see me, you wouldn’t believe it. I’m black and blue.” Bob
Woodward called her “the Greek chorus of the Watergate drama- sounding
her warnings to all who would hear.” It was the position of many in
the Nixon administration that Martha was a total nutcase, and that
John Mitchell was forced to rely on his corrupt staff a great deal in
order to look after her. It was the position of Martha that the Nixon
administration sedated her and held her against her will to keep her
from speaking out.” http://nixonrules.freeservers.com/martha.html
“John N. Mitchell, Principal in Watergate, Dies at 75  By Lawrence
Meyer Washington Post Staff Writer Thursday, November 10, 1988; Page
A01  John N. Mitchell, the only United States attorney general to
serve a prison sentence, died here yesterday after suffering a heart
attack. He was 75.  Mitchell, a friend, confidant and law partner of
Richard M. Nixon, became a familiar face on television screens across
America in the summer of 1973 as he sparred with members and staff of
the Senate Watergate Committee probing his role-and Nixon’s-in the
Watergate scandal.”
“United States, November 8, 1988 : George and Barbara Bush watch the
election results. At the age of 64, George Bush becomes America’s 41st
What would have happened if Barbara Olson had not been killed on
September 11th, 2001? Would she have become another Martha Mitchell,
finally turning her overwhelmingly compelling  interest  in the
Chandra Levy case into an investigation of Dubya’s possible role in
that case? “Jan. 3, 2000 According to the  National Enquirer, the New
York Post, and Tony Snow on FOX TV, Tammy  Phillips, a 35-year old
stripper, claims she just ended an 18-month affair with one George W.
Bush of Houston, Texas (by way of New Haven, Connecticut and
Kennebunkport, Maine). She says the affair lasted  from late 1996
until June of last year. She told the National Enquirer that she met
Dubya at a hotel in Texas and when he saw her  micro-mini skirt, he
“combusted.” Could Dubya have reacted the same  way to Chandra if he
had met her? Did Dubya know Chandra? There ARE sexual predators
roaming the earth. One may live at the White House.”
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/1482    please see:
“She (Chandra Levy) went to Bush’s  (January 20th, 2001) inauguration
and attended one of the balls.”
Did George Do It? Did Dubya Do Chandra In?
Part Two Did George Do It? Did Dubya Do Chandra In?
Some people may speculate that Bush is being blackmailed. They may
wonder if that is the reason that  Chandra’s remains have surfaced
now. We really don’t know why they have surfaced now.  It should be
noted that The 1993 World Trade Center bombers managed to vaporize
President  Clinton’s  heavily armored limousine.
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/americansecrets/message/220   Clearly
someone had to have known exactly where that heavily armored 
Presidential limousine was parked. In the intelligence community one
hires, or turns, or blackmails important people. Kim Philby was the
head of British Anti-Soviet Intelligence, he dealt with the CIA and
the FBI, when he was about to be arrested for being a Soviet agent he
vanished and turned up in Moscow. The whole time Philby had been KGB.
He died a KGB Colonel. IF Dubya murdered Chandra Levy, and we do not
know if he did or not, it is possible that people in the intelligence
community are aware of that “fact”, if it is a fact.   It should be
noted that 2 top female aides to Dubya, Karen Hughes, and Mary
Matalin, are leaving. Their departures may be coincidental. We have no
information to the contrary. On the other hand some may speculate that
Karen or Mary may be the Linda Tripps of 2002.  What do they know
about what happens back-stage at the White House. Whose fingernails
scratched Dubya’s face? We don’t think it was a Pretzel! While some
serial murderer preying on victims in Rock Creek Park cannot be ruled
out as a suspect in Chandra Levy’s murder, can Dubya be ruled out? The
apparent fingernail scratches from a victim on Dubya’s face  bring
this haunting possibility into all of our faces because Dubya is  in
everybody’s face when we see him on TV. A better example of an Emperor
who has no clothes cannot be imagined than a serial killer with
fingernail scratches from a victim on his face. Meanwhile, if unable
to convince everyone that he is the President, he tries to convince as
many as possible that a pretzel is responsible for those scratches.
Perhaps he should call himself the Pretzeldent? Talk about hiding in
plain sight!
It should be noted that Chandra Levy was not the first to be found
dead in a park. Others have been found dead in Rock Creek Park.
Another famous case involved Vince Foster. On July 20, 1993 Vince
Foster was found dead in Fort Marcy Park.  Many of those who sew a
conspiracy behind Vince Foster’s death continue to see one  today,
insisting that Foster was killed elsewhere and moved to the park.  The
same theory about the victim being killed elsewhere and moved to the
park, will no doubt arise, if it has not already, in the Chandra Levy
case.  Is Dubya being blackmailed into backing off on Iraq by Iraqi
agents?  We do not think so. “For Immediate Release  Office of the
Press Secretary May 23, 2002 Bush Meets with German Chancellor
Q: the Chancellor just said that your government does not seem to be
very specific right now when it comes to plans to attack Iraq. Is that
true, sir? And could you, nevertheless, try to explain to the German
people what your goals are when it comes to Iraq?
Bush: I told the Chancellor that I have no war plans on my desk.”
We believe that Iraq was behind September 11th,2001. We also believe
that Dubya never really intended to attack Iraq.  Dubya’s Daddy,
Cheney, and Powell, left Saddam in power in 1991. Bush has no
intention of removing Saddam from power ever. Bush II is not calling
Saddam on 9/11, in  fact is probably suppressing attempts to draw a
link between Saddam  and 9/11 for a number of reasons, these include,
we think, the obvious  embarrassing Blowback of Bush I, Cheney and
Powell leaving Saddam in power in 1991, the increased leverage
available to Bush II Cheney and Powell to pressure Israel so that a
so-called “coalition” against Saddam can be built among what we feel
is an oxymoron “arab allies”, by appeasing said non-existent allies,
but real arab states, at  Israel’s expense. If the American people
were told the truth: that  9/11 was Saddam’s project, using Bin Laden
as his agent, no appeasement of so-called “arab allies” at Israel’s,
or America’s   expense would be tolerated. Any arab state that stood
in America’s way would find that “regime change” would also be applied
to that regime, i.e. the Saudi and Jordanian de jure monarchies, the
de facto monarchy  in Syria where a dictator, Hafez-al Assad was
replaced by another dictator, his son, Bashir-al Assad, good thing
that sort of thing only happens in 3rd world countries. We think
Saddam has always known that Bush never intended to attack Iraq. That
is why we think Saddam used the intelligence we think he had on which
flight Barbara Olson was on, to make sure that was one of the flights
hijacked by Saddam’s agent: bin Laden.  For Barbara Olson could have
brought Bush down if she had not been murdered. We don’t know how
Saddam found out about that flight. But found out we think he did. Had
Barbara Olson not been on that flight we think Saddam would have
arranged to kill her at some other time. Whether or not Bush actually
murdered Chandra Levy, Barbara Olson could have followed up on her
interest in the Chandra Levy case to finally tie Bush, rightly or
wrongly,  to Chandra’s murder.  That would have destroyed Bush
politically, whether or not he was ever actually convicted for
Chandra’s murder. That was something Saddam Hussein could not afford
to permit. Bush will continue to protect Saddam Hussein, will continue
to bully Israel, for as long as the American people do not demand his
resignation.  We don’t think Bush is being blackmailed by Saddam. We
think Bush is in bed with  Saddam.   But we don’t think Bush is behind
September 11th, 2001.  We don’t think Bush was behind Barbara Olson’s
death. We don’t know about Chandra Levy.  We wonder about JFK and Bush
I.    JFK was born in Brookline, Massachusetts, on May 29,1917. He
would   have been 85 years old on May 29th, 2002. His brother Robert
F. Kennedy was assassinated almost 34 years ago on June 4th, 1968. 
One of world famous conspiracy theorist Barry Chamish’s most 
interesting theories is that the late JFK Jr. was interested in the 
Rabin Assassination. I wonder why that would be so. One would think
that the assassination JFK Jr. would Most be interested in would be
that of his own father, then US President John F. Kennedy on
November22nd, 1963 in Dallas Texas. Perhaps there is a connection
however:  Rabin is alleged to have been in Dallas on November 22nd,
1963. If true Rabin would have been lured to Dallas by someone seeking
to blame Israel, and Jews in general for the JFK assassination.
Incidentally I do not agree with the bulk of Barry’s theories but
questioning authority is always a good idea. Here below some pure
speculation on such matters: Mr.A. Harriman was the partner in Brown
Brothers, Harriman, with Prescott Bush, the father of former President
Bush and with former President Bush’s grandfather George Herbert
Walker. The W. in George W. Bush stands for Walker. Former President
Bush’s father  Prescott Bush was a US Senator from Connecticut. Former
President Bush was not a Senator himself, having been narrowly
defeated by Incumbent  Democratic Party Senator Ralph Yarborough of
Texas in 1964 when George  Herbert Walker Bush ran for the US Senate.
Farrish was Bush I’s campaign manager for that campaign. Interestingly
enough Yarborough’s  bitter enemy, then Democratic
Governor of Texas, John Connally,
http://c-spanstore.com/c-spanstore/10319.html later to become a
Republican, and a close friend of Republican US President Richard M.
Nixon, was the other person shot If Connally had died as a result of
his wounds a suspicion which would be hard to prove might have
surfaced: that Connally’s arch -enemy, Yarborough, was someone behind
the assassination-Things in Texas often get “settled” with guns.-
Connally managed to survive being shot
http://www.jfkassassination.net/jbchit.htm in Dallas,Texas on November
22nd, 1963 while riding in the same car as then US Democratic Party
President John F. Kennedy. If Connally had died as a result of his
Wounds Connally’s bitter public enemy: Yarborough, the Bush I opponent
in the 1964 Senatorial Campaign, a race Bush I was already involved in
in November of 1963, would have been suspected of somehow being behind
the assassination. This could only have benefited Bush I, who might
Have defeated Yarborough for that 1964 US Senate seat from Texas. As
things turned out Connally survived, Yarborough was not blamed, and
Bush I lost the 1964 Senate race to Yarborough.
Kennedy had come to Texas to try heal the
infamous “Yarborough/Connally Feud”. Yarborough was riding with LBJ in
the same motorcade. Connally had been then US President Richard M.
Nixon’s first choice to replace him as Vice President When then US
Vice President Sprio T Agnew resigned. Unable to get Connally past the
US Republican Party, then headed by Bush Sr. Nixon settled on Gerald
R. Ford as his Vice President, Ford would later succeed Nixon after
the infamous last cabinet meeting Which was attended by Bush Sr. in
his role as head of the US Republican party, who told Nixon : “Mr.
President, you HAVE to resign.” This was the culmination of the
so-called “Watergate Scandal” in which the telephone number of former
A.Harriman Press Secretary , E. Howard Hunt, at the White House, was
“discovered” in the address book of one of the alleged ” Watergate
burglars” who comprised a mixed bunch of “ex”- CIA, “ex” -FBI,
professionals ,and others who had been involved in the Bay of Pigs
fiasco, the invasion of Cuba, which had allegedly been managed at
least in part by alleged Harriman former Press Secretary E. Howard.
Hunt, and long time alleged Harriman friend Bissell.. Called
“Operation Zapata”, the invasion of Cuba took place at a time in which
Bush Sr. had allegedly been involved in an oil company named “Zapata
Oil.” The 2 ships in the Cuban harbor at the time of the Bay of Pigs
invasion were named “The Barbara” and “The Houston”. By another
interesting “coincidence” George Bush Sr. lived in Houston and was
married to Barbara. What an interesting coincidence it was for this
bunch to take along an address book on their “burglary” at the
Watergate which “happened” to have E. Howard Hunt’s address in it.
Hunt is also alleged by some to have been one of the so-called “Three
Tramps” in Dallas on November 22nd, 1963
http://www.konformist.com/jfkland/tramps.htm A.Harriman is of course
the person who was the former partner of Bush Sr.s Father and
Grandfather in Brown Brothers Harriman. It certainly is a small
world. Harriman actually gave Jackie Kennedy his house in Georgetown
to move into after JFK was assassinated. Richard M. Nixon was in
Dallas on that day, November 22nd, 1963, which probably explains why
The JFK trip was scheduled then. Should something go wrong the real
conspirators could blame Nixon, JFK’s obvious enemy for the
assassination. Had Nixon really had anything to do with It he would
have been at the other end of the earth on that day.. Nixon, the 1960
failed Republican Presidential nominee went on to be re-nominated by
the Republicans in 1968 and to be elected President that year.
Had Nixon been blamed for the Kennedy assassination he would never
have gotten the 1968 Republican Presidential nomination. The 1968
Republican ticket might well have included Bush I.
The 1960 election saw the northern Democrat JFK pick the Texas
Democratic Senate Majority Leader, LBJ as his Vice President,
underscoring the key importance of Texas, then a swing state, in any
Presidential election in that period. Had Bush I been a Republican US
Senator from Texas in 1968 he could easily have become a part of the
Republican national ticket in 1968. Barbara Bush even recounts that
“there was some talk” about Bush I being on the Republican ticket in
1968, even though he was not a US Senator from Texas. Nixon, of
course, would have none of it. Though Bush I worked for the Nixon
Administration he hated Nixon, refusing even to attend the 1969 Nixon
Presidential Inauguration, instead Bush I saw his old friend, LBJ off
at the airport, making Bush I the only prominent Republican NOT to
attend the 1969 Nixon Presidential Inauguration.
Cover story after cover story would have been prepared by the real
gang behind the
JFK assassination. Someone who described himself as “just a patsy”,
Lee Harvey Oswald, the presumed assassin, allegedly was provided with
his job at the Texas School Book Depository through the efforts of an
alleged former Nazi agent, alleged former CIA agent, named George De
Morenschildt, http://jfkassassination.net/death2.
http://www.ratical.org/ratville/JFK/ST/STchp20.html It was long time
Harriman family attorney Allen Dulles, then CIA director, who
“suggested that the administrator of the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration, T. Keith Glennan, release a pre-prepared cover
story” on the U-2 which soon fell apart. Another long time Harriman
buddy, Richard M. Bissell, Jr. was the CIA person “in charge of the
U-2 project”. Bissell also allegedly ran the Bay of Pigs invasion of
Cuba in 1961, allegedly along with alleged former press secretary to
A. Harriman , E.Howard Hunt of Watergate “fame”. Two key elements,
time and space must be considered in the JFK Assassination. JFK was
allegedly shot from the Texas School Book Depository in Dallas where
Oswald worked. Someone who have had to have a) placed Oswald in
his job at the Texas School Book Depository and b) arranged the route
of JFK’s motorcade to pass the Texas School Book Depository to make
the assassination work, particularly if Oswald was to become the
“patsy”, or “fall-guy” for the assassination. Oswald worked at a
top-secret U-2 spy plane base in Asia before he allegedly “defected”
to the then Soviet Union. Some feel he was working for the CIA or
others perhaps, and that his alleged “defection” to the USSR was part
of a wider plot. Oswald allegedly was working for the CIA at that base
and allegedly reporting ultimately to one Desmond “Dizzy Fits”
Fitzgerald at the CIA according to a book titled: The Man Who Knew Too
Much: Richard Case Nagell and the Assassination of JFK Trade
Paperback, 824 Pages, Carroll and Graf Publishers, Incorporated,
October 1993 ISBN:0786700297 whose author is Dick Russell. One wonders
if Jennifer Fitzgerald, alleged mistress of former President Bush, was
a relative of Desmond “Dizzy Fits” Fitzgerald. For that matter,
perhaps John Fitzgerald Kennedy was a relative? ( Warren Commission
Member Gerald Ford , Pat Robertson, the late Pamela Harriman, Dick
Cheney, Dubya and the other Bush family members and Colin Powell ARE
all relatives of one another, so too perhaps is the infamous Jew
Hater, Bush Gang Point Man in Florida, James A. “F—The Jews They
Don’t Vote For Us Anyway” Baker. See the DOWN WITH THE MONARCHY series
in this archive for more on all of that.) JFK certainly benefited
from Oswald’s alleged “defection” to Moscow. Oswald allegedly provided
the Soviets with the information on the U-2 spy plane. With that
information Moscow was allegedly able to shoot down the U-2 spy plane
over the then Soviet Union. That torpedoed the planned summit between
then US President Eisenhower and Soviet leader Nikita S.Krushchev With
the summit shot down along with the U-2 the way was paved for JFK to
defeat Nixon in 1960.


This is being sent on behalf of tony@gaia.org
as part of the mailing list that you joined.
URL: http://www.bilderberg.org

1. Bilderberg 2002 Press Release
2. Robert Fisk on Bush and Bin Laden
3. Roundtable added to http://www.bilderberg.org
4. The Explosive Plan for a Third Temple in Jerusalem
5. Is Bush an Occultist?
6. Amnesty report from Janin
7. How Biased is Your Press?
8. Weird New Website – a bit too close to the truth?

Dear Friends,

This Thursday, while all eyes are on the world cup, the first Bilderberg
since the transatlantic élite declared ‘war on terrorism’ gets under way. The
secretariat are keeping their heads down as ever, hoping and praying that
they can stop any press scrutiny of or speculation about the event.

This communique contains a suggested press release as part of my campaign for
proper press access to Bilderberg. I ask you to use all means to poke it
under the noses of journalists, editors, indeed anyone you know who might
like to mention the conference in the national and international press. Fax
or email it into newsrooms wherever you can, a phone call to your favourite
channel or paper will usually suffice to get newsroom fax numbers.

It’s also available in ‘Word’ and ‘rich text’ format at

Anyway do please see if you can help spread the word about Chantilly. Also
enjoy – as I’m sure you will – the brilliant piece by Robert Fisk plus the
usual PEPIS concoction.

And could anyone with a good copy of the Bilderberg ‘secret rulers of the
world’ channel 4 programme please let me have a copy.




Power Elite Public Information Service  – 
http://www.bilderberg.org/bilder.htm#pepis  –  to join/leave list.
Please put in a link to http://www.bilderberg.org – now funded ’til 2003.
This is an occasional (max. 1 per month) email list as part of the campaign
for an open press conference at and public awareness of Bilderberg and
similar elite meetings.
See  http://www.bilderberg.org/bilder.htm#pepis  for more info.
Archives:  http://www.bilderberg.org/pepis00.htm 



1. Bilderberg 2002 Press Release

PRESS RELEASE – 00:00 GMT – 29May02 – For immediate release

Transatlantic Elite to meet in secret on May 30th
Tony Gosling – http://www.bilderberg.org

The latest initiatives needed to usher in a United States of Europe and to
bring about global domination for the Western powers are about to be revealed
at a secret power elite conference West of Washington D.C..

If you ever wondered why so many nations signed up to the Euro currency
without the people in those countries being asked, or how the war on
terrorism has arrived just in time to save the gravely indebted U.S. economy
you may need to look no further.

This year’s Bilderberg Conference, featuring 120 or so of the most
influential men in Europe and North America, looks certain to be taking place
between Thursday 30th May and Sunday 2nd June 2002 at The Westfields Marriott
Hotel in Chantilly Virginia. In its Élite Conference Guide of Christmas 1987,
the Economist described Bilderberg as ‘Ne plus ultra’ or ‘the top of the top.’

The élite that attend Bilderberg have real power to change the world for the
better but the press are ‘encouraged’ not to cover the event because
Bilderberg’s power centralising policies such the Euro, the war on terrorism
and cuts in public spending are making things much, much worse. Bilderbergers
are afraid that the global strategists who plan and force through these
geostrategic policies will be identified and exposed as the real villains of
the world.

Venues for these annual élite meetings are consistently palatial. Hotels
generally have their own golf course attached and are sealed off from the
outside world behind high walls. Though the Bilderberg secretariat insists
the meetings are private, national military agencies such as MI6 or the CIA
provide round-the-clock security at public expense.

But there have been leaks. Top of the agenda this year, we’re told, is Saddam
Hussein’s Iraq, and how to persuade a reluctant west to once more attack one
of the world’s weakest countries. Already ravaged by ten years of sanctions
and with an infant mortality rate currently at about five to six thousand a
month an attack on Iraq is nevertheless deemed ‘necessary’ by the élite to
justify continued Western troop deployment and control of oil reserves in the
Middle East.

The leaks come from Jim Tucker, a writer for American Free Press in
Washington DC, who is the only journalist in the world to discover the venue
and date of the annual Bilderberg Meeting before the event. He is leaked
information from a concerned source very close to the Bilderberg steering

Without Tucker there would be absolutely no press coverage. Even with the
advance warning he provides there is far less coverage than might be
expected. Reuters, News International, Washington Post, Hollinger and other
media in attendance encourage token or zero coverage within their own
empires.  But it’s not just the press and public who are kept in the dark. In
2000 the exasperated mayor of Genval near Brussels, where a Bilderberg
conference was taking place, expressed disbelief when approached by a Belgian
TV reporter. “If Queen Beatrix were coming to Genval, somebody would have
told me!”

Despite the enormous wealth and power wielded by the participants, Bilderberg
is almost unknown amongst the general public. Many journalists or others who
have heard of the meetings ‘switch off’ when Bilderberg is mentioned,
expecting another wild conspiracy theory about meetings with aliens. But
those who ignore these annual summits are playing into the hands of the
conference organisers who will use any means, even encouraging madcap
theories, to divert attention from what is being discussed inside. Critics
have been falsely accused of anti-Semitism, disturbing when not many of the
participants are Jewish. To the Bilderbergers any bypassing of democratic
processes and suppression of legitimate media coverage is justifiable as
‘good business’.

European political, financial and military union under corporate control will
also be on the agenda this year. Chair of the commission Romano Prodi is now
openly being called the ‘president’ of Europe yet he has never been elected
to the post. Prodi is not the first powerful person to be invited to
Bilderberg before making it to the top. Tony Blair, Bill Clinton, George
Robertson and Jack Santer all attended just before a great leap forward in
their respective careers. Ex-government ministers such as Britain’s Kenneth
Clarke have been ticked off for failing to declare their free Bilderberg

Ever since it began Bilderberg has promoted the integration of European
nations into a United States of Europe run not by elected representatives but
by appointed ‘Commissioners’ who many believe to be in the pockets of banks
and big business. This is nothing new. European based multinationals such as
Philips and Volvo played a major part in designing the superstructure of the
European State.

In Europe, the European Round Table of Industrialists or E.R.T. corporate
lobby group works with the unelected European Commission to draw up
legislation. The European Parliament only has a chance to rubber stamp or
delay these initiatives before they become law. The growth of the Euro
currency is a major priority always at Bilderberg, the plan being to peg the
Euro to the Dollar when all E.U. nations have joined creating a de facto
world currency. 

The conferences began in 1954, an initiative of ex SS Nazi Prince Bernhard of
the Netherlands, Bilderberg’s first chairman. After the Lockheed bribery
scandal in 1975 Bernhard resigned in disgrace but his wife, Queen Beatrix of
the Netherlands, still attends the conference regularly. Bilderberg has been
deciding policy since World War II which, along with NATO, is bringing about
the strongest ever U.S. influence over Europe and the whole continent of

The agenda at Bilderberg is set and invite list drawn up by a small steering
committee consisting of Henry Kissinger, David Rockefeller and a hand picked
representative from each major economic nation in the western world. Although
there is no official membership, U.S. attendees at Bilderberg tend to be
members of the Council on Foreign Relations, a private club that decides U.S.
foreign policy and/or David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission which brings
together élitists from Europe, the USA and Japan.

Though big names are present: Kissinger, George Robertson, Conrad Black,
Queen Beatrix of the Netherlands, James Wolfenson, David Rockefeller etc. the
Bilderberg Group usually manage to duck coverage and criticism by the world’s
press. They refuse requests for interviews and prepare cover stories. In 2000
the conference was an ‘international croquet tournament’. Even these lies
are, it seems, better than the truth about what is being talked about inside
getting out. Under Bilderberg’s ‘Chatham House’ rules none of the
participants are allowed to mention where they picked up the latest line on
Europe or whatever is being discussed.  A request for a press conference this
year has been ignored.

It is crucial that Bilderberg begin to open themselves up more fully to media
scrutiny. Only by knowing of the existence of such power networks can the
people make a decision on their legitimacy. Although the Bilderberg office in
Leiden, Holland issues a ‘press release’ of its own, it does so a few hours
after the last black Mercedes containing the last participant has left the
conference area. Coldly calculated to ensure the press can’t cover anything.

If you didn’t get an invite to Bilderberg this year you’re in good company –
only quislings need attend.

Westfields Marriott         Chantilly, Virginia                 +1 (703) 818
Jim Tucker          American Free Press, Washington D.C.    +1 (202) 543 6525
Bilderberg Secretariat  Leiden, Netherlands                 +31 71 5280 521
Tony Gosling            http://www.Bilderberg.org, Bristol UK      +44 117 944 6219

All references to information contained in this release can be found at

The release itself is at http://www.bilderberg.org/2002.htm 

It’s also available in ‘Word’ and ‘rich text’ format at



2. Robert Fisk on Bush and Bin Laden

There is a firestorm coming, and it is being provoked by Mr Bush

More and more, President Bush’s rhetoric sounds like the crazed videotapes of
Osama bin Laden

http://argument.independent.co.uk/commentators/story.jsp?story=298681  (full

Robert Fisk: Independent Newspaper – 25 May 2002

So now Osama bin Laden is Hitler. And Saddam Hussein is Hitler. And George
Bush is fighting the Nazis. Not since Menachem Begin fantasised to President
Reagan that he felt he was attacking Hitler in Berlin – his Israeli army was
actually besieging Beirut, killing thousands of civilians, “Hitler” being the
pathetic Arafat – have we had to listen to claptrap like this. But the fact
that we Europeans had to do so in the Bundestag on Thursday – and, for the
most part, in respectful silence – was extraordinary.

I’m reminded of the Israeli columnist who, tired of the wearying invocation
of the Second World War to justify yet more Israeli brutality, began an
article with the words: “Mr Prime Minister, Hitler is dead.” Must we,
forever, live under the shadow of a war that was fought and won before most
of us were born? Do we have to live forever with living, diminutive
politicians playing Churchill (Thatcher and, of course, Blair) or Roosevelt?
“He’s a dictator who gassed his own people,” Mr Bush reminded us for the two
thousandth time, omitting as always to mention that the Kurds whom Saddam
viciously gassed were fighting for Iran and that the United States, at the
time, was on Saddam’s side.

But there is a much more serious side to this. Mr Bush is hoping to corner
the Russian President, Vladimir Putin, into a new policy of threatening Iran.
He wants the Russians to lean on the northern bit of the “axis of evil”, the
infantile phrase which he still trots out to the masses. More and more,
indeed, Mr Bush’s rhetoric sounds like the crazed videotapes of Mr bin Laden.
And still he tries to lie about the motives for the crimes against humanity
of 11 September. Yet again, in the Bundestag, he insisted that the West’s
enemies hated “justice and democracy”, even though most of America’s Muslim
enemies wouldn’t know what democracy was.

In the United States, the Bush administration is busy terrorising Americans.
There will be nuclear attacks, bombs in high-rise apartment blocks, on the
Brooklyn bridge, men with exploding belts – note how carefully the ruthless
Palestinian war against Israeli colonisation of the West Bank is being
strapped to America’s ever weirder “war on terror” – and yet more aircraft
suiciders. If you read the words of President Bush, Vice-President Dick
Cheney and the ridiculous national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, over
the past three days, you’ll find they’ve issued more threats against
Americans than Mr bin Laden…………..(continued)

http://argument.independent.co.uk/commentators/story.jsp?story=298681  (full



3. Roundtable added to http://www.bilderberg.org

ROUNDTABLE: http://www.geocities.com/CapitolHill/2807/

I’m pleased to announce that the ’roundtable’ website which is an excellent
critique of the Council on Foreign Relations is now copied or ‘mirrored’ at

My emails to the webmaster were blocked recently so I decided it was a good
time to give the author some small credit for his fascinating exposee and get
him a little more exposure.

The CFR is one of the most destructive institutions on earth, being a
mechanism by which U.S. based multinational corporations translate their
aggressive, expansionist desires into state department policy and thence to
overt and covert action by the CIA, NSA and more conventional military arms
of government.

The CFR has, since the first world war, steadily eaten away at the American
people’s view of what U.S. foreign policy should be and set these agencies on
a mission to aquire new markets and raw materials to extend the influence of
U.S. multinationals.

The Council on Foreign Relations is an organisation every schoolchild in the
world must be taught about. Here’s a start… This is from the site

“The Council on Foreign Relations was formally established in Paris in 1919
along with its British Counterpart the Royal Institute of International
Affairs. The Council on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of
International Affairs can trace their roots back to a secret organization
founded and funded by Cecil Rhodes, who became fabulously wealthy by
exploiting the people of South Africa. Rhodes is the father of Apartheid.
The Council on Foreign Relations was founded by a group of American and
British imperialists and racists intent on ruling the world. Many of the
American members were American intelligence officers that belonged to the
first American Intelligence Agency — THE INQUIRY.
Many of the British members were British Intelligence Agents. THE INQUIRY and
its members, who included such notable Americans as Col. Edward Mandel House,
Walter Lippmann, Isaiah Bowman, and James Shotwell, wrote most of Woodrow
Wilson’s 14 points.
The CFR/RIIA method of operation is simple — they control public opinion.
They keep the identity of their group secret. They learn the likes and
dislikes of influential people. They surround and manipulate them into acting
in the best interest of the CFR/RIIA.
The Council on Foreign Relations, and the Royal Institute of International
Affairs are adept at using the media to create massive psycho-political
operations used to manipulate public opinion. The psycho-political operations
are often designed to create tensions between different groups of people. The
object is to keep the world in a state of perpetual tension and warfare to
maximize profits from CFR/RIIA munition, medicine, media, energy, and food
businesses.” (continues)

Welcome to the Bilderberg website roundtable 😉

btw – don’t forget Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler – essential related


4. The Explosive Plan for a Third Temple in Jerusalem

The trouble is if the Jews go ahead and build this temple it will almost
certainly be on the site where the Dome of the Rock and the Al Aqsa Mosque
are now – two of the holiest sites in Christianity and Islam – knocking them
both down and aggravating both religions (particularly the Moslems) to the
point of almost inevitable bloodshed and religious war.

There have already been clashes between Moslems and Right-wing Jews who have
tried to place a foundation stone for this third temple right next to the
Mosque. And the floor of the mosque is collapsing in parts due to Jewish
excavations underneath!


From a Messianic Jewish perspective
The Red Heifer…  Check out:


There have been some red heifers in the past, but they turned out to be
flawed by a single white hair or something else.  Our non-believing Orthodox
Jewish brothers and sisters await a flawless Kosher red Heifer to sacrifice
for the ashes that they will put in their mikvahs for the priest to go down
into so they will be ceremonially clean. 

Then they can go up on the Temple mount and commence the laying of the
cornerstone for the third Temple (Ezekiel’s Temple) and the building of the
altar for the daily sacrifices. This will consitute the beginning of said
third Temple and that officially to the Orthodox Jews brings in the Messianic

Now for Christians and Messianic Jews what does this mean? …. 

The covenant that is confirmed by many for 7 years will also be making way
for this Temple to be built.  This begins the last seven years before
Yahushua (Jesus) returns!  I estimate that we are within five years of this
all commencing and the anti-annointed one (anti-christ) taking his seat in
the rebuilt Temple and declaring himself to be Elohim (god).  What exciting
times we are living in!

The mayhem before he comes back will go something like this…. 

The Temple begins and Israel welcomes a Messiah (the false one).  3 1/2 years
will pass and then the abomination that makes the Temple desolate happens
(from Daniel and Revelation) and then the last 3 1/2 years of the 7 year
period is the time called the “Great Tribulation”. 

Yahushua said there will not have been such great tribulation ever seen upon
this earth before.  It is my personal belief that during this time non-Torah
observant Christianity will be suffering greatly and not knowing why. 

Then after the tribulation of those days (Matt. 24:29) the sign of Yahushua’s
coming will appear.  He’ll come down and ressurect those who are dead in Him
and then we will be changed in a moment. 

From there I guess it’s off to the battle of Armageddon? and then the
marriage supper of the lamb that many regular Christians may not be able to
be a part of because their garments are spotted because of saying the Torah
(Law of Moses) was nailed to the cross and they didn’t have to obey it. 

Truly, Yahushua said not one Jot or Tittle shall pass from the Law till all
things be fulfilled.  It won’t be too much longer and all things will be
fulfilled.  wooooowhoooo!



5. Is Bush an Occultist?    A member of the ‘Skull and Bones’?

According to Robert Goldsborough of Washington Dateline, Governor George W.
Bush has a secret ingredient which will help him in his bid to become
America’s next president – membership in a society which is even MORE
secretive than Masonry. The society goes by the unofficial names of Skull and
Bones and/or The Order, and its members are usually referred to as “Bonesmen.”

Bush family and Skull and Bones society – The home of Skull and Bones on the
Yale campus is a stone building resembling a mausoleum, and known as “the
Tomb.” Initiations take place on Deer Island in the St. Lawrence River (an
island owned by the Russell Trust Association), with regular reunions on Deer
Island and at Yale. Initiation rites reportedly include strenuous and
traumatic activities of the new member, while immersed naked in mud, and in a
coffin. More important is the “sexual autobiography”: The initiate tells
the Order all the sex secrets of his young life. Weakened mental defenses
against manipulation, and the blackmail potential of such information, have
obvious permanent uses in enforcing loyalty among members.



6. Amnesty report from Janin

Israel / Occupied Territories: Preliminary findings of Amnesty International
delegates’ visit to Jenin

Breaches of the Geneva Convention by Isreali Defence Forces under the command
of the Isreali government:

* Failure to give civilians warning or time to evacuate Jenin refugee camp
before Apache helicopters launched their first attacks.

* Failure by the Israeli Defence Forces to protect the people of the refugee
camp, who are “protected people” under the Fourth Geneva Convention relative
to the Protection of Civilians Persons in Time of War.

* Allegations of extrajudicial executions

* Failure, for 13 days, to allow humanitarian assistance to the people in the
camp who were trapped in the rubble of demolished houses or running out of
food and water.

*Denial of medical assistance to the wounded in the refugee camp and
deliberate targeting of ambulances.

*Excessive use of lethal force and using civilians as a “human shield”.

*Ill-treatment, including beatings and degrading treatment, of Palestinian

* Extensive damage to property with no apparent military necessity.




7. How Biased is Your Press?

TV news biased against Palestinians, says study


Matt Wells, media correspondent
Guardian  Tuesday April 16, 2002

British television news is routinely biased towards the Israeli view of the
conflict, according to academic research.

As a result of lobbying by the Israeli government’s public relations machine
and the difficulties of explaining a complex story in ratings-driven
bulletins, few people can understand the roots of the story, the Glasgow
Media Group suggest.

Young people in particular are unaware of key elements of the conflict. In a
sample of 300 questioned by the researchers, only 9% knew that Israel was the
occupying force.

When the intifada began in 2000, a team led by Professor Greg Philo of
Glasgow University examined 3,536 lines of text transcribed from 89 news  
bulletins. Only 17 lines were devoted to the conflict’s history.

Consequently, he said, the Israeli side was favoured, because attacks were
portrayed as responses to Palestinian acts.

Writing in today’s Guardian, he adds: “A news journalism which seeks
neutrality should not endorse any point of view, but there were many
departures from this principle.”
The broadcasters deny bias. Roger Mosey, BBC head of television news, said:
“I don’t believe there’s any institutional bias towards one side or other in
the Middle East conflict.”

ITN said: “We’ve been covering this conflict fairly and impartially for more
than half a century. We are not in the business of providing a daily history




8. Weird New Website – a bit too close to the truth?

I am not sure how for real these guys are, but they take themselves seriously
and certainly give the impression that they are for real. Thanks Jeremy for
sending me in these bizarre links – T

One World Order website
The most intelligent and educated humans are superior to all others and they
must reproduce with others at all costs and must be protected at all cost.

In light of our success, and with the growing number of worthless books
written about us and our Freemason friends, we have decided that time is ripe
for us to emerge to the forefront, at least in part, and in doing so, we need
to set the record straight once and for all.

What is One World Order?

The constitution of oneworld free society
Word Version http://oneworldorder.org/IC.doc

International Relations

The Declaration of Individual Rights

Personal Financial Services

Evolutionary Advancements

HOT Stock Picks!

Power Elite Public Information Service  – 
http://www.bilderberg.org/bilder.htm#pepis  –  to join/leave list.
Please put in a link to http://www.bilderberg.org – now funded ’til 2003.
This is an occasional (max. 1 per month) email list as part of the campaign
for an open press conference at and public awareness of Bilderberg and
similar elite meetings.
See  http://www.bilderberg.org/bilder.htm#pepis  for more info.
Archives:  http://www.bilderberg.org/pepis00.htm 


George De Morenschildt
was scheduled to meet with
former federal investigator GAETON
FONZI, who was investigating JFK’s
assassination, when De Morenschildt was
found dead from a shot-gun
blast..” Fonzi claims that Bush Sr.’s
name and phone number were found
In De Morenschildt’s address book.
Fonzi is the author of Last
Investigation: A Former Federal
Investigator Tells What Insiders Know
About the Assassination of JFK Trade
Paperback, 464 Pages, Thunder’s
Mouth Press, October 1994 ISBN:
1-56025-079-8 Roger Hilsman. was
described as a “friend of” (JFK) and
(RFK) (Hilsman) “had been
director of the Bureau of Intelligence and Research”. “Hilsman was in
the little circle that had come to make up Harriman’s Vietnam team. A
graduate of West Point and a Yale Ph.D.” As Buddhist protests in South
Vietnam against the repressive Roman Catholic regime mounted it became
increasingly clear to those Managing Vietnam policy in Washington that
the Roman Catholic regime in South Vietnam could not Successfully
prosecute the Vietnam War. It could not win the hearts and minds of
the 90% of South Vietnam’s people who were Buddhist. A famous cable
from Harriman and Hilsman read in part: “Regardless of who is running
the show, we should continue to seek the same objectives. These are
1-acceptable solutions to the Buddhist problem and 2- a more
responsive and representative government capable of carrying on the
war effectively. GVN (Government of Vietnam) must show own population
and world that improvement in Buddhist position will be eventual
outcome of evolving situation. If we impress this need on both
civilians and military at all levels (of the) GVN, we may be able to
achieve some progress not only on immediate Buddhist problem (with all
implications this has for US and world opinion ) but also on longer
range objective of broadening regime and limiting Diem’s exercise of
arbitrary power. As situation develops, we may deem it useful to throw
our influence toward reducing or eliminating the power of the Nhus
(sic).” Hilsman later “drafted and Harriman approved a reply to (US
Ambassador to South Vietnam) Lodge’s request for guidance. In the most
blunt language the administration had ever used concerning the
government of South Vietnam it all but sanctioned a coup against the
Diem regime.” It stated in part: “US government cannot tolerate
situation in which power lies in Nhu’s hands-Diem must be given chance
rid himself of Nhu and his coterie and replace him with best military
and political personalities available. If in spite of all your efforts
Diem remains obdurate and refuses, then we must face the possibility
that Diem himself cannot be preserved. ” This cable is described
Ambassador Lodge and his team : “should urgently examine all possible
alternative leadership and make detailed plans as to how we might
bring about Diem’s replacement if this should become necessary. You
will understand that we cannot from Washington give you detailed
instructions as to how this operation should proceed, but you will
also know we will back you to the hilt on actions you take to achieve
our objectives.” Known as the Harriman-Hilsman memo, or cable, JFK
himself ironically signed on to its premises in an interview with
Walter Cronkite, JFK said that the Vietnam War was :”their war”, which
could not be won unless the South Vietnamese government regained the
support it had lost as a result of its treatment of the Buddhists , a
goal that could be accomplished “with changes in policy and perhaps
with personnel.”. Tragically JFK failed to realize that as the Roman
Catholic President of the United States, he too was a liability to the
successful prosecution of the Vietnam War as Buddhist resentment
against Catholics was not limited to resentment against the brutal and
repressive Roman Catholic Diem-Nhu regime of South Vietnam but
extended also to the Roman Catholic President of the United States who
had expanded the war from the 800 “advisors” in Vietnam during the
Eisenhower-Nixon era, to some 40,000 troops, including Green Berets
and Special Forces, under JFK. JFK had had close relations with the
Roman Catholic regime in South Vietnam and had had the support of
American Roman Catholic Cardinals in that effort. Three weeks to the
day after the November 1st,1963 coup in South Vietnam which saw the
end of the Diem and Nhu regime and of Diem and the Nhus, JFK himself
was Assassinated in Dallas,Texas, on November 22nd, 1963. On that
date, November 22nd, 1963 Harriman chaired ” a meeting of oil company
executives about the future of their contracts with the government of
Argentina-Beforehand, he went to a Hilsman luncheon with a delegation
of politicians from the Philippines. He was finishing his desert and
talking with Senator Frank Church of Idaho about extremism in American
politics when Church was called to the telephone. A minute later the
senator rushed back into the room, his face ashen. The President had
been shot, he said and was feared dead.”Source for much of the Vietnam
HARRIMAN, 1891-1986 by Rudy Abramson ASIN:0688043526 Earlier on that
infamous day, November 22nd, 1963 one George Herbert Walker Bush,
later to become President himself, made a call to the FBI, not to the
Secret Service. The call was Placed TWO HOURS BEFORE JFK WAS SHOT. You
can read more about that call in THE MAN WHO KNEW TOO MUCH: Richard
Case Nagell and the Assassination of JFK Trade Paperback, 824 Pages,
Carroll and Graf Publishers, Incorporated, October 1993 ISBN:
0786700297 Author:
Russell, Dick The page # there is page 710 and it states that George
Herbert Walker Bush and James Parrott, the man named by Bush as
planning to kill JFK in Houston, later that week”were political
enemies”, Parrott is also described in the book above as “an active
member of Houston’s Young Republicans.” Another of many sources for
the Bush call to the FBI 2 hours BEFORE JFK was killed is The
July/August 1992 issue of Spy Magazine, Page 39 ISSN 0890-1759 5 Union
Square West, NYC 10003 In that story, by David Robb Parrott was
already known to the Secret Service for similar threats to JFK as of
1961, yet here was Bush reporting Parrott to the FBI, 2 hours BEFORE
JFK was killed Those of us who can recall such things know that it was
The Warren Commission That did the original official investigation of
the assassination of JFK. Who was Earl Warren, For whom the commission
was named? Writing in Plausible Denial: Was the CIA Involved in the
Assassination of JFK? Author: Lane, Mark Hardcover, 416 Pages, Avalon
New York, November 1991 ISBN: 1560250003 Mark Lane states on Page 41
that : “Warren ran for vice president of the United States in 1948. 
Thomas Dewey was the Republican candidate for president that year. 
They were defeated.” In a footnote at the bottom of the same page Lane
adds that: ” Allen Dulles served in that campaign as the speechwriter
for the Dewey-Warren ticket. In exchange he had been promised by Dewey
that he would be appointed director of the CIA . When Eisenhower was
elected four years later, he honored that commitment.” Prescott Bush,
father of former President George Herbert Walker Bush, dined regularly
with CIA Director Allen Dulles for many years. After JFK fired Dulles
Prescott Bush dined regularly with Dulles’s successor. Lane also goes
into some of the interesting cross-connections in the JFK
assassination on page 98 of the same book: “Allen Dulles was the
director of the CIA, Charles Cabell was its deputy director ( his
brother was the mayor of Dallas) and Richard Bissell was the deputy
director for plans, the dirty tricks department of the agency.”
http://www.ratical.org/ratville/JFK/ST/STchp20.html It was long time
Harriman family attorney Allen Dulles, then CIA director, who
“suggested that the administrator of the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration, T. Keith Glennan, release a pre-prepared cover
story” on the U-2 which soon fell apart. Another long time Harriman
buddy, Richard M. Bissell, Jr. was the CIA person “in charge of the
U-2 project”. Bissell also allegedly ran the Bay of Pigs invasion of
Cuba in 1961, allegedly along with alleged former press secretary to
A.Harriman E.Howard Hunt of Watergate “fame”. you can see some photos
of the infamous alleged 3 tramps at
http://www.koelle.dk/dealey_plaza_17.html one of Allen Dulles is at
http://www.koelle.dk/who_13.html Frank Sturgis is in one at
http://www.koelle.dk/who_36.html Allen Dulles and JFK may be seen at
ex/adulles/ Photos CIA JM/WAVE station, Miami
http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/jmwave.jpg Desmond
Fitzgerald http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/desfitz.jpg E.
Howard Hunt http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/ehhunt.gif Mark
Lane, author of Plausible Denial quotes from Hunt’s testimony in a
civil suit On pages 250-251 of that book : ” I made my way back to the
States via California and stayed with a fellow OSS officer at his
home- I came east and got a job with the Marshall Plan.” Q: ” What was
the Marshall Plan?” A: “That was the plan conceived by General George
C. Marshall and approved by then President Truman, to reestablish the
European economy that was destroyed or semi-destroyed by the war as a
means of withstanding the Soviet encroachment from the east.” Q:
“Where were you?” A: ” I was press aide to Averell Harriman in Paris.”
Q: “What was Harriman’s job with the Marshall Plan?’ A: “He was the
European director of it.” (Averell Harriman chose Richard M. Bissell,
whom he had known in London in 1942, To head what was popularly known
as the Harriman Committee’s professional staff, in furtherance of the
Marshall idea some weeks after Marshall’s speech.) According to
another source: SILENT COUP The Removal of a President by Len Colodny
and Robert Gettlin St. Martin’s Paperbacks 1991 ISBN:0-312-92763-0
Page 115 “Hunt and Liddy-worked to locate evidence that might link
President John Kennedy to the assassination of former South Vietnamese
President Ngo Dinh Diem in 1963.” Regarding that in her Opening
Statement To The House Judiciary Committee, Proceedings On The
Impeachment Of Richard Nixon Congresswoman Barbara Jordan said on July
25, 1974 “What the president did know on June 23 was the prior
activities of E. Howard Hunt, which included his participation in the
break-in of Daniel Ellsberg’s psychiatrist, which included Howard
Hunt’s participation in the Dita Beard ITT affair, which included
Howard Hunt’s fabrication of cables designed to discredit the Kennedy
administration.” George DeMohrenshildt
http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/george.gif Johnny Roselli
http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/roselli.jpg Santo
Trafficante Jr. http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/traff2.gif
Carlos Marcello http://www.busprod.com/hellion/jfk/photos/marcello.gif
“The following is from Volume 10 of the HOUSE SELECT COMMITTEE ON
ASSASSINATION: (176) In his book about his role in the Bay of Pigs
operation, former CIA officer E. Howard Hunt used a pseudonym when
referring to the chief of the operation.(182) The chief of propaganda
was David Phillips Hunt called him “Knight.”(183) (177) When asked by
the committee if he was familiar with anyone using the cover name of
Bishop at the JM/WAVE station, Cross said he was “almost positive”
that David Phillips had used the cover name of Maurice Bishop.(184) He
said he was “fairly sure” that Hunt himself had used the cover name of
Knight.(185) Cross said, however, that the reason he was certain that
Phillips used the name of Bishop was because he recalled sometimes
discussing field and agent problems with Phillips’ assistant, Doug
Gupton, and Gupton often saying, “Well, I guess Mr. Bishop will have
to talk with him.” Cross said: “And, of course, I knew he was
referring to his boss, David Phillips.” (186) Submitted by: GAETON J.
FONZI, Investigator” http://mcadams.posc.mu.edu/bishop.txt a variety
of sources were used for much of the material below which may be found
at numerous places on the internet and elsewhere”The Man Who Wasn’t
There, ‘George Bush,’ C.I.A. Operative” By Joseph McBride THE NATION,
July 16/23, 1988 Vice President George Bush’s resume is his most
highly touted asset as a candidate. But a recently discovered F.B.I. 
memorandum raises the possibility that, like many resumes, it omits
some facts the applicant would rather not talk about: specifically,
that he worked for the Central Intelligence Agency in 1963, more than
a decade before he became its director. The F.B.I. memorandum, dated
November 29, 1963, is from Director J. Edgar Hoover to the State
Department and is subject-headed “Assassination of President John F. 
Kennedy November 22, 1963.” In it, Hoover reports that the Bureau had
briefed “Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency” shortly
after the assassination on the reaction of Cuban exiles in Miami. A
source with close connections to the intelligence community confirms
that Bush started working for the agency in 1960 or 1961, using his
oil business as a cover for clandestine activities.” Informed of this
memorandum, the Vice President’s spokesman, Stephen Hart, asked, “Are
you sure it’s the same George Bush?” After talking to the Vice
President, Hart quoted him as follows: “I was in Houston, Texas, at
the time and involved in the independent oil drilling business. And I
was running for the Senate in late ’63.” “Must be another George
Bush,” added Hart. Because the Vice President’s response seemed
something of a non-denial denial (he described what else he was doing
rather than specifically denying C.I.A. involvement), I put the
following queries to him via Hart: Did you do any work with or for the
CIA prior to the time you became its director? If so, what was the
nature of your relationship with the agency, and how long did it last?
Did you receive a briefing by a member of the F.B.I. on anti-Castro
Cuban activities in the aftermath o the assassination of President
Kennedy? Half an hour later, Hart called me back to say that he had
not spoken again to the Vice President about the matter, but would
answer the questions himself. The answer to the first question was no,
he said, and so he could skip number two. “This is the first time I’ve
ever heard this,” C.I.A. spokesman Bill Devine said when confronted
with the allegations of the Vice President’s involvement with the
agency in the early 1960s. “I’ll see what I can find out and call you
back.” The next day Devine called back with the terse official
response, “I can neither confirm nor deny.” Told what the Vice
President’s office had said, and asked if he could check whether there
had been another George Bush in the C.I.A., Devine seemed to become a
bit nonplused: “twenty-seven years ago? I doubt that very much. In any
event, we have a standard policy of not confirming that anyone is
involved in the C.I.A.” Hoover’s memo, which was written to the
director of the State Department’s Bureau of Intelligence and
Research, was buried among the 98,755 pages of F.B.I. documents
released to the public in 1977 and 1978 as a result of the Freedom of
Information Act suits. It was written to summarize the briefings given
to Bush and Capt. William Edwards of the Defense Intelligence Agency
by the F.B.I.’s W.T. Forsyth on November 23, the day after the
assassination, when Lee Harvey Oswald was still alive to be
interrogated about his connections to Cuban exiles and the C.I.A. –
“The substance of the foregoing information was orally furnished to
Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency…” (We attempted
to locate William T. Forsyth, but learned that he is dead. Forsyth
worked out of the Washington F.B.I. headquarters and was best known
for running the investigation of the Rev. Martin Luther King Jr. in
the Bureau’s subversive control section. Efforts to locate Captain
Edwards by press time were unsuccessful.) Vice President Bush’s
autobiography, “Looking Forward,” written with Victor Gold (Doubleday,
1987), is vague to the point of being cryptic about his activities in
the early 1960s, when he was running the Houston-based Zapata
Off-Shore Company. (“Running an offshore oil company,” he writes,
“would mean days spent on or over water; not only the Gulf of Mexico
but oceans and seas the world over.”) But the 1972 profile of Bush in
“Current Biography” provides more details of his itinerary in those
years: “Bush traveled throughout the world to sell Zapata’s
oil-drilling services. Under his direction it grew to be a
multimillion-dollar concern, with operations in Latin America, the
Caribbean, the Middle East, Japan, Australia, and Western Europe.” And
according to Nicolas King’s “George Bush: A Biography,” Zapata was
concentrating its business in the Caribbean and off South America in
the early 1960s, a piece of information that meshes neatly with the
available data on Bush’s early C.I.A. responsibilities. Bush’s duties
with the C.I.A. in 1963 — whether he was an agent, for example, or
merely an “asset”-cannot be determined from Hoover’s memo. However,
the intelligence source (who worked with the agency in the late 1950s
and through the 1960s) said of the Vice President: “I know he was
involved in the Caribbean. I know he was involved in the suppression
of things after the Kennedy assassination:.” The initial reaction of
Senator Frank Church, chair of the Senate Select Committee on
Intelligence, to the firing of William Colby and the naming of Bush as
Director of Central Intelligence in 1975 was to complain that it was
part of a pattern of attempts by President Gerald Ford (a former
member of the Warren Commission) to impede the Church committee’s
nearly concluded investigation into C.I.A. assassination plots, with
which Colby was cooperating but which Ford was trying vainly to keep
secret. Hoover’s memo “explains something to me that I’ve wondered
about. It does make sense to have a trained C.I.A. man, with
experience, appointed to the job.” “Date: November 29, 1963 To:
Director Bureau of Intelligence and Research Department of State From:
John Edgar Hoover, Director Subject: ASSASSINATION OF PRESIDENT F. 
KENNEDY NOVEMBER 22, 1963 The substance of the foregoing nformation
was orally furnished to Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence
Agency and Captain William Edwards of the Defense Intelligence Agency
on November 23, 1963, by Mr. W.T. Forsyth of this Bureau.”—“”On
November 22, 1963 Mr. GEORGE H.W. BUSH, 5525 Briar, Houston, Texas,
telephonically advised that he wanted to relate some hear say that he
had heard in recent weeks, date and source unknown.  He advised that
one JAMES PARROTT had been talking of killing the President when he
comes to Houston. “PARROTT is possibly a student at the University of
Houston and is active in politics in the Houston area.” “Bush’s
spokesman Stephen Hart commented: “Must be another George Bush.”
Within a short time the CIA itself would peddle the same damage
control line. On July 19, 1988 in the wake of wide public attention to
the report published in The Nation, CIA spokeswoman Sharron Basso
departed from the normal CIA policy of refusing to confirm or deny
reports that any person is or was a CIA employee. CIA spokeswoman
Basso told the Associated press that the CIA believed that “the record
should be clarified.” She said that the FBI document “apparently”
referred to a George William Bush who had worked in 1963 on the night
shift at CIA headquarters, and that “would have been the appropriate
place to have received such an FBI report.” According to her account,
the George William Bush in question had left the CIA to join the
Defense Intelligence Agency in 1964. George William Bush had indeed
worked for the CIA, the DIA, and the Alexandria, Virginia Department
of Public Welfare before joining the Social Security Administration,
in whose Arlington, Virginia office he was employed as a claims
representative in 1988. George William Bush told The Nation that while
at the CIA he was “just a lowly researcher and analyst” who worked
with documents and photos and never received interagency briefings. He
had never met Forsyth of the FBI or Captain Edwards of the DIA. “So it
wasn’t me,” said George William Bush. 21 Later, George William Bush
formalized his denial in a sworn statement to a federal court in
Washington, DC. The affidavit acknowledges that while working at CIA
headquarters between September 1963 and February 1964, George William
Bush was the junior person on a three to four man watch shift which
was on duty when Kennedy was shot. But, as George William Bush goes on
to say, I have carefully reviewed the FBI memorandum to the Director,
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Department of State dated
November 29, 1963 which mentions a Mr. George Bush of the Central
Intelligence Agency….I do not recognize the contents of the
memorandum as information furnished to me orally or otherwise during
the time I was at the CIA. In fact, during my time at the CIA. I did
not receive any oral communications from any government agency of any
nature whatsoever. I did not receive any information relating to the
Kennedy assassination during my time at the CIA from the FBI. Based on
the above, it is my conclusion that I am not the Mr. George Bush of
the Central Intelligence Agency referred to in the memorandum.”
You are invited to join:


The Lie Won’t Stand – Copyright Statement Included — Please Distribute Widely—– Original Message —–
From: Michael C. Ruppert
To: From The Wilderness
Sent: Thursday, May 16, 2002 7:06 PM
Subject: The Lie Won’t Stand – Copyright Statement Included — Please Distribute Widely

Please Distribute Widely…


Bush Administration Explanations for Pre-9-11 Warnings Fail the Smell Test

Warnings Received From Heads of State, Allied Intelligence Services Specifically Warned of Suicide Attacks by Hijackers

Insider Trading Also Clearly Warned of Attacks

by Michael C. Ruppert

[© Copyright 2002, From The Wilderness Publications, http://www.copvcia.com. All Rights Reserved. May be reprinted, distributed or posted on an Internet web site for non-profit purposes only.]

May 16, 2002, 19:00 PDT (FTW) — Never in the history of scandals involving the United States government has an attempt to conceal criminal conduct by an administration been more transparently dishonest or more easily exposed. On May 15 White House Press Secretary Ari Fleischer — while making the startling admission that President Bush received CIA and FBI intelligence briefings in August indicating Osama bin Laden might be planning hijackings — told major news sources including CBS News, “All appropriate action was taken based on the threat information we had,” Fleischer said. “The president did not — not — receive information about the use of airplanes as missiles by suicide bombers.”

In other statements Fleischer told the press, “The president was also provided information about bin Laden wanting to engage in hijacking in the traditional pre-9-11 sense, not for the use of suicide bombing, not for the use of an airplane as a missile.” According to a May 16 story by the New York Times, “Mr. Fleischer said the information given to the president in Texas [last August], had prompted the administration to put law enforcement agencies on alert.”

Every major position taken by an administration in full retreat and on the defensive can be easily deconstructed and shown to be false.

For more than seven months FTW has been documenting specific warnings received by the U.S. government from both foreign intelligence services and, in one case, from Russian President Vladimir Putin, indicating commercial airliners were going to be used by terrorists to attack — among other things — the World Trade Center in the week of Sept. 9. In order for Fleischer’s statement to be credible he would have to assert then that George W. Bush either ignored or was not informed of a direct warning from a head of state and also from the German intelligence service, the BND.

As reported in the German daily Frankfurter Algemeine Zeitung (FAZ) on Sept. 14, the BND warned both the CIA and Israel in June that Middle Eastern terrorists were “planning to hijack commercial aircraft to use as weapons to attack important symbols of American and Israeli culture.” The story specifically referred to an electronic eavesdropping system known as Echelon, wherein a number of countries tap cell phone and electronic communications in partner countries and then pool the information. The BND warnings were also passed to the United Kingdom.

No known denial by the BND of the accuracy of this story exists, and the FAZ report indicates the information was received directly from BND sources.

According to a Sept. 14 report in the Internet newswire online.ie, German police, monitoring the phone calls of a jailed Iranian man, learned the man was telephoning U.S. intelligence agencies last summer to warn of an imminent attack on the World Trade Center in the week of Sept. 9. German officials confirmed the calls to the U.S. government for the story but refused to discuss additional details.

According to a story in Izvestia on Sept. 12, Russian intelligence warned the U.S. last summer that as many as 25 suicide pilots were training for suicide missions involving the crashing of airliners into important targets.

In an MSNBC interview on Sept. 15, Russian President Putin stated he had ordered Russian intelligence to warn the U.S. government “in the strongest possible terms” of imminent assaults on airports and government buildings before the attacks on Sept. 11. No credible information has emerged from any source indicating that Putin omitted the above information when issuing the warning.

Many other direct warnings were received by the U.S. government and have been documented in FTW’s 9-11 timeline located at: http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ww3/02_11_02_lucy.html.

These stories give the immediate lie to Fleischer’s statements that Bush had no inkling of airliners being used as weapons.

But there is more.

In 1996 — as reported by the German paper Die Welt on Dec. 6, and by Agence France Presse on Dec. 7 — Western intelligence services, including the CIA, learned after arrests in the Philippines that Al Qaeda operatives had planned to crash commercial airliners into the Twin Towers. Details of the plan, as reported by a number of American press outlets, were found on a computer seized during the arrests. The plan was called “Operation Bojinka.” Details of the plot were disclosed publicly in 1997 in the New York trial of Ramsi Youssef for his involvement in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing.


In “traditional” hijackings the hijackers have no need or desire to learn how to fly.

As reported by the New York Times, CNN and the Washington Post (among others) the events leading to Fleischer’s statements were the recent disclosure of FBI memoranda originated by field agents in Arizona and Minnesota that warned of a possible hijack attempt by bin Laden’s followers. In both cases the suspects were taking flight lessons.

According to Newsweek and the New York Times, FBI agents in Phoenix submitted a classified memorandum in July naming Osama bin Laden and tracking the activities of possible Middle Eastern terrorist suspects who had enrolled in local flight schools. The memo, according to the Times, stated bin Laden’s followers “could use the schools to train for terror operations.” The information in the Phoenix memo was not shared with FBI field agents in Minnesota who had uncovered other startling evidence.

Just days before the attacks in early-September, FBI agents in Minnesota wrote notes that subsequently became included in an internal FBI document warning that accused terrorist Zacarias Moussaoui “might be planning on flying something into the World Trade Center.” A story from the May 20 issue of Newsweek by Michael Isikoff described how a local flight instructor had reported Moussaoui had “showed a suspicious interest in learning how to steer [and not land] large airliners.The [FBI] agents were ‘in a frenzy, absolutely convinced he was planning to so something with a plane.'”

A multitude of sources have reported the FBI agents requested a warrant to search Moussaoui’s personal computer but were denied by Attorney General John Ashcroft’s Justice Department. After the 9-11 attacks the computer was seized and found to contain information directly related to the World Trade Center attacks.

This apparent lack of support from within the administration is consistent with reports released last fall by the BBC’s Gregg Palast showing that in January 2001 the Bush Administration had issued direct orders to the FBI to curtail investigations of two of Osama bin Laden’s relatives, Omar and Abdullah bin Laden. The two bin Ladens had been connected to possible terrorist activities and were living in Falls Church, Va., near CIA headquarters.


Fleischer’s statement that adequate warnings had been given to appropriate federal agencies falls flat on its face. Two of the most “appropriate” agencies would have been the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and the U.S. Air Force and Air National Guard.

As documented by researchers like Jared Israel at http://www.tenc.net, it has been standard FAA procedure for more than 25 years to scramble U.S. fighters to intercept — not shoot down — any errant or non-responsive aircraft under FAA control. This protocol is even more stringent in the case of a hijacking. Yet, Vice President Dick Cheney and others have stated publicly there were no fighters available in some cases, and there was no heightened state of alert on Sept. 11. For 50 minutes on 9-11, in direct contravention of established policy, no fighters were scrambled to intercept two outstanding hijacked airliners even though it was known attacks were in progress.

Given the above information, it would have been an obvious move to have placed fighter aircraft on a heightened state of alert in this time period. This unresponsiveness stands in contrast to the fact that, in October 1999 at a time when there was no heightened alert, the ill-fated Lear Jet occupied by golfer Payne Stewart had an F-16 fighter and an A-10 attack aircraft flying beside it within minutes of losing radio contact and veering off course.


FTW has spent months on this important story that proves foreknowledge of the attacks by people who also profited from them. This was a glaring warning signal, since such trades ran the risk of being detected by intelligence agencies that routinely monitor all market activity in real time.

The insider trading involves the placement of large numbers of “put” options on stocks of companies directly affected by the Sept. 11 attacks. They include United Air Lines, American Air Lines, Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, AXA Reinsurance, Munich Reinsurance and Swiss Reinsurance. Put options are a leveraged bet that a stock’s price will fall dramatically.

As CBS news noted on Sept. 26, the peak of trading activity occurred just before the attacks. There was a jump in United Air Line’s put options 90 times (not 90 percent) above normal between Sept. 6 and Sept.10, and 285 times higher than average on Sept. 6. Numbers for other affected stocks were equally alarming. It is uncontested that only United and American stocks had this level of put buying before the attacks. No other airlines were affected.

A May 13 story by the Washington Times’ Insight Magazine attempted to explain the insider trading by stating higher numbers of put options had been placed on United and American stocks earlier in 2001. By relying only on the numbers of put options, Insight asserted that there was nothing unusual about the pre-9-11 trades.

However, FTW has contacted several experienced traders and reviewed existing documentation from financial experts, which indicate the alarm for insider trading is to look for any “imbalance” between the level of put options (a bet that a stock’s price will fall) and the level of call options (a bet that a stock’s price will rise). It is a significant imbalance in puts vs. calls that indicates criminal insider trading. The Insight piece did not address this point.

Several traders have stated that in a fairly flat market with high trading volumes, it has been a routine procedure for experienced traders to place roughly equal numbers of puts and calls on various stocks in order to generate a paper cash flow. They were quick to point out that by September, the market had gone into sharp decline and trading volumes were way down. Thus, lower numbers of put options did not mean that everything was normal. They stressed it was the imbalance in put-to-call ratios that signaled the insider trading. [Ed. Note: FTW has undertaken a more detailed investigation of this trading activity and hopes to have a more comprehensive report within 4-6 weeks].

Part of the problem in Insight’s research stems from the fact that since Sept. 11, there has been no transparency from either the government or the financial sector on how the trades worked or how the markets tracked them. Secrecy is everywhere. Telephone calls have not been returned, and the government refuses to divulge any information about probes it admits are still ongoing. But simplistic dismissals from sources quoted in the Insight story contradict not only other evidence, but statements made by financial experts and major news sources just after the attacks.

“This could very well be insider trading at the worst, most horrific, most evil use you’ve ever seen in your entire life.This would be one of the most extraordinary coincidences in the history of mankind if it was a coincidence,” said Dylan Ratigan of Bloomberg Business News, interviewed Sept. 20 on Good Morning Texas.

“‘I saw put-call numbers higher than I’ve ever seen in 10 years of following the markets, particularly the options markets,’ said John Kinnucan, principal of Broadband Research, as quoted in the San Francisco Chronicle,” reported the Montreal Gazette on Sept. 19.

To quote 60 Minutes from Sept. 19, “Sources tell CBS News that the afternoon before the attack, alarm bells were sounding over unusual trading in the U.S. stock options market.”

Assertions that the reported number of puts involved were not abnormal also failed to analyze highly intricate shell games that involve the movement of put options to markets outside the U.S. or hidden in what traders refer to as “net positions.” Serious financial experts have indicated the profits from insider trading could have been in the billions. Andreas von Bulow, a former member of the German parliament responsible for oversight of Germany’s intelligence services, estimated the worldwide amount at $15 billion, according to Tagesspiegel on Jan. 13. Other experts have estimated the amount at $12 billion. CBS News gave a conservative estimate of $100 million.

A hasty conclusion reached by many is the insider trades were placed by bin Laden and his associates. Such a notion is flatly contradicted by the now absolute certainty that such insider trades would have — and apparently did — set off alarm bells. It makes little sense to argue bin Laden et al would have risked compromising at the last minute an operation planned in total secrecy for at least four years.

Also lacking credibility is the argument that many of the trades were what some brokers described as inconsequential amounts valued at $1 million or $2 million. This does not address the possibility that U.S. intelligence officials decided in a few cases to make a quick profit from attacks they knew were going to succeed. As distasteful as it may seem, this explanation is far more credible than an assumption that bin Laden made the trades himself and risked the exposure of what the world has been led to believe was his life’s “masterpiece.”

For more information on 9-11 insider trading please visit http://www.copvcia.com.

The explanations offered by the Bush Administration over the last 48 hours will not withstand even the slightest scrutiny if a major press organization asks any question about the warnings received from credible foreign government sources and heads of state. Other questions must inevitably follow that will implode an oil dictatorship whose sins and crimes are exposed and just waiting for someone to pick them up and run with them.


Sharon Buccino / Rob Perks
Natural Resources Defense Council

Chevron Helped Dictate U.S. Energy Policy

Bush Administration’s Energy Task Force Adopted
Several of the Oil Company’s Recommendations

WASHINGTON (May 22, 2002) – Among the roughly 1,500 additional documents from the Energy Department related to Vice President Cheney’s energy task force, NRDC (Natural Resources Defense Council) has uncovered evidence showing the Bush administration implemented energy policies requested by Chevron Corporation. The company provided several recommendations, ranging from easing federal permitting rules for energy projects to relaxing standards fuel supply requirements, which ultimately were included in the president’s national energy plan.

NRDC unexpectedly received these documents late last night, 41 days after the final court deadline for their release. According to Sharon Buccino, NRDC senior attorney, “The administration has unlawfully delayed the release of some of the most embarrassing evidence of industry involvement in the Bush energy plan.”

In a February 5, 2002, letter to President George Bush and copied to Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham, Chevron CEO David J. O’Reilly recommends four short-term actions the administration should take to “eliminate federal barriers to increased energy supplies.” The energy task force – officially known as the National Energy Policy Development Group (NEPDG) – included Chevron’s recommendations in its report to President Bush on May 17, 2001. Examples follow:

Permitting for Energy Projects

Chevron Recommendation: “Charge the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Administrator to identify and address federal barriers to permitting energy projects (e.g. projects to develop new supplies of energy, and projects that produce cleaner transportation fuels)…”

Task Force Recommendations: “The NEPD Group recommends the President issue an Executive Order to rationalize permitting for energy production in an environmentally sound manner by directing federal agencies to expedite permits and other federal actions necessary for energy-related project approvals on a national basis. This order would establish an inter-agency task force chaired by the Council on Environmental Quality to ensure that federal agencies responsible for permitting energy-related facilities are coordinating their efforts. The task force will ensure that federal agencies set up appropriate mechanisms to coordinate federal, state, tribal, and local permitting activity in particular regions where increased activity is expected.

“The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency and the Secretary of Energy to take steps to ensure America has adequate refining capacity to meet the needs of consumers.

* Provide more regulatory certainty to refinery owners and streamline the permitting process where possible to ensure that regulatory overlap is limited.

* Adopt comprehensive regulations (covering more than one pollutant and requirement) and consider the rules’ cumulative impacts and benefits.

“The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, in consultation with the Secretary of Energy and other relevant agencies, to review New Source Review regulations, including administrative interpretation and implementation, and report to the President within 90 days on the impact of the regulations on investment in new utility and refinery generation capacity, energy efficiency, and environmental protection.”

“Boutique” Fuel Requirements

Chevron Recommendation: “Promote legislation to address the balkanization of transportation fuels. Recent federal, state and local regulations have led to a patchwork of boutique fuel requirements, which have contributed to supply constraints and increased fuel costs. Comprehensive energy legislation should address the regulatory requirements affecting the nation’s motor fuel supply. A federal plan should be developed to move the U.S. to nationwide performance-based standards for gasoline and diesel fuels.”

Task Force Recommendation: “The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Administrator of the EPA to study opportunities to maintain or improve the environmental benefits of state and local ’boutique’ clean fuel programs while exploring ways to increase the flexibility of the fuels distribution infrastructure, improve fungibility, and provide added gasoline market liquidity. In concluding this study, the Administrator shall consult with the Departments of Energy and Agriculture, and other agencies as needed.”

Offshore Oil Exploration – Gulf of Mexico

Chevron Recommendation: “Proceed with domestic energy development, including Lease Sale 181 in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico scheduled for later this year. This announcement would complement and reinforce your support to open ANWR, and demonstrate a commitment to reject unjustified opposition to new energy leasing and development.”

Task Force Recommendations: “The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Secretary of the Interior to consider economic incentives for environmentally sound offshore oil and gas development where warranted by specific circumstances: explore opportunities for royalty reductions, consistent with ensuring a fair return to the public where warranted for enhanced oil and gas recovery; for reduction of risk associated with production in frontier areas or deep gas formations; and for development of small fields that would otherwise be uneconomic.

“The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Secretaries of Commerce and Interior to re-examine the current federal legal and policy regime (statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders) to determine if changes are needed regarding energy-related activities and the siting of energy facilities in the coastal zone and on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS).

“The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Secretary of the Interior continue OCS oil and gas leasing and approval of exploration and development plans on predictable schedules.”

Trade Sanctions

Chevron Recommendation: “Oppose any attempt to reinstate the Iran-Libya Sanctions Act (ILSA) which sunsets on August 5, 2001, and consider lifting or modifying the current Executive Order that prohibits U.S. companies from doing business with Iran. U.S. energy policy should recognize the global nature of energy supply, and the role that foreign countries play in our nation’s energy security. We urge your administration to support U.S. based companies efforts to expand and diversify the supply of energy throughout the world. This includes your support for eliminating ineffective, unilateral trade sanctions and promoting open trading relationships.”

NEPDG Recommendation: “The NEPD Group recommends that the President direct the Secretaries of State, Treasury, and Commerce to initiate a comprehensive review of sanctions. Energy security should be one of the factors considered in such a review.”


**Click Here to View Chevron’s Letters (pdf format)

The Bush administration’s National Energy Policy Report is on the Web at: http://www.fe.doe.gov/general/energypolicy.shtml .

Other documents reveal key involvement by the National Mining Association, the National Petroleum & Refiners Association, General Motors and other major industries in the development of the Bush energy plan.

As part of its ongoing efforts to obtain additional energy task force documents that the administration continues to withhold, NRDC will be back in federal court tomorrow.



Not a fan of Dennis Miller the comedian or self-proclaimed football
analyst, I was sent this bit of writings I almost deleted before reading
and was quite surprised of his commentary.  Perhaps it may strike you in
the same fashion.

A View >From Dennis Miller:
  A brief overview of the situation is always valuable, so as a service
to all Americans who still don’t get it, I now offer you the story of
the Middle East in just a few paragraphs, which is all you really need.
Don’t thank me.  I’m a giver.  Here we go: The Palestinians want their
own country.  There’s just one thing about that: There are no
Palestinians.  It’s a made up word.  Israel was called Palestine for two
thousand years.  Like “Wiccan,”  “Palestinian” sounds ancient but is
really a modern invention.  Before the Israelis won the land in war,
Gaza was owned by Egypt, and there were no “Palestinians” then, and the
West Bank was owned by Jordan, and there were no “Palestinians” then.
As soon as the Jews took over and started growing oranges as big as
basketballs, what do you know, say hello to the “Palestinians,” weeping
for their deep bond with their lost “land” and “nation.” So for the sake
of honesty, let’s not use the word “Palestinian” any more to describe
these delightful folks, who dance for joy at our deaths until someone
points out they’re being taped.  Instead, let’s call them what they are:
“Other Arabs Accomplish Anything In Life And Would Rather Wrap
Themselves In The Seductive Melodrama Of Eternal Struggle And Death.” I
know that’s a bit unwieldy to expect to see on CNN.  How about this,
then: “Adjacent Jew-Haters.” Okay, so the Adjacent Jew-Haters want their
own country.  Oops, just one more thing.  No, they don’t.  They could’ve
had their own country any time in the last thirty years, especially two
years ago at Camp David.  But if you have your own country, you have to
have traffic lights and garbage trucks and Chambers of Commerce, and,
worse, you actually have to figure out some way to make a living.
That’s no fun.  No, they want what all the other Jew-Haters in the
region want: Israel.  They also want a big pile of dead Jews, of
course-that’s where the real fun is-but
mostly they want Israel.  Why? For one thing, trying to destroy
Israel-or “The Zionist Entity” as their textbooks call it-for the last
fifty years has allowed the rulers of Arab countries to divert the
attention of their own people away from the fact that they’re the
blue-ribbon most illiterate, poorest, and tribally backward on God’s
Earth, and if you’ve ever been around God’s Earth, you know that’s
really saying something.  It makes me roll my eyes every time one of our
pundits waxes poetic about the great history and culture of the Muslim
Mideast.  Unless I’m missing something, the Arabs haven’t given anything
to the world since Algebra, and, by the way, thanks a hell of a lot for
that one. Chew this around and spit it out: Five hundred million Arabs;
five million Jews.  Think of all the Arab countries as a football field,
and Israel as a pack of matches sitting in the middle of it.  And now
these same folks swear that if Israel gives them half of that pack of
matches, everyone will be pals.  Really?  Wow, what neat news.  Hey, but
what about the string of wars to obliterate the tiny country and the
constant din of rabid blood oaths to drive every Jew into the sea?  Oh,
that?  We were just kidding. My friend Kevin Rooney made a gorgeous
point the other day: Just reverse the numbers.  Imagine five hundred
million Jews and five million Arabs.  I was stunned at the simple
brilliance of it.  Can anyone picture the Jews strapping belts of razor
blades and dynamite to themselves?  Of course not.  Or marshalling every
fiber and force at their disposal for generations to drive a tiny Arab
state into the sea?  Nonsense.  Or dancing for joy at the murder of
Impossible.  Or spreading and believing horrible lies about the Arabs
baking their bread with the blood of children?  Disgusting.  No, as you
know, left to themselves in a world of peace, the worst Jews would ever
do to people is debate them to death. Mr.  Bush, God bless him, is
walking a tightrope.  I understand that with vital operations coming up
against Iraq and others, it’s in our interest, as Americans, to try to
stabilize our Arab allies as much as possible, and, after all, that
can’t be much harder than stabilizing a roomful of supermodels who’ve
just had their drugs taken away.  However, in any big-picture strategy,
there’s always a danger of losing moral weight.  We’ve already lost
some.  After September 11 our president told us and the world he was
going to root out all terrorists and the countries that supported them.
Beautiful.Then the Israelis, after months and months of having the
equivalent of an Oklahoma City every week (and then every day) start to
do the same thing we did, and we tell them to show restraint.  If
America were being attacked with an Oklahoma City every day, we would
all very shortly be screaming for the administration to just be done
with it and kill everything south of the Mediterranean and east of the
Jordan.  (Hey, wait a minute, that’s actually not such a bad id .  .  .
uh, that is, what a horrible thought, yeah, horrible.)


The following is a letter read by Claire Braz-Valentine, the author, at
this year’s In Celebration of the Muse, Cabrillo College. It
is worth knowing that the author is a woman of 60+ years, conservatively
dressed and obviously quite talented.


On January 28, 2002, Attorney General John Ashcroft announced that he
spent $8,000 of taxpayer’s money for drapes to
cover up the exposed breast of The Spirit of Justice, an 18 ft aluminum
statue of a woman that stands in the Department of
Justice’s Hall of Justice.

John, John, John, you’ve got your priorities all wrong. While men fly
airplanes into skyscrapers, dive bomb the pentagon, while
they stick explosives into their shoes, and then book a seat right next
to us, while
they hide knives in their luggage, steal kids on school buses , take
little girls from their beds at night, drive trucks into our state
capital buildings, while our president calls dangerous men all over the
world evildoers and devils, while we live in the threat of
biological warfare, nuclear destruction, annihilation, you are out
buying yardage to save
Americans from the appalling alarming, abominable aluminum alloy of
evil, that terrible ten foot tin tittie. You might not be able
to find Bin Laden, but you sure as hell found the hooter in the hall of
justice. It’s not that we aren’t grateful. But while we were
begging the women of Afghanistan to not cover up their faces, you are
begging your staff
members to just cover up that nipple, to save the American people from
that monstrous metal mammary. How can we ever
thank you? So, in your office every morning, in your secret prayer
meeting, while an American woman is sexually assaulted
every 6 seconds, while anthrax floats around the post office and settles
in the chest of senior citizens,
you’ve got another chest on your mind. While American sons arrive home
in body bags and heat seeking missiles fly around a
foreign country looking for any warm body, you think of another body.
And you pray for the biggest bra in the world. John,
you see that breast on the Spirit of Justice in the spirit of your own
inhibited sexuality. And when we women see our
grandmothers, our mothers, our daughters, our granddaughters, our
sisters, ourselves, when we women see that statue, the
Spirit of Justice, we see the spirit of strength, the spirit of
survival. Every day we view innocent bodies dragged out of rubble,
and women and children laid out like thin limp dolls and baptized into
death as collateral damage, and we see the hollow-eyed
Afghani mother whose milk has dried up underneath her burka in famine,
in shame, and her children are dead at her breast.
While you look at that breast, John, that jug on the Spirit of Justice,
and deal with your thoughts of lust and sex and nakedness,
we see it as a testimony to motherhood. You see it as a tit. It’s not
the money it cost. It’s the message you send. We’ve got the
right to live in freedom. We’ve got the right to cheat Americans out of
millions of dollars and then just not want to tell Congress
about it. We’ve got the right to drop bombs, night and day, on a small
country that has no army, no navy, no military at all,
because we’ve got the right to bear arms. But we just better not even
think about the right to bare breasts. So now John, you
can be photographed while you stand there and talk about guns and bombs
and poisons without that breast appearing over
your right shoulder, without that bodacious bosom bothering you and we
just wanted to tell you in the spirit of justice, in the
spirit of truth, John, there is still one very big boob left standing
there in that picture.


Shadows on The White House
We do not believe that Bush was deliberately behind 9/11.  We do
believe that Bush’s pro-arab tilt
discouraged the FBI, CIA, etc. from pursuing leads as vigorously as
possible, and from more assertive
actions. We do not think 9/11 was another staged Reichstag Fire. Bush
I armed Saddam, which has produced  highly embarrassing examples of
Blowback, from the invasion of Kuwait in 1990
to, we think, 9/11.    We believe that  Saddam used Bin Laden to pull
off 9/11 thus providing himself with plausible deniability.  Saddam
has gone to great lengths to provide himself with “plausible
deniability” time after time. Saddam Hussein International Terrorist
boss of bosses, even  pretended to be on the Serbian side in the
Balkan War, while secretly using his terror  gang, which looks, walks,
acts, and talks, very much like the Duck called Al Queda,  to attack
Serbia in the Balkans “during the night of July 18-19, 1998 a group of
several hundred heavily armed foreign mercenaries   (mostly
“mujahideens,” Islamic “holy warriors”) frontally attacked  from
Albania the Yugoslav Army border guards near the Djeravici  mountain.
The attack was repulsed by the Serbian troops, and the  foreign
assailants suffered heavy casualties. Among the dead were six
mercenaries from Yemen, five from Saudi Arabia, four from Macedonia. A
short while later, Yugoslav authorities arrested Nuri Salip Muhamed, a
Lieutenant Colonel in the Iraqi Army as he was trying to enter
Yugoslavia  illegally from Bulgaria. This Iraqi officer, who
reportedly spoke  perfect Serbian, was supposed to have commanded the
July 18-19, 1998 terrorist attack from Albania. But lucky for him, he
had not arrived there in time.” That time Saddam got caught. Bin
Laden’s forces fought openly on the side of the albanians against
Serbia in the Balkan War.  Bush II is not calling Saddam on 9/11, in
fact is probably suppressing attempts to draw a link between Saddam
and 9/11 for a number of reasons, these include, we think, the obvious
embarrassing  Blowback of Bush I, Cheney and Powell leaving Saddam in
power in 1991, the increased leverage available to Bush II Cheney and
Powell to pressure Israel so that a so-called “coalition” against
Saddam can be built among what we feel is an oxymoron  “arab allies”,
by appeasing said non-existent allies, but real arab states, at
Israel’s expense. If the American people were told the truth: that
9/11 was Saddam’s project, using Bin Laden as his agent, no
appeasement of so-called “arab allies” at Israel’s, or America’s
expense would be tolerated. Any arab state that stood in America’s way
would find that “regime change” would also be applied to that regime,
i.e. the Saudi and Jordanian de jure monarchies, the de facto monarchy
in Syria where a dictator, Hafez-al Assad was replaced by another
dictator, his son, Bashir-al Assad, good thing that sort of thing only
happens in 3rd world countries.  “Iraq has the motivation and the
means to actively support the Islamist networks of the region*** In
the past, there have been intelligence reports of possible cooperation
between Iraq and Osama bin Laden. Iraq has already tried to
assassinate President Bush Senior in 1993, when he visited Kuwait as a
private citizen. In the attack on the USS Cole in Aden last October,
there could have been an Iraqi connection. Iraq has excellent
relations with the anti-Western Yemeni Islamists of the Army of
Aden-Abyan, whose militants have been arrested by the Yemenite
authorities in connection with the attack. Such an attack required
long preparations, technical and military skills and good operational
intelligence. In addition, the explosive used in the attack was
sophisticated, a “shaped charge” like a torpedo or a missile, a device
not in use by terrorist organizations, and which may have come from a
military stockpile.”
Sept. 11th 1990 Dubya’s Dad Speaks to Congress on Iraq When ?
September 11th? Yes ! September 11th 1990. Exactly 11 years to the day
before the infamous September 11th 2001 attacks on America.
Saddam’s Revenge !!! How clear it is!!! “Address Before a Joint
Session of the Congress on the Persian Gulf Crisis and the Federal
Budget Deficit September 11, 1990
“In June 1993, after Washington uncovered an Iraqi plot to assassinate
former President George Bush, President Clinton ordered cruise missile
attacks on Baghdad.”
“US officials state that an FBI investigation had substantiated
charges that the Iraqi government plotted the assassination of former
President Bush while visiting Kuwait in April 1993.”    Dubya’s Lips
Sinking Our Ship Of State! Did arab terrorists read George W’s Lips?
http://www.nytimes.com/2000/10/11/politics/12CND-TEXT.html Bush-Gore
Presidential Debate Excerpt October 13th,2000 “MR. LEHRER: On hate
crimes laws? ” MR. BUSH:*** there is other forms of racial profiling
that goes on in America. Arab Americans are racially profiled on
what’s called secret evidence. People are stopped. And we got to do
something about that. My friend Senator Spencer Abraham of Michigan is
pushing a law to make sure that, you know, Arab Americans are treated
with respect.” Dumbya Dumbo Dubya ! Sending The Wrong Signals Costs
American Lives! If arab terrorists who murder Americans , or seek to
murder Americans, feel that America’s Commander in Chief or, in this
case, the person who is Impersonating our Commander in Chief, is
reluctant to use “secret evidence” and secret intelligence to stop
them they will continue to murder Americans. It did not take them long
to go after us after Dubya’s insane comments in his debate
against Al Gore.   http://www.spear.navy.mil/ships/ddg67/
“USS Cole attack victims evacuated Navy casualty list includes men and
women October 13, 2000” “WASHINGTON (CNN) — Seeking to deflect
Congress from President Bush’s proposal for a missile defense system,
Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman Joseph Biden said his
committee would concentrate on the threat of bioterrorism during the
current Congressional session. “In my view, the threat from
anonymously-delivered biological weapons and from emerging infectious
diseases simply dwarfs the threat that we will be attacked by a
third-world ICBM with a return address,”
“Lieberman Frustrated By Allies’ Reluctance To Back Iraq Strike By
John Bisney/CNN WASHINGTON-A member of the Senate Armed Services
Committee says he is puzzled and frustrated about the lack of support
from allies and Iraq’s Arab neighbors for a U.S. military strike
against Saddam Hussein- Please read 2 very important books on Iraq:
Paperback (1991) DIANE Publishing Co; ISBN: 0091751713 SPIDER’S WEB :
Friedman ASIN: 0553096508 .
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/2248 “It occurred on
the second anniversary of Iraq’s expulsion from Kuwait City, and the
Bank of Kuwait just happened to have a vault in the basement of the
World Trade Center. The Hunt Begins The mystery of who triggered the
new york blast prompts a massive manhunt. What the experts are looking
for- and where the clues may lead By Russell Watson NEWSWEEK WEB
EXCLUSIVE March 8, 1993 issue – The explosion in the basement of the
World Trade Center did deadly work in more ways than one. It shook the
building, all 110 floors. It killed at least five people (two others
appeared to be missing) and injured more than 1,000. It trapped tens
of thousands of frightened workers and visitors in coal-dark elevators
and smoke-filled offices and stairwells. It knocked local television
stations off the air and welded the streets of lower Manhattan into a
gridlock built for the ages. It instantly shut down a city-size office
complex, a symbol of America’s enduring power in the global economy.
The explosion shook more than the building; it rattled the country’s
confidence, dispelling the snug illusion that Americans were immune,
somehow, to the plague of terrorism that torments so many countries. 
“No foreign people or force has ever done this to us,” said New
York’s Gov. Mario Cuomo. “Until now, we were invulnerable.” “At
approximately 12 noon on February 26, 1993, a massive explosion rocked
the World Trade Center in New York  City.”
http://www.dssrewards.net/english/wldtrade.html      “Remarks at the
Commemoration of the Tenth Anniversary of the Liberation of Kuwait
Secretary Colin L. Powell Kuwait City, Kuwait (US Embassy) February
26, 2001 http://www.state.gov/secretary/index.cfm?docid=954 “Middle
East Correspondent, Robert Fisk: Why was it that the bombing of the
two embassies in Tanzania and Kenya occurred on the eighth anniversary
to the very day of the first arrival of American troops of the 82nd
airborne in Saudi Arabia in 1990?”     
http://www.abc.net.au/lateline/stories/s12267.htm    Saddam loves 11th
anniversaries, for instance ” Saddam Hussein’s speech on the 11th
Anniversary of the Great Victory Day In the Name of God, Most
Compassionate, Most Merciful Great People, The Valiant of Our Brave
Armed Forces, Sons of our Glorious Arab Nation, Friends
http://www.index.com.jo/iraqtoday/auguste.html Sept. 11th 1990 Dubya’s
Dad Speaks to Congress on Iraq When ? September 11th? Yes ! September
11th 1990. Exactly 11 years to the day before the infamous September
11th 2001 attacks on America. Saddam’s Revenge !!! How clear it is!!!
“Address Before a Joint Session of the Congress on the Persian Gulf
Crisis and the Federal Budget Deficit September 11, 1990 Mr. President
and Mr. Speaker and Members of the United States Congress ***. We
gather tonight, witness to events in the Persian Gulf as significant
as they are tragic. In the early morning hours of August 2d, following
negotiations and promises by Iraq’s dictator Saddam Hussein not to use
force, a powerful Iraqi army invaded its trusting and much weaker
neighbor, Kuwait. *** We stand today at a unique and extraordinary
moment. The crisis in the Persian Gulf, as grave as it is, also offers
a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of cooperation.
Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective-a new world order-can
emerge: a new era-freer from the threat of terror, stronger in the
pursuit of justice, and more secure in the quest for peace. An era in
which the nations of the world, East and West, North and South, can
prosper and live in harmony. ***” READ THE WHOLE OF DUBYA’S DADDY’S
http://bushlibrary.tamu.edu/  ” The address was broadcast live on
nationwide television and radio.” http://bushlibrary.tamu.edu/ Iraq
Cheers September 11th Attacks on America “Wednesday, September 12,
2001 Baghdad TV Commentary: US ‘Reaping Fruits of Crimes Against
Humanity’ Baghdad Republic of Iraq Television in Arabic 1700 GMT 11
Sep 01 [TV Commentary by Sa’d Yasin Yusuf read by announcer over
footage of explosions in New York] [FBIS Translated Text] [With thanks
to Laurie Mylorie – Iraq Watch] The American cowboy is reaping the
fruits of his crimes against humanity. It is a black day in the
history of America, which is tasting the bitter defeat of its crimes
and disregard for peoples’ will to lead a free, decent life. The
massive explosions in the centers of power in America, notably the
Pentagon, is a painful slap in the face of US politicians to stop
their illegitimate hegemony and attempts to impose custodianship on
peoples. It was no coincidence that the World Trade Center was
destroyed in suicidal operations involving two planes that have broken
through all US security barriers to carry the operation of the century
and to express rejection of the reckless US policy. Panic has spread
among US official circles, which evacuated the White House following a
series of explosions. They also evacuated the Pentagon, the State
Department, and Congress and closed down the airports and government
institutions. The collapse of US centers of power is a collapse of the
US policy, which deviates from human values and stands by world
Zionism at all international forums to continue to slaughter the
Palestinian Arab people and implement US plans to dominate the world
under the cover of what is called the new [world] order. These are the
fruits of the new US order. [Video of explosion rocking World Trade
Center] [Description of Source: Baghdad Republic of Iraq Television in
Arabic-Official television station of the Iraqi Government]”
http://www.imra.org.il/story.php3 “try to avoid having the principal
travel by commercial airline on terrorist anniversaries” from “The Art
of Executive Protection”
http://www.securitymanagement.com/library/000450.html CNN LARRY KING
LIVE America’s New War: Laura Bush Discusses the Impact of September
11 Aired October 2, 2001 – 21:00 LARRY KING: A couple of other things:
Have you spoken to your father- in-law? (Not in transcript, but the
father in law in question is one George Herbert Walker Bush !!!) LAURA
BUSH: I’ve spoken to my father-in-law. They were-they had actually
spent that Monday night here. (not in transcript but “here” means at
the White House !!!) LARRY KING: Really? LAURA BUSH: I had just seen
them off that morning when I got in the-got in the car and found out
about the first plane. LARRY KING: Didn’t know that. LAURA BUSH: They
were-they were on their way to St. Paul, Minnesota to give a speech,
and they were in a private plane, and their plane was diverted to
Minneapolis.” http://www.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0110/02/lkl.00.html “US
officials state that an FBI investigation had substantiated charges
that the Iraqi government plotted the assassination of former
President Bush while visiting Kuwait in April 1993.” “Terrorist Pilot
Met With Iraqi Intelligence Agent By RICK JERVIS Special to The Wall
Street Journal Europe Wall Street Journal, Europe October 4, 2001
[With thanks to Laurie Mylroie – Iraq News] PRAGUE-Mohamed Atta, who
allegedly crashed the first plane into the World Trade Center on Sept.
11, met at least one Iraqi intelligence agent last year in Prague
before moving to the U.S., a Czech official close to the investigation
said.” http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/2614
“The Myth Of The Palestinian People    by Yehezkel Bin-Nun    December
26, 2001
“Palestinians doubt Blair can deliver,” announces the BBC. “Four
Palestinians die in West Bank,” reports CNN. “IDF demolishes building
used by Palestinian gunmen,” announces Israel’s government run Channel
1 News.  The modern media is filled with stories about the
Palestinians, their plight, their dilemmas and their struggles. All
aspects of their lives seem to have been put under the microscope.
Only one question never seems to be   addressed: Who are the
Palestinians? Who are these people who claim ” the Holy Land” as their
own? What is  their history? Where did they come from? How did they
arrive in the country they call Palestine? *** It would be prudent to
seek answers to these  questions. For all we know, Palestine could be
as real as Disneyland.  The general impression given in the media is
that Palestinians have lived in “the Holy Land” for hundreds, if not 
thousands of years. No wonder, then, that a recent poll of French
citizens shows that the majority believe (falsely) that prior to the
establishment of the State of Israel an independent Arab Palestinian
state existed in its  place. Yet curiously, when it comes to giving
the history of this “ancient” people most news outlets find it  harder
to go back more than the early nineteen hundreds. CNN, an agency which
has devoted countless hours of airtime to the “plight” of the
Palestinians, has a website which features a special section on the
Middle East  conflict called “Struggle For Peace”. It includes a
promising sounding section entitled “Lands Through The  Ages” which
assures us it will detail the history of the region using maps.
Strangely, it turns out, the maps  displayed start no earlier than the
ancient date of 1917. The CBS News web site has a background section
called  “A Struggle For Middle East Peace.” Its history timeline
starts no earlier than 1897. The NBC News background  section called
”Searching for Peace” has a timeline which starts in 1916. BBC’s
timeline starts in 1948.  Yet, the clincher must certainly be the
Palestinian National Authority’s own web site. While it is top heavy
on   such phrases as “Israeli occupation” and “Israeli human rights
violations” the site offers practically nothing on  the history of the
so-called Palestinian people. The only article on the site with any
historical content is called  “Palestinian History – 20th Century
Milestones” which seems only to confirm that prior to 1900 there was
no  such concept as the Palestinian People.   While the modern media
maybe short on information about the history of the “Palestinian
people” the historical  record is not. Books, such as Battleground by
Samuel Katz and From Time Immemorial by Joan Peters long ago detailed
the history of the region. Far from being settled by Palestinians for
hundreds, if not thousands of  years, the Land of Israel, according to
dozens of visitors to the land, was, until the beginning of the last 
century, practically empty. Alphonse de Lamartine visited the land in
1835. In his book, Recollections of the  East, he writes “Outside the
gates of Jerusalem we saw no living object, heard no living sound….”
None other  than the famous American author Mark Twain, who visited
the Land of Israel in 1867, confirms this. In his book  Innocents
Abroad he writes, “A desolation is here that not even imagination can
grace with the pomp of life  and action. We reached Tabor safely…. We
never saw a human being on the whole journey.” Even the British Consul
in Palestine reported, in 1857, “The country is in a considerable
degree empty of inhabitants and  therefore its greatest need is that
of a body of population…”   In fact, according to official Ottoman
Turk census figures of 1882, in the entire Land of Israel, there were
only 141,000 Muslims, both Arab and non-Arab. This number was to
skyrocket to 650,000 Arabs by 1922, a 450%  increase in only 40 years.
By 1938 that number would become over 1 million or an 800% increase in
only 56 years. Population growth was especially high in areas where
Jews lived. Where did all these Arabs come from? According to the
Arabs the huge increase in their numbers was due to natural
childbirth. In 1944, for example,   they alleged that the natural
increase (births minus deaths) of Arabs in the Land of Israel was the
astounding   figure of 334 per 1000. That would make it roughly three
times the corresponding rate for the same year of  Lebanon and Syria
and almost four times that of Egypt, considered amongst the highest in
the world. Unlikely,  to say the least. If the massive increase was
not due to natural births, then were did all these Arabs come from? 
All the evidence points to the neighboring Arab states of Egypt,
Syria, Lebanon and Jordan. In 1922 the British Governor of the Sinai
noted that “illegal immigration was not only going on from the Sinai,
but also from  Transjordan and Syria.” In 1930, the British Mandate
-sponsored Hope-Simpson Report noted that “unemployment lists are
being swollen by immigrants from Trans-Jordania” and “illicit
immigration through  Syria and across the northern frontier of
Palestine is material.” The Arabs themselves bare witness to this
trend.  For example, the governor of the Syrian district of Hauran,
Tewfik Bey el Hurani, admitted in 1934 that in a single period of only
a few months over 30,000 Syrians from Hauran had moved to the Land of
Israel. Even British Prime Minister Winston Churchill noted the Arab
influx. Churchill, a veteran of the early years of the  British
mandate in the Land of Israel, noted in 1939 that “far from being
persecuted, the Arabs have crowded  into the country and multiplied.”
Far from displacing the Arabs, as they claimed, the Jews were the
very reason the Arabs chose to settle in the  Land of Israel. Jobs
provided by newly established Zionist industry and agriculture lured
them there, just as  Israeli construction and industry provides most
Arabs in the Land of Israel with their main source of income  today.
Malcolm MacDonald, one of the principal authors of the British White
Paper of 1939, which restricted  Jewish immigration to the Land of
Israel, admitted (conservatively) that were it not for a Jewish
presence the  Arab population would have been little more than half of
what it actually was. ***.  Not only pre-state Arabs lied about being
indigenous. Even today, many prominent so-called Palestinians, it 
turns out, are foreign born. Edward Said, an Ivy League Professor of
Literature and a major Palestinian  propagandist, long claimed to have
been raised in Jerusalem. However, in an article in the September 1999
issue of Commentary Magazine Justus Reid Weiner revealed that Said
actually grew up in Cairo, Egypt, a fact which  Said himself was later
forced to admit. But why bother with Said? PLO chief Yasir Arafat
himself, self declared   “leader of the Palestinian people”, has
always claimed to have been born and raised in “Palestine”. In fact,
according to his official biographer Richard Hart, as well as the BBC,
Arafat was born in Cairo on August 24, 1929 and that’s where he grew
up.  To maintain the charade of being an indigenous population, Arab
propagandists have had to do more than a  little rewriting of history.
A major part of this rewriting involves the renaming of geography. For
two thousand  years the central mountainous region of Israel was known
as Judea and Samaria, as any medireview map of the  area testifies.
However, the state of Jordan occupied the area in 1948 and renamed it
the West Bank. This is a  funny name for a region that actually lies
in the eastern portion of the land and can only be called “West” in 
reference to Jordan. This does not seem to bother the majority of news
outlets covering the region, which  universally refer to the region by
its recent Jordanian name. The term “Palestinian” is itself a
masterful twisting of history. To portray themselves as indigenous,
Arab settlers adopted the name of an ancient Canaanite tribe, the
Phillistines, that died out almost 3000 years ago. The connection
between this tribe and modern day Arabs is nil. Who is to know the
difference? Given the absence of any historical record, one can
understand why Yasser Arafat claims that Jesus *** was a Palestinian.
Every year, at Christmas time, Arafat goes to Bethlehem and tells
worshippers that Jesus was in fact “the first Palestinian”. If the
Palestinians are indeed a myth, then the real question becomes “Why?”
Why invent a fictitious people?   The answer is that the myth of the
Palestinian People serves as the justification for Arab occupation of
the Land of Israel. While the Arabs already possess 21 sovereign
countries of their own (more than any other  single people on earth)
and control a land mass 800 times the size of the Land of Israel, this
is apparently not  enough for them. They therefore feel the need to
rob the Jews of their one and only country, one of the smallest on the
planet. Unfortunately, many people ignorant of the history of the
region, including much of the world  media, are only too willing to
help. *** On second thought, it may be unfair to compare Palestine to
Disneyland. After all, Disneyland really exists.
Subscribe to email news at: subscribe.IsraelNationalNews.com  Or send
email to  info@IsraelNationalNews.com   ” How Alfred Nobel would have
reacted. By Joshua Hasten Legend has it, that if one were to visit the
grave site of Alfred Nobel in San Remo Italy, and listen very closely,
one would hear old Alfred tossing and turning in his grave. The
phenomenon is said to have begun in 1994 when a Norwegian peace prize
committee bestowed its prestigious award, named after its founder, to
Yasser Arafat. Poor Mr. Nobel hasn’t been able to rest in peace since.
Nobel’s intention was to have an award, presented to individuals, Who
did the best work for fraternity between nations and promotion of
peace.  Examining the lifetime accomplishments of Arafat, it is hard
to see exactly how he was ever considered Nobel Peace Prize material.
Arafat to his credit, can be linked to: The murder of thousands of
Lebanese Christians in Damour Lebanon in 1976. The blowing up of 3
Airplanes in Jordan in 1970. Trying to overthrow King Hussein in 1970,
which led to thousands of people being killed. The murder of 12
Israeli Olympians during the 1972 Munich games. The murder of the
United States ambassador to the Sudan, Cleo Noel, in 1973. The bombing
of the United States Marines barracks in Beirut in 1983 that killed
241 people. The hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship in 1985 and
the murder of hostage Leon Klinghoffer. And, most recently, the
current mini-war in Israel that has claimed hundreds of lives
including the lives of American citizens. So what was the Nobel
committee thinking in presenting Arafat with the award? Kare
Kristiansen, a former member of the Nobel committee ***  resigned in
protest over Arafat’s nomination, ***.Arafat hasn’t changed much since
his moment of glory when he received the award. He still remains the
evil dictator that he always has been, ruling over his own people with
an iron fist and constantly seeking ways to annihilate the Jewish
state and its inhabitants. After Arafat turned down a more than
generous offer at Camp David and instead initiated a war of terror
against Israel, it has become obvious to any sane  person, that Oslo
was doomed from the start.*** the world has seen that Arafat and his
cronies have no intention of making peace. While all previous
agreements between Israel and the Palestinians had required the
Palestinian Authority to prevent terrorism and discipline all elements
that engage in terror, over three hundred captured terrorists were let
loose ***. Many of those felons are to be held accountable for taking
leadership roles in the current wave of violence. In addition, the
official Palestinian media outlets still engage in the business of
inciting the masses to use violence against Israel. In a fiery sermon
on official Palestinian-Authority controlled television following the
Tel-Aviv suicide bombing that killed 20 Israelis, Muslim religious
leaders called for an increase in more suicide bombings against the
Jewish nation. Arabs teach there people, that when they kill Jews,
they will go to heaven and be with 72 virgins. Can you imagine a
people so murderous. The most significant indicator that peace is not
even on the horizon are the official Palestinian textbooks used in
schools. On their hateful pages, Jews are compared to “Nazis” and
“dogs.” Even though it was the Palestinians who were in Cahoots with
Husseini was a genocidal partner of Hitler.  Maps of the Middle East
include a country called “Greater Palestine” while the word “Israel”
is nowhere to be found. This serves as a forecast of how the next
generation of Palestinians will view their fellow “peace partners.”
While Arafat has not shown signs of remorse or atonement nor a desire
to lead his people down a true path of peace, there is still a chance
for the Nobel committee to make amends for its error in judgment.
There is still hope that future generations will not include Yasser
Arafat in the same breath as someone like Dr. Martin Luther King.
(Arafat Behind MLK, RFK Murders?
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/BushBusters/message/3418          )
The Arabs have never stopped their terrorist war against Israel and
have never sought peaceful co-existence with Israel, simply for its
own sake.  Little Israel has only wanted to be left alone and in peace
throughout its existence.The Arabs violent and tribal mentality has
never allowed that to happen. To reestablish the Nobel Peace Prize as
the most distinguished, honorable, and most celebrated award on the
planet, it’s time to take back Yasser’s. Let poor Alfred once again
rest in peace.”   “we appeal to   all people of morality and good
faith to stand up and express their anger and disappointment in Mr.
Arafat by calling for the revocation of his Nobel Peace Prize.”
Please Take The Poll In most civilized nations a policy of coddling
terrorists coupled with a massive intelligence failure that led to the
massive death toll and economic disaster of the terrorist raid on the
World Trade Center and the Pentagon would result in the government’s
resignation. We are calling for that resignation now. We think Cheney
should resign first and that Bush should then nominate the real
winner of the 2000 election: Al Gore as Vice President.  Once Al Gore
has been confirmed by the Senate Bush should resign and Al Gore can be
sworn in as President, the  office he was elected to in 2000 by the
American People. Do you agree?
o Yes Bush and Cheney Should Resign under the above formula
o No Bush and Cheney Should Not Resign


1.  Preface
A previous version of this page (to October 11th, 2001) supported the thesis that the terrorist attacks of September 11th were carried out by Arab hijackers but that the operation was actually an inside job (that is, so-called Americans planned and directed it).  There were always problems with the “Arab hijackers” theory, but since only those ready to die for their cause would deliberately kill themselves by flying planes into the Twin Towers there seemed no alternative.  New evidence, however, has emerged, and it now seems that it was entirely an inside job, with no Arabs directly involved (except those who happened to be innocent passengers on the doomed planes).  Hard to believe, perhaps (especially because of the constant repetition in the mainstream media, in the weeks following the event, of the term “suicide attack”).  Shocking, yes.  But if one looks at the evidence, and thinks about it, this is what emerges.
This page also previously asserted (until October 23rd, 2001) that the Twin Towers did not collapse because of the fires (alleged to have caused the steel structural supports to melt) but rather because explosives were placed in the towers and detonated so as to bring the towers down in a controlled demolition.  While there is convincing evidence (see below) that the towers did not collapse because of the fires, but rather were deliberately demolished, the manner in which this was accomplished has yet to be determined (possibilities are discussed below).

Until February 2002 the author of this page believed that part of the official story which asserted that the four “hijacked” Boeings all crashed as stated (two into the Twin Towers, one into the Pentagon and one in a field in Pennsylvania). New evidence suggests that in fact only one of these Boeings crashed — the one that crashed in Pennsylvania.  (What happened to the other three planes, and their passengers, will be revealed below.)  In the light of this new evidence this web page underwent a major revision on April 7th, 2002.

The implications of this analysis are disturbing, but to ignore them (or the evidence itself) would be an attempt at denial which would constitute a surrender to evil.  In this matter anyone with any degree of moral awareness will want to know the truth, however unpalatable.  Continued willful ignorance on the part of the American people may result in slavery for all people everywhere.


 On September 11, 2001, the 28th anniversary of the CIA-directed military coup d’etat in Chile (and the 2nd anniversary of the coming into effect of a peace treaty known as WYE II, signed on September 4th, 1999, at Sharm-el-Sheik by PLO Chairman Yasser Arafat and Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Baruk, to come into effect one week later), terrorists (but not Arab terrorists) took control of four planes and (according to the official story) crashed two of them into the World Trade Center towers, causing fires within. Again according to the official story (pre-written and rushed into print in the mainstream media immediately after the events, together with the identity of the alleged culprit) the fires then caused the steel girders to melt and the towers to collapse.

But, as will be shown below, the Twin Towers did not collapse because of the plane impacts and the fires.  Possibly (but not certainly) explosives were placed besides their structural supports at numerous levels in the towers, explosives which were detonated 47 and 104 minutes after the planes hit, bringing the towers down in controlled implosions, killing several thousand American citizens and others.

The Twin Towers were designed to survive the impact of a jumbo jet.  Had one of them collapsed, that would have been amazing.  That both of them collapsed, quickly, neatly and symmetrically (without falling over onto the surrounding buildings in Manhattan’s financial district), collapsed completely into fragments, ash and dust — with no remains of their central massive vertical steel columns left standing — solely as a result of the plane impacts and the resulting fires, is, upon examination, unbelievable.

Due to the astuteness of some Americans, who thought hard about the U.S. government’s explanation of the events of September 11th, the official story quickly began to unravel.  The big lie has been revealed for what it is (but word of this has not yet reached most people).  And the reason for it.  If you don’t already know, this page will inform you as to what really happened and what’s really going on.  As in the “War on Drugs”, in the “War on Terrorism” just say ‘Know’.


2.  A Controlled Demolition
 Millions of people around the world watched the WTC events unfold live on CNN on September 11, 2001, in near-disbelief.  They saw huge clouds of thick black smoke billowing over Manhattan and saw the towers collapse … in a curious way.  They did not fall over; they imploded, in the way that most people have seen when a building is destroyed in a controlled demolition: the building does not collapse in a chaotic way, hurling debris over a wide area; rather it collapses upon itself.  This was how the WTC towers collapsed: not because they were hit by the hijacked planes, but because someone, with expert knowledge of demolition of tall buildings, brought them down.
That the towers were demolished was noted immediately by some astute observers:

From: “David Rostcheck” <davidr@davidr.ne.mediaone.net>
To: USAttacked@topica.com
Sent: Tuesday, September 11, 2001 3:12 PM
Subject: WTC bombing
Ok, is it just me, or did anyone else recognize that it wasn’t the airplane impacts that blew up the World Trade Center?  To me, this is the most frightening part of this morning.  …

If you watch the time sequence, you’ll see that it happens like this:

– A plane hits tower #1, blowing a hole in it high up.  The expected things then happen:

– The building stays up.  A reinforced concrete building is *extremely* strong.  Terrorists set off a large bomb *inside* that building without significant damage. …  The WTC towers were specifically designed to survive a direct impact from a jumbo jet – which *both do*. …

 – The second plane hits the second tower, lower and moving faster.  It blows a bigger hole through it, showering debris on the street, but the building is clearly still standing and still looks quite solid.

– The second building begins burning, also from the impact point up.

– Perhaps a half hour later, the fire in the first building *goes out*.  It is still smouldering and letting off black smoke, but there is no flame.  …

– The fire in the second building goes out.

– Then, later, the second building suddenly crumbles into dust, in a smooth wave running from the top of the building (above the burned part) down through all the stories at an equal speed.  The debris falls primarily inward.  The tower does not break off intact and collapse into other buildings. … The crumbling comes from the top (above the  damage).  It moves at a uniform rate.  All of the structural members are destroyed in a smooth pattern, so there is no remaining skeleton.  The  damage is uniform, symmetric, and total.

In summary, it looks exactly like a demolition – because that’s what it is.

– The first tower collapses in a similar demolition wave.

There’s no doubt that the planes hit the building and did a lot of damage. But look at the footage – those buildings were *demolished*.  To demolish a building, you don’t need all that much explosive but it needs to be placed in the correct places (in direct contact with the structural members) and ignited in a smooth, timed sequence. …

— davidr    (Full text of this message is here.)

This message was posted to the internet on September 11th, within hours of the collapse of the Twin Towers. Right from the beginning, some people were not deceived.


3.  The Official Story: The Twin Towers
The official story is:

This “Attack on America” was planned and directed by America’s enemy, Usama bin Laden.
On the morning of September 11th four Boeing passenger jets were hijacked within an hour by nineteen Arab terrorists armed with boxcutters.
Pilots among these terrorists took control of the Boeings and changed course toward targets in New York City and Washington D.C.
Two of the Boeings flew to the Twin Towers and crashed into them, causing raging fires which melted the steel structural supports, causing the buildings to collapse completely, killing thousands of innocent American civilians.
A third Boeing flew to the Pentagon and crashed into it, while the fourth crashed from unknown causes in Pennsylvania.
A nation (and world) in shock largely accepted this story, since it did provide some explanation. Even those who considered this explanation hard to believe were inclined to believe it because there seemed no other explanation (and, after all, the President of the United States was telling the world that this is how it was).

But the official story does not withstand critical examination.  It is, in fact, full of holes.  It’s not just full of holes, it’s a deliberate lie, designed to fool the American people and the rest of the world.

According to the official story the four jetliners were hijacked by nineteen Arab terrorists. It is certainly possible to find Arabs who are willing to die for their cause (freedom of their people from ongoing American and Israeli aggression) — although finding nineteen of them for a single mission could be difficult — but where do you find such Arabs who also know how to fly Boeing 757s and Boeing 767s?  At least four highly trained pilots are needed.  (Alleged hijacker-pilots Mohammed Atta, Marwanal Al-Shehhi and Hani Hanjour had received pilot training but were considered by their flying instructors to be incompetent to fly even light single-engined planes.)

The official story expects us to believe that these alleged nineteen on-board hijackers (acting with military coordination and precision) overpowered the flight attendants (with nothing more than boxcutters and shouted commands), forced their way into the cabin (were all eight official pilots absorbed in contemplation of the clouds?), overpowered the pilots (apparently none of them, some ex-military, could offer any resistance to hijackers armed only with boxcutters), took command of the planes, having acquired the necessary flying skills from training courses in Florida and from flight manuals, flew them expertly to their targets (good navigators, those Arabs; and flying with the skill of a trained military pilot in the case of the jet which, allegedly, hit the Pentagon), met absolutely no opposition from the U.S. authorities (including the U.S. Air Force) responsible for safeguarding America’s airspace (despite the fact that the planes as they approached New York City and Washington must have been visible on radar), hit those targets and killed themselves.  Sure.  And pigs can fly. — Anyone who would believe this story obviously has nothing between their ears.


Clearly the towers did not collapse because of the plane impacts alone, because both towers stood for 45 to 90 minutes after impact. The official explanation, parroted faithfully by the mainstream media, is that the towers collapsed because burning jet fuel caused the steel girders supporting them to melt.  Let us examine this hypothesis as to its credibility.
Firstly, much, or perhaps most, of the jet fuel was consumed in the fireballs which erupted when the planes hit the towers.  Furthermore, it is likely that the jet fuel which managed to enter the towers would have burnt fairly quickly (jet fuel does not burn slowly like wood).  And finally there were sprinkler systems in place in the towers, and although these systems no doubt suffered some damage it is likely that they would have been at least partially operative and would have hindered the spread of the fire (by soaking combustible material) even if they had no effect on the burning jet fuel itself.

The Twin Towers were giving off a lot of black sooty smoke, but there was little fire visible.  But to melt steel you need the high temperature produced by, e.g., an oxy-acetylene torch.  Jet fuel burning in air (especially in an enclosed space within a building, where there is much smoke and little available oxygen) just won’t do it.  And if the steel columns had melted, would this have produced the implosive collapse observed?  If the columns had melted like toffee they would have bent, causing the towers to fall over on one side (probably the side where the planes hit), producing a kind of collapse in which concrete and steel girders would have rained down over a wide area (causing huge damage to the surrounding buildings and many fatalities among their occupants).  This did not happen.  These considerations (and others, given below, concerning the probable maximum temperature of the fire) show that the claim that tens of thousands of liters of burning jet fuel produced a raging inferno and caused the steel columns to melt is extremely dubious, and does not account for the collapse of the towers.
 Examination of the times of the events of September 11th provides further evidence that it was not the fires that caused the Twin Towers to collapse.  The North Tower was hit first, at 8:45 a.m.  The plane (not necessarily a Boeing jumbo jet though) hit the tower directly, in the center, and all the jet fuel which was not immediately consumed in the fireball entered the building, causing a major fire.  Then at 9:03 a.m. the South Tower was hit, but whoever was controlling the plane did not manage a direct hit; rather the plane hit the tower toward a corner and at a shallow angle, and comparatively little of the jet fuel entered the building, most being consumed in the fireball (click on the image at left for further evidence).

The metal fragments of the Boeing would have followed the same path as the jet fuel. This path was through one corner of the South Tower. The steel beams bearing most of the load were located in the center of the tower, and thus most of the metal from the plane would not have hit the central steel beams, which would thus have remained largely undamaged by the impact.

The fire in the South Tower was thus less intense than that in the North Tower.  But the South Tower collapsed first, at 9:50 a.m., 47 minutes after impact, whereas the North Tower collapsed at 10:29 a.m., 1 hour and 44 minutes after impact.  Had the fires been the cause of the collapse then the North Tower, with its more intense fire, would have collapsed first. Or, put another way, had the fires been the cause of the collapse then the South Tower, hit after the North Tower, and subjected to a less intense fire, would have collapsed after (not before) the North Tower collapsed.

The Split-Second Error
… Exposing the WTC Bomb Plot …
Note:  This page assumes that an on-board hijacker was piloting the plane, but its argument concerning the cause of the collapse remains valid if the plane was actually being controlled remotely (see below).

A convincing case (with numerous web references supporting his argument) that the Twin Towers did not collapse because of the fires has been given by J. McMichael in his article I Tried to be Patriotic.

… heating steel is like pouring syrup onto a plate: you can’t get it to stack up.  The heat just flows out to the colder parts of the steel, cooling off the part you are trying to warm up. …  Am I to believe that the fire burned all that time, getting constantly hotter until it reached melting temperature [1538°C, not 800°C as was reported]? Or did it burn hot and steady throughout until 200,000 tons of steel [the amount of steel in one of the Twin Towers] were heated molten — on one plane load of jet fuel?  …

Here is a picture showing the top 25 floors of one tower (probably south) toppling over sideways (http://news.bbc.co.uk/olmedia/1535000/images/_1538563_thecollapseap150.jpg). Why are there no reports of this cube of concrete and steel (measuring 200 ft. wide, 200 ft. deep, and 200 ft. high), falling from 1000 feet into the street below?  … Where is the ruin where the 200ft x 200ft x 50 story-object struck? Forty floors should have caused a ray of devastation 500 ft. into the surrounding cityscape.  …

When the platters [the floors] fell, those quarter-mile high central steel columns (at least from the ground to the fire) should have been left standing naked and unsupported in the air, and then they should have fallen intact or in sections to the ground below, clobbering buildings hundreds of feet from the WTC site like giant trees falling in the forest.  But I haven’t seen any pictures showing those columns standing, falling, or lying on the ground. Nor have I heard of damage caused by them.  — I Tried To Be Patriotic

In a sequel to this article J. McMichael writes:

… the maximum temperature in the unprotected steel supports in those test fires [in the U.K., Japan, the U.S. and Australia] was 360 degrees C (680 F), and that is a long way from the first critical threshold in structural steel, 550 degrees C (1022 F). … I think the case is made: The fire did not weaken the WTC structure sufficiently to cause the collapse of the towers.  — Muslims Suspend Laws of Physics! Part II


As for the story which appeared in Newsweek, etc., about plucky passengers on UA Flight 93 jumping the hijackers (“OK, let’s roll!”) — this was almost entirely fictitious, fabricated by some psy-war operative with training as a two-bit Hollywood scriptwriter and disseminated with the help of some willing media whore.

The story even has the ultimate terror of imminent death in the ‘reported’ (but unheard by you or I) last words of an airline stewardess.  “My God, my God, I see buildings….water!”
Down at the bottom of the Bargain Bin, in the pulp fiction section of the local charity shop, I can find dime-a-dozen trashy novels with plenty of “My God, My God…” dialogue.

But the REAL world of actual airline stewardess has people, not cartoon dumb blondes.  They KNOW what New York looks like from the air …

She might have said something credible like: “Jesus Christ! We’re gonna hit Manhattan.”

But no. “I see buildings….” (…and, wait for it…) ..pause.. “…water.”  Check out that pregnant pause in every publication of the quote.  Does that pause feel right to you?  Not to me.  The whole thing feels like a ham-fisted effort designed to make us believe certain things. — Tall Tales of the Wag Movie

It is possible, however, that the part about the passengers calling on their cell phones has some truth (see below in Section 5) — but not the part which has one of the passengers, Mark Bingham, calling his mother, saying “Hi Mom, this is Mark Bingham.”


4.  The Official Story: The Pentagon
According to the official story, as reported by the New York Times (International Herald Tribune, 2001-10-17, p.8), the Boeing 757, AA Flight 77, which struck the Pentagon executed a 270-degree 7,000-foot descent over Washington while flying at 500 mph.  It approached the Pentagon on a horizontal trajectory (so as to maximize the damage to the building) so low that it clipped the power lines across the street (but somehow managed to squeeze between two poles which were separated by less than the wingspan of a Boeing 757).
We were told (and, of course, expected to believe) that this maneuver was executed by an Arab pilot, Hani Hanjour, who in August 2001 was judged by the chief flight instructor at Bowie’s Maryland Freeway Airport as not having the piloting skills required to fly a Cessna 172 solo.  (Is there something fishy here?)

In contrast to the attention given to the collapse of the Twin Towers, the attack on the Pentagon received little attention until in February 2002 a French website appeared which reproduced images obtained from U.S. Army websites:

These images cast doubt upon the official story that the Pentagon was hit by a Boeing 757 jetliner. For example, here is a picture of the Pentagon crash site (shortly after the impact, since the fire is still burning). Can you see any remains of the approximately 100 tons of metal (including engines, wings and tail section) which makes up a Boeing 757?

 And here’s a nice one (at right). What happened to the wings of the Boeing? Presumably the wings, with their engines attached, would have sheared off when they hit the sections of the building (to the left and right of the hole in the side of the building) which are obviously still standing, with many wing and tail fragments ending up on the lawn in front of the Pentagon. See any remnants of wings in the picture above (or in any of the other pictures on the French website)? How about an engine or two?

No? Curious …  Could it be that in fact no Boeing 757 hit the Pentagon?

Note that the French website does not say that no aircraft hit the Pentagon. It could be taken to suggest that the damage was caused by a truck bomb, or that no aircraft struck the Pentagon, but a careful inspection will reveal that the website suggests only that the damage was not caused by a Boeing 757. What, then, caused the damage?

And another question:

AA Flight 77 had between 56 and 64 passengers and crew members aboard. What happened to the bodies? And the passengers’ luggage? No trace of either has ever turned up. In every aircraft crash there are always corpses (however badly burned). Were any remains of passengers on AA Flight 77 ever returned to their relatives for burial?  If not, could it be because the passengers on AA Flight 77 did not die at the scene of the attack on the Pentagon?


5.  What Actually Happened
In October 2001 two articles appeared on the web which provided the first clues to what really happened. One was Carol Valentine’s “Operation 911: NO SUICIDE PILOTS”. This article drew attention to the possibility of remote control of a large jet aircraft. That this technology exists is public knowledge.  It was developed by Northrop Grumman for use in Global Hawk, an automated American military jet with the wingspan of a Boeing 737.  (For further details about Global Hawk see Operation 911: NO SUICIDE PILOTS.) Since it is possible to control a Boeing 757 or 767 by means of remote control, might not the jets which hit the Twin Towers and the Pentagon have been remotely controlled?  In which case there would be no need to maintain the improbable hypothesis that the four jets were simultaneously hijacked by nineteen on-board Arab terrorists.
The other article discussing the possibility of remote control of Boeing aircraft was Joe Vialls’ “Home Run: Electronically Hijacking the World Trade Center Attack Aircraft”.

In the mid-seventies … two American multinationals collaborated with the Defense Advanced Projects Agency (DARPA) on a project designed to facilitate the remote recovery of hijacked American aircraft.  [This technology] … allowed specialist ground controllers to … take absolute control of [a hijacked plane’s] computerized flight control system by remote means.  From that point onwards, regardless of the wishes of the hijackers or flight deck crew, the hijacked aircraft could be recovered and landed automatically at an airport of choice, with no more difficulty than flying a radio-controlled model plane.  … [This was] the system used to facilitate direct ground control of the four aircraft used in the high-profile attacks on New York and Washington on 11th September 2001. — Joe Vialls: Home Run: Electronically Hijacking the World Trade Center Attack Aircraft
But there’s a problem with this theory: Although the technology for the remote control of a Boeing jetliner certainly exists, and could be installed (if it is not already standard) on four Boeings, getting all four remotely controllable planes to take off within an hour of each other would not be easy, and would require more people with insider knowledge than is advisable (the more people involved the more chance there is of a mistake, or of information being leaked). Not only would United Airlines and American Airlines personnel be needed to coordinate the plane assignments but also four different teams of remote controllers would be necessary, one for each remotely hijacked plane. Thus, although the Vialls web page was important in reinforcing the notion that remote control of a Boeing jet was involved, some have suggested that this theory, because of its inherent implausibility as it stands, was in fact intended to discredit the notion of remotely controlled planes being used in the September 11th attacks. Only Joe Vialls knows for sure.

Considering the stakes involved in an operation which was intended to kill thousands of U.S. citizens, there could be no room for error. What was needed was a fool-proof plan, and the remote hijacking of four planes is a scenario with too many possibilities for something to go wrong.


The actual plan which was implemented is amazingly simple when it is finally understood, and it was carried out almost (but not completely) without a hitch. It was revealed to Carol Valentine by an informant (as recounted in 9-11: The Flight of the Bumble Planes).

To put it briefly, a plot was hatched, not by Arabs, but by so-called Americans (agents of the civilian “state security and intelligence” agencies and bureaus such as the CIA, military intelligence types and high-level officials within the U.S. Administration), perhaps (some would say, almost certainly) with a significant degree of Israeli involvement:

to take control of four civilian airliners
to carry out attacks on the Twin Towers and the Pentagon causing huge loss of life
to make it appear that these airliners were used to carry out the attacks
to eliminate the passengers on the airliners who would not be involved in the operation except as reluctant witnesses
to blame these attacks on “Arab terrorists” and to use this as a pretext to launch military campaigns against “enemies of America” in the Middle East and in Asia.
What happened on September 11th was very likely something close to this (there are two or three variations, as noted below):

Three planes had been made ready by U.S. military personnel (possibly from NORAD), capable of being controlled remotely, with no-one on board:

A business jet loaded with high explosives.
An F-16 jet fighter armed with a missile.
A Boeing 767, painted up to look like a United Airlines jet (call this “Pseudo Flight 175”).

In the alternative theory one of the first two planes is replaced by an AGM-86C cruise missile capable of being fired from a B-52 and of flying to its target under GPS-guidance, and able upon impact to generate heat of over 2,000°C. Or perhaps cruise missiles are used instead of both of the first two planes.

Early on the morning of September 11th Mohammad Atta and some other Arabs board American Airlines and United Airlines planes under instructions from their CIA handlers. Atta and others, some recorded by airport security cameras, will later be declared to be “the hijackers”.

The four civilian jet airliners take off:

AA Flight 11, a Boeing 767, leaves Logan Airport, Boston, at 7:59 a.m. headed for Los Angeles, with between 76 and 81 passengers (about 39% of capacity) and 11 crew members aboard.  (This is the jet which, according to the official story, hit the North Tower.)
AA Flight 77, a Boeing 757, takes off from Dulles Airport in northern Virginia at 8:10 a.m bound for Los Angeles, with between 50 and 58 passengers (about 27% of capacity) and six crew members aboard.  (This is the jet which allegedly hit the Pentagon.)
UA Flight 175, a Boeing 767, departs from Logan Airport, Boston, at 8:13 a.m. for Los Angeles with between 47 and 56 passengers (about 26% of capacity) and nine crew members aboard.  (This is the jet which allegedly hit the South Tower.)
UA Flight 93, a Boeing 757, scheduled to leave Newark Airport at 8:01 a.m. for San Francisco, is late and does not depart until 8:41 a.m., taking off with between 26 and 38 passengers (about 16% of capacity) and seven crew members on board.  (This is the jet which crashed in Pennsylvania.)

Pseudo Flight 175 takes off from its military base, flying under remote control, and flies so as to intercept the flight path of UA Flight 175. Radar operators tracking UA Flight 175 see the two blips merge.

A half-hour or so after taking off the pilots of the four civilian airliners are informed by radio that the U.S. is under attack by terrorists and that they are to shut down their transponders and land their planes at a military base in some north-eastern U.S. state (directions to the base are given).

The pilots obey this order and change course accordingly.

Pseudo Flight 175 changes course toward New York. To radar operators it appears as if UA Flight 175 is now flying toward Manhattan.

The passengers on UA Flight 93 are led to believe that the plane has been hijacked, and are instructed to use their cell phones to tell this to their relatives (thus planting fake evidence which will later be used in the official story).

The business jet takes off under remote control and (perhaps after intercepting the flight path of AA Flight 11 to confuse the radar operators) crashes into the North Tower at 8:45 a.m.  (In the alternative theory it is an AGM-86C cruise missile which strikes the North Tower.)

The moment of impact is captured on “the fireman’s video”, in which a small cloud of smoke is first seen in the center of the tower (consistent with an impact by a business jet or a cruise missile, not a Boeing 767), followed by a huge explosion. (George W. Bush watches the impact on closed circuit television from his limousine outside a schoolhouse in Florida.)

Pseudo Flight 175 approaches Manhattan under remote control and crashes into the South Tower at 9:03 a.m. Its controllers, not used to remotely controlling the 100 tons of a Boeing 767, almost miss the tower, but manage to hit it at an angle, toward one corner. Most of the jet fuel passes through the corner of the tower and explodes in a huge fireball outside the building. The approach of the Boeing 767 and the impact and fireball are recorded by several cameras.

U.S. Air Force planes are finally scrambled at 9:30 a.m., over an hour after the first of the commercial jets has gone off course.

The F-16 jet fighter (see 1. above), under remote control, flies at high speed toward Washington D.C. (perhaps after intercepting the flight path of AA Flight 77), descends to near ground level, makes a horizontal approach to the Pentagon, fires a missile which produces a huge explosion at the outer wall of the Pentagon, then itself crashes into the building (at about 9:40 a.m.), its engine penetrating several rings of the Pentagon.  The event is recorded by a security camera (see below).
In the alternative theory it is an AGM-86C cruise missile which strikes the Pentagon.

It crossed several of the building rings of the Pentagon, creating in each wall it pierced a progressively bigger hole.  … When traversing the first ring of the Pentagon, the object set off a fire, as gigantic as it was sudden. — Who was Behind the September 11th Attacks?

Meanwhile (by sometime between 9:15 a.m. and 9:45 a.m.) all four AA and UA jets have landed at the military base to which they were directed. The 199 (later listed) passengers and crew from AA Flight 77, AA Flight 11 and UA Flight 175 are herded onto UA Flight 93, where they join the 33 (later listed) passengers and crew, for a total of 232 people. Explosives are loaded on board.

The South Tower collapses (at 9:50 a.m.) in a controlled demolition, 47 minutes after impact.

Sometime around 10:00 or 10:15 a.m. UA Flight 93 takes off from the military base (either under remote control or under the control of a military pilot unaware of his fate) and flies toward Washington in a fake “terrorist attack”.

The North Tower collapses (at 10:29 a.m.) also in a controlled demolition, 1 hour and 44 minutes after impact.

Either explosives on board UA Flight 93 are detonated, or the jet is blown apart by a missile fired by a U.S. Air Force F-16 fighter jet, over Pennsylvania (at 10:37 a.m., almost two hours after it took off from Newark Airport).
Pennsylvania state police officials said on Thursday debris from the plane had been found up to 8 miles away (from the crash site) in a residential community [Indian Lake] where local media have quoted residents as speaking of a second plane in the area [this was the F-16] and burning debris falling from the sky. — Reuters, Sept. 13, as quoted in Troubling Questions in Troubling Times
All passengers and crew from all four “hijacked” planes, other than those 34 (later unlisted) passengers (including Mohammad Atta) who are part of the operation, are in this way eliminated.

Around midday the media whores begin to disseminate the story that this “terrorist attack” was masterminded by Usama bin Laden.

A shocked and outraged America cries out for revenge against the perpetrators, which they assume (encouraged by the Jewish-dominated mainstream media) are Arab Muslim fundamentalists.

George W. Bush announces his “War on Terrorism” and the Pentagon swings into action to implement its previously-prepared plans to bomb Afghanistan into submission.


On the side the plotters have purchased put options for companies whose stocks are sure to be adversely affected by these events, such as the parent companies of the airlines whose planes are believed to have been hijacked. Their intention is to make a killing, so to speak, by purchasing the right to sell stocks in these companies at a price which they know will be considerably higher than the price they can buy them at on the open market (after the September 11th attack has driven the prices down).

September 6-7, 2001 — 4,744 put options (a speculation that the stock will go down) are purchased on United Air Lines stock as opposed to only 396 call options (speculation that the stock will go up). This is a dramatic and abnormal increase in sales of put options. Many of the UAL puts are purchased through Deutschebank/AB Brown, a firm managed until 1998 by the current Executive Director of the CIA, A.B. “Buzzy” Krongard. — Suppressed Details of Criminal Insider Trading Lead Directly into the CIA’s Highest Ranks


The French website mentioned above provided photographic evidence that no Boeing 757 hit the Pentagon. Evidence that the Pentagon was hit by an F-16 jet figher (just after firing a missile) is provided by images released by the Pentagon itself on March 7th, 2002. In the first image the outline of a jet, probably an F-16, is visible toward the right of the picture:

The horizontal trail of (what looks like) white smoke visible at the extreme right is probably from a missile which has just been fired by the F-16, which has itself moved on and has overtaken the missile’s exhaust plume.

All four images were placed on the web at http://www.bosankoe.btinternet.co.uk/pentagon.gif in the form of an animated GIF, which is reproduced at right. 

Frame 1: The jet approaches the Pentagon at ground level, having just fired a missile carrying a high-explosive warhead.

Frame 2: A huge, white-hot, fireball erupts from the detonation of the missile’s warhead as it hits the Pentagon. The white missile trail is still visible, on both sides of the foreground object.

Frames 3, 4 and 5: A red fireball erupts, resulting from the impact of the jet and the ignition of jet fuel (together with the cooling fireball from the missile explosion).


Those who planned this operation would have realized that, although it was possible to crash planes into the Twin Towers under remote control, this would in itself have produced only huge damage, with perhaps hundreds of lives lost, which was not enough.  What they needed was the destruction of both towers completely, for maximum psychological effect upon the people of the U.S. and the world and for the provocation of a hysterical reaction from the American people directed against Arabs and the Islamic world.  Thus they needed to arrange for the demolition and total collapse of the Twin Towers following the plane impacts.

One obvious possibility was to plant explosives in the Twin Towers, to be detonated after the impacts by the remotely-controlled planes. This possibility is discussed in detail in:

Was the WTC Demolished by the Use of Explosives?
Another possibility is that the Twin Towers were designed, or re-engineered, to collapse on demand, and that they collapsed because a deliberate order was given to initiate the collapse mechanism. This possibility is discussed in detail in:

Did the Twin Towers Collapse on Demand?
 As shown in Section 3 above, the fires did not cause the collapse of the towers, but it remains unproven that explosives caused the collapse.  But the towers did collapse, and in a very strange manner, as if demolished in a controlled way, leaving almost nothing but metal fragments from the outer shell and huge quantities of fine ash and dust, without the central steel columns from the lower sixty floors either standing or fallen.  This is very strange.  Look at all that dust (click on the image for an enlargement and for two further pictures of the clouds of dust).  It is as if some high-energy disintegration beam had been focused on the tower, pulverizing every concrete slab into minute particles of ash and dust (and leaving a nauseous odor which lingered on in Manhatten for many weeks, causing health problems for New York residents).  But no country possesses such a disintegration beam — or if so, we have not been told of it.

The possibility that the Twin Towers were brought down by the use of laser weapon is discussed in detail in:

Laser Beam Weapons and the Collapse of the World Trade Center
But if “black” technology was used (rather than explosives) then one insight emerges: Why it was made to appear that commercial passenger jets were hijacked and crashed into the Twin Towers.  The reason would be that such “black” technology is certainly beyond the capabilities of any Arab terrorists.  Had this technology simply been used to bring the Twin Towers down then many questions would have been asked as to how this happened.  A story that Arab terrorists detonated explosives which completely destroyed the buildings would not withstand criticism, so some other “plausible” explanation for the collapse of the towers had to be provided and this was done in the form of the plane impacts and subsequent fires.  This “explanation” has an initial plausibility, and it was immediately broadcast by the mainstream media, and immediately accepted by a public in a state of shock.  Only a careful examination of this story, such as has been done in J. McMichael’s article, reveals its inadequacy, leading to the conclusion that either explosives were used to demolish the Twin Towers or some “black” technology was used.

Who possesses such technology? For sure not Arab terrorists, whose expertise with destructive technology extends not much beyond truck bombs.


6.  The Perpetrators
The demolition of the WTC was part of an ongoing plan (in effect since the Kennedy assassination if not before) to destroy the American Republic (what’s left of it anyway) and replace it by a de facto dictatorship (as part of the drive toward a global dictatorship in the form of a world government).
The person who, shortly after the attacks on the WTC, was announced as “the prime suspect” (without any evidence) was Usama bin Laden, who has made no secret of his animosity toward the U.S. for its support of Israeli subjugation of the Palestinians, for what he sees as the Americans’ defilement of Saudi Arabia (the location of two of the three holiest Islamic sites), the continued bombing of Iraq and the Americans’ support of the (as he sees them) apostate regimes of Egypt and Saudi Arabia.  The contempt with which the U.S. is regarded by certain Arab organizations, and the involvement of Arabs in the ineffective bombing of the WTC in 1993, means that Arabs are automatically suspected in any terrorist attack against the U.S. (as they were in the Oklahoma City Bombing until the government announced that Timothy McVeigh was the culprit).

Within hours of the attacks on the Twin Towers and the Pentagon Dan Rather and other mainstream media whores were quoting “government sources” as stating that Usama bin Laden was the likely culprit.  As the WTC bombers intended, most Americans immediately believed this claim and now regard him as the perpetrator of this atrocity and the entire Arab world as their enemy (a reaction welcomed by many in Israel).  Many people in Arab countries also believe he did it because for them Usama bin Laden personifies the resentment against American exploitation of the third world which they themselves feel.  But Usama bin Laden has never said that he was behind the September 11th attack, and, indeed, has explicitly denied this.

I have already said that I am not involved in the 11 September attacks in the United States.  As a Muslim, I try my best to avoid telling a lie.  I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I consider the killing of innocent women, children and other humans as an appreciable act.  Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women, children and other people.  Such a practice is forbidden even in the course of a battle.  It is the United States, which is perpetrating every maltreatment on women, children and common people …  — Usama bin Laden, Interview with Pakistani newspaper Ummat (Karachi), September 28, 2001. Full text here.
After one of the video broadcasts from the Al-Jazeera TV station in Qatar (which, as has been pointed out elsewhere, may have been a Western-concocted forgery, since Usama bin Laden, or someone impersonating him, is shown wearing a U.S. Army jacket — much as if Churchill had delivered his wartime speeches wearing a swastika armband and the uniform of a Luftwaffe colonel) Condoleeza Rice declared that this was an “admission” by Usama bin Laden of responsibility for the September 11th attack.  It was not, but by claiming it was she maintains the official line of blaming “Arab terrorists” and draws attention away from the true perpetrators of this atrocity.


Several thousand civilians died in the collapse of the WTC towers, and hundreds of military personnel were killed in the attack on the Pentagon — though the numbers are small compared to

the hundreds of thousands of civilians incinerated in the U.S. fire bombings of Hamburg, Dresden and Tokyo, and in the atomic bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki;
the two to five million post-World-War-II refugees from the Soviet Union who were forcibly returned to Stalin, to face either immediate execution or a slow death in the Gulag, on the orders of Roosevelt and Eisenhower in Operation Keelhaul;
the millions of civilians who died from hunger and disease as a result of U.S.-instigated mass starvation of Germans during 1945-1950 under the Morgenthau Plan;
the hundreds of thousands of Native Americans killed by white settlers in the 19th Century or allowed to starve to death by the U.S. government in the 20th;
the 20,000+ Vietnamese killed by the CIA in their political assassination program Operation Phoenix;
the million or so Vietnamese, Laotians and Cambodians killed by the American military in the 1960s and 70s whilst defending their countries from American domination (or simply because they happened to be where the Americans carried out their carpet bombings);
the tens of thousands of civilians who were tortured and murdered by CIA-installed dictatorships in Central and South America;
the 200,000 people (all civilians) killed as a result of Indonesia’s invasion of East Timor in 1975 for which prior approval was given to Suharto by Henry Kissinger and Gerald Ford;
the six million Brazilian Indians who have died as a result of the policies of multinational corporations;
the 10,000 to 20,000 people, mostly civilians, killed in the U.S.-supported 1982 invasion of Lebanon by Israel;
the 100,000 civilians killed by Reagan’s CIA-cocaine-funded Contras in Nicaragua and El Salvador in the 1980s;
the 6,000 (perhaps as many as 20,000) Iraqi civilians killed during the 41 days and nights of bombing by the British and the Americans in 1991 (during which time the civilian infrastructure was targeted, a war crime);
the tens of thousands of Iraqi conscripts slaughtered on the “Highway of Death” by U.S. Navy pilots during their attempted retreat from Kuwait in 1991 (another war crime because the soldiers killed were not in a combat situation);
the tens of thousands of civilians in Sudan who have died due to the absence of medicines resulting from the destruction of the Sudanese pharmaceutical plant by American cruise missiles in 1998 and from the economic sanctions imposed on Sudan;
and the one to two million Iraqi civilians, two-thirds of them children, who have died in the last ten years as a result of the effects of the hundreds of tons of cancer-causing depleted uranium left over from the million or so exploded rounds of DU ammunition used in attacks by American warplanes in the 1991 American/British 6-week terrorist campaign against Iraq and from the subsequent U.S./British-imposed economic blockade (not to mention those killed by the bombing raids which occur every week).
America expresses outrage at the deaths of several thousand of its citizens but ignores its responsibility for the deaths of tens of millions of civilians at the hands of its military and its CIA — and still expects and demands the world’s sympathy for its loss.


The attacks against the WTC and the Pentagon were brought to us by the same people (though “human” may not be the correct term for them) who brought us the murderous policies and events mentioned above as well as both the 1993 World Trade Center Bombing and the Oklahoma City Bombing.

Evidence suggests that the former was actually planned and directed, not by Arab terrorists (who were merely the operatives), but by the FBI.

The mastermind [of the 1993 WTC bombing] is the government of the United States. It was a phony, government-engineered conspiracy to begin with. It would never have amounted to anything had the government not planned it. — Ron Kuby, defense attorney, quoted in Troubling Questions in Troubling Times
 In the Oklahoma City Bombing explosives were placed by the structural supports of the Murrah Federal Building, demolishing it and killing hundreds of people.  The psy-war propaganda experts then succeeded in convincing the more gullible among the American people that this was the work of one or two men using a truck full of ammonium nitrate.  (Some of the high-explosive devices planted within the building did not explode, were seen by four witnesses after the attack, and were removed by the FBI but were never officially mentioned.)  Within a few days of the bombing the Counter-Terrorism Bill was passed by Congress, a piece of legislation which provided for secret trials and seizure of assets without due process of law.

The Enemy is
Very Much
Within (168 KB)
The enormity of the atrocity of the attack on the Twin Towers is made worse by its being perpetrated, not by external enemies of America, but from within — by a secret group of traitors who may be American-born but who care nothing for American national pride since for them control of the U.S. is just a means toward total control of the planet.  For at least forty years this group of traitors (most of whom are present or former occupants of the White House or are working or have worked in those U.S. government organizations whose activities are hidden behind a cloak of “national security”) has controlled the U.S. government by subversion of its democratic institutions, has manipulated a gullible American population and the political leadership of other countries by the skillful use of propaganda (with the help of shamelessly compliant — and Jewish-dominated — “news” organizations), has ruthlessly exploited the economic resources of the Earth for its own profit, and must now be laughing and congratulating itself that its lies appear to have been believed by almost everyone and that its plans for complete economic and military conquest of the entire planet are coming along so nicely — thanks to the stupidity of the American people, who appear to be mostly incapable of thinking about anything except their own amusement (if they are well-off, or their own economic survival if they are not) and who are willing to believe whatever their lying government tells them.

But just as the attempt by the predecessors of these traitors to establish a “Thousand-Year Reich” resulted in complete and ignominious defeat, their plans also may yet come to naught, though at what cost to the American people and the rest of the world remains to be seen.

The situation may actually be much worse than this.  The evil which has been perpetrated by these traitors, acting through the U.S. government, its military and its multinationals, the IMF and other institutions, over many years, is sufficiently great that one has to wonder whether the instigators have any concern at all for the welfare and dignity of the human species.  Furthermore, the manner in which the Twin Towers collapsed, and the nature of the resulting debris, suggest the use of technologically highly advanced means of destruction unknown to us.  The real instigators of this atrocity (and of the larger drive to enslave, or perhaps exterminate, the entire population of the planet) may actually not be human at all (see The Gods of Eden).  If so, we have a real problem.


7.  The “War on Terrorism”
 Just as the Oklahoma City Bombing created a situation conducive to the government’s rushing through “anti-terrorist” legislation this “Attack on America” has provided a further nice justification for eliminating whatever civil liberties the American people had up to now managed to hold on to.  In the name of “safety” and “security” the “authorities” now have a “legal” right (the appropriate legislation has already been passed by a compliant and corrupt Congress under the guise of “an emergency anti-terrorist package”) to do whatever they want to monitor and control the entire population.  Anyone accused of being “a threat to the safety and security of the American people” (in reality, to the state and those who control it) will find themselves imprisoned without benefit of trial (if they do not “disappear” completely as did many of the victims of Chile’s DINA secret police). Already in mid-October the FBI announced the arrest of more than 600 people, “refusing to identify most of the detainees and offering few details about why the government wanted them behind bars.” (International Herald Tribune, October 15, 2001)  By December the number had grown to over 1,200, with only one of those persons charged with a crime.  Torture was being considered for those who are “uncooperative”.  (Let’s hope no-one in your family gets arrested, by mistake, and information is demanded from them which they don’t have.)

And so one of Secretary [of Defense] Rumsfeld’s first tasks will be … to develop a strategy necessary to have a force equipped for warfare of the 21st century.  — George W. Bush, Washington DC, December 28, 2000
And, of course, this heinous act of “international terrorism” provided a fine excuse for a yet greater military build up (and justification for Bush’s $344 billion war budget) — in particular the already-planned development of “defensive” missiles, allegedly to foil attacks by “international terrorists” (even though they neither possess nor need intercontinental nuclear-tipped ballistic missiles), but which might also prove quite useful in defending the U.S. from retaliation by any nation which it chooses to attack.

WE THE PEOPLES OF THE UNITED NATIONS DETERMINED to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind  …  — Preamble to the Charter of the United Nations
Indeed, the U.S. government (in violation of the United Nations charter and international law) has now given itself permission — in the form of a congressional resolution — to attack whoever it wants to, to engage openly in political assassinations in the manner of Israel, and generally to wage war upon whoever it chooses to label as its enemy.  Already the number of innocent civilians who have died as a result of U.S. military action (in Afghanistan) is greater than the number of those who died in the WTC attack.  But, of course, since those killed were not Americans, Europeans or Australians, this is of no concern, except insofar as it might result in international condemnation, making it difficult to maintain the “international coalition” that the U.S. seeks to provide a fig-leaf for its planned military aggression against those countries which decline to accede to its demands.  (And, by the way, such aggression and the collateral regional wars that it will cause in various parts of Asia will, of course, be good for U.S. arms manufacturers, and other American companies with friends in the U.S. government, which profit from war.)

We cannot let terrorists and rogue nations hold this nation hostile or hold our allies hostile. — George W. Bush, Des Moines, Iowa, Aug. 21, 2000
Bush has announced that America is now embarked upon a “War on Terrorism” (in his speech to the joint session of Congress on September 17th, 2001, he used the words “terror”, “terrorist” and “terrorism” at total of 32 times, and “war” twelve times, so no-one would fail to get the message).  But before the U.S. retaliated by bombing Afghanistan day and night for weeks it should first have established exactly who instigated, planned and directed the terrorist attacks on the WTC and the Pentagon.  Despite the attempt to blame nineteen passengers on the four planes who happened to have Arabic names, this was not done.  Such evidence, if it were ever produced (and, of course, it will never be produced), must be such as to convince third parties such as the Europeans, and the evidence must be made public (not every last detail, but enough to establish the case).  Insiders such as the U.S. President, the British Prime Minister and the NATO Secretary-General declaring themselves “convinced” is insufficient.  Such declarations will fool some people, but these officials are literally warmongers and will do anything to justify their waging of war, including lying to the public about the convincingness of the alleged evidence.  Only when convincing evidence has been made public, and the identity of the attackers established, would it be possible to declare “war” without misuse of language.  Until then the “War on Terrorism” will be a propaganda campaign like the “War on Drugs” — a way of disguising the true aims and motivations of those waging this “war”, which in this case is that age-old motivation: territorial and economic conquest.

But, of course, the U.S. government will never reveal who exactly planned and directed these attacks, firstly because it was an inside job, and secondly because blame must be laid upon “Arab terrorists” in order to “justify” the “War on Terrorism” and the military assaults upon Arab countries (recently and, as the U.S. and Britain plan at least, for years to come; indeed, in the words of one Pentagon official, possibly “for the rest of our lives”).

Not only did Bush announce a “War on Terrorism”, he even spoke stupidly of a “crusade”, invoking memories of the medieval Christian crusades against Islam to recover “the Holy Land”, though these days it is more accurate to speak of gaining control of the oil fields, which is another reason (actually, the primary reason) why America has given itself permission to invade whatever countries it chooses to.  And it’s not just Middle Eastern oil — there are huge oil deposits in the Caspian Basin (larger than in Saudia Arabia).  In 1998 Unocal testified before the House Subcommittee on Asia and the Pacific that a pipeline across Afghanistan was crucial to transport Caspian Basin oil to the Indian Ocean.  Bush and the American oil companies would dearly like to lay such a pipeline across Afghanistan, but, say some, they cannot do so because the Taleban

have been demanding too large a per centage as their cut for allowing the pipeline project to proceed.  Hence, the oil monopoly needs to overthrow the Kabul government, install their own government, and proceed with the pipeline project. — Sherman H. Skolnick, The Overthrow of the American Republic, Part 2
George Monbiot:
America’s Pipe Dream 
In fact from February to August 2001 the Bush administration conducted detailed negotiations with the Taliban to lay this hoped-for pipeline across Afghanistan and Pakistan so as to profit from lucrative sales to oil-hungry Asian countries.  In August the negotiations broke down, after a U.S. negotiator threatened military action against the Taliban, saying, accept our offer of a carpet of gold or you will get a carpet of bombs (see Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth).  One month later the rationale for the carpet-bombing was provided by the destruction of the WTC.


This “War on Terrorism” has three major components:

(1) A propaganda war waged firstly against the American people and secondly against the rest of the people on this planet who have access to TV and newspapers.
(2) A large increase in the powers of surveillance and control exercised by the U.S. federal government over U.S. citizens and residents and in the ability of the government to impose censorship.
(3) The use of American military force (with help mainly from the British), to whatever extent necessary, to gain control of the oil reserves of the Caspian Basin, the mineral wealth of Central Asia and whatever other economic resources in other parts of Asia that the U.S. wishes to control.

The purpose of (1) is to disguise the true nature of (3) by presenting it as the use of military force to protect Americans against future terrorist attacks.  The purpose of (2) is to stifle any protest and dissent from those Americans who are not fooled by (1) and who object to (3).  Bush, Rumsfeld, Ashcroft & Co. know from the 1960s demonstrations against the Vietnam War that domestic opposition to military aggression abroad can bring that aggression to an end, and they wish to make sure in advance that the same thing will not happen this time.

David Cole:
A Matter of Rights
As part of the implementation of (2) Bush has as good as told the American people that they have to sacrifice their civil liberties and their rights under the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights in support of his “war”, which most people seem willing, sheep-like, to do (such amazing stupidity! or is half the population on Prozac?).  Attorney General Ashcroft urged Congress to pass proposed “anti-terrorist” legislation (which is very probably unconstitutional) even before it had been committed to paper. The legislation was hastily rushed through (the same day it was introduced) over the objections of civil rights advocates by a corrupt and compliant Congress in the second week of October 2001. It consisted of 342 pages, and those who voted for it could not possibly have read it.

The American government says that America is “at war” (as if that justifies anything the government wishes to do).  But a war requires an identifiable enemy.  A war is a war between two or more opposing sides.  A “war” in which one side is invisible is a fantasy — a pretext to restrict civil liberties, to impose censorship and to deny rights guaranteed to American citizens under the U.S. Constitution.  It is a tool for psychological operations directed against both domestic and foreign populations, for deceiving the American people and others and persuading them to submit willingly to violations of their human rights.  (Though one might say that if they do submit then they deserve the enslavement that will come to them.)  And in this case, as noted above, the purpose is to suppress any domestic opposition to U.S. military action abroad.  And at home; remember that the U.S. military has been used against American citizens before — at Waco.

What is too shocking for many Americans to contemplate is that the terrorist attacks, from which the people of the U.S. are supposed to be protected by the “War on Terrorism”, are themselves part of the propaganda war.  In order to “justify” to the American people the U.S. bombing of Afghanistan and the deaths of Afghan civilians, the violent overthrow of the (admittedly reprehensible) Taleban government, the deployment of U.S. ground troops to sieze territory in Afghanistan and in other countries, and the use of whatever weapons of death the Pentagon plans to use (including “low yield” nuclear weapons), the U.S. must present its actions as being morally good and noble (as in World War II), specifically, as motivated by the desire to protect decent, innocent American citizens from the evil of terrorist attacks.

Without terrorist attacks there is no justification for the military action, so terrorist attacks there must be.  The attacks on the WTC and the Pentagon were the first (unless we count the Waco Massacre and the Oklahoma City Bombing), brought to you by those people who are directing the propaganda campaign and, indeed, scripting this entire “War on Terrorism”.  And (as the CIA informed members of Congress in early October 2001) it is certain that there will be more terrorist attacks (how did they know?) — most of them far less spectacular than the destruction of the Twin Towers, but sufficient (such as the controlled release of anthrax bacteria, probably by the CIA itself) to induce in the American public a state of constant fear — made worse by their not knowing who is really behind these attacks.

Does the WTC attack feel like a movie?  It does?  Well of course it does!  It has been specifically written as a movie script.  … This entire sequence of: hijack; first plane; second plane; Pentagon ;WTC collapse; phone calls from the planes; copy of the Koran; more attempted hijackings; arrests; plucky passengers; etc., etc., has been scripted by a crew of cynical planners who could care less that REAL people died in the Twin Towers.  — Tall Tales of the Wag Movie
In March 2002 Dick Cheney toured the Middle East trying to drum up Arab support for a second American-led war against Iraq. He was politely informed by Arab leaders to crawl back into his hole. So the Bush administration now needs another Big Catastrophe on American soil to justify the war they want to wage against Iraq (primarily to secure control of the rich Iraqi oil fields). Look for something like a low-yield nuclear explosion in the vicinity of Washington D.C., sufficient to scare the congresscritters into going into the underground bunkers that have been prepared for them, leaving America entirely in the hands of George W. Bush’s “shadow government”.


Wars end when one of the opposing sides is beaten into submission and can no longer fight.  But if one side is invisible then the war can never end, because there is no way to know that the opposing side has been defeated.  Indeed, if the American people begin to believe that perhaps the “terrorist threat” has begun to recede you can be sure that another “terrorist attack” will occur, courtesy of those scripting the “War on Terrorism”, which will return them to their former state of fear and dread, which is just where the perpetrators want them to be.  The “enemy” will remain an invisible, diabolical presence, unseen except for its evil effects when “the terrorists” attack again.  The American people have entered what may be a long, drawn-out, nightmare, in which nothing will be what it seems.  It is The Towering Inferno, Armageddon and The X-Files suddenly emerging into daily life.

The “War on Terrorism” is the psy-war successor to the “War on Drugs”.  It has been clear to almost everyone for quite some time that the “War on Drugs” is totally discredited, and those who are informed know that it is basically a component in a huge and long-running scam whereby the U.S. government finances its covert operations and (in part) its military by means of its profits from its international drug trafficking (see Prohibition: The So-Called War on Drugs for details).  It became clear to the U.S. government, especially in view of the tolerance and regulation of drug use adopted in recent years in many European countries, that it can no longer maintain its “War on Drugs” with any degree of credibility.  Thus the people of the U.S. had to be hoodwinked into supporting a new “War”, and the bogeyman of “militant Arab fundamentalists” (helped greatly by a Jewish-dominated mainstream media and terrorist attacks on the WTC in 1993, probably provoked by the FBI, and on US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, in which US Army explosives had reportedly been used) provided a useful target.

This “War on Terrorism”, like the “War on Drugs”, will involve the usual propaganda techniques such as lies, deception, misrepresentation of opposition viewpoints, disinformation, fake opposition and media emphasis on what is irrelevant (for example, that Mohammed Atta may have contacted an Iraqi intelligence agent in Prague — of only minor interest since there were no on-board hijackers and he and the other Arabs on board were set up to take the blame).  The propaganda campaign will continue until the instigators and scripters of this “War” believe they have finally gained domination over all countries and have attained control of the entire planet and all its economic resources — or until they themselves have been defeated.


8.  What is to be Done?
Immediately after the events of September 11th there were calls for greatly increased security at airports and on planes, and many millions of U.S. taxpayers’ dollars are still being spent on this.  Troops with automatic rifles stand around at airports, waiting for the next gang of Arab terrorists to burst into the departure lounge shouting “God is great!” in Arabic and threatening everyone with letter openers.  Airport check-in now takes hours, passengers are subjected to invasive searches before boarding planes, and if you look Middle Eastern then you may not be allowed to fly at all.  All this is useless and irrelevant and is a major disruption in the lives of ordinary Americans, because, as noted above, there were no suicide pilots.  No hijackers boarded the four doomed planes carrying knives and box cutters, so installing expensive security equipment at airports and treating every passenger as a potential hijacker is not only an insult but is also a complete waste of time and money (though it is sure to make a lot of money for the manufacturers of airport security equipment).
Bush’s “War on Terrorism” is not about terrorism (except insofar as staged terrorist acts are an important part of the propaganda campaign) — it’s about control of the Earth’s economic resources, in particular, oil.  To oversimplify somewhat and to put it a tad indelicately, “It’s the oil, stupid!”

Big Oil (one of Bush’s principal controllers) wants economic control and exploitation of the vast oil and mineral wealth of Central Asia, and if a pan-Asian war is required to achieve this then so be it.  The Bush clique believes that such a war would enable it to remain in power indefinitely (elections will become a thing of the past or will be rigged), would be good for American (and British) weapons manufacturers, and would perhaps avert an economic depression in the U.S. (since, many believe, it has worked before, as in the 1930s military build-up to World War II).

 A pan-Asian war will involve many countries, including the nuclear- and CBW-armed countries of India, Pakistan, Russia and China (not to mention the other nuclear- and CBW-armed countries that are likely to be drawn in: Britain, France, Israel and the U.S. itself), and it will mean that millions of civilians will die: shot, burnt, blasted, asphyxiated, crushed, incinerated, poisoned.  Nor will all these civilians be Asian; this war will also extend to the U.S. mainland and probably to Europe, despite what the Pentagon planners intend.  Violence will lead to more violence, and wars will escalate (remember “escalation”?) until eventually nuclear weapons are used — first “low-yield”, later the big ones, in the megaton range, whose detonations (if there are enough of them, and we don’t know how many will be used) will produce high levels of radiation in the atmosphere of (mainly) the Northern Hemisphere, leading to millions of cases of cancer among the populations of Western countries.

This is what should not be done, but on October 7th, 2001, the U.S., by attacking Afghanistan with bombers and cruise missiles (a military assault which was illegal under international law because military action against Afghanistan had not been specifically authorized by the United Nations), began what may eventually lead to this.

To those who believe that the attack on the Twin Towers was, at least in part, the work of foreign terrorists the answer to the question of what is to be done is:  The root causes of foreign terrorism directed against the United States must be addressed.  Those in power in the U.S. have been reluctant to do this (and will continue to resist doing this), mainly because violence, the threat of violence and a demonstrated ruthless willingness to use violence (combined with the use of mass propaganda and bribery and blackmail of officials at all levels, both elected and unelected) are the primary means by which they themselves remain in power.

The initiators of the attacks decided to implement their plan after America has provoked immense hatred throughout the world.  Not because of its might, but because of the way it uses its might. It is hated by the enemies of globalization, who blame it for the terrible gap between rich and poor in the world.  It is hated by millions of Arabs, because of its support for the Israeli occupation and the suffering of the Palestinian people.  It is hated by multitudes of Muslims, because of what looks like its support for the Jewish domination of the Islamic holy shrines in Jerusalem.  And there are many more angry peoples who believe that America supports their tormentors.
Until September 11, 2001 …  Americans could entertain the illusion that all this concerns only others, in far-away places beyond the seas, that it does not touch their sheltered lives at home.  No more.

     — Uri Avnery: Twin Towers

In a representative democracy, such as allegedly exists in the U.S.A., can the people deny responsibility for the actions and policies of their government?  How long can they allow their government, whose leaders they elect, to commit one atrocity after another and at the same time pretend that they themselves are innocent of any wrong-doing?

Like the Four Riders of the Apocalypse, the unknown kamikaze rode their giant crafts into the two visible symbols of American world domination, Wall Street and the Pentagon.  …  They could be practically anybody:  … anybody who rejects the twin gods of the dollar and the M-16, who hates the stock market and interventions overseas, who dreams of America for Americans, who does not want to support the drive for world domination.  …  Germans can remember the fiery holocaust of Dresden with its hundreds of thousands of peaceful refugees incinerated by the US Air Force.  Japanese will not forget the nuclear holocaust of Hiroshima. the Arab world still feels the creeping holocaust of Iraq and Palestine.  Russians and East Europeans feel the shame of Belgrade avenged.  …  Asians count their dead of Vietnam war, Cambodia bombings, Laos CIA operations in millions.  …
The Riders could be anybody who lost his house to the bank, who was squeezed from his work and made permanently unemployed, who was declared an Untermensch by the new Herrenvolk.  …

America could see this painful strike at her Wall Street and her Pentagon, as the last call to repent.  She should change her advisers, and build her relations with the world afresh, on equal footing.  Probably she should rein in the domination-obsessed Jewish supremacist elites of Wall Street and media, part company with Israeli apartheid.  She could become again the universally loved, rather parochial America of Walt Whitman and Thomas Edison, Henry Ford and Abe Lincoln.

     — Israel Shamir: Orient Express

“Repent” is an apt term.  Today the United States of America is morally bankrupt.  During the coming months, or while there is still time, America (and to some extent Europe) must engage in some deep self-examination.  Americans have willfully ignored the reality that exists beyond their borders (other than sporting events and vacation destinations), often preferring to “create their own” so as to avoid acknowledging what they don’t wish to see.  Americans have been completely self-absorbed, not knowing and not wanting to know the effects of their government’s policies and actions on billions of people who live outside the U.S.  Those policies and actions have resulted in millions of deaths through widespread malnutrition and the persistence of eradicable diseases; in economic, social and educational impoverishment for the majority of the world’s population; and in the denial of human rights for all those who live under tyrannical regimes supported by the U.S.  That is why the U.S.A. is so hated.  (And insofar as other governments — in particular, the British government — have supported, and continue to support, U.S. policies they too deserve moral condemnation.)

Sherri Muzher:
Racism: When will
We Face the Facts?
The denial by Israel of the human rights of the Palestinians, and its decades-long intransigent refusal to address their legitimate grievances, is just the most visible of the many evils resulting from morally bankrupt U.S. policies.  The U.S. (at the urging of American Jews and acting through the United Nations at a time when most Arab states were not yet members) created Israel in 1947 against the wishes of the people of the Middle East.  (The U.S. basically stole the land from the Palestinians and gave it to the Jews, and then gave the state of Israel money — currently three billion dollars per year — for all the police and military hardware — the tanks, the attack helicopters, the missiles, the grenades — it needed to hold onto that stolen territory and to steal, or “annex”, even more.)  Now the U.S. has to deal with the consequences (and it is interesting to note that just prior to the WTC attack the U.S. was preparing to announce its support for a Palestinian state — mandated by the U.N. in 1947 anyway — much to the displeasure of Israel).

Arundhati Roy:
Why America Must
Stop the War Now
Less visible are the many ways in which U.S. multinational corporations conspire with the U.S. government (which does its best to coerce other governments to follow it), the IMF, the World Bank and other organizations whose undeclared purpose is to make the rich richer and to maximize their profits regardless of the widespread impoverishment this brings to many people not only in developing countries but also to those people in modern industrial societies who do not belong to the moneyed and ruling class.

The facts have long been available to any U.S. resident who cares to read The Nation, Z Magazine, or the thirty or so books of Noam Chomsky (rarely mentioned in the mainstream media).

I have often thought that if a rational Fascist dictatorship were to exist, then it would choose the American system. — Noam Chomsky, Language and Responsibility
Or any of the many audiotapes, videos, CD-ROMS, books and magazine articles exposing the immoralities of the CIA (a terrorist organization which richly deserves to be eliminated as soon as possible, preferably by an act of Congress, with its headquarters at Langley demolished and the land ploughed over).  But no — most Americans couldn’t care less about the sufferings of people outside America, being too busy either trying to survive as wage-slaves in a corporate capitalist society or (for the more fortunate) constantly scanning their immediate environment for ways to “enrich” their lives.  Now they know what death, destruction, fear and dread are, what people in other countries have long known (over long periods) as a result of the actions and policies of the U.S. government and those of the corrupt regimes it has installed to serve its purposes.

So how have they responded to this revelation?  Mostly with mindless demands on their government to seek revenge and further death and destruction, and George W. Bush has pandered to this desire for revenge, declaring that he wants the alleged culprit Usama bin Laden “dead or alive”.  Seems he’s changed his views on revenge since the 2000 Presidential campaign:

… you cannot lead America to a positive tomorrow with revenge on one’s mind.  Revenge is so incredibly negative.  — George W. Bush, Interview with the Washington Post, March 23, 2000
But after September 11th revenge was uppermost in the minds of most Americans and few of them were inclined to look at what brought this catastrophe to their land.  Were they to look for the causes of the events of September 11th they might eventually be led to ask themselves whether their government is not so hypocritical, vicious, ignoble and immoral, so much the opposite of that ideal of government expressed in the U.S. Declaration of Independence and the U.S. Constitution, that it must be reformed completely, with most of its current office holders, including the President, the Vice-President, the entire Cabinet and most long-term members of Congress, removed in disgrace, before they can again think of themselves as Americans with any degree of self-respect.

Wade Frazier: The Things We Do Not Want To Know

Their mindlessness is willful, and at least partly conscious.  They do not know what is really happening because they do not want to know what is really happening.  Why?  As far as I have seen, it is because they benefit from the current arrangement (at least in the short term), and denial helps protect their flickering consciences.  …
All those institutions that we have given our power away to — corporations, governments, churches, etc. — have largely enslaved us with our own power.  The only path to true freedom is by reclaiming our power, responsibility and sovereignty, and doing it lovingly.

During the bombing of Afghanistan in October and November 2001 there were many (poorly reported) demonstrations against Bush’s intention to wage war but there can now be no return to a “peace” which allows Americans to ignore, as they have done for so long, the evils which their government perpetrates abroad.

In the weeks following the attack on the Twin Towers there were many pleas, such as those quoted above, for America to understand what motivated the terrorists to commit their heinous acts and for America to reconsider its policies and actions toward other countries.  But although such a reconsideration is highly desirable, this view still assumes that it was Arab terrorists who were responsible, and such pleas were not well-received by those (perhaps the majority) who felt that revenge was the immediate priority.


But if the attack on the Twin Towers was not, even in part, the work of Arab terrorists, but was the work of terrorists within the U.S. government itself who seek to gain control of Central Asian oil and to impose a fascist dictatorship not only upon the United States but also upon the entire world, then what is to be done?  The answer is not so different.  The only difference is that instead of the September 11th terrorist attack being the work of foreign terrorists outraged by decades of injustice and poverty in third-world countries produced by a corrupt and immoral U.S. government it was the work of a group of traitors at high levels within that corrupt and immoral government itself.  The answer remains that those traitors (prominent among whom is the Bush crime family) must be exposed, their crimes revealed, and they themselves removed from the positions of power they presently hold.  Furthermore, government in the U.S. must be cleansed of corruption and restored to conformity with the Constitution and the Bill of Rights: a restoration of the American Republic.  The “anti-terrorist” legislation of October 2001 (and that of April 1995 and Britain’s Terrorism Act of 2000), intended to facilitate government surveillance and control of the people so as to stifle free speech and dissent, must be repealed.

The Bill of Rights is a literal and absolute document. The First Amendment doesn’t say you have a right to speak out unless the government has a ‘compelling interest’ in censoring the Internet. The Second Amendment doesn’t say you have the right to keep and bear arms until some madman plants a bomb. The Fourth Amendment doesn’t say you have a right to be secure from search and seizure unless some FBI agent thinks you fit the profile of a terrorist. The government has no right to interfere with any of these freedoms under any circumstances.
— Harry Browne: Harry Browne on Anti-terrorist Proposals

America must also end its long history of the practice of genocide, honor the principles expressed in the United Nations Universal Declaration on Human Rights, and cease its ruthless exploitation (mainly for the benefit of a capitalist ruling class) of the world’s economic resources and the world’s people.  This means that better-off Americans will have to give up some of the luxuries they’ve taken for granted, but perhaps they can make the sacrifice more readily if they remind themselves that over one billion people on this planet currently live (if you can call it living) on less than US$1 a day.

Examples of genocide within U.S. history are common enough not to be considered remarkable or even genocide. Among historic crimes which are not commonly called genocide: the destruction of North American Indian peoples, the liquidation of six million Brazilian Indians through the policies of multi-national corporations, effects of U.S. economic and military policies on the poor throughout the Americas, the Euro-American slave trade and subsequent treatment of black Americans, and the fate of the American poor.  …
Corporate capitalism may simply be legitimized genocide by economic means.  … Those without ethics no longer sell beads to the indians, but rockets and missiles to “underdeveloped countries,” where the arms kill off as many poor people as possible.

— J. B. Gerald: Is the U.S. Really a Signatory to the U.N. Convention on Genocide?

If the people of the United States do not themselves cleanse their government of its current corruption, and return the nation to conformity with the principles of a republic, upon which it was founded, then disaster will ensue:  Either a global fascist dictatorship will result or the U.S. government will be destroyed by the combined military forces of the rest of the world.  Either of these possibilities could produce such damage on a global scale that the survival of the human species would be in doubt.

The instigators and scripters of the “War on Terrorism”, who place their trust in modern technology (and propaganda), believe themselves invincible in their drive to enslave everyone, American and non-American alike.  But they overlook the fact that those Americans who have not prostituted themselves to the national security state and who, as true Americans, hold liberty among their highest values (and there are a lot of them) are unlikely to submit without a fight when they understand what is really going on.

The CIA has always maintained as a matter of historical record that it has never murdered an American citizen on American soil. If, as a result of Eric Olson’s persistence in trying to uncover what really happened to his father [Dr Frank Olson, a U.S. Army scientist], and the investigating skills of public prosecutor Saracco, this turns out to be a lie, it could well be the beginning of the end of the Agency.
— THE OLSON FILE: A secret that could destroy the CIA

Similarly if the CIA can be shown to have been involved in the murder of the 200 or so passengers (most of them American citizens) on the four commercial jetliners involved in the September 11th attacks, who died when UA Flight 93 exploded in the sky over Pennsylvania, then the Agency will be finished (and none too soon either).


9.  The Corruption of the Republic
The BBC’s George Arney reported on September 18, 2001, that Niaz Naik, a former Pakistani Foreign Secretary, had stated that he had been informed by senior American officials at a Berlin UN-sponsored international contact group on Afghanistan in mid-July that Pentagon plans for a military assault on Afghanistan had already been completed.  (This was the meeting in which a U.S. representative threatened the Taliban representatives with a carpet of bombs.)  The assault on Afghanistan had to be carried out before snow begins to fall in the mountain passes, which is around mid-October — and, indeed, it began on October 7th, 2001.  The timing of the WTC attack was thus very convenient.
The Pentagon was clearly delighted at the opportunity of trying out all the new-fangled lethal technology it had developed in the ten years since it last demonstrated its capability for mass slaughter in its 1991 terrorist campaign in the Gulf (this was in part a demonstration of its weapons systems for the benefit of potential purchasers, and the same happened again in Afghanistan).


The AC-130 [gunship, which began to be deployed in Afghanistan in mid-October] is one of the most lethal American warplanes in terms of its ability to chew up ground forces.  … [and] because of its fearsome firepower.  It circles a target and saturates it with automatic fire from three computer-controlled guns, including cannon and heavy machine guns capable of firing 1,800 rounds a minute. The plane’s guns can cover an area the size of eight football fields with a round in each square yard … [and] has banks of electronic sensors on board capable of detecting ground targets normally elusive from the air.” — International Herald Tribune, October 17, 2001, p.1
A soldier who is prepared to risk his own life when attempting to kill enemy soldiers is a brave man. Such a man is not to be despised.  But the design, development, deployment and use of this sort of highly efficient lethal technology is done, not by brave men, but by cowards — by those willing to slaughter other humans only if their own lives are not placed in danger.  It can only be done by people who are either mentally ill, morally depraved or too stupid to understand what they are really doing.

 Such machines as the AC-130 gunship are just the latest in a long line of devices invented in the United States for efficient slaughter on a large scale, from the Gatling gun (invented about 1862) to the atomic bomb (the two bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki caused more than a quarter of a million deaths and injuries) to the hydrogen bomb (whose capability to cause death and destruction is almost unlimited) to cluster bombs and fuel-air bombs.

The [fuel-air] bomb works thus: there are two detonations; the first spreads a fine mist of fuel into the air, turning the area [about the size of a football field] into an explosive mix of vast proportion; then a second detonation ignites the mixture, causing an awesome explosion.  The explosion is about the most powerful “conventional” explosion we know of.  At a pressure shock of up to 200 pounds per square inch (PSI), people in its detonation zone are often killed by the sheer compression of the air around them.  Human beings can typically withstand up to about a 40-PSI shock.  The bomb sucks oxygen out of the air, and can apparently even suck the lungs out through the mouths of people unfortunate enough to be in the detonation zone.  Our military used it on helpless people [in the 1991 Gulf Slaughter]. — Wade Frazier: My Experiences in America Regarding Iraq
In early November the Americans began to drop “daisy cutter” bombs on troops in the Taleban front lines.  This “daisy cutter” is the fuel-air bomb as described above.  Only a nation sunk in depravity could descend to the use of such diabolic devices against human beings, soldiers or otherwise.  The United States thus shows itself to be depraved and barbaric.  And any nation which, by providing military support to the American war machine, condones this barbarity forfeits (as the United States has already forfeited) any claim it might have to be regarded as a civilized nation in the eyes of the world.  A barbarian nation drags its allies into barbarity also.

Under the leadership of Adolf Hitler the German nation sank also into barbarity (from which it emerged after 1945).  One of the defining characteristics of the German Nazis was their willingness to use violence to achieve their ends — not just their willingness to use violence but their willingness to use unlimited violence. As for them, for those who now control the American military juggernaut, there is no limit to the degree of death and destruction that they are willing to use to achieve their ends.  This is one reason why they may properly, truly and without exaggeration, be described as “Nazis”.

Are these the sort of “leaders” that the American people really want?  These calculating, cold-blooded, racist mass murderers?  Are they representative of what America stands for?

Perhaps so.  The worship of violence, death and destruction has in recent decades become a defining characteristic of contemporary American society.  It appears in its television shows, its video games and its Hollywood-produced films. It manifests itself in the willingness of its multinational corporations to rape the Earth.  America is by far the largest manufacturer and merchandiser on the planet of lethal hardware, of military and police equipment, of machines for the production of death and destruction.  This is a sign of a profoundly sick society.

This state of affairs has not come about because the American people are inherently violent and psychopathic.  As with all social matters of this scale the historical causes are complex.  But one of them is the dominance in American society of corporate capitalism, which elevates shareholder profit above all other concerns, and which has created the social conditions where evil men can attain great power and influence, both within government and without.  The American people tend to trust their government and their political leaders (though there have always been those who could recognize corruption in individual politicians when they saw it).  This trust is given partly because of the indoctrination Americans receive as children in school but also partly because their government was in fact founded on republican principles designed to ensure their liberty and happiness.  But this trust has now been betrayed. When evil men become leaders of the nation this corruption percolates down and sickens all levels of society.

Since the end of World War II, and partly due to the absorption then into the American “security and intelligence” agencies of so many former Nazis (Gestapo, SS and Wehrmacht intelligence), the entire political structure of the United States has been infected with evil.  There have, of course, been men of outstanding moral stature, for example, Supreme Court Justice William J. Brennan Jr, U.S. Senator George Mitchell and President John F. Kennedy (whose assassination in 1961, probably involving the CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, military intelligence, American supporters of Israel and two future U.S. Presidents, Nixon and Bush Sr., was the first coup d’etat in the history of the U.S., the second being the coup which began with the 2000 usurpation of the Presidency by George W. Bush, a coup which is still being implemented in 2002 under cover of the “War on Terrorism” and has not yet been completed).

But there have also been corrupt Supreme Court Justices (Rehnquist and Scalia), primitive, blatantly racist U.S. Senators (Jesse Helms), a transvestite head of the FBI who was blackmailed into ignoring organized crime (J. Edgar Hoover), a scumbag President (Nixon) succeeded by a series of traitors possessing only contempt for the U.S. Constitution (Reagan, Bush Sr. and Bush Jr.), along with a multitude of elected and unelected officials (including many judges at all levels) whose only concern was and has been their own power, prestige and material wealth, who were and are ready to support genocidal foreign and domestic policies (targeted at the expendable and the non-white both within and without the U.S.) as long as there is something in it for them.


But we should not blame only the leaders and official functionaries, corrupt and in same cases evil, though they may be.  It is not fundamentally the government which is at fault — it is the mass of the people themselves, who seem to lack the moral sense required of a people who are to restrain their government from descent into depravity.

Many Americans have consciously prostituted themselves, realizing that the CIA and gang are creating immense death and destruction throughout the world, but as long as they enjoy cheap gasoline, coffee, bananas and tennis shoes, they think it is great.  …  Many in the upper classes think that the CIA, FBI and NSA are great institutions, keeping the chips flowing their way.  Those who condone bloodshed and exploitation in the service of their lifestyles, often coming up with highly strained rationales, will create future circumstances where they will find the shoe on the other foot.  They will experience what living like a slave is like, barely surviving while their masters live in opulence.
— Wade Frazier: Investigating Possible Conspiracies

Actually democracy itself, when implemented so that every adult (however stupid) is given a right to vote, is inherently flawed, since it inevitably becomes the tyranny of the majority.  As noted 200 years ago by A. F Tyler, democracy leads to the corruption of the financial system of any nation, because voters (in particular the stupid and self-interested ones) sooner or later discover that they can vote themselves largesse from the public treasury, by electing whichever politician promises to give it to them.  In order to fulfill that promise (to some extent at least, so as to be re-elected) that politician must connive in the acquisition of government wealth by any means available, which in the case of the United States, is mainly the economic exploitation of third-world countries and of the economic resources of the planet (partly to manufacture weapons of death to sell to those and other third-world countries for financial gain).

A U.S. politician remains in office basically by stealing (together with his fellow politicians) from the rest of the world to finance the comparatively comfortable (and generally self-indulgent) lifestyle of the middle-class American voter (whether Democrat or Republican).  George W. Bush’s “War on Terrorism” is a campaign, not against terrorism, but to gain total control of the Earth’s economic resources so as to maintain this system of global theft.  Without continued capitalist exploitation of the planet’s resources the American social and financial system will collapse.  But if it persists then we face global tyranny and probably global eco-death once the fifty billion barrels of oil in the Caspian Basin (following a similar amount from already-exploited resources) has been extracted, refined and burned, with the major risk of producing irreversible atmospheric heating.

Contrary to the widespread belief among Americans that the U.S. is a constitutional democracy, the words “democracy” and “democratic” are nowhere used in the U.S. Constitution.  The Constitution of the United States does not establish a democracy; it establishes a republic.

… democracies have ever been spectacles of turbulence and contention; have ever been found incompatible with personal security, or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths. — James Madison, as quoted in Robert Welch’s Republics and Democracies
Democracy in the United States (in which the votes of dim-witted uneducated manipulable illiterates count as much as the votes of those of above-average intelligence who can understand what is best for society as a whole and not just for themselves) has finally produced a tyranny, with power concentrated in the executive branch of the U.S. federal government and denied to the states and to the people.  The other two branches of the government, the legislative and the judicial, have largely become willing tools of the executive, exactly as happened in Nazi Germany in the 1930s.  Everything the German Nazis did was legal, either because they appointed corrupt judges to interpret existing law as the Nazis wished or because they enacted laws to allow them to do what they wished to do (as has again occurred in the U.S. Congress with the October 2001 passage of the grossly misnamed “Patriot Act” — those congresscritters really have a perverted sense of humor).

The evils we experience flow from the excess of democracy.  The people do not want [that is, do not lack] virtue; but are the dupes of pretended patriots. — Elbridge Gerry, delegate to the 1787 Constitutional Convention, as quoted in Republics and Democracies
But actually the executive branch no longer requires a compliant legislative branch to enact laws because it can do so itself, by means of executive orders.  The President can stipulate that something is the case and if no-one in Congress raises any objection within a few weeks (and no congresscritter has ever raised any objection to the thousands of executive orders which have been promulgated) then whatever the President has stipulated becomes part of the law of the land.  This mechanism of executive orders provides near-dictatorial powers to the U.S. President.

And George W. Bush has now issued an executive order giving him the legal right to order the killing of anyone deemed to be a terrorist (Bush Gives Green Light to CIA for Assassination of Named Terrorists).  Interestingly, it seems that although the executive order is presented as applying to foreign “terrorists” there is nothing to prevent it from being applied to domestic “terrorists”.  A “terrorist” is a “terrorist” whether he is within the borders of the U.S. or beyond.  And who’s to say a “terrorist” cannot be an American citizen?  Thus George W. Bush has now given himself the legal right to order the killing of any American citizen that he chooses to label as a “terrorist”.  The American Republic has indeed fallen upon grim times.

A tyrannical executive branch of the U.S. federal government, arrogating all rights and powers to itself in blatant disregard of the 9th and 10th Amendments to the U.S. Constitution, has now embarked on a war of aggression against the rest of the world (particularly against any countries whose actions may threaten American economic dominance), having cynically duped the American people (by carrying out a fake terrorist attack which took the lives of thousands of them and then blaming “Arab terrorists”) into believing that this is a just and moral war.  It is an administration that is dominated by men who have no moral scruples, who seek only to increase their own power and wealth, who have only contempt for the principles upon which the United States was founded, who are in fact traitors to the American Republic, and who deserve to receive the penalty for treason — and that soon, before they succeed in extending the tyranny which now exists in the United States to encompass the entire planet (or else produce by their actions the enormous death and destruction resulting from another world war, with large-scale use of chemical, biological and nuclear weapons).


10.  Questions About the Events of September 11th
In view of the $30 billion given annually to the FBI, the CIA and other U.S. “intelligence” agencies, why were these agencies completely unaware (or so they say) of this conspiracy before they saw its results on CNN?  And why has this (apparent) incompetence been rewarded with yet more billions?
Why would hijackers intending to crash planes into the WTC hijack jets taking off from Boston rather than from someplace closer such as JFK Airport in New York?
Why would hijackers intending to crash a plane into the Pentagon hijack a jet from Dulles Airport near Washington DC and allow it to fly for an hour away from its target before turning around and flying another hour back to it?
AA Flight 77 (the jet which allegedly crashed into the Pentagon) was allegedly hijacked at about 9 a.m., at about the same time as the Twin Tower impacts, and its change of course back toward Washington, or its transponder having been turned off, would have been known to flight controllers, who were aware of the impacts; why, then, were U.S. Air Force jets not scrambled to intercept AA Flight 77, when there were U.S. Air Force jets at seven locations normally ready to take off at ten minutes’ notice?
What is on the flight data recorder and the cockpit recorder from UA Flight 93, the jet which crashed in Pennsylvania?  Were there any recorded radio transmissions from this jet just prior to its crash, and if so what were they?  Why, exactly, did this jet crash?  Was it shot down?
Where are the black boxes from all four jets? Have they been examined by experts from the National Transportation Safety Board, the agency which normally investigates airplane crashes? If not, why not?
“Workers at Indian Lake Marina [six miles from the place where UA Flight 93 crashed] said that they saw a cloud of confetti-like debris descend on the lake and nearby farms minutes after hearing the explosion that signaled the crash [or the attack on the jet] at 10:06 a.m. Tuesday.” (Pittsburg Post Gazette, Sept. 13, 2001)  If this plane was not shot down, but rather remained intact until hitting the ground, how could this debris travel the six miles from the crash site to Indian Lake in minutes when there was only a 10 mph wind blowing?  (For wind-borne debris to travel six miles in, say, six minutes requires a 60 mph wind.)
Were the conversations between the pilots of the other three hijacked planes and air traffic controllers recorded?  If so, what did those pilots say?  Were those recordings siezed by the FBI?  Were (alleged) transcripts given by the FBI to the mainstream media? Were those transcripts fabricated to provide false evidence in support of the “Arab hijackers” story?
Considering that all persons on board all four planes died, how did the FBI come up so quickly with a list of names of the alleged nineteen Arab hijackers — including aliases used by fourteen of them, in some cases seven aliases (see the Atlanta Journal-Constitution, 2001-09-27)?  Did they simply pick out all names on the passenger lists which sounded Middle Eastern?  Indeed, were those names on the passenger lists at all?  If not, why not?  Or did the FBI know in advance the names (and aliases) of the “Arab hijackers” on those flights?
Why did the South Tower collapse first, 47 minutes after it was hit, rather than the North Tower (which was hit first and collapsed 1 hour and 44 minutes after being hit), even though the fire in the North Tower (the alleged cause of the collapse) was more intense?
Would jet fuel burning in an enclosed space (with little oxygen available for combustion) actually produce temperatures high enough (1538°C, i.e. 2800°F) to melt massive steel beams (and all the steel beams, since steel conducts heat efficiently) enclosed in concrete in just 47 minutes?  If so, wouldn’t the Twin Towers have buckled and bent, and toppled over onto the surrounding buildings in the Lower Manhattan financial district, rather than collapsing neatly upon themselves in the manner of a controlled demolition?
Were the Twin Towers re-engineered in the mid-1990s to make possible a collapse-on-demand if that were judged necessary? Was FEMA aware of this? Do the blueprints of the Twin Towers reveal any evidence of this?
Why were such huge quantities of ash and dust produced?  How could fire convert concrete into dust?  Has the ash been chemically analysed to determine what it really is and how it might have been produced?
Is it not the case that the Twin Towers collapsed, not because of airliner impacts and fires, but because they were expertly demolished (even though we do not yet know exactly how this was accomplished)?
Who stood to benefit from the complete destruction of the Twin Towers?
Why were no aircraft fragments, identifiable as coming from a Boeing 757, recovered from the Pentagon crash site?
Why were no remains of the approximately sixty passengers and crew on the jet which allegedly hit the Pentagon returned to relatives for burial?
In September the Securities and Exchange Commission initiated an inquiry to establish who benefited from the unusually high numbers of put options purchased prior to September 11 for shares in companies whose stock prices subsequently plummeted, on the supposition that whoever was behind the hijacking was also behind most of the purchases of these put options.  Why has this inquiry stalled?  Why have those who benefited from the purchases of these put options not been identified (or at least, not publicly)?
How is it that a sealed envelope opened by jailers in Toronto on September 14th contained a document written prior to September 11th by Mike Vreeland, a Naval Lieutenant on active duty with an office in the Pentagon, which describes attacks against the WTC and the Pentagon?
Is it not the case that this atrocity was planned and carried out by elements at high levels of command in the U.S. Air Force, the CIA, the Justice Department and FEMA (possibly with the involvement of well-placed civilians outside the government), acting under orders from, or with the approval of, high officials within the U.S. Administration, and that those same elements are now directing a propaganda campaign against the American people to justify a war of aggression in Asia and the Middle East aimed at controlling the oil and mineral wealth of those regions?
The U.S. attack on Afghanistan has had major repercussions in the Islamic world, and it is now planning similar attacks on Iraq, Iran and North Korea (which the U.S. regards as a threat to its economic interests because if it made peace with South Korea this would open up an overland trade route between Japan and Europe via Russia).  Further military campaigns will have unforeseeable consequences and could lead to nuclear war between India and Pakistan (possibly drawing in China and Russia).

If Bush’s “War on Terrorism” is expanded beyond Afghanistan (in particular, to Iraq) it will probably lead to the overthrow of those Arab regimes whose leaders are in the pay of the Americans (in the case of Egypt, to the extent of a good chunk of the two billion dollars per year military “aid”).  Will Middle Eastern oil continue to flow to the Western industrial societies and to Japan and to China?  What might be the consequences for those countries (especially as regards feeding their people and keeping them warm in winter) if oil supplies are cut off for an extended period of time?

 Have America’s geopolitical strategists thought this through?  Perhaps they have, and see advantage to themselves in the form of the eventual realization of the goal that the Nazis set for themselves in the 1930s: a global fascist dictatorship achieved by the use of military force, and the consequent enslavement of all humans (with those unfit to work being eliminated).

We ordinary Americans are being led, step by step, down the road to a dictatorship more evil and all-pervasive than that of the late Adolph Hitler and the Nazi Party of the German aristocracy. — Sherman H. Skolnick: The Overthrow of the American Republic, Part 2
And what if the U.S. warmongers achieve their aims of gaining control of all sources of oil in Asia (and the Middle East and North Africa), and of the mineral wealth of Central Asia?  Will the Europeans, Japanese and Chinese feel secure in the knowledge that the United States will surely sell them whatever they need to maintain their industrial economies — and their military capabilities?  (The Russian and Chinese leaders surely understand the long-term threat to their national sovereignty, and are acting accordingly.)

Or is there something even more sinister going on?  Is the goal “at the highest level” the extinction of the human species?  If so, will the American people prove to be “useful idiots” facilitating the attainment of this goal?  Or, on the contrary, might they yet awaken from their ignorance, their stupidity, their greed and their egoism, take a hard look at themselves, understand what their lying, vicious, rapacious, hypocritical government is doing in the name of “freedom and democracy”, and rein in and reform that government, reconstitute their nation as a republic as the authors of the Constitution intended, and save the world, as they believe (or used to believe) is their manifest destiny?


The  9/11 You Were Never Told About – Part 1
Was the White House attacked by a drone aircraft with a dead pilot?
Joe Vialls, January 2002 
  Cessna 172R
Charles Bishop
Bank of America
5 January 2002 
 Cessna 150L
Frank Corder
The White House
11 September 1994   
 Frank Corder 
      According to the mainstream media, at about 2300 hrs on 11 September 1994, Frank Eugene Corder stole a single-engine Cessna 150L plane from an airport north of Baltimore, then headed south to Washington, flying over the National Zoological Park and down to the Mall, probably using the Washington Monument as a beacon. As he neared the famed obelisk, he banked a tight U-turn over the Ellipse, came in low over the White House South Lawn, clipped a hedge, skidded across the green lawn that girds the South Portico and crashed into a wall two stories below the presidential bedroom.
      Unfortunately, there are huge problems with this glib media account of what was, in reality, the first known deliberate air attack on a major building in America. Corder had no obvious motive for the crime, and although his wife had died some weeks before from cancer, Frank was getting on with life as best he could. He was building a small kit aircraft of his own at the same airport the Cessna 150L was stolen from, and frequently worked alone at night on his pet project, making him the perfect target of opportunity for anyone needing a pilot, dead or alive.
      Immediately after the crash, intelligence sources concurred that the flight was most probably flown as a “Proof of Concept”, designed to thoroughly test Washington’s air defenses and expose possible flaws. If the Cessna 150L managed to strike the White House wall directly, the concept would be considered proven, perhaps paving the way for later attacks using heavier aircraft loaded with munitions. In this respect the flight was a complete success.
      Although Corder’s badly mangled body was recovered from the wreckage, there was no forensic way of establishing whether he had died in the crash itself, or several hours earlier. No one witnessed Frank Corder board or steal the Cessna in Maryland, and at no time did he make radio contact with the control tower or anyone else. Frank Corder behaved in all respects like a ghost, and he may well have been dead before the Cessna left the ground in Maryland.  How? By use of remote control.
      Remote controlled aircraft have been around since the late fifties, and can be flown from the ground with absolute precision. All that is needed is a reliable radio link to the target aircraft, and if the target aircraft gets out of normal radio range, a “shepherd” aircraft to act as a radio relay, or as airborne flight director. It is now beyond reasonable doubt that the WTC attack aircraft of 11 September 2001 were controlled in a similar manner, in this case utilizing a counter-hijack system known as “Home Run”.  Those not familiar with “Home Run” can read a comprehensive report here, or use the link at the bottom of this page.
      Detailed technical information about aircraft remote control systems will be provided later in this report, but before getting into the heavy stuff, we should probably take a closer look at 15 year-old Charles Bishop. Bishop is alleged to have stolen a Cessna 172R in Florida, and then “committed suicide” by flying into the Bank of America building in downtown Tampa on 5 January 2002. Unfortunately, just like Frank Corder in 1994, no one witnessed Charles Bishop board or steal the Cessna in Florida, and at no time during the flight did Bishop communicate with the control tower or anyone else. 
 Charles Bishop, Age 15 Years 
      Spookily perhaps, there is at least one visual indicator that Bishop was probably dead long before his aircraft hit the Bank of America. A Coastguard helicopter patrolling in the local area actually flew alongside the Cessna in an attempt to force the pilot to land, but without success. In the words of the helicopter pilot: “He [Bishop] sat motionless at the controls. He would not look at the helicopter, nor would he respond to radio or hand signals telling him to land his aircraft”.
      Think about it people, think about it!  If this excitable 15 year-old was on a glorious suicide mission in support of his alleged  “idol” Osama Bin Laden, the temptation to give the Coastguard helicopter crew the finger would have been almost irresistible. After all, what did he have to lose? On the other hand, what if Bishop’s aircraft had been hijacked by remote control without his knowledge or consent? If he was still alive and saw himself being steered unerringly towards the Bank of America, chances are he would have been clawing desperately at the aircraft window, trying to get the Coastguard to save him from imminent destruction.
      “I would characterize it as a suicide,” said Tampa Police Chief Bennie Holder. A suicide note, which was found in the wreckage of the plane, “clearly stated that he had acted alone, without any help from anyone else,” Holder said. “He did, however, make statements expressing his sympathy for Osama bin Laden and the events which occurred September 11, 2001.”  News of the note police found stunned Bishop’s fifth-period algebra teacher, who described him as a bright, disciplined student who was well-liked by his classmates.  “I’m floored. Totally floored,” said Rayette Bouldrick. “He always had a smile. He was always pleasant and respectful.”
      The suicide note “clearly stated that he had acted alone”? Sure it did… It is not hard to imagine a Kamikaze school kid thinking ahead to the time when his local Police Chief will have to explain what happened, and for political reasons will need to reassure the public that no one else was involved. Absolute Bulldust! If Police Chief Bennie Holder is incapable of recognizing deliberately planted evidence, he should quit his job and go fishing.
      Many readers find the concept of remotely controlled aircraft difficult to grasp, and in the past I have received many emails critical of this aspect of my investigations. Accordingly I decided to post precise details from various sources. It is a fascinating subject little known to the public, and it all really began near a sleepy little village in Wales during the fifties.  
      Nestling beneath the stunning backdrop of the Snowdonia mountains on the mid-Wales coastline is the Defence Evaluation and Research Agency (DERA) station of Llanbedr, home to the most unusual collection of ‘aircraft’ in the UK. It is here that DERA provide remotely piloted Drone ‘aircraft’ for use as aerial targets by the RAF and other UK forces. Situated within reach of the sand dunes of Cardigan Bay, the site is clearly visible from the nearby tourist havens of Barmouth and Shell Island.
      The airfield itself was constructed in 1939, however by 1950 Llanbedr had been used by the Army for Korean War training, but was refurbished in order to return it to aviation use by No.5 Civil Anti-Aircraft Co-operation Unit with its Mosquito target tugs and Meteor TT8 aircraft. However it was intended that an unmanned target aircraft should be used from Llanbedr, and plans were laid to procure a RPV called ‘Jindivik’ from Australia. However development delays led to a decision, taken in September 1951 to develop a number of surplus Royal Navy Fairey Firefly aircraft as a target drones, to bridge the inevitable gap.
      The piston engined Firefly was a useful asset, but it was not long before the drone programme was authorised to use jet powered ex-RAF Meteor F4’s and F8’s, as they became available. In its drone guise the Meteor became known as the U.15. The first take-off under automatic control took place on 17 January 1955 with a human safety pilot on board. Llanbedr received the first Meteor U.l5 in January 1957 and the first Meteor drone sortie took place on l7 July 1958. 
 Remote Controlled British DERA Meteor U-16 
      Telemetry as such was not available then, so a shepherd aircraft, usually another Meteor would escort the drone to the entrance to the Range, hold well clear and rejoin after the mission was concluded. As the Meteor F.8 became more available, surplus airframes were also converted into the more sophisticated Meteor U.l6, which made its first drone flight in the September of 1960, with over 200 of the type eventually being ‘droned’. More details on RAF Llanbedr here.
      Note carefully here, that although Llanbedr was nominally a Royal Air Force military base, development and effective control of the remotely controlled Fireflys and Meteors, lay in the hands of the civilian British Defence Evaluation and Research Agency (DERA), which has close though discreet ties with the civilian American Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).  
      Back in the seventies it was DARPA and two American multinationals who collaborated in order to manufacture the system now known as “Home Run”, a secret counter-hijacking system designed to recover hijacked aircraft to a friendly airport with minimum damage to surviving passengers and crew.
      Similar systems used on the Meteors at Llanbedr were used on American aircraft, which improved enormously as the years went by. Nowadays the most sophisticated unmanned aircraft is probably the conversion of an F4 Phantom fighter to “QF4”, denoting full remote control capability. However, most of QF-4s retain a piloted capability. This is because test and training scenarios require a high degree of choreography to make them as realistic as possible, and so pilots have to fly the QF-4s through “dry runs” to ensure that all details are considered. The US Air Force refers to unpiloted flights using the acronym NULLO (“Not Utilizing Local Live Operator”), while the US Navy calls them NOLO (“No Onboard Live Operator”). 
  Still No Pilot
Phantom QF4E
Parked on Apron 
 Look No Pilot!
Phantom QF4G
Airborne on Range   
  QF4 Remote Ground Control  
      Up to four QF-4s can be flown in formation during NULLO flights. The drones do not interact with each other, they are simply commanded to follow a specific moving point in space known as a “rabbit”, with each aircraft maintaining a specific three-dimensional offset from the rabbit. The autopilot system on the QF-4 is very sophisticated. For example, the remote operator can land the aircraft simply by giving it a single command to land.
      Although missiles used in air combat tests don’t usually have combat warheads, once a QF-4 is used as actual target in exercises, its expected lifetime is no more than four missions. The QF-4 carries a self-destruct system to destroy itself if missile damage fails to shoot it down but causes it to become a potential threat. More details on the unmanned QF-4 are available here.
       It does not take a rocket scientist to fit a basic remote control (plus rabbit), to a humble little Cessna standing unguarded at a remote civilian airfield. Once the pilot is on board – or placed on board, the basic system will fly the aircraft wherever the controller desires, including into the wall of the White House or the Bank of America building. Basically all he or she needs to do is “lead” the aircraft with the invisible rabbit, and the Cessna will follow as vigorously as a greyhound at a race track. 
      The reason for the attack on the White House on 11 September 1994 is still shrouded in mystery, but the logic of a “Proof of Concept” flight is compelling. We can safely leave that incident alone for the present, especially bearing in mind later events on 11 September 2001, which need no further explanation here.
     Not so obvious is the use of young Charles Bishop against the Bank of America late on Saturday 5 January, so informed speculation will have to suffice. At the subliminal television level, the two words “Bank” and “America” certainly acted as powerful psychological reinforcers on the global viewing public. Everyone knows that the World Trade Center was America’s premier “banking” zone, and everyone knows “America” has been attacked by aircraft belonging to “American” Airlines. Whether intentional or not, the effect of the Cessna crash in Florida was to once again sensitize Americans and others to flying over, or even near, America.
     Srill on the subject of psychological reinforcers, it cannot be denied that this particular crash served to highlight the utter futility of grounding crop spray planes to prevent “terrorists” from spreading “biological toxins”. The simple reality here is that Bishop’s small plane, or any of the other tens of thousand like it, could easily carry enough Anthrax spores to kill half the population of Florida, or any other state, simply by crashing into a tall city building..
      An alternative motive, perhaps compelling for the American Administration, would be that of “reinforcing” the absolute fiction that a bunch of  “Arab Hijackers” with basic Cessna training, managed to control three heavy jets moving at over 400 miles per hour, manipulate their descent, and then hit three target bullseyes in Washington and New York so small that success would tax the skills of highly experienced jet fighter pilots. 
      Vast numbers of American and others around the world are questioning the involvement of Osama Bin Laden in the events of 11 September, even more so now after the release of George W Bush’s blatantly forged “Osama Confession” video. Somehow this questioning must be stopped, and the public forced to believe the increasingly wild claims about the “hijackers”.
      What better way than to arrange for a 15 year-old boy with only six flying hours to mount an attack on the Bank of America building in Florida? Think about it. If 15 year-old  Bishop could score a direct hit on Bank of America, then surely everyone must believe that the far more experienced and older Mohammed Atta (or whoever), with ten flying hours on a 4,000# Cessna, could obviously throw a 420,000# Boeing 767 airliner around New York’s restricted airspace like a giant kiddy toy.
      But the show must go on. Though Osama Bin Laden and Afghanistan had absolutely nothing to do with the New York and Washington attacks, from the viewpoint of certain American institutions it is vital that American military operations in Afghanistan be allowed to continue unhindered, to their final and extremely profitable conclusion.
      Put simply, the “War on Terror” in Afghanistan has nothing to do with terror, and absolutely nothing to do with Unocal plans for an oil pipeline running from the Caspian Sea, through Afghanistan, to a Pakistani port. Though plans were once drawn up for just such a pipeline, estimated infrastructure costs were so high that the project was permanently filed in the wastebasket.
      Afghanistan is all about the drugs trade, which provided nearly 80% of the world’s #4 100% pure opium through American cartels and the CIA, until the Taliban took control in 1996. For a while the Taliban stopped the trade altogether, then started it again when the heroin was required as “trade” for more weapons and ammo from China and Russia. The problem after 1996 was that Taliban heroin was no longer routed via the American cartels, which lost tens of billions of dollars as a direct result.
      The “War on Terror” was launched to get rid of the Taliban, and their strangle- hold on the heroin reserves rightfully “owned” by the American cartels. That job is almost complete. As I write, all of the CIA’s old warlord “friends” have been restored to power, and the Afghan poppy fields have already been sowed with the 2002 crop. So courtesy of a thoughtful and caring American Administration, fresh supplies of lethal heroin for your children and their friends, should be arriving in your very own American town or city sometime soon.


One wonders how these events could have been ignored by the major media or
treated as isolated incidents. Failing that, how could skilled news agencies
avoid being outraged, or at least even just a little suspicious?

1.      1991-1997 – Major U.S. oil companies including ExxonMobil, Texaco,
Unocal, BP Amoco, Shell and Enron directly invest billions in cash bribing
heads of state in Kazakhstan to secure equity rights in the huge oil
reserves in these regions. The oil companies further commit to future direct
investments in Kazakhstan of $35 billion. Not being willing to pay
exorbitant prices to Russia to use Russian pipelines the major oil companies
have no way to recoup their investments. [“The Price of Oil,” by Seymour
Hersh, The New Yorker, July 9, 2001 – The Asia Times, “The Roving Eye Part I
Jan. 26, 2002.]

2.      December 4, 1997 – Representatives of the Taliban are invited guests
to the Texas headquarters of Unocal to negotiate their support for the
pipeline. Subsequent reports will indicate that the negotiations failed,
allegedly because the Taliban wanted too much money. [Source: The BBC, Dec.
4, 1997]

3.      February 12, 1998 – Unocal Vice President John J. Maresca – later to
become a Special Ambassador to Afghanistan – testifies before the House that
until a single, unified, friendly government is in place in Afghanistan the
trans-Afghani pipeline needed to monetize the oil will not be built.
[Source: Testimony before the House International Relations Committee.]

4.      1998 – The CIA ignores warnings from Case Officer Robert Baer that
Saudi Arabia was harboring an al-Q’aeda cell led by two known terrorists. A
more detailed list of known terrorists is offered to Saudi intelligence in
August 2001 and refused. [Source: Financial Times 1/12/01; See No Evil by a
book by Robert Baer (release date Feb. 2002).

5.      April, 1999 – Enron with a $3 billion investment to build an
electrical generating plant at Dabhol India loses access to plentiful LNG
supplies from Qatar to fuel the plant. Its only remaining option to make the
investment profitable is a trans-Afghani gas pipeline to be built by Unocal
from Turkmenistan that would terminate near the Indian border at the city of
Multan. [Source: The Albion Monitor, Feb. 28, 2002.]

6.      1998 and 2000 – Former President George H.W. Bush travels to Saudi
Arabia on behalf of the privately owned Carlyle Group, the 11th largest
defense contractor in the U.S. While there he meets privately with the Saudi
royal family and the bin Laden family. [Source: Wall Street Journal, Sept.
27, 2001. See also FTW, Vol. IV, No 7 – “The Best Enemies Money Can Buy,” –
members/carlyle.html. ]

7.      January, 2001 – The Bush Administration orders the FBI and
intelligence agencies to “back off” investigations involving the bin Laden
family, including two of Osama bin Laden’s relatives (Abdullah and Omar) who
were living in Falls Church, VA – right next to CIA headquarters. This
followed previous orders dating back to 1996, frustrating efforts to
investigate the bin Laden family. [Source: BBC Newsnight, Correspondent
Gregg Palast – Nov 7, 2001].

8.      Feb 13, 2001 – UPI Terrorism Correspondent Richard Sale – while
covering a trial of bin Laden’s Al Q’aeda followers – reports that the
National Security Agency has broken bin Laden’s encrypted communications.
Even if this indicates that bin Laden changed systems in February it does
not mesh with the fact that the government insists that the attacks had been
planned for years.

9.      May 2001 – Secretary of State Colin Powell gives $43 million in aid
to the Taliban regime, purportedly to assist hungry farmers who are starving
since the destruction of their opium crop in January on orders of the
Taliban regime. [Source: The Los Angeles Times, May 22, 2001].

10.     May, 2001 – Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage, a career
covert operative and former Navy Seal, travels to India on a publicized tour
while CIA Director George Tenet makes a quiet visit to Pakistan to meet with
Pakistani leader General Pervez Musharraf. Armitage has long and deep
Pakistani intelligence connections and he is the recipient of the highest
civil decoration awarded by Pakistan. It would be reasonable to assume that
while in Islamabad, Tenet, in what was described as “an unusually long
meeting,” also met with his Pakistani counterpart, Lt. General Mahmud Ahmad,
head of the ISI. [Source The Indian SAPRA news agency, May 22, 2001.]

11.     June 2001 – German intelligence, the BND, warns the CIA and Israel
that Middle Eastern terrorists are “planning to hijack commercial aircraft
to use as weapons to attack important symbols of American and Israeli
culture.” [Source: Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, September 14, 2001.]

12.     July, 2001 – Three American officials: Tom Simmons (former U.S.
Ambassador to Pakistan), Karl Inderfurth (former Assistant Secretary of
State for South Asian affairs) and Lee Coldren (former State Department
expert on South Asia), meet with Pakistani and Russian intelligence officers
in Berlin and tell them that the U.S. is planning military strikes against
Afghanistan in October. A French book released in November, “Bin Laden – La
Verité Interdite,” discloses that Taliban representatives often sat in on
the meetings. British papers confirm that the Pakistani ISI relayed the
threats to the Taliban. [Source: The Guardian, September 22, 2001; the BBC,
September 18, 2001.The Inter Press Service, Nov 16, 2001]

13.     Summer, 2001 – The National Security Council convenes a Dabhol
working group as revealed in a series of government e-mails obtained by The
Washington Post and the New York Daily News. [Source: The Albion Monitor,
Feb. 28, 2002]

14.     Summer 2001 – According to a Sept. 26 story in Britain’s The
Guardian, correspondent David Leigh reported that, “U.S. department of
defense official, Dr. Jeffrey Starr, visited Tajikistan in January. The
Guardian’s Felicity Lawrence established that US Rangers were also training
special troops in Kyrgyzstan. There were unconfirmed reports that Tajik and
Uzbek special troops were training in Alaska and Montana.”

15.     Summer 2001 (est.) – Pakistani ISI Chief General Ahmad (see above)
orders an aide to wire transfer $100,000 to Mohammed Atta, who was according
to the FBI, the lead terrorist in the suicide hijackings. Ahmad recently
resigned after the transfer was disclosed in India and confirmed by the FBI.
[Source: The Times of India, October 11, 2001.]

16.     Summer 2001 – An Iranian man phones U.S. law enforcement to warn of
an imminent attack on the World Trade Center in the week of September 9th.
German police confirm the calls but state that the U.S. Secret Service would
not reveal any further information. [Source: German news agency “online.de”,
September 14, 2001, translation retrieved from online.ie in Ireland.]

17.     June 26, 2001 – The magazine indiareacts.com states that “India and
Iran will ‘facilitate’ US and Russian plans for ‘limited military action’
against the Taliban.” The story indicates that the fighting will be done by
US and Russian troops with the help of Tajikistan and Uzbekistan. [Source:
indiareacts.com, June 26, 2001.]

18.     August 2001 – The FBI arrests an Islamic militant linked to bin
Laden in Boston. French intelligence sources confirm that the man is a key
member of bin Laden’s network and the FBI learns that he has been taking
flying lessons. At the time of his arrest the man is in possession of
technical information on Boeing aircraft and flight manuals. [Source:
Reuters, September 13.]

19.     August 11 or 12 – US Navy Lt. Delmart “Mike” Vreeland, jailed in
Toronto on U.S. fraud charges and claiming to be an officer in U.S. Naval
intelligence, writes details of the pending WTC attacks and seals them in an
envelope which he gives to Canadian authorities. [Source: The Toronto Star,
Oct. 23, 2001; Toronto Superior Court Records]

20.     Summer 2001 – Russian intelligence notifies the CIA that 25
terrorist pilots have been specifically training for suicide missions. This
is reported in the Russian press and news stories are translated for FTW by
a retired CIA officer.

21.     July 4-14, 2001 – Osama bin Laden receives treatments for kidney
disease at the American hospital in Dubai and meets with a CIA official who
returns to CIA headquarters on July 15th. [Source: Le Figaro, October 31st,

22.     August 2001 – Russian President Vladimir Putin orders Russian
intelligence to warn the U.S. government “in the strongest possible terms”
of imminent attacks on airports and government buildings. [Source: MS-NBC
interview with Putin, September 15.]

23.     August/September, 2001 – The Dow Jones Industrial Average drops
nearly 900 points in the three weeks prior to the attack. A major stock
market crash is imminent.

24.     Sept. 3-10, 2001 – MS-NBC reports on September 16 that a caller to a
Cayman Islands radio talk show gave several warnings of an imminent attack
on the U.S. by bin Laden in the week prior to 9/11.

25.     September 1-10, 2001 – In an exercise, Operation “Swift Sword”
planned for four years, 23, 000 British troops are steaming toward Oman.
Although the 9/11 attacks caused a hiccup in the deployment the massive
operation was implemented as planned. At the same time two U.S. carrier
battle groups arrive on station in the Gulf of Arabia just off the Pakistani
coast. Also at the same time, some 17,000 U.S. troops join more than 23,000
NATO troops in Egypt for Operation “Bright Star.” All of these forces are in
place before the first plane hits the World Trade Center. [Sources: The
Guardian, CNN, FOX, The Observer, International Law Professor Francis Boyle,
the University of Illinois.]

26.     September 7, 2001 – Florida Governor Jeb Bush signs a two-year
emergency executive order (01-261) making new provisions for the Florida
National Guard to assist law enforcement and emergency-management personnel
in the event of large civil disturbances, disaster or acts of terrorism.
[Source: State of Florida web site listing of Governor’s Executive Orders.]

27.     September 6-7, 2001 – 4,744 put options (a speculation that the
stock will go down) are purchased on United Air Lines stock as opposed to
only 396 call options (speculation that the stock will go up). This is a
dramatic and abnormal increase in sales of put options. Many of the UAL puts
are purchased through Deutschebank/AB Brown, a firm managed until 1998 by
the current Executive Director of the CIA, A.B. “Buzzy” Krongard. [Source:
The Herzliyya International Policy Institute for Counterterrorism,
http://www.ict.org.il/, September 21; The New York Times; The Wall Street

28.     September 10, 2001 – 4,516 put options are purchased on American
Airlines as compared to 748 call options. [Source: ICT – above]

29.     September 6-11, 2001 – No other airlines show any similar trading
patterns to those experienced by UAL and American. The put option purchases
on both airlines were 600% above normal. This at a time when Reuters
(September 10) issues a business report stating, “Airline stocks may be
poised to take off.”

30.     September 6-10, 2001 – Highly abnormal levels of put options are
purchased in Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, AXA Re(insurance) which owns 25%
of American Airlines, and Munich Re. All of these companies are directly
impacted by the September 11 attacks. [Source: ICT, above; FTW, Vol. IV,
No.7, October 18, 2001, http://www.fromthewilderness.com/
members/oct152001.html. ]

31.     It has been documented that the CIA, the Israeli Mossad and many
other intelligence agencies monitor stock trading in real time using highly
advanced programs reported to be descended from Promis software. This is to
alert national intelligence services of just such kinds of attacks. Promis
was reported, as recently as June, 2001 to be in Osama bin Laden’s
possession and, as a result of recent stories by FOX, both the FBI and the
Justice Department have confirmed its use for U.S. intelligence gathering
through at least this summer. This would confirm that CIA had additional
advance warning of imminent attacks. [Sources: The Washington Times,  June
15, 2001; FOX News, October 16, 2001; FTW, October  26, 2001, –
members/magic_carpet.html; FTW, Vol. IV, No.6, Sept. 18, 2001 –
members/sept1801.html; FTW, Vol. 3, No 7, 9/30/00 –

32.     September 11, 2001 – Gen Mahmud of the ISI (see above), friend of
Mohammed Atta, is visiting Washington on behalf of the Taliban. He is
meeting with the Chairmen of the House and Senate Intelligence Committees,
Porter Goss (R), FL and Bob Graham (D), Fl [Sources: MS-NBC, Oct. 7, The New
York Times, Feb. 17, 2002.]

33.     September 11, 2002 – Employees of Odigo, Inc. in Israel, one of the
world’s largest instant messaging companies, with offices in New York,
receive threat warnings of an imminent attack on the WTC less than two hours
before the first plane hits the WTC. Law enforcement authorities have gone
silent about any investigation of this. The Odigo Research and Development
offices in Israel are located in the city of Herzliyya, a ritzy suburb of
Tel Aviv which is the same location as the Institute for Counter Terrorism
which breaks early details of insider trading on 9-11. [Source: CNN’s Daniel
Sieberg, 9/28/01; Newsbytes, Brian McWilliams, 9/27/01; Ha’aretz,

34.     September 11, 2001, For 50 minutes, from 8:15 AM until 9:05 AM, with
it widely known within the FAA and the military that four planes have been
simultaneously hijacked and taken off course, no one notifies the President
of the United States. It is not until 9:30 that any Air Force planes are
scrambled to intercept, but by then it is too late. This means that the
National Command Authority waited for 75 minutes before scrambling aircraft,
even though it was known that four simultaneous hijackings had occurred – an
event that has never happened in history. [Sources: CNN, ABC, MS-NBC, The
Los Angeles Times, The New York Times.]

35.     September 13, 2001 – China is admitted to the World Trade
Organization quickly, after 15 years of unsuccessful attempts. [Source: The
New York Times, Sept. 30, 2001.]

36.     September 14, 2001 – Canadian jailers open the sealed envelope from
Mike Vreeland in Toronto and see that is describes attacks against the WTC
and Pentagon. The U.S. Navy subsequently states that Vreeland was discharged
as a seaman in 1986 for unsatisfactory performance and has never worked in
intelligence. [Source: The Toronto Star, Oct. 23, 2001; Toronto Superior
Court records]

37.     September 15, 2001 – The New York Times reports that Mayo Shattuck
III has resigned, effective immediately, as head of the Alex (A.B) Brown
unit of Deutschebank.

38.     September 29, 2001 – The San Francisco Chronicle reports that $2.5
million in put options on American Airlines and United Airlines are
unclaimed. This is likely the result of the suspension in trading on the
NYSE after the attacks which gave the Securities and Exchange Commission
time to be waiting when the owners showed up to redeem their put options.

39.     October 10, 2001 – The Pakistani newspaper The Frontier Post reports
that U.S. Ambassador Wendy Chamberlain has paid a call on the Pakistani oil
minister. A previously abandoned Unocal pipeline from Turkmenistan, across
Afghanistan, to the Pakistani coast, for the purpose of selling oil and gas
to China, is now back on the table “in view of recent geopolitical

40.     October 11, 2001 – The Ashcroft Justice Department takes over all
terrorist prosecutions from the U.S. Attorneys office in New York which has
had a highly successful track record in prosecuting terrorist cases
connected to Osama bin Laden. [Source: The New York Times, Oct. 11, 2002.]

41.     Mid October, 2001 – The Dow Jones Industrial Average, after having
suffered a precipitous drop has recovered most of its pre-attack losses.
Although still weak, and vulnerable to negative earnings reports, a crash
has been averted by a massive infusion of government spending on defense
programs, subsidies for “affected” industries and planned tax cuts for

42.     November 21, 2001 – The British paper The Independent runs a story
headlined, “Opium Farmers Rejoice at the Defeat of the Taliban.” The story
reports that massive opium planting is underway all over the country.

43.     November 25, 2001 – The Observer runs a story headlined “Victorious
Warlords Set To Open the Opium Floodgates.” It states that farmers are being
encouraged by warlords allied with the victorious Americans are “being
encouraged to plant “as much opium as possible.”

44.     December 4, 2001 – Convicted drug lord and opium kingpin Ayub Afridi
is recruited by the US government to help establish control in Afghanistan
by unifying various Pashtun warlords. The former opium smuggler who was one
of the CIA’s leading assets in the war against the Russians is released from
prison in order to do this. [Source: The Asia Times Online, 12/4/01].

45.     December 25, 2001 – Newly appointed afghani Prime Minister Hamid
Karzai is revealed as being a former paid consultant for Unocal. [Source: Le

46.     January 3, 2002 – President Bush appoints Zalamy Khalilzad as a
special envoy to Afghanistan. Khalilzad, a former employee of Unocal, also
wrote op-eds in the Washington Post in 1997 supporting the Taliban regime.
[Source: Pravda, 1/9/02]

47.     January 4, 2002 – Florida drug trafficking explodes after 9-11. In a
surge of trafficking reminiscent of the 1980s the diversion of resources
away from drug enforcement has opened the floodgates for a new surge of
cocaine and heroin from South America. [The Christian Science Monitor,
January 4, 2002.

48.     January 10, 2002 – In a call from a speaker phone in open court,
attorneys for “Mike” Vreeland call the Pentagon’s switchboard operator who
confirms that Vreeland is indeed a Naval Lieutenant on active duty. She
provides an office number and a direct dial phone extension to his office in
the Pentagon. [Source: Attorney Rocco Galati; court records Toronto Superior

49.     January 10, 2002 – Attorney General John Ashcroft recuses himself
from the Enron investigation because Enron had been a major campaign donor
in his 2000 Senate race. He fails to recuse himself from involvement in two
sitting Federal grand juries investigating bribery and corruption charges
against ExxonMobil and BP-Amoco who have massive oil interests in Central
Asia. Both were major Ashcroft donors in 2000. [Source: CNN, Jan. 10, 2002 –
FTW original investigation, The Elephant in the Living Room, Part I, Apr 4,

50.     February 9, 2002 – Pakistani leader General Musharraf and Afghan
leader Hamid Karzai announce their agreement to “cooperate in all spheres of
activity” including the proposed Central Asian pipeline. Pakistan will give
$10 million to Afghanistan to help pay Afghani government workers. [Source:
The Irish Times, 2/9/02]

51.     Feb 18, 2002 – The Financial Times reports that the estimated opium
harvest in Afghanistan in the late Spring of 2002 will reach a world record
4500 metric tons.

Now, let’s go back to the October 31 story by Le Figaro – the one that has
Osama bin Laden meeting with a CIA officer in Dubai this June.

The story says that, “Throughout his stay in the hospital, Osama Bin Laden
received visits from many family members [There goes the story that he’s a
black sheep!] and Saudi Arabian Emirate personalities of status. During this
time the local representative of the CIA was seen by many people taking the
elevator and going to bin Laden’s room.

“Several days later the CIA officer bragged to his friends about having
visited the Saudi millionaire. From authoritative sources, this CIA agent
visited CIA headquarters on July 15th, the day after bin Laden’s departure
for Quetta÷

“According to various Arab diplomatic sources and French intelligence
itself, precise information was communicated to the CIA concerning terrorist
attacks aimed at American interests in the world, including its own

“Extremely bothered, they [American intelligence officers in a meeting with
French intelligence officers] requested from their French peers exact
details about the Algerian activists [connected to bin Laden through Dubai
banking institutions], without explaining the exact nature of their inquiry.
When asked the question, “What do you fear in the coming days?’ the
Americans responded with incomprehensible silence.”÷

“On further investigation, the FBI discovered certain plans that had been
put together between the CIA and its “Islamic friends” over the years. The
meeting in Dubai is, so it would seem, consistent with ‘a certain American

Even though Le Figaro reported that it had confirmed with hospital staff
that bin Laden had been there as reported, stories printed on November 1
contained quotes from hospital staff that these reports were untrue. On
November 1, as reported by the Ananova press agency, the CIA flatly denied
that any meeting between any CIA personnel and Osama bin Laden at any time.

Who do you believe?


FTW, November 2, 2001 – 1200 PST — On October 31, the French daily Le
Figaro dropped a bombshell. While in a Dubai hospital receiving treatment
for a chronic kidney infection last July, Osama bin Laden met with a top CIA
official – presumably the Chief of Station. The meeting, held in bin Laden’s
private suite, took place at the American hospital in Dubai at a time when
he was a wanted fugitive for the bombings of two U.S. embassies and this
year’s attack on the U.S.S. Cole. Bin Laden was eligible for execution
according to a 2000 intelligence finding issued by President Bill Clinton
before leaving office in January. Yet on July 14th he was allowed to leave
Dubai on a private jet and there were no Navy fighters waiting to force him




Introduction: Project Censored 25th Anniversary; By Noam Chomsky

#1: World Bank and Multinational Corporations Seek to Privatize Water

#2: OSHA Fails to Protect U.S. Workers

#3: U.S. Army’s Psychological Operations Personnel Worked at CNN

#4: Did the U.S. Deliberately Bomb the Chinese Embassy in Belgrade?

#5: U.S. Taxpayers Underwrite Global Nuclear Power Plant Sales

#6: International Report Blames U.S. and Others for Genocide in Rwanda

#7: Independent Study Points to Dangers of Genetically Altered Foods
(Dismissed by Media and Biotech Industry)

#8: Drug Companies Influence Doctors and Health Organizations to Push Meds

#9: EPA Plans to Disburse Toxic/Radioactive Wastes into Denver’s Sewage System

#10: Silicon Valley Uses Immigrant Engineers to Keep Salaries Low

#11: United Nations Corporate Partnerships-A Human Rights Peril

#12: Cuba Leads the World in Organic Farming

#13: The World Trade Organization is an Illegal Institution

#14: Europe Holds Companies Environmentally Responsible, Despite U.S.

#15: Gerber Uses the WTO to Suppress Laws that Promote Breastfeeding

#16: Human Genome Project Opens the Door to Ethnically Specific Bioweapens

#17: IMF and World Bank Staff Tightly Connected to New Yugoslav Government

#18: Indigenous People Challenge Private Ownership and Patenting of Life

#19: U.S. Using Dangerous Fungus to Eradicate Coca Plants in Colombia

#20: Disabled Most Likely to be Victims of Serious Crime

#21: U.S Military Bombing Range Destroys Korean Village Life

#22: U.S. Government Repressed Marijuana-Tumor Research

#23: Very Small Levels of Chemical Exposures Can be Dangerous

#24: Pentagon Seeks Mega-Mergers Between International Arms Corporations

#25: Community Activists Outsit McDonalds

Greetings from the Center for an Informed America! Please forward this message widely. If this message was forwarded to you and you would like to receive future mailings, e-mail a request to be added to this mailing list.
This article comes courtesy of Swans. The original is at: http://www.swans.com/library/art8/dmg001.html
America Through The Looking Glass
by David McGowan
April 8, 2002
In the immortal words of Lewis Carroll, things are getting curiouser and curiouser. If there has ever been a more bizarre presidential team in place at the White House at any other time in U.S. history, it doesn’t immediately come to mind.
        Consider, if you will, that we have a vice-president (and I use that term rather loosely) who has all but disappeared from public view without any kind of credible explanation having been given to the American people. It appeared at first as though Cheney’s vanishing act was a temporary and cynical ploy that would allow George the Younger to appear as though he were actually running the show.
        But six months have now passed and Dick has only been whipped out for a few passing photo-ops (and to do some arm-twisting in the Middle-East). Never before, even during times of World or Civil War, has such secrecy and security ever been deemed necessary. What possible explanation can there be for this? What credible threats is the vice-president facing?
        The only possible danger that Cheney could find himself in would be facing impeachment proceedings for, among other things, his involvement in the Enron scandal and his questionable dealings with Iraq (1). But that of course could only happen if we had a Congress that wasn’t as fully corrupt as the White House team that they are supposed to provide checks and balances on.
        Consider also that we have a president (and I use that term even more loosely) who is so intellectually challenged that before even losing the election he had already issued enough verbal gaffes to fill a book or two. He seemingly cannot open his mouth to utter an unscripted response without lapsing into almost complete incoherence, as though he received his English instruction via home-schooling by his dad.
        On top of that, he has appeared in public no fewer than three times now with noticeably large bruises/contusions on his face. First there was the enormous bandage he sported in the dark days of the ‘hanging chads.’ Then there were the obvious contusions late in the year that would have gone without mention were it not for a reporter’s question; only then did the White House hurriedly issue a claim that Bush had had lesions removed from his face.
        And then we were treated to the sublimely comical story that our fearless leader lost consciousness while snacking on a pretzel and fell face-first into a coffee table (I could make a cheap joke here about the ‘leader of the free world’ being unable to watch TV and chew pretzels at the same time, but will refrain from doing so). And we were told that this is actually a very common occurrence.
        Say what? In what parallel universe is this a common occurrence? What exactly is going on behind closed doors on Pennsylvania Avenue?
        Is Poppy Bush trying to slap some sense into his brain-addled youngster? Is George hitting the bottle a little too hard … just before hitting the floor? Is Stepford-wife Laura a closet dominatrix who sometimes gets a little carried away (“Goddamnit, Laura! How many times do I have to tell you? … stay away from the face!”)? Something is obviously not quite right here.
        The media though doesn’t seem to find anything unusual about the George and Dick Show. Nary a question has been raised about what exactly Cheney is doing in his ‘secure’ location. Bush’s incoherent mumblings, brain-deadening jingoism, and stunning lack of knowledge about any issue of any significance are somehow presented as though the man has magically assumed presidential stature unequaled in U.S. history.
        What the hell is going on here?
        For the most part, just business-as-usual as the media performs its time-honored role of covering-up for the inadequacies and crimes of our ‘elected’ leaders. Yet it has become bizarrely surreal as the press struggles mightily to continue performing that function even while faced with an administration both arrogant and criminal almost beyond human comprehension.
        How are we to digest the events of the last year? – the wholesale theft of a presidential election, the massive give-aways to the largest and most corrupt corporations in the country, the largely unexplained and completely uninvestigated September 11 attacks, the declaration of open-ended war on much of the world, the rapidly escalating attacks on civil liberties and privacy rights ….
        Millions are surely struggling to make sense of their world as the full extent of the corruption of the American political, economic and legal systems is increasingly laid bare. Denial is a fierce weapon, but it does have its limits – even when aided and abetted by a ‘mental health’ community that hands out MK-ULTRA-derived anti-anxiety and anti-depressant drugs like Halloween candy.
        How are we to make sense of a vast sea of media outlets all shouting the same lies and all failing to ask the most obvious of questions? How are we to account for an allegedly thriving ‘alternative’ press that takes at face value the official version of the events of September 11 – pretending not to notice the gaping holes in the story? And how are we to make sense of the fact that the leading voices of the supposed ‘left’ have questioned the events of 9-11 only in terms of so-called ‘blowback,’ carefully avoiding questioning the underlying assumption that “Osama did it”?
        And how long can we cling to the futile hope that the Democratic Party is somehow going to ride to the rescue and get us out of this mess? The party whose two standard-bearers, “Animatronic Al” Gore and Joe “Jews for Fascism” Lieberman, have openly cheered the ‘War on Terrorism,’ all but demanded its expansion into Iraq, endorsed the preposterous notion of an ‘Axis of Evil,’ and given favorable reviews to America’s new nuclear ‘Posture’? The party whose congressional members, in both houses, have embraced nearly every reactionary appointment by the Bush regime, signed on to every openly fascistic ‘security’ measure that has come their way, given a huge thumbs-up to virtually unlimited military spending, and failed completely to voice even the tiniest protest over the flagrant theft of the election or to launch any sort of an investigation into the events of September 11?
        And those are just a few of the Democratic Party’s recent sins.
        Of course, our learned opinion-shapers insist that the Democrats’ hands are tied – hampered by the massive public support behind the Bush agenda. Opinion polls, brought to you by the very same media to whom lying is an art form, keep insisting that to be the case. And I have a couple of towers in New York that I can let you have for a real good price ….
        The truth is that the Democratic Party, quite frankly, offers no resistance to the Bush juggernaut because they differ from their Republican counterparts only in that they give slightly more lip-service to social issues. And that, of course, is only posturing for public consumption.
        Changing the party in charge of the White House and/or Congress isn’t going to significantly alter the agenda. Everyone of any importance in Washington is on-board the war train for the long haul. And the notion that the war is being prolonged just to gain a Republican advantage in the 2002 and 2004 elections, propagated by many a pseudo-dissident journalist, is pure fantasy.
        As has been made quite clear by a steady stream of official statements, this is a ‘war’ without end – a war with the goal of wiping out any and all pockets of resistance throughout the world, including here on the home front, to the corporate and military elite’s vision of a system of global fascism, and with the parallel goal of identifying false enemies to keep the American people too frightened, disoriented and disjointed to fight back against the encroaching police state. Doesn’t anybody read Orwell anymore?
        But I know how comforting it is to believe in the American ship of state. To believe in the two-party system. To believe in the Democratic Party as the party of the people. To believe that things will be OK again just as soon as the next election rolls around and we can get ‘our’ party back in charge. To believe that our obviously free press isn’t really lying to us. To believe that ‘this too shall pass,’ and that we’ll be back to ‘normal’ soon.
        It wasn’t that long ago that I was a believer.
        But that was before I joined the ranks of those who inhabit a strange, hallucinatory world that is roughly akin to waking up every morning finding yourself trapped in a cheesy sci-fi film. Clicking on the TV, you find that the same lies that you just heard the day before are still spewing out. Turning the channel, you discover that everyone is telling the same lies, in the same way, using the same catch-phrases as though if everyone repeats them they somehow acquire some kind of inherent meaning.
        No matter how many times you change the channel, all you hear is “war on terrorism … axis of evil … rule of law … evil-doers … weapons of mass destruction … enduring freedom … 9-11 … 9-11 … 9-11 … ”
        You briefly ponder whether you might be a victim of some kind of practical joke – an unwitting participant in some kind of new ‘reality show.’ But then you find that everyone else seems to believe the lies, or at least they pretend to. Could they all be in on the joke? And if this isn’t a joke, then how come you seem to be the only one who can see so clearly that the emperor has no clothes?
        You hear on the news that the key witness in the biggest financial scandal in the nation’s history has been found shot to death in his car not long before he is to begin delivering his testimony. “Holy shit!” you say, “they’re killing off witnesses in broad daylight.” But no, the somber newscasters all intone, it was an unfortunate suicide.
        “Ha!” you say, “nobody’s going to believe that one. The shit is really going to fly now.” You remember back to when Vince Foster supposedly committed suicide, and how the ‘liberal’ media had a field day with the story. “Payback’s a bitch,” you say to yourself. “The Dumbocrats are going to get some mileage out of this one.”
        But nobody says a word. No one on Capitol Hill, no one in the press corps. You mention to some co-workers that the suicide story sounds a little suspect, and they look at you as though you are wearing an “I Love Osama” button on your lapel as they robotically ask you if you’ve been to see Black Hawk Down yet. Realizing that you’ve blown your cover, you start nervously watching out of the corner of your eye for the goon squad to arrive and send you happily on your way to Guantanamo.
        The Enron scandal, you quickly realize, is not going to be seriously investigated – just as the coup-like nature of the election wasn’t investigated, and just as the ‘terrorist’ attacks on Washington and New York aren’t being investigated, and just like the anthrax attacks, so obviously timed to ratchet up the level of fear and outrage among the American people, aren’t being investigated.
        You absent-mindedly take note of the ‘terrorist alert’ warning color for the day as you ponder when this extended acid trip began and if and when it is going to end. What will it take to wake the American people up to the fact that there is something seriously wrong with this picture?
        The mounting of a coup d’etat in that diseased appendage known as Florida didn’t do it (2). Nor did the Supreme Court arrogantly ruling that the American people have no right to have their votes counted in a presidential election (3). Nor the revelation that the Bush regime – itself a shamelessly illegal, unconstitutionally-assembled government – has established an even more illegal, secret and unaccountable ‘shadow’ government. And neither did the fact that military tribunals have been proscribed that have the authority to hand down anonymous death sentences based on secret evidence presented by government-appointed lawyers.
        The indefinite detention of ‘suspects,’ held without charges in undisclosed locations and largely deprived of legal counsel, didn’t do it. Nor the open talk of torturing these same ‘suspects.’ Nor the open admissions of an emerging surveillance infrastructure that goes far beyond anything Orwell ever envisioned. Nor even the deliberate leaking of the country’s sociopathic ‘Nuclear Posture Review.’ And, as we have seen repeatedly in the past, mercilessly bombing yet another civilian population in yet another oil-driven military venture certainly didn’t do it.
        Is the control too complete – control not just of information, but of thought? Are we so blinded by propaganda, and so desperately clinging to the basic human desire to view ourselves as the good guys, that we are fundamentally incapable of taking an objective look at the world we live in? Can the government get away with literally any lie, no matter how brazen? Is there no hope?
        Or is the script of this particular Roger Corman flick somewhat different than what it appears to be?
        What if you’re not the only sane person left in a world gone mad? What if there are millions of others out there, all harboring serious doubts about the increasingly unpalatable servings of ‘news’ we are being dished-up? And what if the number of such individuals is growing every day?
        What if the constant touting of Bush’s alleged popularity is all part of a well-orchestrated psy-war campaign aimed at stifling dissent by intimidating doubters in the crowd into keeping their opinions to themselves, lest they be viewed as clinically insane for failing to interpret reality in the same way that everyone else purportedly does?
        A campaign designed to make you feel, in other words, precisely as you now do: alone, isolated, frustrated, powerless, frightened and confused. A part of that campaign seems to involve, amazingly enough, efforts to taunt you – to rub in your face your utter powerlessness – by dropping tantalizing hints along the way, as though you are being dared to do something about it.
        Wasn’t it, after all, France’s Le Figaro that dropped that little bombshell about bin Laden meeting a CIA operative in a Dubai hospital room shortly before September 11? And isn’t Le Figaro owned by the Carlyle Group, whose investors and principals include the Bushes, the bin Ladens, and various ranking members of the national security infrastructure?
        And wasn’t it that mouthpiece of the far-right, the Wall Street Journal, that dropped the story about the stock market manipulations that occurred in the days immediately preceding the September 11 attacks?
        And wasn’t it a vice-president of the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, itself a fully-integrated part of the military/intelligence complex, who initially identified the collapse of the World Trade Center towers as controlled implosions?
        And wasn’t it James Bamford (a man with uncomfortably close connections to numerous NSA operatives), working with Doubleday (a publisher not known for bringing the work of dissident authors to light), whose book – released just five months before 9-11 – revealed the details of ‘Operation Northwoods’ – a purported anti-Cuban operation involving a staged provocation with marked similarities to the events of September 11?
        And what of the obviously deliberate, and curiously well-publicized, leaks of the so-called Nuclear Posture Review, of the existence of Dick’s ‘shadow’ government, and of the proposed Ministry of Propaganda*? Why leave all these crumbs scattered along the evidence trail?
        It’s a little something the spooks like to call ‘Mind War’ – more commonly known on the streets as ‘fucking with your head.’ They want you to feel as though you are stuck in the Twilight Zone. I believe Mr. Orwell referred to it as a state of “controlled insanity.”
        But even with the endless blizzard of propaganda – coming straight at you from all directions, including from virtually every avenue of the media, ‘news’ and ‘entertainment’ alike – there are clear indications emerging that there is considerably more dissent out there, considerably more questions being raised, than we are being led to believe.
        As just one indication, several commentators have noted that Michael Moore’s new book, Stupid White Men, is selling like hotcakes, despite the fact that conventional wisdom holds that there is currently no market for what is reportedly a fairly harsh assessment of America under a Bush.
        Perhaps a more significant measure of the level of discontent and frustration among the American people was reflected in the shockingly low turnout for the recent California gubernatorial primary. As the Los Angeles Times reported:
        “After the terrorists struck and the buildings fell, Americans united in a surge of patriotism not seen in a generation. On Tuesday in California, citizens were asked to join in what may be the most patriotic ritual of all, the celebration of democracy known as voting. Two out of three registered voters were no-shows.” (4)
        The article also noted that many eligible voters didn’t even bother to register. The net result was that nearly four out of five eligible California voters opted not to cast a vote in the March primary. The Times further noted that the California election was a continuation of a post-September 11 trend:
        “In Washington, for instance, turnout for the November general election – which featured two ballot initiatives on taxes – was 13 percentage points below the 1999 figure. Virginia and New Jersey elected governors in November, and turnout was down about 3% and 7%, respectively, from the previous governor’s races in 1997.
        “In Georgia, meanwhile, a special election to fill a state Senate seat was decided by just 3% of the electorate: ‘It’s always low in specials, but we usually get 15%,’ lamented Georgia’s director of elections, Linda Beazley. ‘This is dismal. What’s wrong with our voters?'” (4)
        A concerted effort is made by the Times reporter to offer up any number of excuses for the dismal voter turnout. But three words in the article, uttered by a small-business owner in Fresno, pretty much said it all: “Politics are crooked.” Or, to elaborate just a bit – a large majority of citizens recognize that voting – when presented with hand-picked, interchangeable candidates – is not a true exercise of democracy, but rather an exercise in futility.
        Perhaps one of the clearest indications that large sectors of the American electorate aren’t buying the mainstream-media line is the fact that the decades-long effort to discredit and marginalize those dissidents derisively referred to as ‘conspiracy theorists’ has been stepped-up dramatically in recent months, by both the corporate media and the self-proclaimed ‘alternative’ press.
        Prominent among those heaping derision on ‘conspiracy theories’ is The Nation’s David Corn. Among other inanities, a piece penned by Corn makes the rather remarkable claim that: “Simply put, the spies and special agents are not good enough, evil enough, or gutsy enough to mount this operation … Such an operation — to execute the simultaneous destruction of the two towers, a piece of the Pentagon, and four airplanes and make it appear as if it all was done by another party — is far beyond the skill level of U.S. intelligence.” (5)
        No … an operation of that sort would clearly require a loosely-organized band of poorly-equipped cave-dwellers.
        There’s no way that the largest and most well-funded intelligence network the world has ever seen could pull off something like that. They may be capable of rigging foreign elections, routinely plotting and carrying out assassinations and coups, and ‘destabilizing’ the economies and political structures of various hapless nations, but it clearly strains credulity to posit that they could hijack a few planes.
        They may have an enormous, secret and unaccountable budget, ‘front’ companies and organizations set up in every corner of the globe, and prominent mouthpieces installed throughout academia, the media, the legal community, the mental health community, the entertainment community, the medical community, and pretty much every other community that is in a position to influence public opinion; and they may control proxy armies and fascist (though certainly not ‘terrorist’) cells around the world, and they may have their very own private air force, but certainly no one would ever seriously suggest that such a vast intelligence network could pull off something of the magnitude of what the world saw on September 11.
        As yet another reason why alternative explanations of 9-11 are, in Corn’s words, “absurd,” “tripe,” and “crap,” he makes the bold claim that: “in the spy-world some things [are] beyond the pale.” One of those things, insists Corn, is “kill[ing] an American citizen.” (5) That would certainly take the wind out of the sails of many a ‘conspiracy theory’ – if it weren’t a statement totally unsupported by the historical record.
        Corn has already been challenged in print by such writers as Stephen Gowans, Alex Constantine, and Michael Ruppert, who is identified in the Corn article as one of those who are promoting conspiracy theories “too silly to address.” Corn has also, apparently, been challenged by many of his readers. In an L.A. Times opinion piece, he complains of the response to his missive: “I was besieged by people accusing me of being a CIA disinformation agent.” (6) Imagine that.
        Corn ends his diatribe on an interesting note: “Perhaps there’s a Pentagon or CIA office that churns out this material. It’s mission: distract people from the real wrongdoing.” (5) There is little doubt that at least some of the conspiracy theories seeking to explain the events of September 11 have been put out as deliberate disinformation to muddy the waters. But when it comes to distracting people from the “real wrongdoing,” few allegedly progressive publications do as good a job at that as does the one that Corn is associated with.
        The L.A. Times piece, written by Gale Holland a few weeks after the Corn article was posted, is a particularly offensive attack on ‘conspiracy theorists.’ The article, entitled “Have You Heard About Osama’s Cheez-It Stash?,” is illustrated with oversized, side-by-side photos of Osama bin Laden and, naturally enough, Elvis Presley. The obvious and rather heavy-handed intent is to equate alternative explanations for the September 11 attacks with Elvis sightings.
        Apparently the newspaper didn’t have any stock photos of any ‘alien grays’ to accompany the article.
        Holland refers dismissively to what he calls a “conspiracy lobby, a tiny but persistent subgroup spawned by the John F. Kennedy assassination” that is obsessed with “shadowy government agencies with Maxwell Smartish-sounding acronyms.” (6)
        As for how this “persistent subgroup” views September 11, Holland writes that: “In the misty climes where the far left meets the far right, conspiracy theories have begun to dominate the 9/11 rumor mill. The basic premise is that President Bush/ the CIA/ Big Oil either planned the attacks or let them happen to secure a U.S. oil pipeline/ take over the Middle East/ launch a one-world government.” (6)
        Well … let’s see now. Is it ‘conspiracy theorizing’ to posit that Bush, the CIA and “Big Oil” would work together towards a common cause? Is there any political family in the country with closer and more extensive ties to both the CIA and the oil industry than the Bush family? Isn’t it only stating the obvious to note that this triumvirate shares common interests and goals – goals that were in fact advanced as a result of the ‘terrorist’ attacks?
        As for the pipeline, it is a well-documented fact that the U.S. has long harbored plans to build both oil and natural gas pipelines through the nation of Afghanistan. (7) It is also an established fact that the oil companies have long coveted having a ‘stable regime’ (which is to say, a regime under the direct control of the U.S.) in place before committing to constructing those pipelines. (7) And it has already been reported that those pipeline plans, which have languished in recent years, have now been put on the fast track. (8)
        As for the Middle East, it certainly appears as though there is a major effort underway to destabilize the entire region – currently being spearheaded by the U.S.-armed proxy known as Israel, but likely soon to be coupled with a U.S. invasion of Iraq, accompanied by general mayhem in the area. It should also be noted that oil-rich Central Asia is quite obviously slated to be brought under the control of the U.S. as well, with troop deployments and the building of military bases in the region accelerating rapidly. (9)
        And as for the notion of a one-world government, what exactly does Holland think is the goal of all those “Maxwell Smartish-sounding acronyms” – the IMF, the WTO, the CFR, the TLC – if not to turn the planet into one global marketplace governed only by corporate spreadsheets – a global marketplace that can be exploited and pillaged to consolidate all of the world’s wealth into the hands of the few?
        Even while dismissing ‘conspiracy theories,’ Holland obliquely acknowledges the implausibility of the official 9-11 story: “Faced with the inexplicable, we seem to take comfort in irrational pseudo-explanations.” (6) Or perhaps, when faced with the irrational pseudo-explanations offered by the state, we take comfort in searching for a more rational, logical explanation. Or, as Gowans has written for Swans: “Where the official conspiracy theory is so bad, other conspiracy theories rush in to fill the void.” (10)
        Also jumping into the conspiracy-bashing fray, the very same week that the L.A. Times opinion piece was published, was the allegedly progressive L.A. Weekly. A report by Ella Taylor purported to shed light on the KPFK controversy – by declaring the “jewel in [the station’s] crown” (11) to be Marc Cooper, the ‘left’s’ leading cheerleader for the ‘War on Terror’ and an unapologetic supporter of the Warren Report.
        Throughout the article, Taylor refers to anyone whose politics fall to the left of hers – which is to say, anyone who is even vaguely progressive – as “hard-line Marxists,” the “Marxist left,” the “far left” which spouts “vulgar Marxist doctrine,” and finally as the “loony left.” Exemplifying the “far left,” according to Taylor, is “Amy Goodman’s popular Democracy Now” – easily the most honest offering the station serves up.
        Singled out for derision in Taylor’s tirade, as he was by both Corn and Holland, is Michael Ruppert, a former LAPD investigator who runs the From the Wilderness website (www.copvcia.com) and newsletter. In the Weekly piece, he is described as a “defrocked cop” and a “nutball conspiracy theorist.” That title is bestowed upon him for the sin of having compiled a timeline of occurrences in the months leading up to September 11, drawn from respectable media sources, that all raise serious questions about the official version of events.
        As for Taylor’s hero – Marc Cooper, one of Corn’s fellow scribes at The Nation – she notes that he “has received hundreds of e-mails insinuating that he survived the coup in Chile because he’s a CIA agent who plotted the murder of his boss, Salvador Allende.” (11) Imagine that.
        The conspiracy debunkers are striking on other fronts as well. A website billing itself as the Urban Legends Reference Pages (www.snopes2.com) has skyrocketed in popularity in the post-9-11 world, largely due to numerous citations in the print and broadcast media (Holland’s L.A. Times piece references the site twice). Along with purportedly debunking so-called ‘urban legends,’ the site has focused its attention of late on various September 11 ‘conspiracy theories.’
        On television, cable’s TNN premiered its new Conspiracy Zone in January 2002. The primary purpose of the show appears to be to make ‘conspiracy theorists’ the butt of jokes by the show’s marginally talented host, Kevin Nealon, and by the show’s almost entirely untalented celebrity guests, such as Gabe “Welcome Back, Kotter” Kaplan and Adam “The Man Show” Carrolla.
        The most recent airing of the show, on March 31, 2002, featured an appearance by, of all people, Mike Ruppert – to discuss the 1968 assassination of Robert Kennedy. Every effort was made to discredit the facts brought to the table by Ruppert (who came very well prepared), but the ringer brought in for the job, Ann Coulter, was clearly outclassed and reduced to repeatedly making the asinine assertion that “million-to-one coincidences” actually occur millions of times every day, and so we should expect to find numerous oddities and discrepancies littered throughout the RFK evidence.
        Coulter is, by the way, the very same reprehensible individual who recently wrote in the National Review that America’s response to the perpetrators of September 11 should be to “invade their countries, kill their leaders and convert them to Christianity.” More recently, princess Ann has been quoted as saying: “In contemplating college liberals, you really regret, once again, that John Walker is not getting the death penalty.  We need to execute  people like John Walker in order to physically intimidate liberals by making them realize that they could be killed, too.  Otherwise they will turn out into outright traitors.” (12) Talk about your “nutballs” …
        The question that needs to be raised here is: why is all this energy being expended to discredit ‘conspiracy theorists’? If we’re just talking here about a few “nutballs” preaching to a “tiny subgroup,” then why all the fuss? What possible threat to the purportedly rock-solid American system could such a marginalized group pose?
        As anyone who has ever published material in this country that falls outside of the boundaries of acceptable dissent can tell you, the first response of the power structure is not to attack the messenger – it is to ignore the messenger. If the publication receives no mention by the media, if it garners no reviews and – as is virtually always the case – the publisher lacks the resources and/or the opportunities to market the work, then for all intents and purposes the published material does not exist.
        It is only if and when the information manages to find an audience despite the obstacles erected, despite being ignored in the hopes that it would just go away, that the second line of defense kicks in: destroy, by any means necessary, the credibility of the source.
        We can only conclude from this then that ‘conspiracy theories’ are beginning to reach a much wider, and much more receptive, audience than the boys in Washington are comfortable with. And that which can’t be ignored must be destroyed. Coupled with the depressed voter turnouts and the apparent hunger by the American people for books critical of the current agenda, it begins to look as though there may be a considerable amount of dissent bubbling just beneath America’s tranquil surface.
        That simmering anger and frustration can be gauged in another way as well – by perusing the e-mails that are pouring in to websites that offer alternative 9-11 scenarios. The confusion, anger and fear is palpable in such mailings. They frequently begin something like this: “I have never considered myself to be a conspiracy theorist, but …. ”
        The desperation evident in such mailings is striking, as respondents struggle mightily to find answers to questions they never thought they would be asking. One such letter, drawn from my own mailbag, captures quite eloquently the spirit of such letter writers. It is reproduced here just as it was received:
        “I am 52 years old, an Episcopal nun (formerly a professional musician and, before quitting my day job, a math teacher) and the executive director of a small non-profit organization – an interfaith meditation center. I’m a pretty mainstream sort of person – liberal on most issues and conservative on a few. I’m moderately well educated (master’s degree), reasonably well read, and considerably well traveled – having studied some in England and worked for years in both Ireland and South Africa as well as various parts of the United States. Until quite recently I considered “conspiracy theorists” to be, at best, pathetically misguided and, more likely, suffering from paranoid delusions. I don’t know what was the wake up call for me after September 11. Maybe it was Dan Rather prostituting himself on the Dave Letterman show. Maybe it was Time Magazine’s photograph of Osama Bin Laden in evil red. Maybe it was watching unprecedented war powers handed to the executive branch with only one congressperson daring to utter a lone plea for moderation that hardly qualifies as dissent. Maybe it was that implosion of the towers that looked suspect from the get-go. I’m the only person I know who has actually read huge chunks of that so-called “Patriot’s Act” and it makes my blood run cold. I knew then that I was watching a coup inexorably unfold and I’m sick at heart.
        “I’ve only talked about any of this with one trusted colleague who warned me that I was starting to sound like those crackpots who think the moon landings were faked. I don’t dare tell him that I’m actually having my serious doubts about that too. (Why haven’t we gone back in 30 years? Why has no other nation duplicated the feat?)
        “I’m wondering if I’m losing it or finally seeing clearly. The magnitude of it all is devastating. The “cognitive dissonance” is horribly painful. I understand why people turn off their faculties for critical thought and inquiry; they want to be able to sleep in their beds in reasonable peace.
        “What do you propose that ordinary people like me actually do? I currently live in a very conservative part of the country where the flag-waving jingoism is nauseating.”
        E-mails such as this pile up in my in-box day after day, week after week – awaiting answers that are difficult to come by. What, indeed, can ordinary people do to reverse the course we are on? How are we to begin to fight back against a system that few seem to even recognize as an enemy of the people?
        The best advice that I can offer at this time to all those who currently inhabit The Twilight Zone is to let your voices be heard. Stop biting your tongues and begging off from engaging in political debates. You just may find that there are other non-believers around you who are just waiting for someone else to break the ice.
        As much as appearances may suggest otherwise, you are not alone. There are many other non-believers out there, but they too are intimidated into silence. You will only find them if you have the courage to speak up – if you refuse to be cowed by the propaganda war. Only then can grass-roots organizing begin to take shape.
        Alone, you are powerless. But you don’t have to be alone.
        Gale Holland concluded his L.A. Times opinion piece with the following words: “Getting at the truth is tough, accepting it can be harder still. Paranoia is a lot easier.” (6) Getting at the truth is indeed tough. And accepting it may be one of the hardest things that you ever do. But it is not paranoia that is easier; it is complacent acceptance of the inexplicable.
        The unfortunate reality though is that there isn’t time for complacent acceptance. We don’t have the luxury of taking the easy route. And maybe, just maybe, there are enough quiet dissenters out there to make a difference. And maybe, just maybe, our fearless leaders have overstepped this time – overestimated the level of lies and corruption that they can get away with.
        Those are, alas, very big ‘maybes.’ But now is certainly not the time to throw in the towel by standing mute. The stakes are far too high. Our children and grandchildren have to grow up in this world that is being created for them. They deserve far better. For their sake, it is time for all the non-believers to stand up and be counted. And to refuse to sit back down until our voices are heard. The clock is ticking ….

* All of these leaks were, notably, disinformational. The premise of the Nuclear Posture Review, for instance, was that America’s eagerness to unleash nuclear weapons came about in response to the September 11 attacks. Earlier documents reveal, however, that the United States has been itching to cross the nuclear threshold since long before last September. The reports of the establishment of a ‘shadow’ government implied that America hasn’t long been run from behind the curtain. And the uproar over the proposed establishment of a disinformation ministry served to cloak the fact that the overwhelming majority of the news we already get is government approved disinformation/propaganda. <back>

1. Martin Lee “Reality Bites: The Campaign Issue That Wasn’t,” San Francisco Bay Guardian, November 13, 2000
2. David McGowan “The Unelectable Son: Parts I, II, and III,” The Center for an Informed America, November 10, 15, and 28, 2000
3. David McGowan “A Supreme Injustice: Parts I, II, and III,” The Center for an Informed America, December 4, 12, and 13, 2000
4. Jenifer Warren “Election Turnout Hit a New Low,” Los Angeles Times, March 8, 2002
5. David Corn “When 9/11 Conspiracy Theories Go Bad,” ZNet, March 1, 2002
6. Gale Holland “Have You Heard About Osama’s Cheez-It Stash?,” Los Angeles Times, March 24, 2002
7. “Testimony by John J. Maresca, Vice President, International Relations, Unocal Corporation to House Committee on International Relations, Subcommittee on Asia and the Pacific,” February 12, 1998, Washington, D.C.
8. Daniel Fisher “Afghanistan: Oil Execs Revive Pipeline From Hell,” Forbes.Com, February 4, 2002
9. Patrick Martin “US bases pave the way for long-term intervention in Central Asia,” World Socialist Web Site, January 11, 2002
10. Stephen Gowans “Conspiracy Theory as Received Wisdom,” Swans, March 25, 2002
11. Ella Taylor “Family Feud: The Left Eats Its Own at KPFK,” L.A. Weekly, March 22-28, 2002
12. Patrick Martin “Conference of US right-wingers hears call to execute John Walker,” World Socialist Web Site, February 27, 2002


Greed, Fraud, And Apologies: Corporate America’s New Bottom Line

By Arianna Huffington

Every day the morning paper brings a fresh example of the flotsam bubbling
to the surface following the collision of corporate greed and post-Enron
reality: golden boy executives forced to walk the plank, formerly
high-flying companies “restating” fraudulently inflated earnings, internal
emails exposing the depths to which Wall Street firms have sunk to boost
their bottom lines.

Yet the word emanating from on high — from the well-appointed congressional
committee rooms of Washington to the elegant dining rooms of L.A. — is that
the worst is behind us. Yes, they say, Enron was a bit of a wake-up call,
but let’s not overreact. We’ve learned our lesson, so please pass the
truffle sauce and let’s move on.

And, more than likely, that’s exactly what we’d be doing were it not for
Eliot Spitzer, the crusading attorney general of New York, whose
investigation into conflicts of interest in the investment banking world is
ruffling feathers from Wall Street to Capitol Hill.

His probe has so far uncovered shocking evidence that analysts at Merrill
Lynch gave investors misleading stock recommendations in order to help
promote companies their firm’s investment bankers were doing business with.
It has also forced the sheep-in-wolf’s-clothing Securities and Exchange
Commission to actually begin to do its job and launch its own inquiry into
the matter.

The result? Well, surprise, surprise, Spitzer is now being told to back off
and leave the matter to the big boys in Washington. While being careful not
to cross jurisdictional swords, SEC chairman Harvey Pitt gently reminded
Spitzer that “only the federal government can set nationwide standards.” And
Rep. Richard Baker, whose Capital Markets subcommittee held hearings on
conflicts of interest on Wall Street, cautioned Spitzer: “It is essential
that the SEC now lead the concluding phase of this inquiry.” Concluding
phase? Baker thinks the inquiry is wrapping up while Spitzer, who is after
fundamental reform, knows it has barely begun.

So now he’s having to both take on the bad guys — and the guys who are
supposed to protect the public from the bad guys. If Congress and the SEC
had done their jobs, there would be no need for Spitzer.

The good news is that he is a man on a mission and won’t be easily deterred.
“Nobody can force me to pull back,” he told me, “and I have no intention of
doing so.” As for the urgings of Messrs. Pitt and Baker, Spitzer doesn’t
pull any punches: “The hearings conducted by Mr. Baker were pointless. They
didn’t ask the right questions and they didn’t produce the kind of evidence
necessary to bring about real reform. As for the SEC, it clearly didn’t step
up and prevent these abuses from occurring.”

Spitzer is savvy enough to realize that he won’t be able to overhaul the way
Wall Street does business without the support of the public — and its
outrage. That’s why he released those damning Merrill Lynch emails, in which
the firm’s analysts privately trashed companies as ” a piece of crap” (and
other, less publishable, synonyms) while publicly urging investors to buy
shares in the same companies. The emails also show that the highly touted
“Chinese Wall” between Merrill Lynch’s stock researching analysts and its
stock promoting investment bankers was more of a wide-open gate. “The whole
idea that we are independent from banking,” wrote one analyst “is a big

Spitzer’s gambit has paid immediate dividends, shaming Merrill Lynch’s CEO,
David Komansky, into offering a mea culpa — albeit a mealymouthed one.
“Anything that happens on my watch,” said Komansky, “I’m responsible for.
Those emails were embarrassing to me.and I truly regret that they ever
happened.” Notice that he doesn’t regret the out-and-out fraud the emails
reveal; he regrets the emails. How much do you bet that the newest Merrill
Lynch employee training session is something on the lines of “Making the
Delete key your new best friend”?

Komansky’s carefully calibrated contrition was the very model of the latest
in PR-approved damage control: apologize quickly, accept responsibility, and
put the past behind you. Only you don’t really apologize, and you don’t
really accept responsibility. It also doesn’t hurt to hire high-profile
power players to help guide you through the crisis. To that effect, Merrill
Lynch has retained Rudy Giuliani as an advisor. Maybe he can give Merrill
Mike Milken’s number.

But all the apologies and damage control in the world won’t make this
problem go away. Too many people were lied to and financially devastated
along the way. Since the Merrill Lynch emails were made public, lawyers
across the country have been inundated with calls from angry investors
looking for restitution.

“Merrill Lynch used to be the gold standard for how an investment banker
should do business,” Philip Aidikoff, president of the Public Investors
Arbitration Bar Association, told me. “Now, at my firm alone, we’re getting
40 to 45 calls a day from Merrill customers who feel they’ve been duped.”

So Merrill Lynch has gone from gold standard to “crap” pusher. And it’s not
alone. To pull our corporate culture out of the muck, it’s going to take
more than public contrition and non-stop mea culpas on CNBC, which, given
the current volume, may have to turn itself into the Self-Flagellation
Channel. It will take some CEOs paying a real price for fraud, and
securities regulations with real bite.

Stay tuned, this one is far from over.



Petroleum has been behind all recent wars, beginning in the early 1940s when
a mostly rural and isolationist America was suddenly thrown into World War
II as a reaction to the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. Americans mourned
the loss of some 3,000 soldiers and civilians in Hawaii and, in righteous
indignation, allowed their country to be turned into a giant military camp.

The Federal government, which had consolidated so much power unto itself
under the Depression-busting policies of President Franklin Roosevelt, grew
even stronger and more centralised under the aegis of “national security”.
It all seemed quite natural and necessary at the time.

But serious students of history now know that even that “good war” was the
result of machinations by a handful of wealthy and powerful men. By closing
off Japan’s oil supplies in the summer of 1941, Roosevelt, the
quintessential Wall Street insider, ensured an eventual attack on the United
States. It has now been well established that Roosevelt and a few close
advisers knew full well that Pearl Harbor would be attacked on December 7,
1941, but chose to allow it to happen to further their agenda for launching
America into war. (The details of this may be found in my book, Rule by

The Vietnam War was prosecuted by men who were close to Roosevelt and the
Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and who had long voiced a desire to gain
control over Indochina’s oil, magnesium and rubber assets. Again a
provocation was created. In August 1964, President Lyndon Johnson whipped
Congress into a frenzy by claiming that North Vietnamese gunboats had
attacked the US Sixth Fleet in the Gulf of Tonkin off the coast of Vietnam.
“Our boys are floating in the water,” he cried.

Congress responded by passing the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, which bypassed
the Constitution and gave Johnson the power to wage war to stop attacks on
Americans. It was the beginning of the real-shooting Vietnam War.

And it was all a lie. No evidence has ever been brought forward that such an
attack took place. In fact, editors for US News & World Report (July 23,
1984) called it “The ‘Phantom Battle’ that Led to War”.

While America was waging war against North Vietnam, which we were told was
merely a puppet of communist Russia and China, Johnson was encouraged by his
CFR advisers to grant the Soviet Union loans at higher levels than offered
during World War II when they were our ally. US-backed loans provided Russia
with the means to build facilities which turned out war materials that were
then sent to North Vietnam for use against American troops. This was a good
example of the duplicity of our modern wars.

The Gulf War was all about oil, from the wells in Kuwait slant-drilling into
Iraq’s southern reserves to the destruction of the oilfields at its finish.
Here we found a new Hitler in Saddam Hussein, an enemy armed and financed by
the CIA–an agency whose top officials have long been connected to oilmen,
CFR members and other globalists (see Rule by Secrecy).

Saddam Hussein, strapped for cash due to his eight-year war against Iran on
behalf of the US, decided to regain Kuwait as a means of increasing his
income. Kuwait had been carved out of southern Iraq by British troops. When
asked her thoughts on this move, US Ambassador April Glaspie replied that
the US Government had “no opinion” and that the matter of Kuwait was not
associated with America. But when he moved his troops into Kuwait, President
George H. W. Bush mobilised a United Nations force against him, backed by a
US$4 billion secret fund provided by his business associates in Saudi

Yet, as those patriotic soldiers closed in on Saddam, the whole war stopped
and George H. W. Bush’s old business partner is still in power. It appears
to have been yet another provocation. And as in Vietnam, even as we prepared
to fight against Saddam, the American taxpayers backed $500 million in loans
that Bush used to purchase arms for use against our forces.



Today the real issue is the rich oil reserves of the Caspian Sea region–the
prize sought by Hitler, whose drive to that area was stopped only by the
tenacious Russian defence of the Volga River city of Stalingrad.

In the late 1970s, with the Soviet discovery of vast untapped oil in
Chechnya, the region was ripe for exploitation but control over Afghanistan
was needed to ensure the safety of a pipeline to bring the oil to world
markets. But after almost 10 years of brutal, no-quarter fighting against
Afghans and Arab mercenaries including Osama bin Laden, and backed by the
US, the Soviets were forced to withdraw. The economic stress of this
Russo-Afghan War was enough to topple communism in the early 1990s.

Now the international bankers and oilmen have a foothold in cash-strapped
Russia, and the estimated $40 billion in Caspian Sea oil is again attracting
serious attention. In 1997, six international companies and the Government
of Turkmenistan formed Central Asian Gas Pipeline Ltd (CentGas) to build a
790-mile-long pipeline to Pakistan and perhaps on to the New Delhi area of
India. Leading this consortium was Unocal Corporation, whose president, John
F. Imle, Jr, said the project would be “the foundation for a new commerce
corridor for the region–often referred to as the Silk Road for the 21st

But problems developed with the fundamentalist Muslim government in
Afghanistan, not the least of which was the Taliban government’s treatment
of women which prompted feminist demonstrations against firms seeking to do
business there. Additionally, the Taliban regime was creating chaotic
conditions by pitting the various Islamic sects against each other in order
to maintain control. In mid-1999, Unocal withdrew from the pipeline
consortium, citing the hazardous political situation, and the project

Notice that in President George W. Bush’s declaration of War on Terrorism,
he never mentioned terrorists in Northern Ireland or Palestinian suicide
bombers. Attention was focused only on Afghanistan, the one nation necessary
to complete the lucrative pipeline.

It should also be noted that Vice President Dick Cheney headed Halliburton,
a giant oil industry service company with vested interests in the region,
and he is generally thought to be more powerful than the President.



Today it can be demonstrated that military action against Afghanistan was in
the works long before the September 11 attacks.

As reported by the BBC’s George Arney, former Pakistan Foreign Secretary
Niaz Naik was alerted by American officials in mid-July that military action
against Afghanistan would be launched by mid-October.

At a UN-sponsored meeting concerning Afghanistan in Berlin, Naik was
informed that unless bin Laden were handed over, America would take military
action either to kill or capture both him and Taliban leader Mullah Omar as
the initial step in installing a new government there.

In a 1998 interview published in the French publication Le Nouvel
Observateur (the significant portions of which never made it to the United
States), former National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski admitted that
American activities in Afghanistan actually began six months prior to the
Soviet action of December 1979.

Brzezinski said the Jimmy Carter administration began secretly funding
opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul in July 1979, with the full
knowledge that such action might provoke a Soviet invasion. Soviet leaders
at the time argued that the invasion was necessary to thwart American
aggression in Afghanistan. The former National Security Adviser, who helped
found the globalist Trilateral Commission, expressed no regret at this
provocation, stating: “That secret operation was an excellent idea. It
brought about the demoralization and finally the breakup of the Soviet
empire.” It also produced the Taliban regime which we are fighting today, as
well as Osama bin Laden.

By 1984, with Vice President George Bush overseeing the Afghan situation,
bin Laden was in charge of the Maktab al-Khidamat (MAK), which funnelled
money, arms and manpower from the outside world into the war against the
Soviets. He soon helped form a polyglot formation of Muslim troops from
Egypt, Pakistan, Lebanon, Syria and Palestinian refugee camps, whom the CIA
found easier to deal with than the Muslim fundamentalists in Afghanistan.

There should be considerable soul-searching about America’s role in arming
and training an international group of Muslim extremists in Afghanistan,
long after their comrades destroyed the Marine barracks in Beirut and
hijacked numerous airliners.

Little noticed in the aftermath of the September 11 attacks were reports
that China had signed a pact with the Afghans and was quietly inducted into
the controversial World Trade Organization–action which under normal
circumstances would have drawn widespread protest. Although such a pact is
unconfirmed at this time, Pakistani General Pervez Musharraf, chairman of
their joint chiefs and chief of the Pakistani Army Staff, this year visited
China at their request and discussed matters of mutual interest.

Although it is claimed that Pakistan is aiding the US in the current War on
Terrorism, the State Department’s coordinator for counterterrorism, Michael
Sheehan, told a Senate Foreign Relations subcommittee that Pakistan supports
and trains terrorist groups in Afghanistan.

This raises the spectre of Chinese intervention, should US forces become
bogged down in mountainous Afghanistan. This prospect is particularly
unsettling, as back in 1555 the French prophet Nostradamus, who has been
proven correct in so many of his prophecies, published his prediction that
America and Russia would go to war against a coalition made up of Arab
nations and China (see C. III v. 60; also C. VI v. 21). Until just recently,
such a notion seemed absurd.



The WTC/Pentagon attacks provided a convenient excuse to launch the pre-laid
plans for military action against Afghanistan. But were they simply allowed
to happen, or were they contrived? The question becomes: “Would any American
allow an attack on fellow Americans, just to further his own business or
political agenda?” The answer unfortunately appears to be “Yes”.

Incredibly, 40-year-old government documents, thought to have been destroyed
long ago but recently made public, show the US military in the early 1960s
proposed making terrorist attacks in the United States and blaming them on
Fidel Castro. They are discussed in a recent book on the National Security
Agency (NSA), entitled Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National
Security Agency, by James Bamford [see Reviews this issue of NEXUS. Ed.].

These documents were produced beginning in late 1961, following the
ill-fated Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba that spring. President John F.
Kennedy, angered by the inept actions of the CIA, had shifted responsibility
for Cuba from that agency to the Department of Defense. Here, military
strategists considered plans to create terrorist actions which would alarm
the American population and stampede them into supporting a military attack
on Cuba. Under consideration in Operation Northwoods were plans:

¥ to create “a series of well-coordinated incidents” in or around the US
Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, to include inciting riots and blowing up
ammunition stores, aircraft and ships;
¥ to “develop a Communist Cuba terror campaign in the Miami area, in other
Florida cities and even in Washington”;
¥ to “sink a boatload of Cubans en route to Florida (real or
simulated)…foster attempts on the lives of Cuban refugees in the United
¥ to explode bombs in carefully chosen locations and coordinate with the
release of “prepared documents” pointing to Cuban complicity;
¥ to use fake Russian aircraft to harass civilian airliners;
¥ to make “hijacking attempts against civil air and surface craft”, even to
simulating the shooting down of a civilian airliner.

Kennedy rejected Operation Northwoods and senior military officers ordered
the documents destroyed. But someone slipped up and the papers were
discovered by the Assassination Records Review Board and recently released
by the National Archives.

On a more recent event, The New York Times (October 28, 1993) reported that
an informant named Emad Salem was involved early in 1993 with Middle Eastern
terrorists connected to Osama bin Laden, to develop a bomb for use against
New York’s World Trade Center. Salem, a former Egyptian Army officer, wanted
to substitute a harmless powder for the explosive, but his plan to thwart
the attack was blocked by an FBI official who apparently did not want to
expose the inside informant. The attack was allowed to proceed. The February
26, 1993 explosion in the WTC resulted in six deaths, more than 1,000
casualties, and damage in excess of half a billion dollars.

We now see that creating crises to further political goals was a methodology
well understood and utilised in the 20th century. Is this the game today?
Let’s examine the September 11 attacks.



Superficially, it all seemed straightforward enough. According to the
official story, about 19 suicidal Middle Eastern terrorists, their hearts
full of hatred for American freedom and democracy, hijacked four airliners,
crashing two into the twin towers of New York City’s World Trade Center and
a third into the Pentagon. The fourth reportedly crashed in western
Pennsylvania after passengers attempted to fight the terrorists.

But many disturbing questions have arisen. Among them:

¥ Why was the US military preparing war plans against Afghanistan months
before the September 11 attacks? Were they just looking for some event to
propel the normally disinterested American public into a war, as in the

¥ How could paper documents incriminating bin Laden be found intact at the
WTC, but the planes’ “black box” flight recorders–designed to withstand
crashes–were damaged beyond use?

¥ Even days and weeks after the WTC attack, why were news cameramen
prevented from photographing the ruins from certain angles, as complained
about by CBS correspondent Lou Young, who asked, “What are they afraid we’re
going to see?”

¥ Why has the NYPD liaison to the FBI been sent packing as a “security
risk”, as reported in the October 16 New York Times? Whose security is at
risk? The FBI’s? What is it that the Bureau does not want NYPD to know?

¥ How could an obviously sophisticated terrorist plan, involving perhaps as
many as 100 persons and in the works for five years, escape the notice of
our intelligence services, especially the FBI and CIA? And why, instead of
cashiering those responsible for this intelligence failure and totally
restructuring these agencies, are we doubling their budgets?

¥ Why did the WTC South Tower collapse first, when it was not as extensively
damaged as the North Tower which burned for almost an hour and a half before

¥ Why did many witnesses claim to hear further explosions within the
buildings? And why did the destruction of the towers appear more like a
controlled implosion than a tragic accident?

¥ Why did FBI Director Robert Mueller acknowledge that the list of named
hijackers might not contain their real names? Doesn’t everyone have to show
a photo ID to claim a boarding pass? Where was the normal security?

¥ Why was there a discrepancy of 35 names between the published passenger
lists and the official death toll on all four of the ill-fated flights?
Internet columnist Gary North reported that “the published names in no
instance match the total listed for the number of people on board”. Why the

¥ As none of these listed passengers had an Arabic-sounding name, how did
the government know which ones were the hijackers?

¥ Why did the seat numbers of the hijackers, given in a cellphone call from
Flight Attendant Madeline Amy Sweeney to Boston Air Traffic Control, not
match the seats occupied by the men the FBI claims were responsible?

¥ Since Saudi Arabia’s Foreign Minister claimed five of the proclaimed
hijackers were not aboard the death planes and in fact are still alive, and
a sixth man on that list was reported to be alive and well in Tunisia, why
are these names still on the FBI list?

¥ Why were no names of the named hijackers on any of the passenger lists? If
they all used aliases, how did the FBI identify them so quickly?

¥ Why did one of the named hijackers take luggage on a suicide flight, then
leave it along with an incriminating note in his car at the airport?

¥ As for the overall investigation into the September attacks, by late
October US authorities conceded that most of their promising leads for
finding accomplices and some of their long-held suspicions about several
suspects have unravelled, according to the New York Times. Since more than
800 people have been arrested and more than 365,000 tips have been received
from the public, why has nothing substantial been forthcoming in the largest
US criminal investigation in history?

¥ Why, of the nearly 100 people still being sought by the Federal Bureau of
Investigation, is none seen as a major suspect?

¥ Why are we bombing Afghanistan, when apparently no listed hijackers were
Afghans but instead Arabs from various Middle Eastern nations? Since Iraq
was implicated in the 1993 WTC attack, why are we not bombing that “rogue”

¥ Why does the heavy drinking and searching for hookers by some of the
hijackers in Boston, as reported by Reuters news service, sound more like
mercenaries carousing before a mission than pious religious fundamentalists
about to meet their maker?

¥ How did the terrorists obtain top-secret White House and Air Force One
codes and signals–the excuse for hustling President Bush all across the
country on September 11? Was this evidence of an inside job, or was it, as
reported by Fox News, evidence that former FBI employee and double agent
Robert Hanssen had delivered an updated version of the purloined Promis
computer software to his Russian handlers who passed it along to bin Laden?
Does this software, which was stolen from a US company during the Reagan
administration by Justice Department officials under Attorney-General Ed
Meese, allow outsiders carte blanche entrée to our top-security computers?
(Hanssen’s last job before being arrested as a spy was to upgrade the FBI’s
intelligence computer systems.)

¥ If United Airlines Flight 93 crashed as the result of a struggle between
heroic passengers and the hijackers, why did witnesses tell of a second
plane which followed it down, falling burning debris, no deep crater and
crash wreckage spread over a six-mile area, indicative of an aerial

¥ Why did news outlets describe the throat-cutting and mutilation of
passengers on Flight 93 with box cutters, when Time magazine on September 24
reported that one of the passengers called home on a cellphone to report,
“We have been hijacked; they are being kind”?

As Internet pundit Gary North wrote: “We need a theory of the coordinated
hijackings that rests on a plausible cause-and-effect sequence that does not
assume the complete failure of both check-in procedures and the on-board
seating procedures on four separate flights on two separate airlines. I
don’t see how anyone can make an accurate judgment about who was behind the
attacks until he has a plausible explanation of how hijackers got onto the
planes and were not removed.”

But the Federal government, aided by a sycophantic mass media, did not allow
such rational thinking to interfere with a rush to judgement that Osama bin
Laden was the culprit behind the attacks.



As in the JFK assassination, authorities had a suspect even before anyone
knew for certain what had happened. Osama bin Laden, born into a wealthy
Saudi oil/construction family, received arms and financing from the US
Government during the Russo-Afghan War of the 1980s. Despite the fact that
bin Laden has denied any knowledge of the September 11 attacks, he is
presumed guilty by both the government and the press. No other
interpretation of the attacks has been allowed in the corporate mass media.

Bin Laden is a made-to-order enemy, the man reportedly behind the 1993 WTC
attack and a fugitive from United States justice for more than a decade. It
has been noted that the government apparently has spent more time and money
chasing Microsoft’s Bill Gates than in capturing bin Laden. This may be due
to the business connections between our new terrorist enemy and wealthy
American companies.

According to several reports, including Jonathan Beaty and S. C. Gwynne’s
book The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride into the Secret Heart of the BCCI (Random
House, NY, 1993) and American Free Press (October 15, 2001) (the
reincarnation of the Washington newspaper The Spotlight), Bush family friend
James R. Bath used money from Osama bin Laden’s older brother, Salem, to
open a partnership with George W. Bush in Arbusto Energy, a West Texas
drilling company. Bush believed the Spanish word arbusto to mean “bush”,
although it generally refers to “shrub”.

According to the Houston Chronicle, Salem bin Laden named Bath his business
representative in Texas shortly after the senior Bush was named CIA Director
by appointed President Gerald Ford in 1975. It was the Bush family,
particularly Jeb and Neil, who were involved in the 1989-93 Savings and Loan
debacle that cost taxpayers more than US$500 billion.

Through a tangled web of Texas oilmen, wealthy Saudi sheiks and unscrupulous
bankers connected to BCCI, the younger George Bush eventually gained a
sizeable interest in a new oil company called Harken Energy. Two months
before Saddam Hussein sent Iraqi troops into Kuwait, Bush sold two-thirds of
his Harken stock, netting himself nearly a one-million-dollar profit. The
stock dropped when the Iraqi invasion began.

The BCCI was closed by federal investigators in 1991 after suffering some
US$10 billion in losses. It was a Pakistani-run institution with front
companies in the Cayman Islands that used secret accounts for global
money-laundering and it was used by US intelligence to funnel money to bin
Laden and the Mujahedin in Afghanistan who were fighting against the
Soviet-backed government.

Salem bin Laden, incidentally, was killed in the strange crash of an
ultralight aircraft in 1988. The single-passenger craft suddenly and
inexplicably veered into high-voltage electric powerlines near San Antonio,

It should be noted that during the Persian Gulf War it was Binladen Brothers
Construction (now the Saudi Binladen Group) that helped build airfields for
US aircraft. The bin Laden brothers were then described as “a good friend of
the US Government”.

Later, the bin Laden firm continued to be hired to construct an American air
base in Saudi Arabia, despite the fact that Osama had already been blamed
for terrorist acts such as the truck bombing of the Khobar Towers at the
Dhahran base, which killed 19 Americans. A WorldNetDaily writer commented:
“So let’s get this straight. Osama blows up our facilities and his family
gets the contract for rebuilding them. Do you get the feeling there is more
going on than meets the eye?”

Another close connection between bin Laden and the Bush family is the
$12-billion private international investment firm known as The Carlyle
Group. Although it has removed its website since the September 11 attacks,
it is known that Carlyle directors include former Reagan Secretary of
Defense Frank Carlucci, former Bush Secretary of State James Baker, and
former Reagan aide and GOP operative Richard Darman. The New York Times
reported that former President Bush was allowed to buy into Carlyle’s
investments, which involve at least 164 companies around the world.

According to the Wall Street Journal (September 28, 2001): “George H. W.
Bush, the father of President Bush, works for the bin Laden family business
in Saudi Arabia through The Carlyle Group, an international consulting
firm.” It has been confirmed by the senior Bush’s chief of staff that Bush
sent a thank-you note to the bin Laden family after a social visit in early

With such connections and a son as a sitting President of the United States,
the senior Bush and his Carlyle involvement were questioned by Larry
Klayman, chairman and general counsel of Judicial Watch, who said: “Any
foreign government or foreign investor trying to curry favor with the
current Bush administration is sure to throw business to The Carlyle Group.
And with the former President Bush promoting the firm’s investments abroad,
foreign nationals could understandably confuse The Carlyle Group’s interests
with the interests of the United States Government.”

After detailing some of the Carlyle/bin Laden investments in several
businesses including aerospace industries, web writer and former LA
policeman Michael C. Ruppert commented: “In other words, Osama bin Laden’s
attacks on the WTC and Pentagon, with the resulting massive increase in the
US defense budget, have just made his family a great big pile of money.”

What made these business dealings that entangle former and current American
political leaders with Middle Easterners even more suspect was the
announcement that several US firms were being investigated for short-selling
stocks just prior to the September 11 attacks.



Short-selling of stocks involves the opportunity to gain large profits by
passing shares to a friendly third party, then buying them back when the
price falls. Historically, if this precedes a traumatic event, it is an
indication of foreknowledge. It is widely known that the CIA uses the Promis
software to routinely monitor stock trades as a possible warning sign of a
terrorist attack or suspicious economic behaviour.

A week after the September 11 attacks, the London Times reported that the
CIA had asked regulators for the Financial Services Authority in London to
investigate the suspicious sales of millions of shares of stock just prior
to the terrorist acts. It was hoped the business paper trail might lead to
the terrorists. The Times said market regulators in Germany, Japan and the
US all had received information concerning the short-selling of insurance,
airlines and arms companies stock, all of which fell sharply in the wake of
the attacks.

City of London broker and analyst Richard Crossley noted that someone sold
shares in unusually large quantities beginning three weeks before the
assault on the WTC and Pentagon. He said he took this as evidence that
someone had insider foreknowledge of the attacks. “What is more awful than
he should aim a stiletto blow at the heart of Western financial markets?” he
added. “But to profit from it. Words fail me.”

The US Government also admitted it was investigating short- selling which
evinced a foreknowledge of the tragedy. There was unusually heavy trading in
airline and insurance stocks several days before September 11, which
essentially bet on a drop in the worth of the stocks. It was reported by the
Interdisciplinary Center, a counterterrorism think-tank involving former
Israeli intelligence officers, that insiders made nearly US$16 million
profit by short-selling shares in American and United Airlines, the two
airlines that suffered hijacking, and the investment firm of Morgan Stanley,
which occupied 22 floors of the World Trade Center.

Apparently none of the suspicious transactions could be traced to bin Laden
because this news item quietly dropped from sight, leaving many people
wondering if they tracked back to American firms or intelligence agencies.

According to Michael C. Ruppert, these transactions were handled primarily
by Deutsche Bank-A. B. Brown, a firm which until 1998 was chaired by A. B.
“Buzzy” Krongard, who today is Executive Director of the CIA. Besides
Krongard, other prominent Americans who have been connected to both the CIA
and Wall Street power include Clark Clifford (who was a key player in
gaining legitimacy for the BCCI), John Foster Dulles and Allen Dulles (Allen
oversaw the failed Bay of Pigs invasion and sat on the Warren Commission),
Bill Casey, David Doherty, George Herbert Walker Bush, John Deutch, Nora
Slatkin and Hank Greenburg.

As detailed in Rule by Secrecy, the CIA historically has been top heavy with
members of the Wall Street elite who desire to advance their globalist
agenda. It also operates a number of front companies which themselves deal
in stocks and bonds.

“I am absolutely convinced that the Central Intelligence Agency had complete
and perfect foreknowledge of the attacks, down to the date, time, place and
location,” Ruppert told OnLine Journal on October 12.

There were other indications of foreknowledge. San Francisco Mayor Willie
Brown stated that on September 10 he was warned by his personal “airport
security” not to fly the next day, according to radio station KSFO.

More ominous was a piece in the September 28 edition of the Washington Post,
stating that officials with the instant messaging firm of Odigo in New York
have confirmed that two employees in Israel received text messages warning
of an attack on the WTC two hours before the planes crashed into the
buildings. The firm’s Vice President of Sales and Marketing, Alex Diamandis,
said it was possible that the warning was sent to other Odigo members, but
they had not received any reports of such.

Military forces had been on a heightened state of alert for several days
before the attack, and several psychics claimed to have had a premonition
that something was afoot.

Even the Russians got in on the act. Dr Tatyana Koragina, a senior research
fellow at the Institute of Macroeconomic Researches, part of the Russian
Ministry of Economic Development, gained credibility due to her July
prediction that an unusual catastrophe would strike America in late August,
ruining the economy. In a Pravda interview, she stated: “The US has been
chosen as the object of financial attack because the financial centre of the
planet is located there. The effect will be maximal. The strike waves of
economic crisis will spread over the planet.”

Following the September 11 attacks, Dr Koragina was interviewed again and
asserted that the “powerful group” behind the attacks will make new strikes.
“When [Americans] understand after the upcoming, new strikes that their
government can guarantee them nothing, they will panic, causing a collapse
of their financial system.”

Asked who was really behind this odious plan, she replied that it is not the
19 terrorists identified by the FBI but, rather, a larger group seeking to
reshape the world. She said this group of extremely powerful private persons
hold total assets of about $300 trillion and intend to legitimise their
power under a new global government.



Thanks to newly revealed technology, it is now possible to theorise that
none of the hijackers intended to die. “Global Hawk” is the name of the
latest version of a high-altitude, long-endurance. unmanned air vehicle
(UAV); in other words, an unmanned drone plane that can take off, conduct
missions such as photographing battlefields and land by remote electronic

This Buck Rogers equipment made its first operational flight on October 7
when it was used for reconnaissance over Afghanistan in preparation for US
air and missile strikes against the Taliban regime. But this
remote-controlled plane, similar to a Boeing 737 commercial airliner, was
successfully tested earlier in 2001, first at Edwards Air Force Base and
later at Edinburgh Air Force Base in South Australia.

When news of Global Hawk was first released, there was speculation that the
UAV technology might be used to thwart airline hijackings. Once a hijacking
took place, the Global Hawk technology would be triggered and the captured
plane flown to a landing at a safe location regardless of the actions of the
flight crew or the hijackers.

In fact, following the attacks the New York Times, in a September 28 article
on increasing air safety, mentioned “new technology, probably far in the
future, allowing air traffic controllers to land distressed planes by remote
control”. This made it seem that such technology is not yet available, but
earlier in 2001 a former chief of British Airways suggested that such
technology could be used to commandeer an aircraft from the ground and
control it remotely in the event of a hijacking.

Needless to say, there are those today who question if Global Hawk’s first
truly operational use might have been conducted on September 11. After all,
as all experienced aviation and military persons well know, if a technology
such as Global Hawk is publicly revealed, it most probably has been in
secret use for several years. But regardless of how the planes with the
terrorists were controlled, it is clear that their managers had information,
if not help, from inside the government.



And what of Osama bin Laden? What did he have to say about all this? Don’t
look to the corporate mass media to inform you, as they have all agreed not
to broadcast anything that might detract from the official government story,
even though it is acknowledged that Bush’s media denunciations of bin Laden
have been more filled with descriptions like “evil” and “evil-doer” than
specific evidence.

Fairness & Accuracy in Reporting (FAR) noted that, on October 10, network
executives representing ABC, NBC, CBS, Fox and CNN were involved in a
conference call with National Security Adviser and Council on Foreign
Relations heavyweight Condoleezza Rice. The execs apparently agreed to limit
how and what they broadcast regarding bin Laden or his al-Qaeda group. Bush
people even tried unsuccessfully to have al-Jazeera, called “the CNN of the
Middle East”, broadcasting from Qatar, tone down its coverage of bin Laden.
They were more successful with members of Congress when they threatened to
cut off intelligence reports if members spoke offhand to the media. The next
day, White House spokesman Ari Fleischer, already on the record as saying
Americans “need to watch what they say”, extended this constraint by
contacting major newspapers and asking that they not print full transcripts
of bin Laden’s interviews.

According to a FAR news release: “The point is not that bin Laden or
al-Qaeda deserve ‘equal time’ on US news broadcasts, but that it is
troubling for government to shape or influence news content. Withholding
information from the public is hardly patriotic. When the White House
insists that it’s dangerous to report a news event ‘in its entirety’, alarm
bells should go off for journalists and the American public alike.”

Here’s what bin Laden did say in an interview on September 28, according to
the Pakistani newspaper Ummat: “I have already said that I am not involved
in the 11 September attacks in the United States. As a Muslim, I try my best
to avoid telling a lie. I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I
consider the killing of innocent women, children and other humans as an
appreciable act. Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women,
children and other people. Such a practice is forbidden even in the course
of battle. It is the United States which is perpetrating every maltreatment
on women, children and common people.”

In this interview, apparently suppressed in the United States, bin Laden
unsurprisingly blamed the attacks on Israel, claiming: “All that [has been]
going on in Palestine for the last 11 months is sufficient to call the wrath
of God upon the United States and Israel [and for] what had earlier been
done to the innocent people of Iraq, Chechnya and Bosnia.”

Bin Laden went on to state: “We are not hostile to the United States. We are
against the [US Government] system which makes other nations slaves to the
United States or forces them to mortgage their political and economic

One cannot, of course, take bin Laden at face value–but then, the same
could be said for the US Government, which has been caught in so many lies
and deceits in the past that it is surprising that anyone pays any attention
to official pronouncements.



What should be thoughtfully considered is the dismal record of United States
foreign policy since World War II. This policy, as confirmed by the New York
Times years ago, has been in the hands of the Council on Foreign Relations
elite since at least 1939. This elite and its associates includes former
Presidents George H. W. Bush, Bill Clinton, Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter and
(the late) Richard Nixon, virtually every CIA Director as well as a
considerable number of familiar past and present government officials such
as Dick Cheney, Henry Kissinger, Wesley Clark, Strobe Talbott, Alexander
Haig, Alan Greenspan, James A. Baker III, Sandy Berger, Colin Powell,
Zbigniew Brzezinski, Frank C. Carlucci, John Deutch, Lawrence Eagleburger,
Robert McFarlane and Casper Weinberger.

This policy has been one of neo-colonialism; that is, the subjugation and
control of other nations through military dictators or wealthy families
supported by, and often placed in power by, the US military or intelligence
services. The names of nations that have felt the brunt of US CIA and/or
military activity as a result of foreign policy include Somalia,
Afghanistan, Mexico, Guatemala, Panama, Colombia, Indonesia, Dominican
Republic, Iraq, Iran, Libya, Palestinian Territories, Cuba, Vietnam, Korea,
Nicaragua, Lebanon, Grenada, Haiti, Serbia, Kosovo, Bosnia, Brazil, Chad,
Sudan and many others.

As Dr Martin Luther King, Jr, stated during the Vietnam War: “My government
is the world’s leading purveyor of violence.” He did not say “my country” or
“my people”. It is the government–or, rather, those who control it–that is
responsible, although we, the distracted and unaware citizens who claim to
live in a democracy, must take our fair share of the blame.



Is there precedence in history for what is happening to America today? So
much so, there is not enough space to present it all. Nero burned Rome,
blamed it on his enemies and took dictatorial power. But consider what
happened just last century.

On February 27, 1933, the German Reichstag or Parliament was destroyed by
fire. Hitler and his Nazis blamed the destruction on communist terrorists.
They even caught one: a retarded Dutch youth named Marinus van der Lubbe,
who carried a Communist Party card. After some time in custody, the youth
confessed to being the arsonist. However, later investigation found that one
person could not have started the mammoth blaze and that incendiaries had
been carried into the building through a tunnel which led to the offices of
Hitler’s closest partner, Hermann Goering.

Less than a month later, on March 24, 1933, a panicky German Parliament
voted 441 to 94 to pass an “Enabling Act” at Hitler’s urging, which was the
starting point for his dictatorship. As a result of this act, Germans soon
saw gun confiscation, national identity cards, racial profiling, a national
security chief (Heinrich Himmler) and, later, mass murders and
incarcerations in concentration camps.

One of the Western leaders who supported Hitler and his policies was
Prescott Bush, grandfather of President George W. Bush. He must have taken
notice of Hitler’s method for gaining unwarranted power.

Since the Reichstag fire, the Bush family and their associates in the
Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and the Bilderbergers
have often mimicked Hitler’s tactics of creating a problem, offering a
draconian solution and advancing their agenda through any resulting

The real enemy is whoever is behind the September 11 terror attacks. Osama
bin Laden, so closely connected to the financial interests of the Bush
family and the CIA, may be the mastermind, or he may be a convenient
scapegoat–yet another provocation to stampede Americans into another war
for oil.

We must thoughtfully consider where the real source of terror lies: with one
bearded fanatic in an impoverished Middle Eastern country, or with those who
would profit while shredding the US Constitution in the name of defending



Major-General Smedley Butler
on Interventionism

“War is just a racket. A racket is best described, I believe, as something
that is not what it seems to the majority of people. Only a small inside
group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very
few at the expense of the masses.

I believe in adequate defence at the coastline and nothing else. If a nation
comes over here to fight, then we’ll fight. The trouble with America is that
when the dollar only earns six per cent over here, then it gets restless and
goes overseas to get 100 per cent. Then the flag follows the dollar and the
soldiers follow the flag.

I wouldn’t go to war again, as I have done, to protect some lousy investment
of the bankers. There are only two things we should fight for: one is the
defence of our homes, and the other is the Bill of Rights. War for any other
reason is simply a racket.

There isn’t a trick in the racketeering bag that the military gang is blind
to. It has its “finger men” to point out enemies, its “muscle men” to
destroy enemies, its “brain men” to plan war preparations, and a “Big Boss”:
supernationalistic capitalism.

It may seem odd for me, a military man, to adopt such a comparison.
Truthfulness compels me to. I spent thirty-three years and four months in
active military service as a member of this country’s most agile military
force, the Marine Corps. I served in all commissioned ranks from Second
Lieutenant to Major-General. And during that period, I spent most of my time
being a high-class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the

In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism.

I suspected I was just part of a racket at the time. Now I am sure of it.
Like all the members of the military profession, I never had a thought of my
own until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended
animation while I obeyed the orders of higher-ups. This is typical with
everyone in the military service.

I helped make Mexico, especially Tampico, safe for American oil interests in
1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank
boys to collect revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central
American republics for the benefits of Wall Street. The record of
racketeering is long. I helped purify Nicaragua for the international
banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-1912. I brought light to the
Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. In China I helped
see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested.

During those years, I had–as the boys in the back room would say–a swell
racket. Looking back on it, I feel that I could have given Al Capone a few
hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three districts. I
operated on three continents.”

(Source: Excerpt from a speech delivered in 1933 by Major-General Smedley
Butler, USMC.)

Brief Descriptions of The Bilderbergs, Council on Foreign Relations, and Trilateral Commission

The brief descriptions of the major Elite organizations, the Bilderbergs (BB), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and Trilateral Commission (TC), in this book were intended to be brief. For more details, refer to my companion book, They Don’t Dare Let Us Tell the People (soon to be released). The fundamental differences between these three Elite secret organizations are:

1. The BB members are largely from Western Europe, Turkey, Greece, the Scandinavian countries, the US, and Canada.

2. The CFR members were originally from the New York City area, but later expanded to include Washington, DC, and then the rest of the US.

3. The TC members come from all the same above areas, but in this case the Japanese were included because of their dominance of the banking industry. (The largest banks in the world are in Japan.)

4. The BB’s are the most secretive of the three. When they meet, they clear out all the guests, and employees in the buildings in which they are to meet, they completely debug all the rooms, bring in their own cooks, waiters, housekeepers, heavily armed security guards, etc., and do not allow “outsiders” anywhere near the meeting place just before, during, and immediately after they meet. In Recent meetings, the security forces were told to “shoot to kill” if anyone tried to break into their meetings. They claim that there are no written records taken of their discussions, but The Spotlight has occasionally acquired very detailed documents that prove otherwise. The attendees are required to maintain complete and absolute secrecy regarding these deliberations. Liberty Lobby’s crack investigative reporters on The Spotlight have positioned a mole within the BB that somehow acquires a copy of the invitation list, and often a copy of the agenda, but have never penetrated the actual meetings (to date). Each time that they have met on US soil, the meetings were held on Rockefeller owned property.

The object of the formation of these organizations is to enlist key political and economic leaders around the world, in order to gain their assistance in dominating the entire world.

The other differences, and similarities are covered in the following brief descriptions:

Bilderbergs (BB)

John J. McCloy (former Chairman of the CFR, and Chairman of Chase Manhattan Bank) used his position as coordinator of information for the US government to build the framework of what was to become the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), created in 1941-1942 era, headed by Bill Donovan. During 1947, the OSS was rolled into a new group called the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) by the 1947 National Security Act, which made the activities of the CIA immune from all civil, and criminal laws. In 1950 General Walter Bedel Smith became Director of the CIA. The CIA helped organize, and sponsored the formation, and operation of the Bilderberg Conferences. There is little doubt that the CIA sponsored the formation of the Bilderbergs, and continue to do so, to this day.

Kai Bird’s excellent account in “The Chairman, John J. McCoy, The Making of the American Establishment”, states:

“In late 1952, Retinger went to America to try the idea out on his American contacts. Among others, he saw such old friends as Averell Harriman, David Rockefeller, and Bedel Smith, then director of the CIA. After Retinger explained his proposal, Smith said, ‘Why the hell didn’t you come to me in the first place?’ He quickly referred Retinger to C. D. Jackson, who was about to become Eisenhower’s special assistant for psychological warfare. It took a while for Jackson to organize the American wing of the group, but finally, in May 1954, the first conference was held in the Hotel de Bilderberg, a secluded hotel in Holland, near the German border. Prince Bernhard, and Retinger drew up the list of invitees from the European countries, while Jackson controlled the American list.”

Prince Bernhard, of The Netherlands, became the first Chairman, and served in this post until scandal forced him to resign in 1974. Dr. Retinger became the first Secretary, and remained so until his death.

Liberty Lobby, Inc., 300 Independence Ave., SE, Washington, DC 20003, publishes a weekly newspaper titled The Spotlight. At my request, they sent me a reprint of a summary of Bilderberg information, titled Spotlight on the Bilderbergers, Irresponsible Power, published mid-June, 1975. Page 6 of this document states:

“The Congressional Record – US Senate, April 11, 1964, states:
(Speaking) – Mr. (Jacob) Javits – Mr. President, the 13th in a series of Bilderberg meetings on international affairs, in which I participated, was held in Williamsburg, VA, on March 20, 21, and 22.
I ask unanimous consent to have printed in the Record a background paper entitled ‘The Bilderberg Meetings.’

The Bilderberg Meetings

The idea of the Bilderberg meetings originated in the early fifties. Changes had taken place on the international politician and economic scene after World War II. The countries of the Western World felt the need for closer collaboration to protect their moral and ethical values, their democratic institutions, and their independence against the growing Communist threat. The Marshall plan and NATO were examples of collective efforts of Western countries to join hands in economic and military matters after World War II.
In the early 1950’s, a number of people on both sides of the Atlantic sought a means of bringing together leading citizens, not necessarily connected with government, for informal discussions of problems facing the Atlantic community. Such meetings, they felt, would create a better understanding of the forces, and trends affecting Western nations, in particular. They believed that direct exchanges could help to clear up differences, and misunderstandings that might weaken the West.

One of the men who saw the need for such discussions was the late (Dr.) Joseph H. (Heironymus) Retinger (as a matter of interest, the name Heironymus is literally translated to be “MEMBER OF THE OCCULT”). In 1952, he approached His Royal Highness, Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands, with the suggestion of informal and unofficial meetings to discuss the problems facing the Atlantic community. Others in Europe wholeheartedly supported the idea, and proposals were submitted to American friends to join in the undertaking. A number of Americans, including C. D. Jackson, the late General Walter Bedel Smith, and the late John Coleman, agreed to cooperate. (Very reliable information from a former CIA member now reveals that the CIA financed Dr. Retinger’s efforts to convince Prince Bernhard to form this group that was later to be called the Bilderbergs. This is confirmed by the fact that General Walter Bedel Smith was the CIA director from 1950 to 1953, so, is it surprising that he would agree to join this group?)

The first meeting that brought Americans and Europeans together took place under the chairmanship of Prince Bernhard at the Bilderberg Hotel in Oosterbeek, Holland, from May 29 to May 31, 1954. Ever since, the meetings have been called Bilderberg meetings.

No Strict Rules of Procedure

From the outset, it was the intentions of the Bilderberg founders, and participants that no strict rules of procedure govern the meetings. Every effort was made to create a relaxed, informal atmosphere conducive to free, and frank discussions.
Bilderberg is in no sense a policy-making body. No conclusions are reached. There is no voting, and no resolutions are passed.
The meetings are off-the-record. Only the participants themselves may attend the meetings.


It was obvious from the first that the success of the meetings would depend primarily on the level of the participants. Leading figures from many fields – industry, labor, education, government, etc. – are invited, who, through their special knowledge or experience, can help to further Bilderberg objectives. Representatives of governments attend in a personal, and not an official capacity. An attempt is made to include participants representing many political parties, and points of view. American participation has included Members of Congress of both parties.

Over the years, Bilderberg participants have come from the NATO countries, Switzerland, Sweden, Austria, and Finland, and have included prominent individuals such as Dean Rusk, Christian A. Herter, Maurice Faure, Franz-Josef Strauss, Amitore Fanfani, Panayotis Pipinelis, Reginald Maudling, the late Hugh Gaitskell, Omer Becu, Guy Mollet, the late Michael Ross, Herman Abs, C. L. Sulzberger, Joseph Harsch, and T. M. Terkelsen. Individuals with international responsibilities have also participated, among them being Gen. Alfred Gruenther, Lord Ismay, Eugene Black, Gen. Lyman Lemnitzer, Paul-Henry Spaak, and the late Per Jacobsson. `

The Meetings

Bilderberg meetings are held at irregular intervals, but have taken place once or twice a year since 1954. All the early conferences were held in Europe, but a meeting is now held on this side of the Atlantic every few years to provide a convenient opportunity for American, and Canadian participants to attend.”

The Spotlight reports that the Bilderberg meetings are highly secret, and are held at random times each year, and rarely at the same location, for security reasons. The responsibility for security for these meetings is in the hands of the government of the country in which the meetings are held. They must supply military security, secret service, national and local police, and private security personnel to protect the privacy and safety of these very powerful international Elite members who are not required to conform to regulations that private citizens are subject-to, such as customs searches, visa requirements, or public notice of their meetings. When they meet, no “outsiders” are allowed in or near the building. They bring their own cooks, waiters, telephone operators, housekeepers, and bodyguards.

The Bilderberg membership is made up of Kings, Queens, Princes, Chancellors, Prime Ministers, Presidents, Ambassadors, Secretaries of State, Wall Street investors, international bankers, news media executives, and wealthy industrialist. Their meetings are by “invitation only”, and no “outsiders” in the news media are allowed, except by special invitation. However, the news media are always present at these meetings such as: Peter Jennings (BB, Anchor & Senior Editor of ABC News, World News Tonight), Joseph C. Harsch (BB, CFR, former Commentator for NBC, Inc.), Bill D. Moyers (BB, Executive Director of Public Affairs TV, Inc., former Director of the CFR), William F. Buckley, Jr. (BB, CFR, Editor-in-Chief of National Review, and host of PBS’s Firing Line), Gerald Piel (BB, CFR, former Chairman of Scientific America, Inc.), Henry Anatole Grunwald (BB, CFR, former Editor-in-Chief of Time, Inc.), Mortimer B. Zuckerman (BB, CFR, Chairman & Editor-in-Chief of the US News, and World Report, New York Daily News, and Atlantic Monthly), Robert L. Bartley (BB, CFR, TC, Vice President of the Wall Street Journal), Peter Robert Kann (BB, CFR, Chairman & CEO of Dow Jones & Company, and husband of Karen E. House, CFR), William Kristol (BB, Editor & Publisher of the new The Weekly Standard magazine), Donald (Don) C. Cook (BB, CFR, former European Diplomatic Correspondent for the Los Angeles Times), Robert Leroy Bartley (BB, CFR, TC, Vice President of the Wall Street Journal), Albert J. Wohlstetter (BB, CFR, writer for the Wall Street Journal), Thomas L. Friedman (BB, CFR, TC, Columnist for the New York Times), and the “Queen” of the Elite – Katharine Graham (BB, CFR, TC, Owner, and Chairwoman of the Executive Committee of the Washington Post). The 1998 meeting included Leslie Stahl, of CBS’ 60 Minutes. Even though the media moguls attend these secret meetings, they do not file reports about the Elite Bilderberg activities during their meetings.

The security measures taken by the Bilderberg Conferences are clearly illustrated in an article appearing in The Spotlight, which stated:


By James P. Tucker, JR.

Bilderberg is scheduled to meet June 3-6 (1999) at the Caesar Park Penha Longa in Sintra, Portugal. Sintra is a remote resort, about 40 miles from Lisbon. Information about the secret meeting was provided by an agent inside Bilderberg.

Of all the media in the world, only THE SPOTLIGHT, has tracked the Bilderbergers every year and reported on their secret meeting where vital questions and issues are decided which effect every person in the world. American and European financiers, manufacturers, media moguls and politicians meet at remote luxury resorts, allow only “loyal staff” to remain on the job, empty the establishment of all others, employ platoons of police, military and their own private security to seal themselves off. They have tried to keep the meetings secret for 45 years.

But this year following extensive SPOTLIGHT-generated publicity last year in Scotland, and earlier in Germany, Scandinavia, Georgia, and Canada, Bilderberg is taking more extreme steps, its agent confided.

Instead of closing down the Penha Longa to all outsiders one day before the meeting starts on June 2, Bilderberg has ordered the resort shut down a full 48 hours before the internationalist confab.

In addition, Bilderberg will pay hundreds of thousands of dollars to reimburse the Portuguese government for deploying military forces to guard their privacy and for helicopters to seek out intruders.

All Bilderberg participants, their staff members and resort employees will wear photo identification tags that look much like state drivers’ licenses. They will have separate colors to identify the wearer as a participant, staff, or employee. A computer chip “fingerprint” will assure the identity of the card’s wearer. ‘Any intruders are to manhandled-cuffed, jailed, or if resisting or fleeing, shot,’ the agent said.

Bilderbergers are greatly disturbed over the growing public knowledge of their control of the world and of resistance to their schemes for a global government as nationalism grows around the world.

Bilderberg was instrumental in tearing down Jean-Marie Le Pen, who founded France’s National Front. The French-first party has stunned the Establishment by regularly capturing 15 percent of the vote in that nation.

Expecting recession, Bilderberg feared Le Pen and “nationalists” from other countries would interfere with their “free trade” goals as they fight to protect their domestic industries from exploitation by the global cabal.

Because Bilderberg shares common goals with the Trilateral Commission, the agenda that emerged in Washington (SPOTLIGHT, March 29, 1999) will be major topics in Portugal, too.

This includes a “Globalization summit” called for by Peter D. Sutherland, head of Goldman Sachs International. Sutherland attended the Bilderberg meeting in Scotland last May and is expected in Portugal.

Sutherland is expected to again call for “Supranational institutions to manage the global economy while denouncing nations that “cling tenaciously to their separate identities” while calling for “sharing sovereignty”

In a related topic, there could be renewed calls for the UN to be able to directly tax all people. In the past, Bilderberg has proposed a UN levy on International travel and on the oil at the wellhead, so all who travel or drive will be taxed.

SPOTLIGHT, VOLUME 24, No. 14, Page 3, April, 1999

More very revealing facts about the Bilderbergs will see sunshine soon. – Stay tuned.

The Bilderberg’s addresses are:


Charles W. Muller
Phone: 1-212-879-0545
American Friends of Bilderbergs, Inc.
477 Madison Ave., 6 th Floor
New York, NY 10022


Maja Banck-Polderman
Phone: 31 20 625 0252
Fax: 31 20 624 4299
Bilderberg Meetings
Amstel 216
1017 AJ Amsterdam
The Netherlands

Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)

Let’s start with the smoke, and mirrors furnished by the CFR in several of their Annual Reports. Then we will provide the other-side-of-the-coin, as observed by quite a number of independent researchers, and writers.

The CFR’s Annual Report for July 1, 1993-June 30, 1994, page 4, states:

“The Council on Foreign Relations is a nonprofit, and nonpartisan membership organization dedicated to improving the understanding of US foreign policy, and international affairs through the exchange of ideas.

The Council was founded in 1921 shortly after the end of World War I. Several of the American participants in the Paris Peace Conference decided that it was time for more private American citizens to become familiar with the increasing international responsibilities, and obligations of the United States. This decision led to the creation of an organization dedicated to the continuous study of US foreign policy for the benefit of both its members, and a wider audience of interested Americans.”

Now, the other side of the coin.

The New World Order, by Pat Robertson, Copyright 1991, by Word, Inc., Dallas, Texas. All rights reserved, page 66-67, states:

“This august body of ‘wise men’ has effectively dominated the making of foreign policy by the United States government since before World War II. The CFR has included virtually every key national security, and foreign policy adviser of this nation for the past seventy years.”
Page 96: “In government policy, the most visible expression of the Establishment is the Council on Foreign Relations, and its publication, Foreign Affairs. Out of some twenty-nine hundred members, at least five hundred are very powerful, another five hundred are from centers of influence, and the rest are influential in academia, the media, business, and finance, the military, or government. A few are token conservatives.”

Page 97: “According to a man who had been a member for fifteen years, Rear Admiral Chester Ward, former judge advocate general of the navy from 1956 to 1960.
‘This purpose of promoting disarmament, and submergence of US sovereignty, and national independence into an all-powerful one-world government is the only objective revealed to about 95 percent of 1,551 members [in 1975]. There are two other ulterior purposes the CFR influence is being used to promote; but it is improbable that they are known to more than 75 members, or that these purposes ever have even been identified in writing.’

The goals of the Establishment are somewhat strange, and we will discuss them in detail. At the central core is a belief in the superiority of their own skill to form a world system in which enlightened monopolistic capitalism can bring all of the diverse currencies, banking systems, credit, manufacturing, and raw materials into one government-supervised whole, policed of course by their own world army.” (Could this be the army of the United Nations?)

CFR membership is made up of present, and past Presidents, Ambassadors, Secretaries of State, Wall Street investors, international bankers, foundation executives, Think Tank executives, lobbyist lawyers, NATO, and Pentagon military leaders, wealthy industrialist, media owners, and executives, university presidents, and key professors, select Senators, and Congressmen, Supreme Court Justices, Federal Judges, and wealthy entrepreneurs.

They hold regular secret meetings including members, and very select guests. Occasionally they will hold a public meeting, and invite the open press (including C-SPAN), in order to give the impression that they are a harmless group engaged only in social activities.

A number of people, when hearing about the CFR ask, “If you say that the CFR is such a secret organization, why is it that we can get a copy of their annual report, which contains a list of their members? Why should I believe you when you say that they are a secret organization?”

Webster’s New Collegiate Dictionary, states that the definition of attribute is “To ascribe by way of cause, inherent quality, interpretation, authorship, or classification…” The literal translation is “You had better not tell the outsiders what we do, or say”.
The answer then comes from their own document, the Council on Foreign Relation’s 1992 Annual Report, where they emphatically state, in 20 different places, and in varying terms, that members better not tell:

Page 21: “At all meetings, the Council’s rule of non-attribution applies. This assures participants that they may speak openly without others later attributing their statements to them in public media or forums, or knowingly transmitting them to persons who will.”

Page 122: “Like the Council, the Committees encourage candid discourse by holding their meetings on a not-for-attribution basis”.

Page 169: Article II of the by-laws states: “It is an express condition of membership in the Council, to which condition every member accedes by virtue of his or her membership, that members will observe such rules, and regulations as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors concerning the conduct of Council meetings or the attribution of statements made therein, and that any disclosure, public, or other action by a member in contravention thereof may be regarded by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion as grounds for termination or suspension of membership pursuant to Article I of the by-laws.”

Page 174: “Full freedom of expression is encouraged at Council meetings. Participants are assured that they may speak openly, as it is the tradition of the Council that others will not attribute or characterize their statements in public media or forums or knowingly transmit them to persons who will. All participants are expected to honor that commitment.”

Page 175: “It would not be in compliance with the reformulated Rule, however, for any meeting participant (i) to publish a speaker’s statement in attributed form in a newspaper; (ii) to repeat it on television or radio, or on a speaker’s platform, or in a classroom; or (iii) to go beyond a memo of limited circulation, by distributing the attributed statement in a company or government agency newspaper. The language of the Rule also goes out of its way to make it clear that a meeting participant is forbidden knowingly to transmit the attributed statement to a newspaper reporter or other such person who is likely to publish it in a public medium. The essence of the Rule as reformulated is simple enough: participants in Council meetings should not pass along an attributed statement in circumstances where there is substantial risk that it will promptly be widely circulated or published.”

… “In order to encourage to the fullest a free, frank, and open exchange of ideas in Council meetings, the Board of Directors has prescribed, in addition to the Non-Attribution Rule, the following guidelines. All participants in Council meetings are expected to be familiar with, and adhere to these Guidelines. …”

Page 176: “Members bringing guests should complete a “guest notice card”, and acquaint their guests with the Council’s Non-Attribution Rule governing what is said at meetings.”

Later on page 176: “As a condition of use, the officers of the Council shall require each user of Council records to execute a prior written commitment that he will not directly or indirectly attribute to any living person any assertion of fact or opinion based upon any Council record without first obtaining from such person his written consent thereto.”

In “A letter from the Chairman” in the 1994 Annual Report for the CFR, Peter G. Peterson states on page 7, that:

“… Members had occasion to meet in intensive off-the-record sessions with Secretary of State [Warren] Christopher, National Security Advisor [Anthony] Lake, Secretary [of State emeritus, George Pratt] Shultz, Ambassador [Mickey] Kantor, Under Secretary of the Treasury [Lawrence H.] Summers, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and other ranking officials. Next on our agenda are plans for reaching out to congressional leaders as well, an opportunity we will fashion as one component of an enhanced Washington Program.”

The CFR’s 1999 Annual Report, page 5, states their three goals:

1. Add value by improving understanding of world affairs and by providing new ideas for US foreign policy.

2. Transform the Council into a truly national organization to benefit from the expertise and experience of leaders nationwide.

3. Find and nurture the next generation of foreign policy leaders and thinkers.

These are “THEIR” words, not mine. I am simply reporting these facts to you. If this is not a secret organization, then why would they be so emphatic, and state in 20 different ways that non-attribution (or you better not tell) was so important, in their very own annual report? In addition, if you are proud of what you say, and do, then you don’t care whether it becomes public knowledge, or not. The other side of this coin is: if you are doing something illegal, immoral, unethical, unpopular, and/or unconstitutional, you will do whatever is necessary to see that it is kept secret.

In his book, “The ANGLO-AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT”, Dr. Carroll Quigley writes,

“One wintry afternoon in February 1891, three men were engaged in earnest conversation in London. From that conversation were to flow consequences of the greatest importance to the British Empire, and to the world as a whole. For these men were organizing a secret society that was, for more than fifty years, to be one of the most important forces in the formulation, and execution of British imperial and foreign policy.

The three men who were thus engaged were already well known in England. The leader was Cecil Rhodes, fabulously wealthy empire builder, and the most important person in South Africa. The second was William T. Stead, the famous, and probably also the most sensational, journalist of the day. The third was Reginald Baliol Brett, later known as Lord Esher, friend, and confidant of Queen Victoria, and later to be the most influential advisor of King Edward VII, and King George V.

The details of this important conversation will be examined later. At present we need only point out that the three drew up a plan of organization for their secret society, and a list of original members. The plan for organization provided for an inner circle, to be known as “The Society of the Elect”, and an outer circle, to be known as “The Association of Helpers”. Within The Society of the Elect, the real power was to be exercised by the leader, and a “Junta of Three”. The leader was to be Rhodes, and the Junta was to be Stead, Brett, and Alfred Milner. In accordance with this decision, Milner was added to the society by Stead shortly after the meeting we have described.”

– Quigley, Carroll (1910-1977), The Anglo-American Establishment, From Rhodes to Cliveden, 1981, Books In Focus, NY, NY pg. 3

Of the Secret Societies goals, and methods of operation Quigley writes, “The goals which Rhodes, and Milner sought, and the methods by which they hoped to achieve them were so similar by 1902 that the two are almost indistinguishable. Both sought to unite the world, and above all the English-speaking world, in a federal structure around Britain. Both felt that this goal could best be achieved by a secret band of men united to one another by devotion to the common cause, and by personal loyalty to one another. Both felt that this band should pursue its goal by secret political, and economic influence behind the scenes, and by the control of journalistic, educational, and propaganda agencies… – ” Quigley, Carroll (1910-1977), The Anglo-American Establishment, From Rhodes to Cliveden, 1981, Books In Focus, NY, NY pg. 49

Between 1910-1915 the Secret Society evolved into an international group of coconspirators called Round Table Groups that were established in seven nations: Britain, South Africa, Canada, New Zealand, Australia, India, and the United States. (The British Round Table was actually created in England in Feb. 5, 1891. In the US it is called the Council on foreign Relations, in England it is the Royal Institute for International Affairs, in Canada the Canadian Institute of International Affairs, in Chile it is the Chilean Council on Foreign Relations, and so on.)

In 1920 the Secret Society evolved into the Institutes for International Affairs, and the Council on Foreign Relations. Many of the founding fathers belonged to America’s first intelligence agency the INQUIRY.

Note – The above quotes were furnished by “Round Table”, who has a web site at: http://www.geocities.com/CapitolHill/2807

The CFR could not accomplish their goals without complicity of the mainstream news media, which they absolutely control with an iron fist. They do this using psychological operations (PSYOPS). The RAND Corp. is one of the chief users of this technique. This is clearly explained by the following Internet message:

“Not many people have heard of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) or know how they operate. This is not an accident, the group has purposely maintained a low profile. The CFR is a branch of an international group of coconspirators called the Round Table Group. This group has been controlling public opinion throughout the world for over 100 years.

The Joint Chiefs of Staff have defined psychological operations (PSYOPS) as those that: “include psychological warfare, and, in addition, encompass those political, military, economic, and ideological actions planned, and conducted to create in neutral or friendly foreign groups the emotions, attitudes, or behavior to support achievement of national objectives.” Another proposal “develops the concept of ‘strategic psychological operations’ as aimed at influencing, and shaping decision-makers’ power to govern, or control their followers.” The American people, are among the groups being targeted, and controlled.

“Tactics of Deception” are formalized psychological warfare techniques. “Tactics of Deception” build a psychological environment that differs from the material environment. “Tactics of deception” are used to create false reality worlds. In terms of perceptual psychology, “Tactics of Deception” provoke illusory precepts. To influence behavior the deception must follow three basic rules. First, the deception must be “reasonable”; second there must be no simple way of checking the facts in the case; and third the use of deception should not discredit a source which may have valuable future potential.

One way to stop this group is to expose them, and their techniques to the people they are manipulating. One “Tactic of Deception” used to achieve Council on Foreign Relations aims, is to place Council members on both sides of an issue. Another “Tactic of Deception” is to use CFR control of the legal, legislative, and court systems to create the perception that laws are being followed when in fact, Lawyers, Legislators, and Justices are committing blatant illegalities to further CFR aims. A third “Tactic of Deception” is simply to lie.”

Source: roundtable’s Web Page: http://www.geocities.com/CapitolHill/2807

Another excellent example of deception and cover up is the book, “The Kennedy Tapes”. Two CFR members, Ernest R. May and Philip D. Zelikow, supposedly listened to all of President John F. Kennedy audio tapes and wrote this book quoting all of the interesting facts so as to assure the public that there were no other important statements made on these tapes that the public would care to know about. There were to motives involved here: (1) to print only what the Elite wanted printed about the JFK assassination, and (2) to throw any other potential researchers off the trail. This was a very grueling task of listening to hundreds of hours of taped conversations. Therefore, other researchers should just “take their word” that they had printed all of the interesting facts from these tapes. I suspect that two non-CFR researchers would have written an entirely different book.

As Peter Grose stated in his Council on Foreign Relations Book, Continuing the Inquiry (1996) on page 5:
“They (the British) proposed a permanent Anglo-American Institute of International Affairs, with one branch in London, the other in New York.”

The headquarters for the CFR is The Harold Pratt House located at 58 East 68th Street in New York City, New York 10021. Oddly enough, this building is located just across the street from the Russian (former Soviet) Embassy.

Trilateral Commission (TC)

In 1973, David Rockefeller asked Zbigniew Brzezinski to put together an organization of the top political, and business leaders from around the World. He called this group the Trilateral Commission (TC).

According to an information sheet supplied to me by the TC, dated March 23, 1994:

“The European Community, North America (US and Canada), and Japan – the three main democratic industrialized areas of the world – are the three sides of the Trilateral Commission. The Commission’s members are about 325 distinguished citizens, with a variety of leadership responsibilities, from these three regions. When the first triennium of the Trilateral Commission was launched in 1973, the most immediate purpose was to draw together – at a time of considerable friction among governments – the highest level unofficial group possible to look together at the common problems facing our three areas. At a deeper level, there was a sense that the United States was no longer in such a singular leadership position as it had been in earlier post-World War II years, and that a more shared form of leadership – including Europe, and Japan in particular – would be needed for the international system to navigate successfully the major challenges of the coming years. These purposes continue to inform the Commission’s work.

The rise of Japan, and progress of the European Community over the past twenty years – particularly in the world economy – have validated the vision of the Commission’s founders. At the same time, the end of the Cold War calls for a fresh vision of what this outward-looking partnership can accomplish in the coming years. The opportunities are remarkable, and yet, with the welcome end of the old Soviet threat, part of the ‘glue’ holding our regions together has dissolved. Helping meet that leadership challenge is at the heart of the Trilateral Commission effort.

The full Commission gathers once each year – in Lisbon in 1992, in Washington in 1993, in Tokyo in 1994.” (In Copenhagen, Denmark in 1995.)

The above are their words. Below are words of those who see this group in a different light.

The New World Order, by Pat Robertson, Copyright 1991, Word, Inc., Dallas, Texas. All rights reserved, Page 102, states:

“In 1970 a young Polish intellectual named Zbigniew Brzezinski foresaw the rising economic power of Japan, and postwar Europe. Brzezinski idealized the theories of Karl Marx. In his book, Between Two Ages, as in subsequent writings, he argued that balance-of-power politics was out, and world-order politics was in. The initial world order was to be a trilateral economic linkage between Japan, Europe, and the United States. David Rockefeller funded Brzezinski, and called together an organization, named the Trilateral Commission, with Brzezinski as its first executive secretary, and director.

The stated goals of the Trilateral Commission are: “Close Trilateral cooperation in keeping the peace, in managing the world economy, in fostering economic redevelopment, and alleviating world poverty will improve the chances of a smooth, and peaceful evolution of the global system.” (Emphasis added.)

The Shadows of Power, by James Perloff, Copyright 1988, pages 154-156, states:
“How did the TC begin? ‘The Trilateral Commission,’ wrote Christopher Lydon in the July 1977 Atlantic, ‘was David Rockefeller’s brainchild.’ George Franklin, North American secretary of the Trilateral Commission, stated that it ‘was entirely David Rockefeller’s idea originally.’ Helping the CFR chairman develop the concept was Zbigniew Brzezinski, who laid the first stone in Foreign Affairs in 1970:

‘A new, and bolder approach is needed – creation of a community of the developed nations which can effectively address itself to the larger concerns confronting mankind. In addition to the United States, and Western Europe, Japan ought to be included … A council representing the United States, Western Europe, and Japan, with regular meetings of the heads of governments as well as some small standing machinery, would be a good start.’
That same year, Brzezinski elaborated these thoughts in his book Between Two Ages. It shows Brzezinski to be a classic CFR man – a globalist more than lenient toward Communism. He declared that ‘National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept’, and that ‘Marxism represents a further vital, and creative stage in the maturing of man’s universal vision. Marxism is simultaneously a victory of the external, active man over the inner, passive man, and a victory of reason over belief…’

The Trilateral Commission was formally established in 1973, and consisted of leaders in business, banking, government, and mass media from North America, Western Europe, and Japan. David Rockefeller was founding chairman, and Brzezinski founding director of the North American branch, most of whose members were also in the CFR.

In the Wall Street Journal, David Rockefeller explained that ‘the Trilateral Commission is, in reality, a group of concerned citizens interested in fostering greater understanding, and cooperation among international allies.’

But, it was not all so innocent according to Jeremiah Novak, who wrote in the Atlantic (July 1977):

‘The Trilateralists’ emphasis on international economics is not entirely disinterested, for the oil crisis forced many developing nations, with doubtful repayment abilities, to borrow excessively. All told, private multinational banks, particularly Rockefeller’s Chase Manhattan, have loaned nearly $52 billion to developing countries. An overhauled IMF would provide another source of credit for these nations, and would take the big private banks off the hook. This proposal is the cornerstone of the Trilateral plan.
Senator Barry Goldwater put it less mercifully. In his book With No Apologies, he termed the Commission ‘David Rockefeller’s newest international cabal’, and said, ‘It is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial, and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States.’

Zbigniew Brzezinski showed how serious TC ambitions were in the July 1973 Foreign Affairs, stating that ‘without closer American-European-Japanese cooperation the major problems of today cannot be effectively tackled, and … the active promotion of such trilateral cooperation must now become the central priority of US policy.’ (Emphasis in the ordinal.)

The best way to effect this would be for a Trilateralist to soon become President. One did.” (Jimmy Carter.)

… In 1973, Carter dined with the CFR chairman (David Rockefeller) at the latter’s Tarrytown, New York estate. Present was Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was helping Rockefeller screen prospects for the Trilateral Commission. Brzezinski later told Peter Pringle of the London Sunday Times that ‘we were impressed that Carter had opened up trade offices for the state of Georgia in Brussels, and Tokyo. That seemed to fit perfectly into the concept of the Trilateral.’ Carter became a founding member of the (Trilateral) Commission – and his destiny became calculable.

Senator Barry Goldwater wrote:

‘David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski found Jimmy Carter to be their ideal candidate. They helped him win the nomination, and the presidency. To accomplish this purpose, they mobilized the money power of the Wall Street bankers, the intellectual influence of the academic community – which is subservient to the wealth of the great tax-free foundations – and the media controllers represented in the membership of the CFR, and the Trilateral.’

Seven months before the Democratic nominating convention, the Gallup Poll found less than four percent of Democrats favoring Jimmy Carter for President. But, almost overnight – like Willkie, and Eisenhower before him – he became the candidate.”

This is probably one of the very best illustrations of the great power of the Elite. They can make or break any president or candidate for president. They made Jimmy Carter in his efforts to become president, and broke Senator Barry Goldwater in his failed attempt.
The TC membership is made up of present, and past Presidents, Ambassadors, Secretaries of State, Wall Street investors, international bankers, foundation executives, Think Tank executives, lobbyist lawyers, NATO, and Pentagon military leaders, wealthy industrialist, media owners, and executives, university presidents, and key professors, select Senators, and Congressmen, and wealthy entrepreneurs.

They hold annual secret meetings including only members, and very select guests.

“The Trilateral Commission doesn’t run the world,

the Council on Foreign Relations does that!”

by Winston Lord, Assistant Secretary of State, the U. S. State Department.

The Trilateral Commission’s US headquarters is located at:

345 East 46th Street, Suite 711,

New York, NY 10017.

Level of Involvement by Elite Members


Do I think that everyone who belongs to one of these secret organizations is EVIL.

Absolutely NOT.

If you look at the Elite as though they were an archery target, then:

Center or Bulls Eye – Is made up of the Czar and the members of the Inner Circle. They are the decision makers and are therefore 100% informed and involved in the Global Union movement. David Rockefeller is the only “obvious” member of this group. We can speculate about the members of the Inner Circle, but we will probably never have these speculations confirmed.

Inner Ring – This group is made up of the Officers & Directors and triple members of all three Elite groups. They are probably 90% informed by the Czar and the members of the Inner Circle, and are heavily involved in the Global Union movement. (see the preceding listing and following charts for these members)

Center Ring – This group is made up of the leaders, implementers and double members of the three Elite Groups, and who are probably 80% informed by the Czar and the members of the Inner Circle, and are moderately involved in the Global Union movement.

Outer Ring – These members are included for camouflage purposes only, and are made up of many of those who belong to only the CFR. These members are aware of only about 50% or less of the goals and objectives of the Global Union movement. A large number of these people are members for ego and social reasons only, and would very likely resign immediately, when they find out what the Global Union is “really” up to. An example is Douglas Fairbanks, Jr., the Hollywood actor, who probably falls completely off the above target. He would be classified as true camouflage. Another example of another possible member of the Outer Ring is Ben J. Wattenberg. He would be in the Outer Ring if he told the absolute truth on C-SPAN, with Bryan Lamb, on August 29, 1995, when he stated “I plead guilty to being a member of the CFR, and I only pay my dues, but never, or rarely attends their meetings.” If he was truthful, I would place him in the Outer Ring. On the other hand, the CFR’s bylaws absolutely prohibit their members from discussing this Elite organization. For this reason, he could have just been complying with their bylaws, and in all reality, he may be a very active member, and really belongs in one of the inner rings.

Skull & Bones Society

“America’s Secret Establishment”, by Antony C. Sutton, 1986, page 5-6, states: “Those on the inside know it as The Order. Others have known it for more than 150 years as Chapter 322 of a German secret society. More formally, for legal purposes, The Order was incorporated as The Russell Trust in 1856. It was also once known as the “Brotherhood of Death”. Those who make light of it, or want to make fun of it, call it ‘Skull & Bones’, or just plain ‘Bones’.

The American chapter of this German order was founded in 1833 at Yale University by General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft who, in 1876, became Secretary of War in the Grant Administration. Alphonso Taft was the father of William Howard Taft, the only man to be both President and Chief Justice of the United States.

The order is not just another Greek letter fraternal society with passwords and handgrips common to most campuses. Chapter 322 is a secret society whose members are sworn to silence. It only exists on the Yale campus (that we know about). It has rules. It has ceremonial rites. It is not at all happy with prying, probing citizens – known among initiates as ‘outsiders’ or ‘vandals’. Its members always deny membership (or are supposed to deny membership) and in checking hundreds of autobiographical listings for members we found only half a dozen who cited an affiliation with Skull & Bones. The rest were silent. An interesting point is whether the many members in various Administrations or who hold government positions have declared their members in the biographical data supplied for FBI ‘background checks’.

Above all, The Order is powerful, unbelievably powerful. If the reader will persist and examine the evidence to be presented – which is overwhelming – there is no doubt his view of the world will suddenly come sharply into focus, with almost frightening clarity.

It is a Senior year society which exists only at Yale. Members are chosen in their Junior year and spend only one year on campus, the Senior year, with Skull & Bones. In other words, the organization is oriented to the graduate outside world. The Order meets annually – patriarchies only – on Deer Island in the St. Lawrence River.

Senior societies are unique to Yale. There are two other senior societies at Yale, but none elsewhere. Scroll & Key and Wolf’s Head are supposedly competitive societies founded in the mid-19 th century. We believe these to be part of the same network. Rosenbaum commented in his “Esquire” article, very accurately, that anyone in the Eastern Liberal Establishment who is not a member of Skull & Bones is almost certainly a member of either Scroll & Key or Wolf’s Head.

.. The selection procedure for new members of The Order has not changed since 1832. Each year 15, and only 15, never fewer, are selected. In the past 150 years about 2500 Yale graduates have been initiated into The Order. At any time about 500-600 are alive and active. Roughly about one- quarter of these take an active role in furthering the objectives of The Order. The others either lose interest or change their minds. They are silent dropouts.

.. The most likely potential member is from a Bones family, who is energetic, resourceful, political and probably an amoral team player. … Honors and financial rewards are guaranteed by the power of The Order. But the price of these honors and rewards is sacrifice to the common goal, the goal of The Order. Some, perhaps many, have not been willing to pay this price.

The Old Line American families and their descendants involved in the Skull & Bones are names such as: Whitney, Perkins, Stimson, Taft, Wadsworth, Gilman, Payne, Davidson, Pillsbury, Sloane, Weyerhaeuser, Harriman, Rockefeller, Lord, Brown, Bundy, Bush and Phelps.

For a complete and accurate discussion of the Skull & Bones Society and the secret shadow government in control of this nation, you should purchase a copy of American Secret Establishment, by Antony C. Sutton, available from RIE.

Bohemian Club

The August 2, 1982 edition of Newsweek magazine reported: “… the world’s most prestigious summer camp – the Bohemian Grove – is now in session 75 miles north of San Francisco. The fiercely guarded, 2,700 acre retreat is the country extension of San Francisco’s all-male ultra-exclusive Bohemian Club to which every Republican President since Herbert Hoover has belonged.

With its high-powered clientele, coveted privacy and cabalistic rituals, the Bohemian Grove has prompted considerable suspicion. … The most important events, however are the “lakeside talks” (past orators: Alexander Hague and Casper Weinberger). This year’s speaker was Henry Kissinger on The Challenge of the ’80s.”

Maclean’s magazine, March 23, 1981 reported: “Each summer, for three weekends – this year’s will be the 103rd – nearly 2,000 Bohemians, with guests in tow, speed in by car and corporate jet to their guarded Grove, close by the hamlet of Monte Rio (population 1,200) on the Russian River. The Grove’s Shakespearean motto, “Weaving spiders come not here,” is an injunction to forget wheeling and dealing which is widely ignored. While ‘ruling-class cohesiveness’ rarely lets slip details of accommodations arrived at there, some – such as the 1967 agreement by Ronald Reagan, over a drink with Richard Nixon, to stay out of the coming presidential race – have helped mold America’s destiny.

… Oddly enough, reporters are barred from this club, formed one night in 1872 by five bored news hawks on the old San Francisco Examiner to promote good fellowship (i.e., booze-ups) and ‘to help elevate journalism to that place in the popular estimation to which it is entitled.’ That aspiration went down the drain when membership was extended to show people, and by 1878, the year of the first Grove-fest, the journalist were already on their way out.

Today, a prospective member faces an interrogation that, according to one club man, ‘would satisfy the KGB.’ There is a waiting list of 1,500 notables, all eager to pay the $2,500 initiation fee and $600 a year dues.

Mother Jones, August 1981 volume 6 page 28, reported a partial list of some of the prominent members: “George P. Shultz, Stephen Bechtel, Jr., Gerald R. Ford, Henry Kissinger, William F. Buckley, Jr., Fred L. Hartley, Merv Griffin, Thomas Haywood, Joseph Coors, Edward Teller, Ronald Reagan, A. W. Clausen, George Bush, William French Smith, John E. Swearingten, Casper W. Weinberger, Justin Dart, William E. Simon, and hundreds of other prominent politicos and businessmen.”

Antony C. Sutton, Editor of an excellent monthly newsletter, Phoenix Letter, stated in the October, 1996 edition:

“Up to a few months ago, our knowledge of Bohemian Grove, the exclusive elitist hideaway by supposedly adult wheeler dealers, a.k.a. Washington statesman and prominent people (all male.)

We dismissed the behavior as immature, even pitiful by emotionally disturbed juveniles and not worth attention. This is where Kissinger, Ford, Nixon, Bechtel, Bush, Cheney, Hoover and their friends (2600 members) hang out and “relax.” And if they want to behave as little boys that is their privilege, it is private property.

Recent [O’Brien and Phillips, TRANCE Formation of America (pp 170-1)] information may radically change this perception of Bohemian Grove. Not merely drunkenness, unbounded use of alcohol and drugs with vague homosexual tones (confirmed by our sources) but reported activities much more serious – kidnapping, rape, pedophilia, sodomy, ritual murder. Investigation is blocked under the 1947 National Security Act. (!) And like the Omaha child abuse case, includes illegal detention of children.

For decades, there have been vague rumors of weird goings on in Bohemian Grove in more remote parts of its 2200 acres. Reliable reports claim Druidic like rituals, druids in red hooded robes marching in procession and chanting to the Great Owl (Moloch.) A funeral pyre with “corpses.” (Scores of men work in the Bohemian Grove as servants so this party is fairly well established.)

An article in a local community newspaper, Santa Rosa Sun (1993, July) reported on the Cult of Canaan and the legend of Moloch in place at Bohemian Grove. The Moloch Pagan Cult of Sacrifice is human sacrifice. About the mid 1980s there were rumors of murders in remote parts of the property. A local police investigation went nowhere. State investigators on related criminal acts went nowhere.

According to an observer and near victim, who can describe the Bohemian Grove inner hideaways, the closed sanctum, even the decor at secret locations, places where no outsider goes (or servants according to our sources) there is an UNDERGROUND lounge (sign spelled U.N.derground) a Dark Room, a Leather Room and a Necrophilia Room.

Here is one of O’Brien’s quote “Slaves of advancing age or with failed programming were sacrificially murdered at random in the wooded grounds of Bohemian Grove and I felt it was only a matter of time until it would be me.”

This potential victim survived. Others reportedly did not.

The Origin of Moloch, Druid and Canaanite Cult

These cults were based on human sacrifice. Why would a 20th century resort reproduce the cult ceremonies? At the minimum, it demonstrates an attraction to the ceremonial practices of the cult, i.e. adoration of destruction, blood, barbarity and sacrifice of children.

In brief, the O’Brien charges are consistent with the tenants of Bohemian Grove as played out in ceremony. This is not a resort devoted to, for example, tennis or swimming. It is apparently devoted to blood sacrifices.

John Milton in Paradise Lost described Moloch as follows:


“First Moloch, horrid king, besmirched with blood

Of human sacrifice, and parents’ tears,

Though, for the noise of drums and timbrels loud,

Their children’s cries unheard, that passed through fire

To his grim idol.”


“Many political reputations and world governments secrets were staked on the belief that I could not be deprogrammed and rehabilitated to recall that which I was supposed to forget.”

So much for the programming experts. Colonel Aquino is a psychology “expert” linked to mind control with Defense Intelligence Agency and presumably first class talent, yet (Cathy) O’Brien was apparently deprogrammed and secrets spilled all over.” (end quoting)

The monthly Phoenix Letter is available by writing to Phoenix Letter, Suite 216 C, 1517 14th St. West, Billings, MT 59102.

490 of the Richest
Individuals & Families
in the World

Forbes magazine in their July 18, 1994, pages 152-219, and July 15, 1996, pages 142-243 issues listed an index of the Billionaires around the world. These articles implied that they are all-inclusive lists. However, it becomes clear that they are not complete lists when they excludes such prominent wealthy persons such as: Her Royal Majesty Elizabeth – Queen of England, Her Royal Majesty Beatrix – Queen of the Netherlands (known as the wealthiest woman in the world), Her Royal Majesty Margaret the II – Queen of Denmark, Her Royal Majesty Sofia – Queen of Spain, Sir Muda Hassanal Bolkiah Muizzadin Waddaulah – The Sultan of Brunei, Darussalam, King Fahd – Monarch of Saudi Arabia, Emir Shaikh Jabir al-Ahmad al-Jabir as-Sabah – King of Kuwait, Sultan Qabus bin Said – King of Oman, Emir & Prime Minister Khalifah ibn Hamad ath-Thani – King of Qatar, President Zaid ibn Sultan an-Nahayan – Ruler of the United Arab Emirates, Haydar Abu Bakr-al Attas – Prime Minister of Yemen, Amir isa bin Sulman al-Khalifa – King of Bahrain, the House of Rothschild, the Wallenberg interests, the Warburg interests, the Schiff interests, or many others. The ultra-rich are very likely members of the Inner Circle of the Elite and do not want their massive wealth to be known by the public, therefore, they are not likely to be listed by Forbes magazine or any other news media.

World’s Wealthiest Individuals or Families

by Country

Sorted by Number and Total Wealth

Country 1994
 % Change   1994
 % Change
United States  41  172  420%    $248.5  $372.1  150%
Hong Kong  8  20  250    41.9  68.7  164
France  4  16  400    21.1  38.2  181
Switzerland  3  12  400    19.7  37.9  192
Indonesia  3  10  333    10  29.8  298
Taiwan  4  8  200    15.9  26.7  168
Mexico  7  27  386    44.1  26.6  60
Malaysia  3  11  367    7.5  26  347
Philippines  —  9   *    6.2  23.8  384
Korea  3  7  233    10.3  23.5  228
Thailand  3  11  367    14.1  21.1  150
Brazil  2  12  600    11  18.4  167
Saudi Arabia  2  8  400    10.1  18  178
Scandinavia  2  5  250    12.5  16.9  135
Italy  2  6  300    10  16.2  162
Canada  3  6  200    13.5  15.8  117
United Kingdom  2  6  300    10.5  14  133
Greece  2  5  250    10  13.3  133
Singapore  1  4  400    4.9  12  245
The Netherlands  1  4  400    9  11.4  127
Argentina  1  4  400    6.7  6.7  100
Turkey  1  3  300    3.9  8.9  228
Chile  —  4  *    4.7  7.5  160
China  —  1  *    —  5.5  *
India  1  3  300    3.2  4.7  147
Lebanon  1  2  200    3.8  4.3  113
Colombia  —  3  *    3.5  4.2  120
Spain  —  3  *    4.1  4.1  100
Israel  —  3  *    2.9  4  138
South Africa  —  2  *    1.5  4.1  273
Venezuela  —  2  *    2.5  2.4  96
Kuwait  —  1  *    1.5  3  200
Australia  1  1  100    2.3  2.3  100
Liechtenstein  —  1  *    —  1.5  *
Bahrain  —  1  *    —  1  *
Ecuador  —  1  *    —  1.2  *
Totals  147  490  333%    $763  $1,120  147%

Note: The above chart reflects the wealthy people with $1 billion or more. The 1993 edition of Forbes did not list all those who had $1 to $2 bil.. It would be very revealing if we had the ability to compare ’93, ’94 and ’96 for those with $1 billion or more. It is very clear from the above that the rich are getting richer and the middle-class and poor must be getting poorer.

* There is no mathematical percentage value when going from 0 to a positive or negative value. Any number divided by zero is undefined, and this is illogical. Sometimes it is useful to define it as “infinity” but even this produces inconsistencies and paradoxes.

The Global Union
The old “NEW WORLD ORDER” is dead. The new “GLOBAL UNION” is very much alive and kicking.

In this context, I define the Elite as anyone who is now, or who has ever been a member of the Bilderbergs (BB), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and/or Trilateral Commission (TC).

The worldwide Elite oligarchy has decided that the public is “on-to-them” when they use the term “New World Order”, so they have changed the code words to “GLOBAL”. When you hear them use such terms as Global market, Global architecture, Global economy, Global village, Global interests, Global neighborhood, Global movement, Global needs, and the like, you can substitute the old code name of New World Order, and you will know that they are still talking about the secret cabal that is trying to dominate economic and political control of the ENTIRE world.

The name of the European Economic Community (EEC) was changed to the new name of EUROPEAN UNION (EU), as agreed to in the 1992 Maastricht Treaty. This EU now has one central bank in Frankfurt, Germany, one monetary system (except for three holdout nations), one judicial system, one government, and are working on one military force so that they can abandon the current NATO force. Their present goal for changing the name of North, Central and South America, plus the Caribbean Islands to the new name – AMERICAN UNION – is the year 2005, which is just around the corner of time. They will then change the Asian Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) to its new name – ASIAN UNION, by around 2010. During this same period, the former SOVIET UNION will be resurrected, but this time not under hard line Communist control, but under the direct and absolute control of the Elite. Then by around the year 2015, the governing body over all these four GLOBAL REGIONS will assume full command, and will be called the – GLOBAL UNION (or perhaps another name will be used by then). By this time, national sovereignty of all nations will be lost completely, and we will all be under strict Elite control. Then, there will be only two classes of people – the Elite, and the rest of us – their slaves. You can verify this by reading the United Nations document titled “OUR GLOBAL NEIGHBORHOOD, A Report of the Commission on Global Governance”, published in 1995, by Oxford University Press (this book is available through your local bookstore).

“Who’s Who of the Elite” is designed to inform the general public about the Elite. Many Americans hear the news about the state of the world today and wonder, “What’s going wrong? What’s happening here? I don’t feel that I’m in control of anything anymore.” There are some that are aware of what’s happening, but millions more would be shocked to learn the truth. The answers are slowly emerging. This book tells you everything that you need to know about what’s going wrong, and what is happening here, and all over the world as well. In it, you will find complete lists of names of the very people who are in control of what’s going on. These are the wheelers and dealers of the biggest stock of all; peoples’ lives. With this book, you can better arm yourself with the knowledge that has awakened thousands of other people wondering about the same things that you are.

“Who’s Who of the Elite” is the book “they” don’t want you to see. This is the information “they” don’t want you to know. Many books will tell you the truth, but no other book condenses it all together in one source like this one does. It gives a brief history of the Bilderbergs (BB), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and Trilateral Commission (TC). It lists the members by name, secret organizations that they belong to, their “day job” title and their affiliation. It then sorts these members by affiliation to reveal the stranglehold that they have over our federal government, banks, news media, industry, universities, think tanks, financial institutions, labor unions, and many others. It also gives the real current facts about the true ownership of the Federal Reserve System.

Why Should We Care?
Even though these Elite organizations go to a lot of effort and expense to remain secret, the word seems to get out anyway. There have been dozens of very good books written since the beginning of this century on this subject, but they remain rather obscure, because the Elite conspire to suppress them.

The BB’s are the most secretive of the three. When the BB’s meet, they clear out all people in the buildings where they are to meet, they completely de-bug all the rooms, bring in their own cooks, waiters, housekeepers, heavily armed security guards, etc., and they do not allow outsiders anywhere near the meeting place just before, during, and immediately after they meet.These very powerful people do not meet to discuss the latest recipe for blueberry pancakes, or the melting rate of snow at the South Pole. When they meet, they more than likely discuss and decide:

Wars – They decide when wars should start, how long they should last, when they should end, who will and will not participate, the changes in boundaries of countries resulting from the outcome of these wars, who will lend the money to support the war efforts, and who will lend the money to rebuild the countries after they have been destroyed by war.

Money – They own the central banks, such as the Federal Reserve System in the US, and similar organizations in all major countries throughout the world, and therefore are in a position to determine discount rates, prime rates, money supply levels, the prices of gold and other precious metals, and very tightly control who and/or what countries should receive loans (guaranteed by the taxpayers of the respective countries, or if that fails, the taxpayers of the US will pay the bills). If they are successful in loaning money to various nations, the International bankers pocket the profits. If their loans fail, the taxpayers foot the bill. When they say in the mainstream news media that the US has bailed out Russia, Mexico, Southeast Asian nations, or the like, what they REALLY mean is that the money never left the US, it was just sent to the International bankers on Wall Street who made the loans.

Governments – They decide who will be allowed to run for the offices of President, Prime Minister, Chancellor, Governor General, or other names applied to the leaders of all major countries around the world. For example; Bill Clinton attended the 1991 BB meeting in Baden Baden, Germany, so that he could be vetted by the Elite to become the 1992 US president. Tony Blair attended the 1993 BB meeting in Vouliagmeni, Greece, so that he could be grilled by the Elite before becomming Prime Minister of Great Britain, and on and on.

Stocks, Bonds, & Commodities – Since the Elite own the major banks and the Central banks, they know exactly what interest rates and money supply levels will be, so it is very likely that they regularly run these exchanges up and down to their financial gain.

News and other information – They directly, or indirectly own all the major news media, and can therefore tell the public exactly what they want them to hear, and deny the public the information they do not want them to see, hear or read. For example; the House of Rothschild bought Routers news service in the 1800’s. Within the last 20 years, Routers bought the Associated Press. Now the Elite own the two largest wire services in the world, where most newspapers get their news.

Wages and salaries – They directly or indirectly own all the major banks, businesses, industries, and the like, and therefore can suppress wages and salaries by either shipping the production jobs to the cheapest labor rates around the world, by importing the technical specialists from the cheapest countries around the world, and by employing mostly temporary and/or part time workers in their home countries. The labor unions do not resist such efforts, because the labor leaders are members of the Elite as well.

I don’t know about you, but these above activities seriously concern me, because my children and grandchildren will suffer many times greater than we do today under the control of these EVIL MONSTERS (I have tried to find worse terms for them, but this is the best that I can think of to describe them). My ancestors finally decided to leave Ireland for the New World in 1772 because of economic suppression. The absentee landlords and money merchants had raised the rents on the tenant farmers of Ireland three times in just one year, and the farmers could no longer afford to ply their trade. These brave people risked their lives in this new undeveloped land rather than continue to be persecuted by the Elite of that period. The writers of our Constitution took great care in drafting this fine document so as to protect us from Elite domination. We are again being conquered by the Elite in ever increasing ways and I, for one, have had enough. The best way to stop this cabal’s efforts is “SUNSHINE”. Who’s Who of the Elite is my spotlight on this grand conspiracy. So, if you want answers to your questions about who is really in charge, this book will open your eyes.

Can The Elite be Stopped?

“Yes, they can be stopped.” But only if everyone works very hard at the solutions, for nothing happens on its own, and apathy is NOT the answer.

However, violent efforts are inappropriate because: (1) It is wrong to break our laws. (2) Many innocent people will be killed or wounded, and their property destroyed. (3) The Elite control our courts, the Pentagon, the U.N., NATO, N.S.A., C.I.A., F.B.I., B.A.T.F., our Senate and House of Representatives, and directly, or indirectly control all local law enforcement agencies.

All efforts to stop the Elite must be legal, such as:

1. Everyone must go to the poles in each election, and vote for their independent party candidates of choice.

2. No Independent party has enough money to defeat the Republicans and Democrats. Therefore, we must organize a Third Party Convention to be held soon enough before the 2000 presidential elections to allow for full participation of all third parties.

3. Two months before the first Republican or Democrat Convention, each third party should offer their best candidate for President. One month should be spent by these candidates presenting their case to the public. The next month should provide a Third Party Convention and debate between all independent candidates who seek the office of president. All of these candidates names should then appear on the ballot at the primary elections held by the Democrats and Republicans. The top three candidates should then spend a month telling the people why they should be the party candidate. A run-off election should then be held with the top vote receiver becoming the party candidate for president and the second highest to become the candidate for vice president, with their names placed on the general election ballots in November of 2000.

4. The candidates for president that did not win should immediately file for either a Senate of House of Representatives race that they are eligible to participate in.

5. There should be an Independent Party candidate for every state and federal election position.

6. Once the independents have gained control of our state and federal governments, perhaps that is the time to eliminate the party system completely.

7. Every state that does not now have the right, should petition their state legislature for Initiative, Referendum and Recall rights.

8. Once each state has Initiative, Referendum and Recall rights, then petitions should be presented to demand the following:

A. Every candidate for public office should run on their own efforts and merits, with financing only from individuals who have resided for at least 5 years in the district or area that they propose to represent.Violation of the new campaign financing proposal should be a felony with stiff monetary fines and jail time for the convicted offenders.

B. All elections must be reduced to two months for the primary and one month for the general elections, and all voting must be on a Saturday and Sunday.

C. All votes should be on paper ballots and should be counted by precinct Citizens Oversight Committees. The last place on each list of candidates on the ballots must be “NONE OF THE ABOVE”, and if this is selected by a majority of the voters, a new slate of candidates must be submitted for vote, until one candidate receives 50% + one vote of all the votes cast.

D. The Electoral College must be eliminated entirely with the President and Vice President elected by popular vote only.

E. All this should be accomplished by a Constitutional Amendment approved by both houses of Congress and ratified by 38 states.

F. Constitutional Amendments should not be done by a Constitutional Convention, because the Elite would take charge of the convention, and our Constitution would be eliminated, or changed so drastically that it would be unrecognizable.

G. State and federal laws should be passed prohibiting anyone from being appointed, elected or otherwise employed in any public office or position that has been a member of any secret organization for the previous five years, including the Klu Klux Klan, Black Panthers, Islamic Jihad, Red Brigade, Bilderbergs, Bohemian Club, Council on Foreign Relations, and/or Trilateral Commission. These laws should exclude the typical “grandfather” clauses, so that once these laws are passed, anyone who meets this definition must resign immediately. If anyone wanted to belong to these groups and hold public office, then these organizations must change their rules so that every meeting, including board of director’s meetings, must be opened up to attendance by the public and the press, with two weeks advance notice published in the local press stating the date, time, and place of all meetings, along with the agendas of all meetings.

H. The Federal Reserve Act must be repealed, and the exclusive right to create money and credit must be restored to the US Treasury Department, as stipulated in the US Constitution.

I. The present practice of “fractional reserve” banking requiring only 10% reserves for banks to make loans should be eliminated. Within a one year period, this rate must be raised to 100% reserves. Without this change, banks would continue to have the ability to create money and credit, which should be exclusively reserved for the Treasury Department.

J. The US national debt should be completely eliminated by a one-time exchange of non-interest bearing Treasury Notes for all of the outstanding interest bearing Treasury Bonds.

K. The Treasury Department should be designated as the sole lender to all states, counties and municipalities for capital projects that are now financed by municipal bonds, and the like. The rate charged for these loans should be fixed by law at 3%.

L. The Treasury Department should offer loans to banks at the fixed rate of 3% on the condition that they must not add more than 5% of true annual interest to the loans to any borrower of these funds. Violation of this requirement must be a felony with stiff monetary fines and jail time penalties for violating this provision, with the fines and jail time being given to the chief executive officer of the erring bank. Both houses of Congress should be allowed to change this interest rate if 80% of those”eligible” to vote on the change, vote in the affirmative. Any changes to this rate must only be in effect for 365 days, when it would automatically revert to 3% again.

M. Inflation should not be controlled by varying interest rates, but by varying the supply of money and credit.

N. The Internal Revenue Act should be revoked because it is severely regressive, is extremely complicated, and all federal taxes be raised by No. 10 envelope size tax returns which addresses all income and the sale of all property. The tax rates should be progressive with anyone who is legally eligible to receives welfare should be exempt, and the progressive rate starting at 2% and rise to 40% for the highest income levels. All property sold should be taxed at a progressive rate based on the length of time that it is held, with less than six months charged a rate of 33%, and over seven years a rate of 0%.

O. Every law passed by Congress must first pass the test of the Constitution. If the proposed bill is not specifically allowed by the Constitution, it becomes null and void. If it is sufficiently important to pass a new law that fails the Constitutional test, amend the Constitution.

P. Every bill submitted for approval by both houses of Congress must be single issue bills, and must not contain any amendments that are not clearly and specifically related to the proposed bill.

Q. All bills proposed that require increases or decreases in taxes, or other revenue streams must be approved by at least 80% of all those eligible to vote on the bill in both houses of Congress.

This is just a start on needed changes, but if enacted, we will again have government by and for the people.

Winston Churchill one said:

“Still, if you will not fight for the right when you can easily win without bloodshed, if you will not fight when your victory will be sure and not so costly, you may come to the moment when you will have to fight with all the odds against you and only a precarious chance for survival. There may be a worse case. You may have to fight when there is no chance of victory, because it is better to perish than to live as slaves.”

What will happen after the year 2000?
1. Since Clinton won the 1996 election for president (with just 24% of the eligible votes, and 31.9% of the registered voters), you can expect rapid and numerous changes prior to the 2000 elections. By law, he cannot run for the office of president again, so he will not have to check with focus groups or news media polls to decide what to do to be re-elected again. This means that the Elite will be counting on him to accomplish their goals and objectives during his lame-duck term. Most of the appointed positions in Clinton’s remaining administration will be filled by the Elite. They do not need to spend their money to lobby our public officials, because they own them, lock, stock and barrel.

2. N.A.F.T.A. will be rapidly expanded. Chile will be the next nation included, then Argentina, then Brazil, and then the rest will join in rapid succession, because their goal is to create the AMERICAN UNION by the year 2005, and much is to be done in order to reach this goal. During the second week of October, 1997, Clinton toured South American countries preparing them for the Union of the Americas, or American Union.

3. Starting in mid-2000, thousands of unsafe Mexican trucks, with triple trailers, and with Mexican drivers will flood over the border, and travel all over the US and Canada, as stipulated in N.A.F.T.A. This is how the Elite transport their illegal drugs into this country, and they must drug the citizens into submission in order to take control. The Elite owned banks, such as Chase, Citibank, Morgan Guarantee Trust, American Express, and others launder their drug money through their branches in Mexico, so expect the flow of drugs and laundered money to greatly increase. Billions of dollars will be spent on an enlarged NAFTA highways between Mexico and Canada. As these trucks cross the border, few will be stopped and inspected, so massive amounts of illegal drugs will freely fan out over the United States.

4. The C.I.A., F.B.I. and B.A.T.F. will secretly stage numerous bombings and public threats in order to give the president the excuse to declare Marshall Law, and to outlaw private ownership of personal firearms. They will have great difficulty taking over completely as long as the citizens are so well armed. Clinton and past presidents have signed Executive Orders instructing F.E.M.A. to take over absolute control of every critical function in this nation. The president has exclusive authority to declare Marshall Law under severe economic conditions or critical national security reasons. The killer is that the president is the only one authorized to make this determination, and when it happens, we will be immediately under control of a Dictatorship rather than a Constitutional Republic. One very probable severe economic condition that could trigger Marshall Law is very likely to be another Federal Reserve System imposed depression, exactly as they did in the 1929 crash.

5. The de-industrialization of the United States will accelerate, which will cause jobs to be scarce, incomes to drop, more homeless people on the streets and on welfare, and crime to grow rapidly, because the unemployed people will do whatever is necessary to survive.

6. Illegal and legal immigration will climb to new heights, so as to increase the demand for jobs, as the number of jobs available decline rapidly due to de-industrialization. The purpose is to completely eliminate the middle-class in the US. The Elite of the Soviet Union could not install communism in their union 70 years ago as long as there was a middle class. The answer was that Joseph Stalin murdered somewhere between 28 and 66 millions of the middle-class citizens in the USSR, with the resulting creation of a two-class system, the Elite and the peasants. We are headed for the same results in this country without the Elite having to fire a single shot.

7. There is a steady movement to require all those on welfare to get a job within the next two years, or lose all benefits. This will cause riots, and social unrest will increase rapidly during the next four years due to the above, which is just what the Elite want to happen, so that they can be justified in the outlawing of personal firearms, and the unrest will be one of the excuses used to declare Marshall Law. The end result will be a US Dictatorship. Will our new Dictator be Bill Clinton or Al Gore? Not likely. The best bet is that they will be forced from office, and possibly indited on a number of charges. The best bet is Gov. George W. Bush, who is now backed by the Elite to become the next president. Possibly, unless he is also indited, as well. Madeline Albright cannot move up to president because she is not a natural born citizen of the US. It could be someone like Jay Rockefeller!!!! Stay tuned. Nelson A. Rockefeller almost made it by devious means, when the Elite manipulated Congress to change the order of succession by passing the 25th Amendment to the US Constitution. Fate took his life before he made it into the White House. Is it now Jay’s turn to make his play for the office of DICTATOR???? And, reporting directly to the Czar of the Global Union, his brother, David Rockefeller!!!!!

Troubled times are just ahead.

“Today Americans would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all people of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by their world government.” – Henry Kissinger in an address to the Bilderberg meeting at Evian, France, May 21, 1992. Transcribed from a tape recording made by one of the Swiss delegates.


Get The DEEP Dirt On This Family Of Criminals, w/links and, photos
and documents GALORE!!

Post Your Comments & Info!!




We Have The Inside Story On Everything!!

All About Anthrax!
The US Created And Supported The Taliban Until Sept. 11
The Bush’s – STILL Doing Business With The Enemy!
The Goverment Had Prior Knowledge Of 9/11
More Bush Dirt
Where IS The Plane That “Hit” The Pentagon?
Bush Hides History From Americans!
This Fake War And All The Innocents Killed To Stage It!
Fasces – Proof That We Are A Fascist Country And Proud Of It!
No Plane Hit The Pentagon? Smoking Gun?
Taiwan-Gate – Bigger Than Enron
Enron Is The Tip Of The Iceberg!
Bush Family Plan!
Our Government Participated in 9/11!
WTC Collapse – Bombs Used?
Two Petitions
Bush/Nazi Connection!

And, more!!

Be Informed. Join today!!

Enron Offered Management Aid to Companies
By David Barboza
April 10, 2002

HOUSTON, April 9 – The sales pitch to major corporations went something like this: Having trouble with cash flow or meeting profit forecasts? We can help you manage the numbers, and even put a little cash in your pocket.

The financial expert was the Enron Corporation, which until its sudden collapse last year had been widely admired in financial circles for the innovative techniques – like off-balance-sheet partnerships – that it used to enhance its performance.

But Enron did not just find creative ways to manage its own cash flow and profits. It marketed that expertise to other major corporations, including AT&T, Eli Lilly & Company, Owens-Illinois, Lockheed Martin and Qwest Communications, according to documents and interviews with more than a dozen former Enron executives.

It is unclear exactly how many corporations hired Enron explicitly to provide financial management services. But at least six big companies signed complicated deals, intended to enhance their results with financing and accounting ploys. Most of the deals involved purchasing other Enron services. Scores of smaller companies may also have participated, executives said.

Enron and a customer might, for instance, agree to swap telecommunications services, use shell corporations or take advantage of accounting loopholes to improve each other’s balance sheet or income statement, former Enron officials said.

Few of the companies that signed major deals with Enron would talk about them, while some that rejected Enron’s proposals termed them peculiar. But former Enron employees who marketed the services said that their mission was clear: to sell a form of “structured finance” that could accelerate a customer’s earnings or otherwise dress up the corporate books.

“Ultimately, that was my job – to help companies make earnings,” said one former executive of Enron’s broadband services unit who insisted on not being identified for fear of being drawn into litigation. “This was one of the secrets of Enron.”

One internal training document for the sales staff of the Enron Energy Services unit described the financial advantages to be offered prospective clients, including “acceleration of earnings/cash from outsourcing for both EES and our customer” and the promise to “unlock benefits from a difficult tax position that the customer may have.”

None of this would be unusual for Wall Street investment banks like Merrill Lynch or J. P. Morgan Chase, which in recent years have used a wide range of derivatives and other structured finance products to help big corporations reduce their taxes and deliver just the right amount of profits, quarter after quarter.

But the Enron scandal has heightened the sensitivity of regulators, investors and corporate finance experts to such efforts by underscoring the potential for fraud and deception. And the discovery that Enron was marketing its financial management techniques has only heightened the anxiety of some experts.

“This is outrageous,” said Frank Partnoy, a former Wall Street investment banker and now a professor at the University of San Diego School of Law, after reviewing some of Enron’s sales presentations. “In some ways, they were polluting the entire financial system. To the extent that others weren’t doing this, Enron was going out on the road and showing them how to do it.”

Mark Palmer, a spokesman at Enron, declined to comment.

Arthur Levitt, as chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission during the Internet stock bubble, spoke out strongly against the practice of earnings management in 1998, a view he has reiterated many times. “I fear that we are witnessing an erosion in the quality of earnings, and therefore, the quality of financial reporting,” he said. “Managing may be giving way to manipulation.”

The critical point, finance experts say, is to distinguish between altogether legal strategies taking advantage of accounting and tax rules to smooth out bumps in quarterly earnings and financial machinations that are so aggressive that the true nature of a company’s finances is misrepresented.

“If accounting is just compliance with 10,000 rules, then the party that’s expert at gamesmanship can manipulate the rules and help you in exchange for some kind of accommodation fee,” said John C. Coffee Jr., a securities law expert at Columbia University Law School.

Former executives said that a culture of “earnings management” permeated Enron. They said it went far beyond the efforts of Andrew S. Fastow, the company’s chief financial officer, who was dismissed last October after Enron discovered that he had made more than $30 million from a series of off-balance-sheet partnerships that did business with Enron.

“Every unit was doing this,” said one former energy services official. “We were entrepreneurial, and one thing people thought we could do better than anyone else is structured finance.”

Former employees in Enron’s broadband and retail energy services operations said the company’s financial management strategies were first developed at Enron Capital and Trade, a unit that prospered in the 1990’s under the leadership of Jeffrey K. Skilling, who helped set up a “gas bank” to finance struggling gas producers.

Initially, the company sold energy and other commodities to big corporations in structured deals – for example, power sales packaged with hedges to limit the risk of price swings. Most employees regarded such arrangements as perfectly acceptable “financial solutions” for their customers.

By 1999, Mr. Skilling was Enron’s president, and the company had grown more aggressive, stretching for lucrative, if ephemeral, deals in the spirit of the stock market bubble.

Corporations that did business with Enron were shown ways to disguise loans on their balance sheets; or to book profits over long periods, even though a lump sum was paid upfront; or to lower near-term costs artificially to report higher profits, when necessary.

Former Enron employees said that there were dozens if not hundreds of techniques marketed to customers with names like the “tilted curve” or “blend and extend.” Some acknowledged that the results – which included allowing clients to book premature profits and realize premature cash flow – sometimes leaned toward deception.

“We knew this was earnings management, but it was under the guise of buying some contract from them,” one former Enron executive said.

After Enron created a retail energy unit in 1997, to take advantage of the deregulation of electricity markets around the country, the sales force often arranged deals that traded big energy supply contracts for cash up front, in arrangements that executives said could be deemed as loans to Enron’s customers.

For example, in deals with companies like Owens-Illinois and Eli Lilly, Enron advanced funds – $50 million, in Lilly’s case – or, using off-balance-sheet arrangements, invested in energy facilities on the customers’ behalf, according to executives of Enron and the client firms.

Eli Lilly, one of the country’s largest drug companies, said it was the offer of a cash advance that sold it on Enron’s plan to supply the company with energy services over 15 years.

“We had looked at several other companies, and this was a piece that Enron could bring something to the table that others did not,” said Joan Todd, an Eli Lilly spokeswoman. “We saw it as they were so confident that they could deliver the savings to our company that they were willing to make an upfront payment.”

In addition to charging standard fees for loans and other banklike services, Enron booked about $10 billion in revenue from long-term energy deals, even though it actually was laying out money from the start on transactions like the one with Lilly. For their part, customers were able to lock in energy prices over the term of the contracts and receive tax advantages. And they were able to keep the money advanced to them by Enron off their balance sheets.

The transactions continued into Enron’s final days. Last September, Enron struck a deal with Qwest Communications, the local phone company in 14 Western states, to swap fiber optic cable and services at exaggerated prices to improve each other’s financial reports, according to former Enron executives.

Officials of Qwest, whose accounting practices are under formal review by the S.E.C., have insisted there was nothing improper about the deal.

The complexity of the deals that Enron marketed is apparent in an “earnings and cash flow management” plan that Enron’s broadband unit presented to AT&T in July 2000. AT&T rejected all of Enron’s proposals, an AT&T spokeswoman said.

One slide from Enron’s presentation described a “prepay” deal that was a swap of cash for future services and cash; three former employees said it was essentially a “disguised loan.”

Another slide laid out what it called a “reverse prepay (earnings capture)” deal. The transaction would have allowed AT&T to take a prepayment for 20 years’ worth of services from a customer and yet book long-term earnings or revenues, as well. One way to achieve this accounting effect, the documents indicate, was to set up an off-balance-sheet partnership.

“This is really an accounting trick,” said Ian Giddy, a professor of finance at New York University, after reviewing the presentation to AT&T. “AT&T gets the cash up front and yet they recognize the full value of the earnings over time. This is Enron saying you can have your cake and eat it, too.”

Enron, of course, choked on its own baking. The company borrowed heavily to be able to advance cash to its trading and financial management clients. Using so-called mark-to-market accounting, it booked profits on trades and other transactions based on rosy assumptions about the future, executives said, accelerating its own earnings but leaving the company at risk if its bets failed to pay off.

When many did fail at once – investments in technology companies premised on ever-rising stock prices, or energy trades premised on ever-rising power prices – the flaws in Enron’s financial offerings were exposed, these executives explained.

“Enron was known for its financial engineering,” one former executive of the broadband unit said. “We knew how to accelerate earnings. But it’s a nasty little treadmill. You can only run for so long.”


Enron Cuts to Capitalism’s Core
By Robert Kuttner

THE MORE we learn about Enron, the more it becomes an indictment both of our financial system and its toothless watchdogs. The real outrage is that Enron isn’t more of a scandal.

In a new lawsuit filed this week by Enron shareholders, some of the country’s top banks and investment banking houses are accused of conspiring with Enron to create phony partnerships that enriched insiders.

Why would bankers, models of probity, go along with the scam? The lawsuit alleges that some of the insiders who profited from the rigged books were the bankers themselves.

The suit claims that senior bank officers from such trusted institutions as Citigroup, J.P. Morgan Chase, Merrill Lynch, Bank of America, Lehman Brothers, Credit Suisse First Boston, and others created enormous, illicit profits – not just for Enron insiders or even for the banks, but for senior banking executives who got a personal piece of the action.

If true, this would help explain why some of the smartest financiers in America seemed to be asleep at the switch. At this writing, the banks have not issued detailed comments, but they are expected to challenge the suit.

From the beginning, the leitmotif of the whole Enron affair has been conflicts of interest. Accountants who were supposed to be attesting to the honesty of Enron’s books were making a bundle as Enron consultants. Politicians who were supposed to be overseeing government regulators were taking campaign contributions from industry and urging the regulators to back off. Now comes the allegation that the bankers, who had a fiduciary duty to their own customers and shareholders, may have been on the take as well.

Enron ought to be the emblem of all that’s corrupt about this era of American capitalism. But Enron may never quite make it into the ranks of widely appreciated scandals, for two big reasons.

First, the subject matter is numbingly technical. Enron set itself up to take advantage of the deregulation of electricity. There is a good deal of evidence that Enron profited, not by being an honest broker of electricity contracts, but by manipulating price and supply and then rigging the rules.

In theory, deregulated markets were less vulnerable to political interference. In practice, they were more corruptible. But unlike, say Watergate, where Nixon’s henchmen broke into Democratic Party headquarters, or Whitewater and its presidential dalliance with an intern, there is nothing especially sexy or easily fathomable about electricity deregulation.

And if you find that subject a bit esoteric, try some of the technical issues about accounting standards. The financial pages have been full of articles debating whether stock options for corporate executives should be counted as expenses. And that’s a relatively straightforward question compared to many of the others. Enron’s scam was impenetrable to all but its own insiders.

But there’s second reason why Enron does not have political legs. The opposition party – the Democrats – were part of the problem. During the 1990s, the SEC was fighting a losing battle against new kinds of corporate scams. Politicians from both parties were opposed to a more assertive SEC.

When I was first covering economics, Republicans were the party of free enterprise and Democrats were the party of the mixed economy. Republicans believed capitalism regulated itself. Democrats knew better, remembering the Great Depression and Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal that saved capitalism from its own excesses.

As voters and citizens, we did not need to immerse ourselves in all the technical accounting details, because one party stood for the idea that capitalism needed to be regulated. In a representative democracy, our elected officials could keep track of the details.

Unfortunately, many of today’s Democrats were among the leading deregulators. So even though several Enron investigations are now pending in Congress, the Democrats have largely failed to connect Enron to principled philosophical differences between the parties, because the differences are eroding.

Here is the real scandal: Both parties are letting the market system devour itself.

If investors can’t trust accountants and bankers, then capitalism itself is at risk. And if politicians are corrupted by political money, there is no one to watch the watchers.

Post-Soviet Russia is a mess today because honest markets have not yet emerged. It wasn’t enough that communism fell; efficient markets require democratically accountable and relatively uncorrupted government.

We in America have enjoyed both dynamic private enterprise and effective government, and each depends on the other. But Enron suggests that both institutions are imperil


The Selling of an Energy Policy
By Al Gore
April 21, 2002

NASHVILLE – Under the presidency of George W. Bush, the environmental and energy policies of our government are completely dominated by a group of current and former oil and chemical company executives who are trying to dismantle America’s ability to force them to reduce the extremely dangerous levels of pollution in the earth’s atmosphere.

The first step was to withdraw from the agreement reached in Kyoto to begin limiting worldwide emissions of greenhouse gases. Then the administration cancelled an agreement requiring automobile companies to make the leap to more fuel-efficient vehicles.

Other acts of sabotage are taking place behind the scenes. Just as Enron executives were allowed to interview candidates for the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission – and to veto those they didn’t think would approve of Enron’s agenda – ExxonMobil has been allowed to veto the United States government’s selection of who will head the prestigious scientific panel that monitors global warming. Dr. Robert Watson, the highly respected leader of the Inter-Governmental Panel on Climate Change, was blackballed in a memo to the White House from the nation’s largest oil company. The memo had its effect last Friday, when Dr. Watson lost his bid for re-election after the administration threw its weight behind the “let’s drag our feet” candidate, Dr. Rajendra Pachauri of New Delhi, who is known for his virulent anti-American statements.

Why is this happening?

Because the largest polluters know their only hope for escaping restrictions lies in promoting confusion about global warming.

Just as Enron needed auditors who wouldn’t blow the whistle when the company lied about the magnitude of its future liabilities, the administration needs scientific reviews that won’t sound the alarm on the destruction of the earth’s climate balance.

How long they get away with it depends on how long they can sow confusion and doubt. But with folks wearing bikinis in Boston in the middle of April and with the massive melting of ice at both poles and in nearly every mountain glacier on earth, public awareness and concern are growing rapidly.

At a time when the world needs enduring leadership from the United States to rally all nations to join in a concerted effort to stop global warming, the administration is working overtime to block any progress whatsoever.

So tomorrow, on this Earth Day, more than ever before, we need real, forward-thinking leadership and a renewed focus on the environment. True leadership means ensuring that we take the necessary steps to leave a cleaner environment for generations to come – and that means strengthening environmental protections.

Instead, this administration’s so-called Clean Skies initiative actually increases air pollution levels by allowing more toxic mercury, nitrogen oxide and sulfur emissions than does current law. Put simply, on the environment, this administration has consistently sold out America’s future in return for short-term political gains.

True leadership means guaranteeing our national security and role as a world leader – and one of the best ways to do this is by decreasing our dangerous dependence on foreign oil, so that America cannot be held hostage to oil imports and tinhorn tyrants like Saddam Hussein. But instead this administration is now investing less in energy innovation and conservation and more in corporate subsidies for oil exploration and extraction and nuclear power.

True leadership means assuring an economy that rewards innovation and productivity. We can do so by leading the world in investments in technological innovations that will result in environment-friendly products like more efficient cars and renewable energy sources. Such investments would open up the door for new economic growth. But this administration is taking only those steps that increase our addiction to fossil fuels and outdated and inefficient technologies.

On all these fronts, this administration has walked away from the tough choices and has instead chosen to subsidize the solutions of the past. Instead of leading, it has attempted to mislead. Instead of sharing a vision with the people, the administration has given access to special interests.

We can return to the path of progress, on which we value economic growth that rewards innovation and productivity and meets the needs of our families and of national security. We can return to the days of record growth coupled with record improvement in the air we breathe. We can return to true leadership on the environment.

We ought to look at the environment as a critical piece of the nation we will be. I urge Americans to re-engage in a forward-looking discussion of how to secure our nation’s energy needs while pursuing environmental policies that will make us safer, more efficient and more respectful stewards of our planet and our nation’s great potential.

Al Gore, vice president from 1993 to 2001, is a professor at Fisk Universi ty and Middle Tennessee State University.


When even neoliberals like Michael Kinsley write so scathingly about
George Lush and his handlers, it’s clear the moral novocaine of  911  is
finally beginning to wear off, at least among members of the print

The Washington Post – April 19, 2002, Page A25

Lying in Style

By Michael Kinsley

Honest administrations are all alike, but each
administration is dishonest in its own way.

Actually, there are no honest administrations.
But each presidency
does bring its own unique style to the task of
deceiving the
citizenry. And at least you can derive some
truths about a president
from the way he chooses to lie to you. Consider
the latest three.

The characteristic lying style of George Bush the
Elder derived from
his core belief that politics and real life are
separate realms. This
derived in turn from the cherished preppy-snob
distinction between
life and games. In life one must be decent and
honest and must not
seem to be trying too hard. But in games —
including politics — one
must be ruthless, and one must win. One is not
really misbehaving,
because it’s only a game. So the memorable
dishonesties of Bush I
were highly original artifices on novel or
obscure topics, such as
Massachusetts prison furlough policy, or teachers
who won’t pledge
allegiance to the flag or how many times Bill
Clinton raised taxes as
governor of Arkansas. The great ones were often
technically true and
essentially false at the same time, and the
complete performance
always included wave upon wave of follow-up

Bush the Elder didn’t actually do a lot of the
heavy lying himself.
He had people for that sort of thing. For Bill
Clinton, by contrast,
a lie was a seduction — and a personal
challenge. Clinton’s biggest
lie — will it ever be topped? — was a daredevil
triple back flip
off the high board. It concerned Topic A on
everyone’s mind, not some
issue invented in the campaign laboratory. It
gave him no help in the
plausibility department. And yet he offered it
boldly, fearlessly,
with an actual intention to persuade. And many of
us were persuaded.

If the truth was too precious to waste on
politics for Bush I and a
challenge to overcome for Clinton, for our
current George Bush it is
simply boring and uncool. Bush II administration
lies are often so
laughably obvious that you wonder why they
bother. Until you realize:
They haven’t bothered. If telling the truth was
less bother, they’d
try that too. The characteristic Bush II form of
dishonesty is to
construct an alternative reality on some topic,
and to regard anyone
who objects to it as a sniveling dweeb obsessed
with “nuance.”

You can just see Bush rolling his eyes at the
fuss — small as it is
—  over his administration’s role in the recent
military coup in
Venezuela.  It is unclear what exactly Bush
administration officials
said to the coup planners in meetings over the
past few months.
Conflicting anonymous quotations mean there is
some lying of the
conventional sort going on. But a simple “just
don’t do it: The
United States believes in democracy” was
obviously not the message or
the coup would not have gone ahead.

One problem with reality of the traditional sort
is that the pieces
have to fit together. In alternative reality
there is no such tedious
restraint. We brag about our devotion to
spreading democracy,
especially in Latin America, but we don’t care at
all for this pesky
left-winger these fools in Venezuela seem to have
elected. Oh, him?
“He resigned,” said White House spokesman Ari
Fleischer with no basis
and no twinkle in his eye. It would be convenient
if he had resigned,
and so: He resigned.

And then two days later the coup fizzled and the
elected president
was back. I mean, how embarrassing is that? Not
very, if you just
stick to your story. “The people have sent a
clear message . . . that
they want both democracy and reform,” Fleischer
revealed. He went on
to lecture the restored president — whose
overthrow we at least
tacitly supported — about “governing in a fully
democratic manner.”

Alternative reality can be simple and sleek.
That’s one thing our
Bush du jour likes about it. And simplicity is a
genuine virtue in,
for example, mobilizing a nation for war. It was
quite effective for
a while when Bush declared, after Sept. 11, that
we were engaged in a
Manichean struggle with a single overarching
enemy called terrorism.

But then Reality Classic intrudes. Ariel Sharon
says: Hey, I’m
fighting an all-out war against terrorism too.
You got a problem with
that? And the answer is, Yes, we do. But it’s
hard to say what our
problem is without admitting that we’re not
engaged in a Manichean
struggle with terrorism. American interests and
values are more
varied and complicated than that.

Another inconvenience of traditional reality is
that there can be
only one of them at a time. There is no such
limit on alternative
realities.  You can stash them around the house
for use as needed. So
Bush can have one reality where battling
terrorism is paramount and
another where Israel must negotiate and
compromise with the sponsors
of suicide bombers.

And if he can really juggle all these realities
in his head without
their bumping up against each other, maybe it
doesn’t even count as

© 2002 The Washington Post Company

Palestine, Iraq, Cuba and Venezuela–What’s Oil Got to Do With It?
The politics of the covert oil war, 2002 AD
By: Lee Siu Hin
April 23, 2002

Since April of this year, after U.S. Secretary of State Colin Powell failed
to make progress in his mission to Israel and Palestine, international oil
prices have reached $25 per barrel — 25% higher then the same period last
year. And on April 8th Iraq announced its 30-day oil embargo to protest
Israeli attacks on Palestine, and from April 12-14 Venezuela suffered a
military coup that disrupted its oil supply.

When it comes to oil, there’s no doubt: all eyes remain focused on Middle
East production. Despite the large amount of oil coming from other major
international producers such as Mexico, Russia and Venezuela, Iraq and the
other major Gulf region oil producers (Iran, Kuwait and Saudi Arabia) still
have a huge influence on the price of oil. Iraq’s recent decision to cut off
oil exports for one month will deeply affect the international oil market.

The United States, on the other hand, uses its military and political muscle
to further its own economic interests. By undermining the international oil
price, it sends an unquestionable message to the world: America is the only
country that will decide who can produce, who
can sell, and who can buy at what price. The recent failed military coup
against President Hugo Chavez is a clear example of how US oil interests
undermine the democracy of Venezuela – a country who dares to sell oil to
Cuba, who dares to go against the Iraqi oil embargo protesting
Israel’s attacks on Palestine. And the US military has been in the Gulf
region protecting corrupt Gulf oil monarchies since the 1990-91 Gulf war,
most notably after September 11 in Afghanistan to further the US agenda.

It’s the Oil, Stupid
The oil market is completely and artificially controlled by the Organization
of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) and Western powers such as the United
States. For the past 10 years, although Mexico and Venezuela export more oil
to the US then Gulf countries, Saudi Arabia and Iraq (Iran does not export
oil to the US) are still the ones who control the price. “The international
petroleum market is just like the orange juice section in the supermarket,”
an oil expert explains. “If one of the brand-name juices drops its price, the
rest will be forced to
follow.” Iraqi oil can be considered one of these brand name products.
American military campaigns against Iraq are the determining factor for
international oil prices, and – what is less widely known – are the best way
to steal Iraqi oil.

During and after the Gulf war, when the United Nations was enforcing an
oil/trade embargo against Iraq, the US openly denied that it was buying Iraqi
oil, instead using the United Nations’ “oil-for-food” program to purchase the
cheap, below-market-price Iraqi oil behind closed doors.
Although this “oil-for-food” program was originally designed to “help” the
Iraqi people while sanctions were maintained against the Iraqi government,
nearly 40 percent of Iraq’s oil exports end up on U.S. soil, going to
Bush-friendly Texas and California based oil companies such as
Chevron, Exxon-Mobil, Valero and Clark.

After Israel attacked and occupied the West Bank this past March, on April 22
Iraqi President Saddam Hussein called on Arab oil exporters to stop sales to
the United States and Israel, as well as to cut their exports in half. And he
announced that Iraq would stop exporting oil for 30 days or until Israel
withdraws from Palestinian territories, an announcement that triggered an
immediate increase in world oil prices. The United Sates government and oil
experts initially downplayed the impact of this announcement. Sen. Frank
Murkowski (R-Alaska), a strong supporter of Alaskan oil-drilling, even called
for prohibiting US direct and indirect imports of Iraqi oil in response to
Saddam’s action.

But the Bush administration opposes this Senate plan to ban U.S. imports of
Iraqi oil out of concern it could “undermine a U.N. program to meet Iraq’s
humanitarian needs.”

Therefore Venezuela has become a wild card for the US against the Iraq/Gulf
region OPEC price monopoly. Although Venezuela is the third largest US oil
exporter after Canada and Saudi Arabia, Venezuela’s supply alone does not
fundamentally affect international oil pricing. However, if the US depends
less on oil from the Gulf and relies more on other cheap suppliers such as
Mexico and Venezuela, it can undermine OPEC’s price monopoly in favor of the
US in the long run, and won’t have to worry so much about the oil politics of
those Gulf countries who are angry about US support for Israel’s war on

Compared with the Washington-friendly governments of Canada and Mexico,
Venezuela’s popularly elected president Hugo Chavez is not so friendly with
Uncle Sam.

The US was angry at Venezuela’s refusal to allow foreign oil companies to
invest, at its continuing to sell oil to Cuba, at its using its OPEC
membership status to maintain high oil prices, at its lack of support for
“Plan Columbia” and at its criticism of the US “War on Terrorism.” Washington
worries that Venezuela will become a second Cuba, and that it will undermine
American efforts to control the global oil market.

It was in this context, when international oil prices steady increased early
this year, that strikes and mass protests initiated and organized by pro-U.S.
Venezuelan business councils and pro-business right-wing trade unions spread
across Venezuela’s oil producing sector. For several
months, the Venezuelan oligarchy (jokingly referred to as the “oilygarchy”),
its right-wing media and the U.S. government had been provoking civilian
opposition to President Chavez, a deja-vu of the CIA-backed Chilean military
coup against President Allende 30 years earlier. On April 12 when an
ill-planned military coup against Chavez was attempted, the US supported the
coup. Two days later when the coup failed and Chavez was back in power, Sen.
Jesse Helms, the Foreign Relations Committee’s top Republican, said he hoped
that Chavez “has learned from his ordeal.”

It remains to be seen how long Iraq, Venezuela and the situation in Palestine
will affect the international oil market, but it’s clear that in this round
the US has lost the game. This loss will affect Bush’s decisions on Palestine
– he will not be able to risk further angering Middle Eastern countries, and
may have to delay the planned mass military campaign against Iraq.

Is Somebody’s Loss Someone Else’s Gain?
Ironically, while the US and western countries would like to see lower oil
prices, on the flip side of the coin higher oil prices mean more income for
US oil companies and boosted investment returns for oil-related mutual funds.

In New York, for example, oil-related stocks comprise about 85% of
Excelsior’s Energy and Natural Resources Funds portfolio, said Michael
Hoover, the fund’s manager. And today’s higher oil price –influenced by OPEC
— means more return on oil-related investments. “The price
isn’t so high that it chokes growth, but high enough that they’ve a good
return on investment,” Hoover said.

Higher oil prices mean more secure profits for some oil companies as well,
such as Exxon Mobile Corp. Oil stocks act as a hedge when instability in the
Middle East unhinges much of the market.

It is clear that one of the reasons the US maintains the Iraqi sanctions is
to allow the major oil companies to reap huge profits. Yet the overriding
motivation behind US policies is to retain hegemony over the oil-rich Persian
Gulf which provides about a quarter of the world’s oil. Above all, the goal
is to send an unmistakable message: that any country bold enough to stand up
to the US will reap the same unprecedented and brutal consequences inflicted
upon Iraq.

http://www.tenc.net – Emporer’s new clothes (Jared Israel)*
http://www.copvcia.com – From the Wilderness (Michael Ruppert)*
http://davesweb.cnchost.com/ – Center for Informed America (Dave MacGowan)*
http://www.michaelmoore.com – Follow the Stupid White Men book tour *
http://www.jimhightower.com – Get on the Rolling Thunder bandwagon!
http://www.mwaw.org – media workers against the war
http://www.annoy.com – biting satire
http://www.ourfuture.org/front.asp – Campaign for America’s Future, progressive bent *
http://www.fair.org – Fairness and Accuracy in reporting
http://www.democracyrising.org – Ralph Nader
http://www.counterpunch.org – Alexander Cockburn et al.
http://www.workingforchange.com – Working Assets sponsored
http://www.wsws.org – world socialist web site
http://www.guerrillanews.com – check out the Crack the CIA flick for starters
http://www.democraticunderground.com/top10/ – conservative idiots of the week
http://www.harpers.org/weekly-review/ – good overview, perspective and irony, etc.
http://www.thismodernworld.com – the weekly cartoon
http://www.parallel-youniversity.com/ – UK Fraser Clark’s multi-colored weekly compilation called UPgrade


Industry’s a Key Player in Energy Data
Politics: Bush team, faced with a deadline, releases documents on task force. Many passages are edited out, fanning controversy.
By Richard Simon, Edmund Sanders and Elizabeth Shogren
March 26 2002

WASHINGTON — The Bush administration Monday released thousands of documents on its energy task force, showing that industry groups provided substantial input in drafting the president’s energy plan.

In putting out 11,000 pages of documents before a midnight deadline, the Energy Department gave new ammunition to critics of the administration’s energy policy, who say it is tilted in favor of the coal, gas, oil and nuclear industries.

The documents show that Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham met with more than 30 industry representatives at eight sessions from Feb. 14 to April 26. The Nuclear Energy Institute, the Independent Petroleum Assn. of America and the American Coal Co. were among the business groups invited to those sessions. No representatives of environmental or consumer groups were listed as meeting with Abraham.

In a statement, Abraham said the documents show that the energy plan was “balanced” and that the Energy Department “not only sought but included all viewpoints.” Department officials said they sought input from environmentalists but were often rebuffed. Environmental groups have said their calls to administration officials weren’t returned.

The department said that Abraham had declined a number of requests from business executives for meetings.

The documents did little to quell a legal and political controversy over the dealings of the energy task force, established by President Bush only days after he took office. Bush, a former oilman, named Vice President Dick Cheney, who had led an energy services company, to head the task force.

The administration’s refusal to provide details of the task force’s meetings led the General Accounting Office, the investigative arm of Congress, to file its first-ever lawsuit Feb. 22 against the executive branch. That lawsuit has not been resolved.

Separately, the Natural Resources Defense Council, an environmental organization, and Judicial Watch, a conservative watchdog group, successfully brought court cases forcing the Energy Department and other federal agencies that participated in the task force to make their records available.

Those two organizations had sought documents last spring under the Freedom of Information Act and sued when it appeared that the government was dragging its feet on those requests. The two judges in these lawsuits set Monday as the deadline to begin releasing the documents.

Energy Dept. Withholds Thousands of Pages
In addition to the Energy Department documents, about 5,000 pages of documents were released Monday by the Department of Agriculture, the Environmental Protection Agency and the Office of Management and Budget.

The Energy Department withheld 15,000 pages of documents. Of the 11,000 provided, many were heavily redacted. The omissions fanned the controversy over the task force’s secret meetings and contacts with industry groups, many of which were sources of sizable donations to the Bush-Cheney campaign.

Abel Lopez, director of an Energy Department office that deals with requests for records, said the deletions were permitted under the Freedom of Information Act, which “protects advice, recommendations and opinions” that are part of the executive branch’s decision-making process.

Such redaction is not uncommon. Under the Freedom of Information Act, government agencies may refuse to release information for a variety of reasons, including protecting an individual’s privacy or shielding policy debates.

But Judicial Watch officials accused the administration of holding back key records and vowed to return to court. “They’re withholding information that the public has a right to obtain,” said Larry Klayman, chairman and general counsel of the conservative watchdog group.

The documents were provided to a variety of environmental groups and media organizations, including The Times, which had requested the information under the Freedom of Information Act.

The documents show that the California energy crisis last year was a much-discussed topic at the Energy Department, with e-mails on the state’s troubles often flagged as high priority. But in most cases, the content of the e-mails was edited out.

“Virtually all the e-mails we have seen have been completely blanked out,” said John Walke, director of clean air programs for the Natural Resources Defense Council. “There are huge blank passages associated with the e-mails. Some of the sentences are cut off in the middle and redacted out in the bizarre way.”

Walke was particularly interested in learning about plans for the new source review provision of the Clean Air Act, which requires plants to install state-of-the-art pollution control devices when they renovate their plants in a way that increases pollution.

But while the phrase “New Source Review” or its abbreviation may appear in the subject or below an attachment icon, there is no text.

“It gives you nothing,” Walke said. “The substance is purposefully stricken from the document.”

Give-and-Take Revealed in E-Mails
Among the documents released were e-mails between energy officials, detailed schedules for the secretary’s chief of staff and other key officials, e-mails from citizens praising the plan or suggesting various technologies that would help solve the country’s energy woes.

Some of the e-mails from industry lobbyists and representatives to key members of the administration’s energy task force suggested that there was significant give-and-take in the development of the plan. For instance, the National Petrochemical and Refiners Assn. and the Nuclear Energy Institute supplied recommended paragraphs to drop into specific sections of the plan.

The release also included many documents already public, such as energy proposals from think tanks, environmental groups and industry associations; administration officials’ testimony to Congress; letters to the agency from members of Congress; and news reports on energy troubles from newspapers, wire services and broadcast outlets.

The EPA documents included appeals by the oil industry for reducing the number of gasoline formulas used across the country and by the auto industry for reevaluating the government’s fuel-economy standards. The administration’s plan called for studying both issues.

Democratic lawmakers contend that the energy industry, including scandal-plagued Enron Corp., heavily influenced shaping of a production-tilted energy policy that favors the oil, gas, coal and nuclear industries. Indeed, the administration has acknowledged that Enron officials met six times with task force officials, including once with Cheney himself.

The Republican-controlled House last summer approved an energy plan that included a number of the administration’s initiatives, including opening up the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge to oil and gas drilling. The Democratic-controlled Senate has been bogged down in a debate on a far different energy bill that would stress conservation over production.

The GAO is continuing to wage its legal battle to secure additional information, including White House records. Administration officials have said they may claim executive privilege–a doctrine that presidents from George Washington onward have used to withhold information from Congress or the judiciary–to maintain the confidentiality of Cheney’s records.

They also contend that releasing the information would set a bad precedent for future administrations seeking candid advice from outside experts.

White House spokesman Ari Fleischer said Monday that the release of the documents did not alter the White House’s opposition to making public the details of Cheney’s meetings.

“The constitutional principle that the president and the vice president have enunciated remains in place,” Fleischer said, “and the president will continue to fight for that.”


This information was on a USENET newsgroup but appears worth passing
along. Several other excellent links on the DOE papers, and industry
contributions to both parties can be found at:


The copied story on how the admin tapped other alternative energy
funds is provided as follows:


Bush Tapped Solar Energy Funds to Print Energy Plan
Fri Mar 29, 9:33 AM ET
By Tom Doggett

WASHINGTON (Reuters) – While environmentalists have slammed the White
national energy plan for not doing enough to promote renewable
energy, the
Bush administration found those government research programs useful in
paying the bill for printing copies of the 170-page plan.


Reuters Photo

The administration took money from the Energy Department’s solar and
renewable energy and energy conservation budgets to pay for the cost
printing its national energy plan.

Documents released under court order by the Energy Department this
revealed that $135,615 was spent from the DOE’s solar, renewables and
conservation budget to produce 10,000 copies of the White House
energy plan
released last May.

Another $1,317.39 was spent for producing 16 “briefing boards” used by
administration officials to illustrate and explain the White House

The newly released documents also show that $176.40 was taken from the
energy conservation program to pay for an Alaska trip by Andrew
the White House energy task force’s staff director, to promote the

The administration’s energy policy called for drilling in Alaska’s
National Wildlife Refuge (news – web sites), a proposal strongly
opposed by

At the same time the White House tapped the renewable budget for
funds to
print the energy plan, administration was urging Congress to cut the
renewable and energy efficiency research budgets by more than 50

Vice President Dick Cheney (news – web sites), who headed the White
energy task force, criticized environmentalists for relying too much
renewables and conservation to solve the nation’s energy problems.
“Conservation may be a sign of personal virtue, but it is not a
basis for a sound, comprehensive energy policy,” Cheney said two weeks
before the energy plan was released last May.

The administration did try to spread around the cost of producing the

It dipped into the DOE’s fossil energy program, which covers
primarily oil
research, to pay $100.92 for a hotel room near the Government Printing
Office where the policy publication was being produced.

The documents did not name the official or if the hotel offered a

Time Ripe for International Tribunal on The Great 9.11 Deception ?

Ever since it happened, people with any historical insight have known that
the official version(s) of the Sept 11 terrorism is a big lie.

People knøwledgeable of treacherous deceipt being a normal pretext, for
example Reichstag Fire 1933, Pearl Harbour, Italy’s ‘red’ brigades, Mossad’s
routine deceptions, etc., were not in doubt for one moment.

By asking the fundamental question of any criminal case: Whom benefits the
crime, it turned out that all of the foreseeable consequences of this attack
would be in favour of the illigitimate fascist US regime at a very critical
moment for its reign:

The Bush gang was facing a long economic depression, bankruptcy of mega
corporations like Enron and others, complete revelation by the global
resistance movement of the devastating consequences of the worldwide
corporate conspiracy and their international instruments for suppression and
exploitaion, etc.

But suddenly the 9.11 attacks under pretext of blaming ‘terrorists’ opened
up for realization of all of the pre-existing fascist agenda for total world
domination, occupation of Central Asia’s oil, attacking other countries with
oil reserves or non-compliant governments, cutting the constitutional rights
in the Homeland so as to eliminate any dissent, etc.

The institutions to prevent and counteract this criminal agenda – the
Democratic Party and the media – being complicit and therefore out of
function, have left it for the people itself to stop the madness.

For 6 months the Democratic Party – besides voting for the so-called
‘Patriotic Act’ – have done nothing for unmasking the treason. When some
symbolic investigation finally had to be initiated they chose a CIA
representative to lead the investigation of CIA !

The completely silent mainstream media are owned by the culprits and on top
of that run by 50 Zionists with a pro Sharon fascist agenda.
This war-criminal probably had a central role in the Great Deception.

The control functions of the ‘democracy’ thus being non-existent, several
patriots therefore have spent the last 6 months with researching what REALLY
happened. And now an overwhelming evidence of the events has emerged, see
for example

The logical next stage calls for a synthesis of the huge amounts of evidence
collected by these experts.

As the publication of the conclusion for the time being is the only hope for
stopping the warmongers, a maximum spreading of this information in spite of
the silence of the corporate media is essential.

A tribunal of internationally renown personalities could evaluate the
evidence gathered by the experts. If possible, government employees involved
in the conspiracy could witness, if guarantee for their security from
becoming assassinated by CIA could be provided for in one way or the other.

All governments of the world should be invited to attend the tribunal to
evaluate for themselves whether the ‘war on terrorism’ hereinafter should be
supported, or respectively rejected as a criminal pretext for subverting
their own countries.

This people’s court of course also should invite the US terror regime to
publicly defend its ridiculous version of its Sept 11 terror.

Please send all comments and proposals with regard to experts, tribunal
members, location, protection of possible witnesses, etc., to the listserv

The United Peoples


Anthrax attacks 14/3/02

A Newsnight investigation raised the possibility that there was a secret CIA
project to investigate methods of sending anthrax through the mail which
went madly out of control.

The shocking assertion is that a key member of the covert operation may have
removed, refined and eventually posted weapons-grade anthrax which killed
five people.

In the wake of Sept 11th, the anthrax attacks caused panic throughout the
States and around the world. But has the FBI found the whole case too hot to
handle? Our science editor Susan Watts reported from Washington.

America’s anthrax attack last autumn was second only to that on the Twin
Towers in the degree of shock and anxiety it caused…Some even say the
anthrax letters triggered sub-clinical hysteria in the American people…yet
this, the first major act of biological terrorism the world has seen remains
an unsolved crime…

Initially the investigation looked for a possible Al-Qaeda or Iraqi link,
then to a domestic terrorist, then inwards to the US bio-defence programme
itself. But in the last four or five weeks the investigation seems to have
run into the sand…There have been several theories as to why …

Three weeks ago Dr Barbara Rosenberg – an acknowledged authority on US
bio-defence – claimed the FBI is dragging its feet because an arrest would
be embarrassing to the US authorities. Tonight on Newsnight, she goes
further…suggesting there could have been a secret CIA field project to
test the practicalities of sending anthrax through the mail – whose top
scientist went badly off the rails…

Some very expert field person would have been given this job and it would
have been left to him to decide exactly how to carry it out. The result
might have been a project gone badly awry if he decided to use it for his
own purposes and target the media and the senate for his own motives as not
intended by the govt project…but this is a possibility that I think needs
to be considered

And another leading bio-defence analyst has already sketched out a similar
profile for the kind of person likely to be behind the anthrax attacks…

I would think it was somebody who had this kind of experience, and I think
the word that I used for you was ‘a cowboy’ when we first spoke, that simply
means in the United States someone who feels such bravura in his actions, he
feels he’s a free actor, he can decide what should be done and what
shouldn’t be done, and what the reason is.

In recent weeks, the focus of the investigation has been the US army medical
research institute at Fort Detrick near Washington. Fort Detrick is the site
at the centre of a web of military centres spread across the US and twilight
private companies which work with these military sites hand-in-hand as

Colonel David Franz was in charge at Fort Detrick for eleven years – he’s
had hands-on experience with biological agents and has his own ideas about
the kind of person the FBI should be looking for.

It’s not someone who just got on the Internet or went to the library and got
a book and held the book in one hand and a big wooden spoon in the other and
stirred up batches. It’s someone who has spent a significant amount of time
I believe working with a spore former of some kind and knew how to grow
…and how to purify and how to dry

Inside accounts by former staff at Fort Detrick during the nineties reveal a
research site in disarray with questionable security measures. We spoke to
one former lab technician now working in Belize about unexplained night-time
activities in the lab.

I came in developed my negatives and here they said anthrax and I looked at
this little counter that would have been putting the sequential numbers on
the film and there weren’t any films missing and yet I knew that Friday I
had used it and it hadn’t said anthrax.

What did that suggest to you had been happening over the weekend?

That someone had been in there working on anthrax….Anyone who did have
access to the labs was not monitored in what they did, either in what they
did in the lab that is the amount of agent they were growing, or in what
they did with that agent, that is if they put it in their pocket and took it
home …

Such is the FBI’s determination to establish if Fort Detrick is at the heart
of this that it has turned to genomic analysis of the powder itself…The
Inst for Genomic Research was founded by Craig Venter – the man who sped up
the decoding of the Human Genome… their anthrax team has created a DNA
“fingerprint” of anthrax taken from the body of the first person to be
killed – a Florida-based newspaper man. They’re looking for differences
between this so-called Florida “strain” and stored samples from a number of
US military sites

This is the first time genomic analysis has been used for microbial
forensics…Tim Read is one of the world’s leading authorities on the
genetic make-up of anthrax . He compared the fingerprint of the Florida
strain with that of samples originating at Fort Detrick. The results are not
yet published – so he’s being careful what he says:

They’re definitely related to each other …closely related to each other

Could they be so closely related that one could consider them to be one and
the same thing?

I’m not commenting on that…

But the real answer may lie not just in where the anthrax came from, but who
had access to it. Veterans of the 1960s US germ warfare programme were the
obvious first thought. Early on in the investigation, there was one name
that immediately came to many people, but few dared whisper it aloud.
William Capers Patrick the third was part of the original US programme,
which officially drew to a close in the 1960s…The New York Times claimed
last December he was the author in 1998 of a secret paper study on the
possible effects of anthrax sent through the mail, although he now denies
that. …

We went to see Bill Patrick to ask him if he might know the culprit…

Hello Susan Watts BBC

Patrick is an acknowledged showman…known for his startling demonstrations
…some in less than classified company. During the course of our interview
he told us several pieces of technical information which one expert said
could help anyone intending to create an anthrax weapon.

I’ve prepared two harmless simulant powders… beautiful flow properties…

It’s clear from what Bill Patrick told us that he’s been a central figure in
the bio-defence community for many years and that he may well have met or
come across the person behind the attacks…

Most of my discussions about the biological problem has been in secure
conferences and meetings, and involve people with need to know, with
security clearance and what have you. I don’t talk about ‘how to’, I don’t
get into ‘how to’ with many people, no people other than the fact that those
who really have a need to know.

Does it nag at you in the back of your mind that possibly you do know him?

Possibly, possibly, I could have talked to these people. But it would have
been within the context of their having a need to know.

He told me two FBI agents and an official from the attorney general’s office
interviewed him for 3 and a half hours two weeks ago. He says they told him
he had been a suspect, but left him believing he was in the clear.

And just to put on record can I ask you did you perpetrate these attacks..

my goodness I did not ….I did not…I’m an American patriot.

Patrick was on the UN team that inspected Iraqi weapons facilities in the
mid 1990s, and he WAS surprised the FBI didn’t come to him straight after
the attacks, simply because of his expertise. He acknowledges it was only
logical to consider him a suspect, but for Patrick, the most likely
explanation, or perhaps the most comfortable, is that the powder and the
motive originated overseas – in some rogue state…

I would hate to think that anyone in our country.. that would do this to our
own people, if we ever find whoever does this I hope it comes from overseas,
because that way I would.. well I don’t want.. I want someone to be caught,
I want the perpetrator to be caught, but I would rather think that it came
from our enemies outside of our own country as opposed to our own people
perpetrating this crime against our own

Bill Patrick is no longer seen as a suspect, but the net IS closing around
someone at the heart of the US germ warfare programme.

We now know by piecing together information from well-placed sources that
there’s another individual. He’s been interviewed by FBI agents, and remains
under widespread suspicion…

But he’s no loner. He’s likely to have worked on a key government project in
the past and to have a network of friends and colleagues he can rely on. The
possibility that more than one person is involved may answer some of the
perplexing geographical questions about where the attacks originated.

I think that the significance of focussing on a group is that you can have
one person with the expertise to produce this weaponised anthrax and someone
else to actually deliver it to Trenton. I think that a large part of the
investigation early on focused on AN individual. As such we would ask the
question, could that individual have gotten to New Jersey. If you begin to
think that it could have involved two or more, then the alibi of an
individual that I was not near New Jersey may in fact fall apart and you
could look at someone else delivering it…

The private contractor companies linked to the military and jokingly
referred to as “beltway bandits” because they’re sprinkled around the
Washington beltway ring-road, is where individuals with the right mix of
skills might be working. Some of these contractors are now known to have
been involved in classified bio-defence projects. One of these secret
projects, carried out in the Nevada desert, was part of a series of three In
the first few days of September last year – immediately prior to the attacks
of the 11th, the New York Times carried a major investigation which at any
other time would have been a story of huge significance…It revealed three
secret bio-defence projects at a time when the American people believed none
was taking place. One – run by a contractor – Battelle – was to create
genetically altered anthrax. The question now is – are there more such

now we’ve discovered that the CIA is in this business too, though presumably
only through contractors. But we don’t know how many contractors. One
contractor is now publicly disclosed, Battelle, that did one of those
projects. There may be other contractors, so there was this whole story has
not been clarified publicly, so that’s the rest of your iceberg, in other
words we don’t know how many contractors, we don’t know how many projects.

The 1998 paper study on anthrax in the mail was one secret project. Dr
Rosenberg is making the astonishing suggestion that there may have been a
deadly follow-up by somebody else. Last time she questioned the
investigation, she was attacked by the FBI and the White House. But she says
she’s prepared to speak out again because she’s so afraid of what might
happen next.

This person is.. knows a lot about forensic matters, knows exactly what he
can be prosecuted for and what he can get away with and I think he had some
personal matters that he might have wanted to settle but I think in addition
that he felt that biodefence was being under-emphasised for some time in the

Rosenberg’s claims are astonishing but she’s an insider with good contacts.
She thinks the FBI must act soon.

I think the time is rapidly coming when it will be very important to bring
him to trial, even if they don’t think they have sufficient evidence. This
might at least, if not result in a criminal conviction, make it possible to
bring civil charges somewhat like what happened to OJ Simpson in the past.
So I think it’s time to start moving because it’s very important from the
point of view of deterrence of any possible future terrorist.

America’s desire to protect its biodefense programme from scrutiny at all
costs was part of why it walked away from an international agreement to
control biological weapons last summer. Could its near obsessive secrecy
have come home to roost? breeding a climate that allowed one of its experts
to take a step too far and turn bio-terrorist against his own?

Newsnight they totally reject Dr Rosenberg’s theory and say they were
unaware of ANY project to assess the impact of anthrax sent through the

We think Woolsey, who served as CIA director under former President
Clinton is right. “James Woolsey, a former CIA director who favors
military action against Iraq and is critical of his former agency’s
performance on Middle East terrorism, called the New Yorker article “a
blockbuster.” Before you read it please read the first short piece
immediately below:  “Protecting Saddam By WILLIAM SAFIRE March 18,
2002 WASHINGTON – Soviet propagandists used to touch up photographs to
remove the face of a Kremlin official who had fallen from favor,
making him a “nonperson.” The same disinformation technique is now
being used to wipe out the fact of a meeting in Prague in April, 2001
– five months before the Sept. 11 attacks on the U.S. – between
Mohamed Atta, the leading Qaeda hijacker, and Ahmed al-Ani, the Iraqi
consul in Prague, who was Saddam Hussein’s intelligence case officer
there. On “Meet the Press” yesterday, Sergei Ivanov, Russia’s foreign
minister (like his boss, a former K.G.B. disinformation specialist)
said of this widely reported Iraqi-Qaeda connection: “That is wrong
information.” That denial of an observed connection between bin
Laden’s suicide bomber and Saddam’s spymaster was preceded by a David
Ignatius column in The Washington Post last week deriding such reports
by me and by James Woolsey, former C.I.A. chief, in The Wall Street
Journal. Pooh-poohing the notion of a meeting that “supposedly took
place,” Ignatius asserted “there is no solid evidence” of such a link.
On the contrary, he opined, “hard intelligence to support the Baghdad-
bin Laden connection is somewhere between ‘slim’ and ‘none.’ ” My
colleague in columny, a respected commentator with a fine writing
style, bases his conclusion on recent interviews with “senior European
officials.” (He also wears another hat as executive editor of The
International Herald Tribune and I am buttering him up in the hope he
will not kill my column therein.) These unidentified Europeans tell
him that “the C.I.A. now shares their skepticism about the Atta-al Ani
connection. . . . Even the Czechs . . . have gradually backed away.”
Let us now depart from the line that Ivanov and “senior European
officials” and supposedly backing-away Czechs are peddling to gullible
commentators. (Couldn’t help it; you can cut that line in the Trib.)
On solid evidence: The Czech intelligence agency, B.I.S., had the
Iraqi embassy spy in Prague under constant visual and wiretap
surveillance, especially after a threat to the Radio Free Europe
headquarters there. Three months ago, after the absolve-Saddam
campaign began to cast doubt on the report of the Atta-al Ani meeting
at the Prague airport, Interior Minister Stanislav Gross issued a
statement that “B.I.S. guarantees the information, so we stick by that
information.” No backing away; on the contrary, strong reaffirmation.
On corroboration of the evidence that Atta flew 7,000 miles, from
Virginia Beach to Prague and back to Florida (his third trip to Prague
in a year): The F.B.I. has car-rental and other records that Atta left
for Prague on April 8, 2001, and returned on April 11. The B.I.S.
report of the meeting that Saddam’s case officer had with the suicide
hijacker fell precisely within those dates. Czech intelligence, in
identifying al-Ani’s contact as Atta, had no knowledge of the F.B.I.’s
evidence that independently corroborates Atta’s brief presence in
Prague. On C.I.A. assessment of the evidence: James Risen reported in
The New York Times last month that while not enough evidence ties
Saddam specifically to Sept. 11, “senior American intelligence
officials have concluded that the meeting between Mr. Atta and the
Iraqi officer, Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim Samir al-Ani, did take place.”
Congressional intelligence committees could confirm that with one
secure phone call. Now let’s walk back the cat, as the spooks say.
What’s behind the campaign to cast doubt on the meeting? It cannot be
only posterior-covering by junior C.I.A. analysts and N.S.A. “Big Ear”
monitors who should have known of a meeting about what was then
believed to be the terrorist threat to Americans at R.F.E. in Prague.
The smooth Russian diplomat, “European officials” and Arab potentates
seeking to erase the evidence have one purpose: to throw dust in our
eyes about Saddam’s clandestine support of international terrorism.
They don’t want the U.S. to have any reason to liberate the Iraqi
people. They see great profit in doing oil business with Saddam and
collecting tens of billions in debts. The name of their game is delay
– to demand evidence of nuclear development while unfettered
inspections are forbidden, and to dismiss as a non-meeting the hard
evidence of a terrorist connection. Meanwhile, Iraqi scientists race
to build the weapons that would blackmail into impotence any power
daring to unseat Saddam.”
http://www.nytimes.com/2002/03/18/opinion/18SAFI.html  “March 19, 2002
In Saddam’s Shadow Issue of 2002-03-25 Posted 2002-03-18 In this
week’s issue, Jeffrey Goldberg reports from Kurdistan, in northern
Iraq, where, in the late nineteen-eighties, Saddam Hussein waged a
devastating chemical and, possibly, biological war against the Kurdish
people. Today, the Kurds have achieved limited autonomy, thanks to the
U.S.-British no-fly zone, but they still face the threat of ethnic
cleansing. Goldberg’s report also raises questions about fears of
future biochemical attacks against America or Israel-as well as Iraq’s
possible links to Al Qaeda. Here Goldberg discusses his trip to
Kurdistan and his article. THE NEW YORKER: To write this article, you
travelled to Kurdistan. How did you get in? What were some of the
barriers, and some of the risks? JEFFREY GOLDBERG: Actually, one of
the most difficult parts of reporting this story was simply figuring
out a way into Kurdistan. Iraqi Kurdistan has three neighbors: Turkey,
Iran, and Syria. Turkey would seem like the obvious way to go-it’s an
American ally, after all. But the Turks seem to believe that any
publicity for any Kurd anywhere would impact them negatively, so they
refused to let me cross their border into Iraqi Kurdistan.*** As for
the other two countries, I approached the Iranians about getting
permission to cross, but they weren’t interested, so it was up to the
Syrians, who, surprisingly, came through. I went to Damascus, then
flew to Kameshli, and from there I went by Land Rover to the Tigris
River, where I picked up a rowboat with a wheezy outboard engine and
floated across into Kurdistan-a very scenic way to go, by the way.
Once I was in Kurdistan, my hosts-the two rival Kurdish parties-made
things as easy as possible for me. They provided me with security and
made sure I got to see the right people. They get very few visitors,
and certainly very few American visitors. Your account of Saddam
Hussein’s chemical attacks on Kurdish towns and villages in 1988 is
horrifying, both because of what happened and because, fourteen years
later, the full story is not well known. Why has the genocide of the
Kurds not made a greater impression on the West? I think the answer is
simple: the man who
committed the genocide is still in power, fourteen years after the
fact, and the world is still dealing
with him. It is estimated that as many as two hundred thousand Kurds
were killed, including five
thousand in a single gas attack on the city of Halabja. Dozens of
other towns and villages were also struck
by chemical weapons. If the world were to fully acknowledge the crime
that took place, wouldn’t it
be a moral necessity to remove Saddam Hussein from power? Imagine if
Hitler remained in power
into the early nineteen-sixties. I doubt we’d have heard as much about
the Holocaust. There are other
reasons, too. One is the physical isolation of the Kurds, and another
is their relative lack of knowledge about how to play the Western game
of public relations. How were you received by the people you met
there? The Kurds are, to my mind, one of the most naturally
pro-American groups of people in the
world. They want American troops to protect them from Saddam. (The
American and British air forces
already do that, enforcing a no-fly zone over much of Kurdish
territory.) There’s a certain frustration in
Kurdistan over the American unwillingness so far to rush in and fix
the problem, and there’s also
frustration on the part of the victims of the chemical attacks, who,
even today, are still suffering and still
in need of medical attention. Some Kurds I met in hospitals and
clinics were disappointed to learn that I
wasn’t a doctor. And, in certain cases, I, too, was disappointed that
I wasn’t a doctor; some of the
problems these people face could be solved with modern medicine and
technology. You note that the survivors’ homes have never been
decontaminated-they drink from wells that were poisoned and sleep in
rooms that were once filled with gas. What is the long-range medical
prognosis for the people in these communities? And how did you feel,
as a visitor, breathing the air there and drinking the water? I could
have assumed that the chemicals would have broken down by now, that
they’re not poisoning people who live in these towns and villages. But
it is a dangerous assumption, because there is no definitive word on
which chemical agents were used. There is no long-range medical
prognosis for these communities, because there has been no
large-scale, systematic study of the attacks or their
effects. Did I feel safe? Yes. Maybe it was a bad assumption, but it
got me through the day. I do try to drink bottled water when I can***.
The Kurds are one of Saddam Hussein’s targets,  but so is Israel. How
vulnerable is Israel to chemical and biological attacks from Iraq?
What do you think are the possible consequences of a showdown between
the two countries? *** I think Israel is ready, but I
also think that it simply takes one missile, or one low-flying bomber,
or one terrorist with a supply of
anthrax and access to the ventilation system of an office tower to
make a horrible mess. The belief is,
of course, that an Iraqi biological or chemical attack on Israel would
be answered by a nuclear attack
from Israel. Then we’d be in a new world altogether. What, if
anything, can you conclude about the
connections between the Iraqi regime and Al Qaeda? I’m making no
conclusions; I’m just reporting what
I’ve heard. Without full access to secret intelligence, I’m not
capable of making a definitive conclusion on
this subject. The only thing I can say is that it seems worthy of
further American investigation, because I
spoke with people who seemed, to me, to be credible, who said they had
information about such
connections. What are the United States’ options with regard to Iraq?
There is a fairly convincing argument
that moral considerations need to play some role in foreign
policy-that Saddam Hussein’s
murder of his own citizens should affect how we deal with him. ***I
believe that moral considerations need to play a role in the
formulation of foreign policy, and I believe that all humans have a
moral obligation to prevent genocide. What do you see happening next?
Ah, that’s the big question.***.”
Issue of 2002-03-25 Posted 2002-03-17 FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE March 17,
Director, Public Relations (212) 286-5898
Betsy Judelson, Junior Publicist (212) 286-5996 In interviews
conducted in a prison in  Kurdish-controlled territory in northern
Iraq, captured members of Ansar al-Islam, a terrorist group operating
in the area, tell Jeffrey Goldberg, in “The Great Terror,” in the
March 25, 2002, issue of The New Yorker, that their organization “has
received funds directly from Al Qaeda; that the intelligence service
of Saddam Hussein has joint control, with Al Qaeda operatives, over
Ansar al-Islam; that Saddam Hussein hosted a senior leader of Al Qaeda
in Baghdad in 1992; that a number of Al Qaeda members fleeing
Afghanistan have been secretly brought into territory controlled by
Ansar al-Islam; and that Iraqi intelligence agents smuggled
conventional weapons, and possibly even chemical and biological
weapons, into Afghanistan. If these charges are true,” Goldberg
writes, “it would mean that the relationship
between Saddam’s regime and Al Qaeda is far closer than previously
thought.” The prisoners Goldberg
spoke to last month are kept in a jail that is run by the intelligence
service of the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan, whose director told
Goldberg that American intelligence officials had not visited the
site. “The F.B.I. and the C.I.A. haven’t come out yet,” the director
says. According to Kurdish officials, Goldberg reports, “Ansar
al-Islam grew out of an idea spread by Ayman al-Zawahiri, the former
chief of the Egyptian Islamic Jihad and now Osama bin Laden’s deputy
in Al Qaeda.” One official explains, “Zawahiri’s philosophy is that
you should fight the infidel even in the smallest village, that you
should try to form Islamic armies everywhere. The Kurdish
fundamentalists were influenced by Zawahiri.”
The group has between five hundred and six hundred members, according
to Kurdish officials, including Arab Afghans and at least thirty Iraqi
Kurds who were trained in Afghanistan; last September, the officials
say, representatives of Osama bin Laden gave Ansar al-Islam three
hundred thousand dollars. These officials say that the real leader of
Ansar al-Islam is an Iraqi known as Abu Wa’el, who has spent a great
deal of time in bin Laden’s training camps but is also, they say, an
officer of the Mukhabarat, Saddam’s principal intelligence service. “A
man named Abu Agab is in charge of the
northern bureau of the Mukhabarat,” one official tells Goldberg. “And
he is Abu Wa’el’s control officer.”
Kurdish intelligence officials say that there is no proof that Ansar
al-Islam has ever been involved in
international terrorism or that Saddam Hussein’s agents were involved
in the attacks on the World Trade Center or the Pentagon. But they do
claim that several men associated with Al Qaeda have been smuggled
over the Iranian border into an Ansar al-Islam stronghold near
the city of Halabja. Two of these men, who go by the names Abu Yasir
and Abu Muzaham, are high-ranking Al Qaeda members, they say. An Iraqi
intelligence officer, Qassem Hussein Muhammad, one of the prisoners
with whom Goldberg spoke, says that his own involvement in Islamic
radicalism began in 1992 in Baghdad, when he met Ayman al-Zawahiri
after being assigned to help guard him. After reports surfaced that
Abu Wa’el had been captured by American agents, Qassem says, he was
sent by the Mukhabarat to Kurdistan to find out what was going on.
“That’s when I was captured,” he says. Asked if he was sure that Abu
Wa’el was on Saddam’s side, Qassem said, “He’s an employee of the
Mukhabarat. He’s the actual decision-maker in the group”-Ansar
al-Islam-“but he’s an employee of the Mukhabarat.” In the prison,
Goldberg also spoke to a young Iraqi Arab named Haqi
Ismail, whom Kurdish officials described as a middle- to high-ranking
member of Al Qaeda, and who was
captured as he tried to get into Kurdistan three weeks after the start
of the American attack on Afghanistan.
Jawad, a twenty-nine-year-old Iranian Arab who is a smuggler and
bandit from the city of Ahvaz, and whom Kurdish intelligence officials
said was most recently employed by bin Laden, tells Goldberg that he
began to smuggle for bin Laden in the late nineteen-nineties. In 2000,
Jawad’s Al Qaeda contact told him to smuggle several dozen
refrigerator motors into Afghanistan for the Mukhabarat; a cannister
filled with liquid was attached to each motor. Jawad tells Goldberg
that he had no idea what liquid was inside the motors, but he assumed
that it was some type of chemical or biological
weapon. “There’s been a relationship between the Mukhabarat and the
people of Al Qaeda since 1992,”
Jawad says. “The Great Terror” also provides a comprehensive account
of Saddam’s massive conventional, chemical, and possibly biological
attacks on the Kurds in the late nineteen-eighties, during which as
many as two hundred thousand Kurds in northern Iraq were killed, out
of a population of about four million. Christine Gosden, an English
geneticist who has been studying the attacks on the Kurds since 1998,
says, “The Iraqi government was using chemistry to reduce the
population of Kurds. The Holocaust is still having its effect. The
Jews are fewer in number now than they were in 1939. That’s not
natural. Now, if you take out two hundred thousand men and boys from
Kurdistan, you’ve affected the population structure. There are a lot
of widows who are not having children.” Gosden believes that it is
quite possible that the countries of the West will soon experience
serious chemical- and biological-weapons attacks. “Please understand,”
she says, “the Kurds were for practice.” Gosden tells
Goldberg that she cannot understand why the West has not been more
eager to investigate the chemical attacks in Kurdistan. “It seems a
matter of enlightened self-interest that the West would want to study
the long-term effects of chemical weapons on civilians, on the DNA,”
she says, pointing out that, “for Saddam’s scientists, the Kurds were
a test population. They were the human guinea pigs. It was a way of
identifying the most effective chemical agents for use on civilian
populations, and the most effective means of delivery.” Khidhir Hamza,
an Iraqi defector who was formerly a high official in Saddam’s nuclear
program, tells Goldberg that he had direct knowledge of the Army’s
plans for
Halabja. “The doctors were given sheets with grids on them, and they
had to answer questions such as ‘How far are the dead from the
cannisters?’ ” Fouad Baban, a pulmonary and cardiac specialist in
Kurdistan who led Goldberg on his tour of Halabja, and other experts
“now believe that Halabja and other places in Kurdistan were struck by
a combination of mustard gas and nerve agents, including sarin (the
agent used in the Tokyo subway attack) and VX, a potent nerve agent.”
Baban tells Goldberg that the Iraqis could conceivably have used
aflatoxin as well; aflatoxin is a biological agent that
causes long-term liver damage. Baban says, “Here is a civilian
population exposed to chemical and possibly biological weapons, and
people are developing many varieties of cancers and congenital
abnormalities.” In 1995, the Iraqis admitted that they had weaponized
aflatoxin, Charles Duelfer, then the deputy executive chairman of the
United Nations Special Commission weapons-inspection team in Iraq,
tells Goldberg. “This was the first time Iraq actually agreed to
discuss the Presidential origins of these programs,” Duelfer says.
Although “it is unclear what biological and chemical weapons Saddam
possesses today,” Goldberg writes, August Hanning, the chief of the
B.N.D., the German intelligence agency, provides information on
another type of weapon. “It is our estimate,” he says, “that Iraq
will have an atomic bomb in three years.””
“Magazine: Saddam Hussein, al-Qaida have ties in Iraq By JOHN MINTZ
The Washington Post
WASHINGTON – A new report in the New Yorker magazine suggests that
Iraqi intelligence has been in close touch with top officials in Osama
bin Laden’s al-Qaida group for years, and that the two organizations
jointly run a terrorist group that operates in the Kurdish area of
northern Iraq.*** the top ranks of the Defense Department, has scoured
the world for such Saddam-al-Qaida connections. Yesterday some people
in this camp hailed the New Yorker article as significant new evidence
buttressing their viewpoint.  The article focuses in part on a Muslim
extremist guerrilla group in the Kurdish zone of Iraq called Ansar
al-Islam, which it said is made up of Iraqi Kurds and Arabs trained in
bin Laden’s camps. The article’s author, Jeffrey Goldberg, wrote that
he interviewed several operatives of the group who had been captured
by the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan (PUK), a pro-American Kurdish
group that controls one province in northern Iraq. The captives said
that Saddam Hussein and al-Qaida are running Ansar, that a number of
al-Qaida fighters fleeing Afghanistan have escaped to Iraqi Kurdish
territory controlled by Ansar, and that Iraq hosted a top Egyptian
leader of al-Qaida in Baghdad in 1992. *** The article asserted that
U.S. intelligence agencies apparently had not adequately looked into
what the Ansar captives have to say, and haven’t completely debriefed
the PUK leaders who have assembled a dossier on the alleged
Iraq-al-Qaida ties. A spokesman for the Central Intelligence Agency
declined to comment, citing the complications in responding to such
assertions over a weekend.  James Woolsey, a former CIA director who
favors military action against Iraq and is critical of his former
agency’s performance on Middle East terrorism, called the New Yorker
article “a blockbuster.”
“The CIA has over recent years not been real enthusiastic about the
Iraqi resistance, and I think that’s a shame,” Woolsey said on CNN’s
Late Edition. “If they got beat on this story by the New Yorker and
Jeff Goldberg, three cheers for the fourth estate.” “This is clearly a
very important story,” said a former senior U.S. official with deep
experience in U.S. policy toward Iraq. He added that “it’s likely that
Saddam Hussein would try to destabilize the Kurdish areas” by using
Ansar al-Islam, and that it’s possible al-Qaida could have ties to the
group.***. Under an 11-year-old arrangement after the Persian Gulf
War, the PUK and a rival Kurdish faction control three semi-autonomous
provinces in northern Iraq, and are protected from Iraqi attack by
U.S. and British combat jets. A senior administration official
disposed toward U.S. military confrontation with Iraq said the thrust
of the New Yorker report “doesn’t strike me as incredible, and may
fill in gaps in our knowledge.” “It sounds like an important story,
and I’ll be interested in what our intelligence people say,” the
official said***.”
“Magazine report links Sadaam, al-Qaida The Washington Post
WASHINGTON-A new report in the New Yorker magazine suggests that Iraqi
intelligence has been in close touch with top officials in Osama bin
Laden’s al-Qaida group for years, and that the two organizations
jointly run a
terrorist organization that operates in the Kurdish area of northern
Iraq.*** The article focuses in part on a Muslim extremist guerrilla
group in the Kurdish zone of Iraq called Ansar al-Islam, which it said
is made up of Iraqi Kurds and Arabs trained in bin Laden’s camps. The
article’s author, Jeffrey Goldberg, wrote that he interviewed several
operatives of the group who had been captured by the Patriotic Union
of Kurdistan (PUK), a pro-American Kurdish group that controls one
province in northern Iraq. The captives said that Saddam Hussein and
al-Qaida run Ansar, that a number of al-Qaida fighters fleeing
Afghanistan have escaped to Iraqi Kurdish territory controlled by
Ansar, and that Iraq hosted a top Egyptian leader of al-Qaida in
Baghdad in 1992.*** James Woolsey, a former CIA director who favors
military action against Iraq and is critical of his former agency’s
performance on Middle East terrorism, called the New Yorker article “a
blockbuster.” “This is clearly a very important story,” said a former
senior U.S. official with deep experience in U.S. policy toward Iraq.
He added that “it’s likely that Saddam Hussein would try to
destabilize the Kurdish areas” by using Ansar al-Islam, and that it’s
possible al-Qaida could have ties to the group.”
see also
“Ansar  Other Commonly Used Spellings: ANSAAR means helpers. These
were the people of Madinah who responded to the Prophet’s call to
Islam and offered Islam a city-state power.”
“Arafat  a plain north of Mecca. It is on this plain that humanity
will be raised on the Day of Judgement for questioning and  judgement.
During the Hajj on the ninth day of the month of Zhu-l-Hijjah, Muslim
pilgrims gather on this plain for one day.”
“The Harkat ul-Ansar was formed by the merger of two Pakistani groups,
Harkat ul-Jihad al-Islami and Harkat ul-Mujahedin, and led by Maulana
Saadatullah Khan. The merger of these two political groups and its
transformation into a militant group came about as part of the Afghan
jihad. With a pan-Islamic ideology, the outfit strove to achieve the
secession of Jammu and Kashmir from India through violent means and
its eventual merger with Pakistan. About 60 per cent of its estimated
1000 strong cadre were Pakistanis and Afghans. The Harkat-ul-Ansar was
termed a terrorist organization by the US due to its association with
the exiled Saudi terrorist Osama bin Laden in 1997. To avoid the
repercussions of the US ban, the group was recast as the Harkat
ul-Mujahideen in 1998.” http://web.nps.navy.mil/~library/tgp/hua.htm
“Osama bin Laden’s most tragic impacts have been in Kashmir. That
Indian province has been partitioned between India and Pakistan since
1949. However, the conflicts have intensified since bin Laden got
involved in 1997. His Kashmir allies, the Ansar, imposed a strict
Taliban style dress code, which suddenly banned jeans and jackets.
Ansar militants in 1997 shot and wounded three Kashmiri cable
television operators for relaying satellite broadcasts. The Ansar’s
imposition of puritanical codes on Kashmiri Muslims pales beside the
violence they carried out against the state’s Sikhs and Hindus. Their
emergence greatly intensified the violence in Kashmir, causing, as
Human Rights Watch/Asia notes, a “tactical shift” in the separatists’
strategy. In 1998, Ansar militants massacred more than 90 Hindu
civilians, prompting 300,000 Hindus to flee to refugee camps in Delhi.
Osama bin Laden has exacerbated the severity of the Taliban
dictatorship and helped extend its rule in Afghanistan. Based largely
on the Pashtun ethnic group in southern Afghanistan, the Taliban faced
serious obstacles in the north. Here other ethnic groups such as the
Uzbeks, Tajiks, and Hazaras, have more liberal interpretations of
Islam, and reject such characteristic Taliban abuses as denying women
education and hospital care.” “Saturday, March 16, 2002: A
Taliban-style militia has emerged in the Kurd-controlled northern area
of Iraq, which I think is still patrolled by US and UK planes.: The
group – Ansar al-Islam – emerged just days before the Sept. 11 attacks
on the US. It delivered a fatwa, or manifesto, to the citizens in
mountain villages against “the blasphemous secularist, political,
social, and cultural” society there, according to Kurdish party
leaders.  Since, Ansar al-Islam has nearly doubled in size to 700,
including Iraqis, Jordanians, Moroccans, Palestinians, and Afghans – a
composition similar to the multinational Al Qaeda network. Villagers
here claim it has ransacked and razed beauty salons, burned schools
for girls, and murdered women in the streets for refusing to wear the
burqa. It has seized a Taliban-style enclave of 4,000 civilians and
several villages near the Iran border. The article has some
speculation that Saddam Hussein may be funding these guys, to
destabilize his Kurdish opposition. But the more likely inspiration is
Al-Qaeda: “We have captured two of [Ansar’s] bases and found the walls
covered with poems and graffiti praising bin Laden and the Sept. 11
attacks on the US,” says Mustapha Saed Qada, a PUK commander. “In one,
there is a picture of the twin towers with a drawing of bin Laden
standing on the top holding a Kalashnikov rifle in one hand and a
knife in the other.” He adds that the group has received $600,000 from
the bin Laden network, and a delivery of weapons and Toyota
landcruisers.  In an interview with the Kurdish newspaper Hawlati, the
group’s leader, Mala Kreker, declared bin Laden the “crown on the head
of the Islamic nation.” You can tell they’re trouble because their
first priority is oppressing women..” “Coalition intelligence
officials also have information that the al-Qaida lieutenant who met
with Hezbollah leaders also met with members of the Sunni Muslim
militant group Usbat al-Ansar, according to the Times report. Al-Qaida
is also a Sunni group and has close ties to Usbat al-Ansar, according
to the report.”        You are invited to join
We are TheLoyalOpposition we support the war against terrorism even as
we oppose the Bush-Cheney Gang.   We hope that the war against
terrorism is expanded to go after Saddam Hussein, who we believe is
the Butcher Behind Bin Laden, and other terrorists from arafat to the
monsters in Chechnya and Kosovo and Kashmir. We support all such
anti-terrorist measures but we remember that it was Bush’s Daddy who
left Saddam in power in 1991 and we don’t want to see that mistake
repeated now.   Please post exposes on Bush and Cheney et.al. Whatever
can be used to Impeach Bush and Cheney will be a big help. Please
remember to include sources such as book titles, authors, magazine and
newspaper article dates and page numbers urls where available in your
postings.etc. The goal is NOT a Hastert Presidency but a Gore
Presidency.  http://groups.yahoo.com/group/TheLoyalOpposition

To: “AnAmericanPeaceMovement” <an-american-peace-movement@yahoogroups.com>, “BayAreaActivistList” <bay_area_activist@yahoogroups.com>, “MayDayMMM-list” <mayday@yahoogroups.com>, “Compassionate Moms” <compassionatemoms@egroups.com>, endsecrecy@yahoogroups.com, “Daniel Sheehan” <info@peaceinspace.com>, “Joe Firmage” <joe@motionsciences.org>, “a-act@egroups.com” <a-act@yahoogroups.com>, star-wars-dharma-walk@yahoogroups.com, “ARIANNA ONLINE” <arianna@ariannaonline.com>, “O’Reilly Factor” <oreilly@foxnews.com>, “MSNBC” <world@msnbc.com>, “CBS24hours” <48hours@cbsnews.com>, “ABC News Webmaster” <webmaster@abc.com>, “President George W. Bush” <president@whitehouse.gov>, “Vice President Richard Cheney” <vice.president@whitehouse.gov>, truthamnestyreconciliation@yahoogroups.com, “Global Network Against Weapons and Nuclear Power in Space” <globalnet@mindspring.com>, “RamseyClark InternationalActionCenter” <iacenter@iacenter.org>, “NBC News” <nightly@nbc.com>, “”US State Department Office of Inspector General”” <oig@state.gov>, “Wall Street Journal (NY)” <letter.editor@edit.wsj.com>, “New York Times SrEd” <wgc@nytimes.com>, “Los Angeles Times – D.C. Bureau Chief” <Doyle.McManus@latimes.com>, “San Francisco Chronicle” <chronfeedback@sfchronicle.com>, “San Jose Mercury News ( CA)” <letters@sjmercury.com>, “Chicago Tribune (IL)” <OJim43@aol.com>, “MiamiHerald NationalNews” <nationalnews@herald.com>, “International Herald-Tribune” <iht@iht.com>, “Politically Incorrect” <Dear_Bill@incorrect.com>, “CIADrugs List” <cia-drugs@yahoogroups.com>, “Le Monde Diplomatique (France)” <dispatch@Monde-diplomatique.fr>, “War Resisters League” <wrl@igc.apc.org>, Friends@foxnews.com, MainLineNews@onelist.com, “Honorable William M. Thomas” <ca21@legislators.com>, “Honorable Mayor Jerry Brown” <JB@oaklandnet.com>, “CNN Reply” <CNN.Reply@turner.com>, “FoxNewsWire” <comments@newsdigital.com>, “MSNBC Hardball” <hardball@msnbc.com>, thepoint@cnn.com, “Linda Loyd” <lloyd@phillynews.com>, “apbnews” <pressinquiry@apbnews.com>, “Theresa Conroy – Phillynews” <conroyt@phillynews.com>, “Gloria Campisi” <campisg@phillynews.com>, “Dan Rubin” <Dan.Rubin@phillynews.com>, “Marty Moss-Coane” <martym@fcis.whyy.org>, “WHYY Radio NPR” <talkback@whyy.org>, “Philadelphia Inquirer (PA)” <Inquirer.Opinion@phillynews.com>, “Philadelphia Daily News” <DailyNews.Opinion@phillynews.com>, “Jonathan Takiff” <takiffj@phillynews.com>, “Jacqueline Soteropoulos” <jsoteropoulos@phillynews.com>, “Howard Altman” <altman@citypaper.net>, “IRAlist” <ira-einhorn@egroups.com>, coordinator@cseti.org, “Dr. Steven Greer” <drsgreer@cseti.org>
CC: “Dr. Jack Sarfatti” <sarfatti@well.com>, lcrowell@swcp.com, “Paul Zielinski” <pzielins@ix.netcom.com>, alw@peaceinspace.com, webmaster@pravda.ru, weeklyfiles@filersfiles.com, quanta@mail.cruzio.com, mosca@optonline.net, Hankskids@aol.com, glenl@pacbell.net, “Dick Farley” <CloudRider@aol.com>, davidg3141@hotmail.com, sforacle@prodigy.net, truzzi@toast.net, mike@hia.com, product@northbeachlabs.com, “Dr. Evan Harris Walker” <wcri@erols.com>, creon@nas.nasa.gov, robbins@math.sfsu.edu, purple@ingress.com, yokatta@oxy.edu, schwann@webtrance.co.za, “Eldon Byrd” <tuc@kiva.net>, “Kim Burrafato” <lensman@stardrive.org>,  “Stephen Schwartz” <karastjepan@yahoo.com>, “Lara Johnstone” <flackotar@hotmail.com>, “Ron Pandolfi” <pandolfi@zzapp.org>, “Dan Smith” <dansmith@clark.net>, “Wes Thomas” <west@sonic.net>

5 Airdates for One Hour Special Featuring Mike Ruppert on Canadian TVFormer award winning LAPD officer and now prominent investigative journalist on US government intel agency corruption, Mike Ruppert will appear on panel of experts in 5 upcoming air dates for Canadian TV with web access for transcript of program claiming US Government complicity in 9-11 attacks.  Dr. Jackshift Sarfatti, with nominal physique of consciousness, says “it’s all lies” (sight unseen) because The Schwartz told him so.  What do you think?

—– Original Message —–
From: Mike Ruppert
[[[see more at http://www.copvcia.com%5D%5D%5D
To: From The Wilderness
Sent: Monday, March 11, 2002 6:04 PM
Subject: 5 Airdates for One Hour Special Featuring Mike Ruppert on Canadian TV

5 Airdates for One Hour Special Featuring Mike Ruppert on Canadian TV

Canadian Mainstream TV to Air Roundtable of Experts, Gov’t Official, Discussing US Gov’t Complicity in 9-11 Attacks


Greta Knutzen, FTW Staff Writer

TORONTO, Mar. 10, 2002 (FTW) – Michael C. Ruppert, editor and publisher of From The Wilderness, raised more than a few eyebrows, during a televised debate, when he presented a scathing indictment of US government complicity in the attacks of September 11. The program, produced by Vision TV, is estimated to reach 7 million North American homes. Vision TV Insight presents the special one-hour long edition of Mediafile, entitled “9/11 Roundtable,” that will air on Thurs., Mar. 14, at 9 p.m. and 11 p.m. ET on the Vision TV network.

Special added screenings have been scheduled for Mar. 15 at 7 AM and 1 PM and for Saturday Mar. 16 at 8 PM. All times are Eastern Standard Time.

Six months after the attacks of September 11, the official explanation of events has been left largely unchallenged by mainstream North American media. The producers of Vision TV Insight have taken bold steps aimed at challenging the status quo, reminding us that the media does have a duty to inform and challenge its audience. The programme “9/11 Roundtable,” follows on the heals of Vision TV’s Medialfile host, Barrie Zwicker’s controversial six-part commentary which boldly examined the official narrative of the events of September 11 and found it to be “frankly implausible.” Zwicker’s series touched a nerve. The positive response it received indicates that there is a growing audience that does indeed want answers to the questions exposed by the official explanation of events of September 11 and its aftermath.

The groundswell of opposition to the official narrative of 9/11 is reflected by Ruppert’s increasingly popular lecture series, bourgeoning FTW subscription lists and massive sales of his video, “The Truth and Lies about 9/11.” Increasing numbers of people in all walks of life, are clearly eager for alternative analysis of the events of September 11 and unwilling to accept the official narrative any longer.

“9/11 Roundtable,” hosted by executive producer Rita Deverell, provides a forum for a long overdue yet refreshingly frank debate focusing on the question, what really happened on September 11? Ruppert faces an influential Canadian panel including Ron Atkey Q.C., former chairman of the Security Intelligence Review Committee, the agency responsible for CSIS (the Canadian intelligence community), journalist-educator Peter Desbarats, and ethicist Phyllis Creighton. Ruppert’s insightful analysis challenged the panel to tackle thorny issues such as the relationship between illicit drug trade, oil and U.S. foreign policy; the long history between the bin Laden and Bush families; questions raised by the actions and inaction of the U.S. government prior to, and on, September 11; and the lack of plausibility and logic in the U.S. governments official explanation of those events.

“9/11 Roundtable,” provides a valuable alternative to the passive and subservient post-9/11mainstream media coverage and deserves audience attention. Transcripts of the show and Zwicker’s controversial series can be obtained from http://www.visiontv.ca/programs/insight/insight.htm  

Panel bios:

Peter Desbarats was the Dean of Journalism at the University of Western Ontario from 1981-97. He sat on the Commission of Inquiry into the Deployment of Canadian Forces to Somalia and was later appointed as the Maclean Hunter Chair of Communications Ethics at Ryerson University.

Ron Atkey Q.C. was a former Conservative Solicitor General and minister in the government of Joe Clark. From 1984-89, he was the first chairman of he Security Intelligence Review Committee, the agency responsible for CSIS (the Canadian secret service).

Phyllis Creighton serves on the Health Canada board on reproductive technologies. She is a council member of the International Peace Bureau, the oldest peace organization in the world. She was a member of the group that produced “Just War? Just Peace!,” an educational resource for the Anglican and Lutheran churches. 



Bush Flatly Refuses to Hand Over Energy Papers
March 13, 2002

WASHINGTON (Reuters) – A defiant President Bush flatly refused on Wednesday to divulge details of internal energy task force meetings to congressional investigators, calling the information privileged and the request a threat to executive authority.

The General Accounting Office, the investigative arm of Congress, sued the administration in February for records of the task force’s meetings. Democratic lawmakers allege Enron Corp. and other energy companies played a disproportionately large role in the task force’s deliberations, whereas environmentalists were largely shut out.

The task force, headed by Vice President Dick Cheney, produced a policy favoring more oil and gas grilling as well as a revival of nuclear power. Cheney’s office has acknowledged that representatives of Enron, Bush’s biggest financial backer in the 2000 campaign, were among industry experts the task force consulted.

But Bush insisted that releasing the documents would damage the executive branch’s ability to obtain candid outside advice, signaling he was ready for courtroom combat.

“When the GAO demands documents from us, we’re not going to give them to them,” Bush told a White House news conference. ”These were privileged conversations.”

“I have an obligation to make sure that the presidency remains robust and that the legislative branch doesn’t end up running the executive branch,” he added.

Enron declared the largest bankruptcy in U.S. history in December, destroying thousands of jobs and billions of dollars in investor equity, and prompting 10 congressional committees, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Justice Department to launch investigations.

An internal inquiry ordered by Enron’s board alleged senior managers used off-the-books partnerships to hide losses, fool investors and enrich themselves.

During the 45-minute press conference, the president did not mention by name Enron or its long-time auditor, the accounting firm Andersen.

Oct 26, 2001

Bin Laden’s Family Cutting Ties With Carlyle Investment Firm in U.S.
By Marcy Gordon
The Associated Press

WASHINGTON (AP) – Osama bin Laden’s family in Saudi Arabia is cutting its financial ties with the Carlyle Group, a politically connected U.S. private investment firm, a source familiar with the relationship said Friday.

The break was a mutual decision, said the source, who spoke on condition of anonymity.

The bin Laden family decided to sell its investment worth $2.02 million back to the firm mainly because its stake in a Carlyle fund that invests in buyouts of military and aerospace companies, the source said, confirming a report in Friday’s editions of The New York Times.

There had been criticism in Saudi Arabia after the Sept. 11 terror attacks that the family, which disowned exiled Islamic militant Osama bin Laden years ago, might profit from increased military spending in the U.S. war against terrorism.

The family, whose construction company is one of the largest in the Middle East, also has invested with a number of other investment funds and financial institutions around the world, reportedly including U.S. financial services giant Citigroup, Deutsche Bank of Germany and the Dutch bank ABN Amro.

Carlyle has some $14 billion in assets under management. Its chairman is Frank Carlucci, a former U.S. defense secretary. Former President George Bush, former secretary of state James Baker and Arthur Levitt, who had been chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission through most of the Clinton administration, are senior advisers to the firm.

On the Net:

Carlyle Group: http://www.carlylegroup.com


The White House connection: Saudi ‘agents’ close Bush friends
by Maggie Mulvihill, Jonathan Wells and Jack Meyers

Boston Globe

Tuesday, December 11, 2001

A powerful Washington, D.C., law firm with unusually close ties to the White House has earned hefty fees representing controversial Saudi billionaires as well as a Texas-based Islamic charity fingered last week as a terrorist front.

The influential law firm of Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld has represented three wealthy Saudi businessmen – Khalid bin Mahfouz, Mohammed Hussein Al-Amoudi and Salah Idris – who have been scrutinized by U.S. authorities for possible involvement in financing Osama bin Laden and his terrorist network.

In addition, Akin, Gump currently represents the largest Islamic charity in the United States, Holy Land Foundation for Relief and Development in Richmond, Texas.

Holy Land’s assets were frozen by the Treasury Department last week as government investigators probe its ties to Hamas, the militant Palestinian group blamed for suicide attacks against Israelis.

Partners at Akin, Gump include one of President Bush’s closest Texas friends, James C. Langdon, and George R. Salem, a Bush fund-raiser who chaired his 2000 campaign’s outreach to Arab-Americans.

Another longtime partner is Barnett A. “Sandy” Kress, the former Dallas School Board president who Bush appointed in January to work for the White House as an “unpaid consultant” on education reform.

In September, a federal grand jury issued subpoenas for Holy Land records around the same time terrorist investigators froze the assets of a North Texas Internet firm hired by Holy Land.

Holy Land shared office space with that firm, InfoCom Corp., which was raided by police on Sept. 5, just days before the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks.

Holy Land has denied any link to Hamas.

According to Akin, Gump, the firm represents Holy Land in a federal lawsuit filed against the charity and another suspected Hamas entity by the parents of a man allegedly murdered by Hamas operatives in the Middle East.

In a statement issued Friday, Akin, Gump said it decided last week to decline a request to represent Holy Land in its defense of terrorism-related charges made by the U.S. Treasury Department.

Akin, Gump, which maintains an affiliate office in the Saudi capital of Riyadh, is also a registered foreign agent for the kingdom. It was paid $77,328 in lobbying fees by the Saudis during the first six months of 2000, public records show.

In addition to the royal family, the firm’s Saudi clients have included bin Mahfouz, who hired Akin, Gump when he was indicted in the BCCI banking scandal in the early 1990s. In 1999, the Saudi’s placed bin Mahfouz under house arrest after reportedly discovering that the bank he controlled, National Commercial Bank in Saudi Aabia, funneled millions to charities believed to be serving as bin Laden fronts.

A bin Mahfouz business partner, Al-Amoudi, was also represented by Akin, Gump. When it was reported in 1999 that U.S. authorities were also investigating Al-Amoudi’s Capitol Trust Bank, Akin, Gump released a statement on behalf of their client denying any connections to terrorism. One year earlier, the firm had co-sponsored an investment conference in Ethiopia with Al-Amoudi.

Akin, Gump partner and Bush fund-raiser Salem led the legal team that defended Idris, a banking protege of bin Mahfouz and the owner of El-Shifa, the Sudanese pharmaceutical plant destroyed by U.S. cruise missiles in August 1998.

cw-2 The plant was targeted days after terrorists – allegedly on the orders of bin Laden – bombed two U.S. embassies in Africa. The U.S. Treasury Department also froze $24 million of Idris’ assets, but Akin, Gump filed a lawsuit and the government later chose to release the money rather than go to court. Idris, who insists he has no connection whatsoever to bin Laden or terrorism, is now pursuing a second lawsuit with different attorneys seeking $50 million in damages from the United States.

Charles Lewis, executive director of the Center for Public Integrity, a Washington, D.C.-based non-partisan political watchdog group, said Akin, Gump’s willingness to represent Saudi power-brokers probed for links to terrorism presents a unique ethical concern since partners at the firm are so close to the president.

The concern is more acute now, Lewis said, because Bush has faced stiff resistance from the kingdom in his repeated requests to freeze suspected terrorist bank accounts.

“The conduct of the Saudis is just unacceptable by international standards, especially if they are supposed to be one of our closest allies,” Lewis said.

Speaking of Akin, Gump partner Kress’ office in the White House, Lewis added: “That’s not appropriate and frankly it’s potentially troublesome because there is a real possibility of a conflict of interest. Basically you have a partner for Akin, Gump . . . inside the hen house.”

But another longtime Washington political observer, Vincent Cannistraro, the former chief of counter-intelligence at the Central Intelligence Agency, said the political influence a firm like Akin, Gump has is precisely why clients like the Saudis hire them.

“These are cozy political relationships . . . If you have a problem in Washington, there are only a few firms to go to and Akin, Gump is one of them,” Cannistraro said.

Cannistraro pointed out that Idris hired Akin, Gump during the Clinton presidency, when Clinton confidante Vernon Jordan was a partner at the firm. “He hired them because Vernon Jordan had influence . . . that’s a normal political exercise where you are buying influence,” he said.

Akin, Gump is not the only politically wired Washington business cashing in on the Saudi connection.

Burson-Marsteller, a major D.C. public relations firm, registered with the U.S. government as a foreign agent for the Saudi embassy within weeks of the Sept. 11 terror attacks.

One of Burson-Marsteller’s first public relations efforts for the Saudis was to run a large advertisement in the New York Times reading: “We Stand with You, America.”

The Washington chairman for Burson-Marsteller, which also maintains an office in Saudi Arabia, is Craig Veith, who ran communications for the Republican Party in the 1996 elections.

Other GOP heavyweights who have held top positions at the PR giant include Sheila Tate, the campaign press secretary for the elder George Bush; Leslie Goodman, deputy director of communications for the 1992 Bush-Quayle campaign; Craig L. Fuller, chairman of the 1992 Republican National Convention and elder Bush’s vice presidential chief-of-staff.



PART II | Bush advisers cashed in on Saudi gravy train

By Maggie Mulvihill, Jack Meyers and Jonathan Wells

Tuesday, December 11, 2001

Second of two parts.

Many of the same American corporate executives who have reaped millions of dollars from arms and oil deals with the Saudi monarchy have served or currently serve at the highest levels of U.S. government, public records show.

Those lucrative financial relationships call into question the ability of America’s political elite to make tough foreign policy decisions about the kingdom that produced Osama bin Laden and is perhaps the biggest incubator for anti-Western Islamic terrorists.

Nowhere is the revolving U.S.-Saudi money wheel more evident than within President Bush’s own coterie of foreign policy advisers, starting with the president’s father, George H.W. Bush.

At the same time that the elder Bush counsels his son on the ongoing war on terrorism, the former president remains a senior adviser to the Washington D.C.-based Carlyle Group. That influential investment bank has deep connections to the Saudi royal family as well as financial interests in U.S. defense firms hired by the kingdom to equip and train the Saudi military.

Last year, former President Bush visited Saudi Arabia’s King Fahd bin Abdul Aziz Al-Saud, but a Carlyle spokesman said the two did not discuss Carlyle business as previously reported. The elder Bush is reportedly paid between $80,000 and $100,000 for each Carlyle speech he makes. The company declined comment on the former president’s pay.

The Carlyle Group has also served as a paid adviser to the Saudi monarchy on the so-called “Economic Offset Program,” an arrangement that effectively requires U.S. arms manufacturers selling weapons to Saudi Arabia to give back a portion of their revenues in the form of contracts to Saudi businesses, most of whom are connected to the royal family. A company spokesman said yesterday that arrangement was ended “a few months ago,” but said he did not know whether it was terminated before or after the Sept. 11 attacks.

A spokesman for former President Bush, reached yesterday, had no immediate comment on his work for the Carlyle Group.

These intricate personal and financial links have led to virtual silence in the administration on Saudi Arabia’s failings in dealing with terrorists like bin Laden, said Charles Lewis, executive director of the Center for Public Integrity, a Washington, D.C.-based government watchdog group.

“It’s good old fashioned ‘I’ll scratch your back, you scratch mine.’ You have former U.S. officials, former presidents, aides to the current president, a long line of people who are tight with the Saudis, people who are the pillars of American society and officialdom,” said Lewis.

“So for that and other reasons no one wants to alienate the Saudis, and we are willing to basically ignore inconvenient truths that might otherwise cause our blood to boil. We basically look away,” he said. “Folks don’t like to stop the gravy train.”

Some foreign policy observers said as long as American power brokers in lucrative business deals with the Saudis do not simultaneously craft U.S. foreign policy, there is no conflict of interest.

“To have Bush Sr. on the board of Carlyle is not necessarily a significant problem because Carlyle has interests all over the world,” said Vincent Cannistraro, a former counter-intelligence chief for the Central Intelligence Agency.

Companies regularly entice powerful political figures to work for them, he said.

“It’s kind of business as usual. Where it really affects things is when someone with a financial interest in a company also has a policy position in the administration,” Cannistraro said.

Insiders trading

A significant portion of the millions of dollars U.S. companies and their politically influential executives have earned in deals with the Saudis has been through military contracts.

The Carlyle Group had a major stake in the large defense contractor B.D.M., which has multimillion-dollar contracts through its subsidiaries to train and manage the Saudi National Guard and the Saudi air force, U.S. Department of Defense records show. In 1998, Carlyle sold its controlling interest in B.D.M. to defense giant TRW International.

Meanwhile, the boards of directors of the Carlyle Group, B.D.M. and TRW are all stocked with high-level Republican policy makers.

Frank C. Carlucci, a former secretary of defense under President Reagan, was chairman of B.D.M. for most of the 1990s. Carlucci, who also served as Reagan’s national security adviser and a deputy director of the CIA, now heads the Carlyle Group.

Along with former President Bush, other officials from past Republican administrations now at the Carlyle Group include: former Secretary of State James A. Baker III; ex-budget chief Richard Darman; and former Securities and Exchange Commission chairman Arthur Levitt.

President Bush is himself linked to the Carlyle group: He was a director of one of its subsidiaries, an airline food services company called Caterair, until 1994. Six years later, when Bush was governor of Texas, the board of directors of the Texas teachers’ pension fund – some of whom were his appointees – voted to invest $100 million with the Carlyle Group.

The president of B.D.M. is Philip A. Odeen, a former high-level Pentagon official in the Nixon administration. During the Clinton administration, Odeen chaired the Pentagon task force that planned the restructuring of the U.S. military for the 21st century. Currently, he is the vice-chair of the Defense Science Board, which advises the Pentagon on emerging threats.

TRW, the new owner of B.D.M., has its own noteworthy board members, including former CIA director Robert M. Gates and Michael H. Armacost, who served as undersecretary of state under President Reagan and as ambassador to Japan for former President Bush.

Big Saudi money also makes its way back to Texas and the Bush family. The family of Saudi Arabia’s longtime U.S. ambassador, Prince Bandar bin Sultan bin Abdul Aziz, gave $1 million to the Bush Presidential Library in College Station, Texas.

The revolving door

Another example of the complex web connecting U.S. and Saudi powerbrokers is Dick Cheney, who moved from the Pentagon to the international oil business and back as vice president last year.

After serving as the elder Bush’s secretary of defense, Cheney was hired to run oil-services giant Halliburton Co., where he worked until he resigned last year to campaign with the younger Bush. In 2000, his last year with Halliburton, Cheney received $34 million when he cashed out from the company.

Not surprisingly, Halliburton’s links to Cheney and other Washington power brokers appear to have helped the company’s business prospects in the Middle East.

Just last month, Halliburton was awarded a $140 million contract to develop an oil field in Saudi Arabia by the kingdom’s state-owned petroleum firm, Saudi Aramco, and a Halliburton subsidiary, Kellogg Brown & Root, along with two Japanese firms, was hired by the Saudis to build a $40 million ethylene plant.

Cheney isn’t the only member of President Bush’s inner circle whose work for firms connected to the Saudis has paid big dividends.

The current national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, is a former longtime member of the board of directors of another giant oil conglomerate with business in the Saudi desert, Chevron, which merged with Texaco this year. Rice even has a Chevron oil tanker named after her.

Substantial profits received by U.S. leaders in private sector deals with the Saudis have helped to squelch criticism of the royal family’s refusal to address the role its country has played in fueling Islamic terrorism, Lewis said.

“There’s a disconnect there,” Lewis said. “I’m fascinated that we don’t lay this at Saudi Arabia’s doorstep. But the chances to cash in and the amount you can cash in for are starting to become absolutely astronomical. Who wants to look like the Boy Scout complaining about it and potentially jeopardize their own post-employment prospects?”

Former advisers to the president’s father also hold key positions with U.S. firms which have teamed up with the Saudis on major oil deals.

Former Bush Secretary of the Treasury Nicholas Brady and a former Bush assistant, Edith E. Holiday, are both on the board of directors of Amerada Hess, an American petroleum firm currently teaming up with several powerful Saudi families to develop oil fields in Azerbaijan.

Another company that has done business with wealthy Saudis is international energy firm Frontera Resources Corp. based in Houston. Until recently, Frontera was a 30 percent investor in a $900 million project to develop oilfields in Azerbajian. Also investing in the project were Azerbaijan’s state-run oil company and Delta-Hess, a joint-venture created by the Saudis’ Delta Oil and Amerada Hess.

Randy Theilig, a Frontera spokesman, said the company relinquished its interest in the project in July because it was no longer “economically viable,” and has no current business dealings with the Saudis or in Azerbajian.

Members of Frontera’s board of advisers, which includes former CIA director John Deutch and former Secretary of the Treasury and U.S. Sen. Lloyd Bentsen, have been active financial supporters of the Democratic Party.

Shining a bright light on the web of financial connections between the power elite in the U.S. and Saudi Arabia is critical, Middle Eastern foreign policy experts said.

“I think the fact that they have these connections makes it important for this information to be made public,” said Henry Siegman, a senior fellow on the Middle East at the Council on Foreign Relations.

Larry Noble, executive director of the Center for Responsive Politics in Washington, D.C., a non-partisan group that examines money and politics, said the Bush-Carlyle connection is a concern.

“It is well known that the father is a close adviser to his son and therefore it does raise concerns,” Noble said “It’s not necessarily that the father has been compromised, but the danger is that it leads people to question George W. Bush. The public has a right to feel their leaders are making independent judgments without the influence of private interests.”

Let There Be Light
by William Rivers Pitt
t r u t h o u t | 01.18.02

“We dance round in a ring and suppose,
But the Secret sits in the middle and knows.”
– Robert Frost

It has been 130 days since September 11th. We have heard many debates, accusations, and arguments about the genesis of the attacks. Every major news agency, and every talking head with a whisper of breath in their lungs, has weighed in. We have been told how we should respond. We have been told how we should feel. We have been told how we can help. In all that time, however, something essential has been missing.

We have yet to be told how such a thing was allowed to happen in the first place.

It is a curious phenomenon. Whenever anything occurs in this country, be it a shark attack or the disappearance of a Capitol Hill intern, the media drumbeat has always played the same tune: Why? Why? Why did this happen? This Greek chorus has fallen silent in the weeks since the Towers came down. Rather than question the genesis of our woe, we have been afforded endless observations about how we have and should react. There is no looking back. There are no answers.

Thousands of Americans died on September 11th, and thousands of Afghan civilians have joined them in the dust in the days since. Millions, nay, billions worldwide have been affected. American soldiers stand in peril to defend our freedom, or so we are told. Yet we are afforded no answers, no understanding, no succor. All we have are threads of data flapping in the winds of battle and response. We deserve better.

The time has come to take those threads and weave them together as best we can.

It cannot be denied that the attacks of September 11th represent the most spectacular Intelligence failure in the history of the nation. The planning required to pull off such an audacious attack likely was years in the making, formulated by people all across the planet. Somehow, these people managed to locate and exploit a security loophole left by the mighty FBI, CIA and NSA, and flew four deadly bombs laden with fuel and humanity right through it.

There are two possible explanations for this astounding lapse.

The first is that, despite all the funding they are provided by our tax dollars, despite all the human and technological resources at their disposal, these agencies failed utterly to glean even a whiff of menace. If this proves to be the case, every individual employed by these agencies should be fired with prejudice. The buildings that house them should be razed to the ground, and the rubble burned. The earth upon which they sat should be salted, so nothing will ever grow there again.

If this proves to be the case, these agencies should be torn down brick by brick and built anew for the sake of our safety. They let it happen through negligence, ergo they should cease to exist, and a new cadre should be brought in who can be trusted to defend the interests and security of this country. These axioms are being applied in Afghanistan; they should be applied right here at home.

The other possibility is far more sinister, and smacks of all the bleak realities we have become far too familiar and comfortable with. The other possibility is that the September 11th attacks happened because powerful men were pursuing an agenda of self-interest, in defiance of prudence and security, and their very presence in the equation created the opening for the attack.

It has been widely reported that 13 of the 19 terrorists who commandeered the aircraft on September 11th were from Saudi Arabia, and that some 80% of all Al Qaeda recruits come from that oil-rich nation. It stands to reason, therefore, that American Intelligence agencies would have a vested interest in paying a great deal of attention to Saudi Arabia. Somehow, however, these terrorists managed to elude notice until they appeared in the blue New York sky.

American security concerns overseas fall primarily within the bailiwick of the Central Intelligence Agency. This agency was run in the 1970s by none other than George Herbert Walker Bush, father of the sitting Commander in Chief and a former President himself. Bush Sr. ranks among the most venerated members of the Old Guard from the Nixon and Reagan days, and commands the loyalty of government officials past and present. Because of his long years in politics, Bush Sr. also enjoys a vast array of business connections. This is common knowledge, available in any updated high school history textbook.

Since his departure from the political scene, however, the activities of Bush Sr. have not been paid much attention by the national media. Supporters of the former President would be pleased to know that he has done quite well for himself. He has, in the days since his defeat at the hands of William Jefferson Clinton, secured a position on the advisory board of an organization called the Carlyle Group.

The Carlyle Group is a multi-national, multi-billion dollar private investment firm, managed by former members of the Reagan and Bush administrations, and is involved in everything from soda bottling to pharmaceuticals manufacture. It is here that Bush Sr., whose contacts with Saudi Arabia have been legend since the forming of the Gulf War coalition, comes into play. As early as January of 2000, Bush Sr. was courting the favor of Saudi crown prince Abdullah in the name of Carlyle, which was working with the telecommunications giant SBC to gain control of a large share of the Saudi phone system. He has, over the years, done similar outreach work for Carlyle’s oil interests, because the petroleum/energy business is central to the Group’s financial strength.

It has long been true that the business of America is business, to the detriment of many other important factors. Given the connections between the former President and head of CIA, a major energy business player, and a nation that contains oil and terrorists in equal measure, questions about conflict of interest must be raised.

The American petroleum industry relies upon the stability of Saudi Arabia to keep their oil flowing in the proper fashion. Because the business of America is business, it is not too far a leap to conclude that the business of the American Intelligence community is also business, deliberately so. Public questions about and investigations into Saudi Arabia’s hosting of terrorists like Osama bin Laden, whose family calls that nation home, would certainly make it difficult for the American petroleum industry to work comfortably with the Saudi regime. Add to this the fact that the CIA, whose job it would be to investigate terrorist connections in Saudi Arabia, claims as its former head Bush Sr., who has a vested financial interests in healthy and unobstructed U.S.-Saudi relations.

The result of this line of inquiry is chilling. Could the CIA have been dissuaded from fully investigating the roots of terrorism in Saudi Arabia because such investigations would have conflicted with the interests of entities like the Carlyle Group? If this was not the case, the explanation must be chalked up to simple incompetence. Considering the complexity of what transpired on September 11th, the simple answer is not reliable. Occam’s Razor fails in the face of the facts.

The sins of the father may well have been visited upon the son. George W. Bush’s affinity for the energy industry is well-known, and his personal financial involvement in a number of oil businesses before his political career is part of the record. His administration is riddled with dozens of high-ranking appointees who held a large amount of stock in the now-defunct Enron corporation. Many of these people are also former Enron employees. Enron, a giant in the energy industry, contributed millions to Bush’s political aspirations. The company was heavily involved with Vice President Cheney, himself an energy industry veteran from the Halliburton Petroleum Corporation, in the creation of national energy policy behind closed, locked doors.

Enron’s dazzling financial implosion on December 2nd, 2001, has led to a number of pressing investigations into the circumstances behind the collapse. More than a few questions about the financial and political connections between Enron’s chairman, Kenneth Lay, and George W. Bush have been raised. The intense scrutiny has shaken loose two emails sent by Lay to his employees in August of last year. In them, Lay waxes optimistic about the strength and stability of his company, and exhorts his employees to buy into the company’s stock program.

Most observers view this as the gasping lies of a drowning criminal, desperate to keep his operation from flying apart under the burden of his and his associates’ shoddy business practices. When held up against recently revealed information, however, Mr. Lay’s messages must be considered in a different light.

A book recently published in France titled ‘Osama bin Laden: The Hidden Truth’ by Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasique has put some serious questions on the table for consideration. In 1998, American oil company Unocal’s attempt to build a pipeline from Turkmenistan through Afghanistan to Pakistan, in order to exploit the vast Turkmenistan natural gas fields, was foiled by Osama bin Laden’s attack on American embassies in Africa. The Clinton administration forbade any company from dealing with the Taliban, protectors of bin Laden, who were in control of Afghanistan at the time.

Upon his arrival in Washington D.C. in 2000, Bush revived negotiations with the Taliban to see this pipeline through. High-level talks between Washington and Kabul continued through August of 2001 to this very purpose. The Bush administration was trying to get the Taliban on board with the pipeline idea, and believed they could depend upon the regime to be stable enough to see it built. The rationale for these actions is simplicity itself: Bush’s campaign was funded by the energy industry, and negotiations like this were their payoff. The business of America is business.

Problems arise when one considers the fact that the chief bin Laden hunter in America, former Deputy Director John O’Neill, quit his post in protest some two weeks before the September 11th attacks. O’Neill had been the lead investigator in several previous bin Laden-controlled attacks, and was considered to be the most knowledgeable man in America about the terrorist mastermind’s activities and capabilities. He quit in frustration, stating that his efforts at capturing bin Laden had been thwarted by oil interests in America, and by a desire by powerful people to protect America’s relationship with Saudi Arabia. After leaving the FBI, O’Neill took a job at head of security at the World Trade Center, and died in the September 11th attack. The irony of this is agonizing.

O’Neill knew that bin Laden called Afghanistan home. Was he kept from pursuing the terrorist there by an administration that wanted to protect its relationship with the Taliban in order to see the pipeline through? Did his departure create a security gap in America that allowed the attacks to take place? Conversely, did America’s dalliance with the Taliban incite bin Laden to attack? It is well documented that his terrorist career began with the arrival of American troops onto Saudi soil, a land he considered sacred. Was he motivated to attack again when his new home seemed ready to allow the Crusaders in?

Finally, does this pipeline deal shine a light onto the emailed optimism of Kenneth Lay? There is no question that Enron was Bush’s favorite company. If the pipeline was to happen, it is easy to imagine that Enron would get the contract. Lay would have known this. His last email was sent on August 27th, about the same time as the last U.S./Taliban meeting. If a deal was near at hand, and if he knew that his company was about to get a plum government contract, he had every reason to be optimistic about the future.

Is this why Arthur Andersen was ordered to shred documents? Did those documents detail the preparations for the pipeline, thus demonstrating beyond doubt that Bush was dealing with the Taliban? Were the consequences of releasing these documents more damaging than the consequences of destroying them because of this?

It will be a long hot season before we know the half of it. One thing, however, is certain. Not long from today, we will stand in observance. Before we know it, one year will have passed since the attacks of September 11th, 2001. We will light candles, unfurl wind-tattered flags, sing patriotic songs, and remember the dead. In that year we will have mourned for those lost, and mourned the passing of an age of innocence in America. The oceans that separate us, the armies that guard us, the weapons that make others fear us, protected us not at all on September 11th. The security we felt before that day is gone forever.

We deserve to know why.



The truth is out there … right?
At first, it all seemed so obvious. It was those Islamic terrorists. Osama bin Laden. Mullah Omar. George W. Bush had nothing to do with it … did he?
Ian Mulgrew 
Vancouver Sun

Saturday, February 23, 2002
AP Files / President George W. Bush continued speaking to kids after the attack … hmm.
Reuter Files / The World Trade Center towers explode and burn after being hit by planes Sept. 11.
“The right wing benefited so much from September 11 that, if I were still a conspiratorialist, I would believe they’d done it.”

Norman Mailer

When the paladin of Camelot joined the fray, I knew 9/11 had become the Kennedy Assassination of the 21st century — a real-life X-Files episode occurring before my eyes. Like those X-Files accounts of aliens living in oil deposits, this was a story with such staggering implications the mainstream media are loath to go near it. The question isn’t who killed the president — it’s who piloted the airplanes that slammed into the World Trade Center towers, the Pentagon and the Pennsylvanian countryside.

Just as there remains lingering doubt that Lee Harvey Oswald fired a burst of fatally accurate shots from the Texas Book Depository, so there is skepticism that cells of Islamic terrorists secretly coordinated and simultaneously commandeered four commercial jetliners.

The culprit responsible for the Sept. 11 attack is now rumoured to be the same one who lurked behind the grassy knoll: the oil-dependent U.S. military-industrial complex.

Not everyone is ready to accept this — a substitute teacher in North Vancouver’s Sherwood Park elementary school has been called on the mat for suggesting to Grade 5 students the Central Intelligence Agency might have been involved in 9/11.

And at last count, there were a dozen U.S. Congressional Committees investigating the tragedies and how such an intelligence and security breakdown was allowed to occur.

But President George W. Bush and his right-hand man, Vice President Dick Cheney, have taken the unprecedented step of trying to restrict those investigations, pouring fuel on the simmering conspiracy theories being propagated in alternative publications, on wingnut Web sites and among some serious media outlets.

In Germany, a former minister of technology, Andreas von Buelow, made headlines when in an interview he dismissed the U.S. government’s explanation that Osama bin Laden’s al-Qaida network is responsible for the attacks. His own explanation implicated the White House.

“I wonder why many questions are not asked,” von Buelow said. “For 60 decisive minutes, the military and intelligence agencies let the fighter planes stay on the ground; 48 hours later, however, the FBI presented a list of suicide attackers. Within 10 days, it emerged that seven of them were still alive.”

In Britain, a flight engineer has published a detailed paper asserting the U.S. took the joysticks out of the pilots’ hands using a method of remote control developed by the American military in the 1970s.

In the U.S. and Canada, independent publisher and editor Mike Ruppert (a former LAPD cop who hates the CIA) has drawn huge crowds to his two-hour lecture in which he states baldly that the U.S. government was complicit in the attacks and had foreknowledge. He opens his documentary presentation with an offer of $1,000 US to anyone who can prove any of his sources were misrepresented or inauthentic.

A former U.S. government agent also has given interviews claiming the CIA has been dealing with Osama bin Laden since 1987.

According to those who do not believe in The Lone Gunman, the truth is as plain as the nose on your face: Sept. 11’s terrorist acts were planned and paid for by the CIA to enable the Bush Administration to “legitimately” bomb Afghanistan into submission on behalf of the oil industry.

After all, everyone knows the Bush family has strong and long acknowledged ties to the oil industry, as do other senior members of the administration. Cheney until recently was president of a company servicing the oil patch. National Security adviser Condoleeza Rice was a manager for Chevron. Commerce and Energy Secretaries Donald Evans and Stanley Abraham worked for Tom Brown, another oil giant.

Follow the money, as they say, and you’ll find the smoking gun.

Under this scenario, conspiracy theorists say a pliant Afghan regime was essential because of plans to pipe central Asian oil across Afghanistan. And there is a harvest of coincidence and contradiction to feed such imaginings.

Consider first that the intelligence breakdown that led to 9/11 appears to have been a consequence of the Bush Administration telling the Federal Bureau of Investigation to back off on its investigation of Middle Eastern terrorism. A senior FBI investigator resigned from the agency, noisily claiming its main obstacle in the investigation was Big Oil’s political influence. In an ironic twist of fate, the agent died in the World Trade Center.

(Fox Mulder, was that you? Is that why they cancelled the series?)

There also are recurring reports the CIA station chief in Dubai met with bin Laden only seven weeks before 9/11 while he was laid up for surgery. (The CIA denies this, but of course you can’t believe anything it says.)

Now think about this for a second: The Independent in London questions how Bush could claim in two public appearances to have seen the first plane hit the first tower long before any such TV footage was broadcast. The paper also asks why Dubya continued sitting with elementary school students after the second tower was hit and he’d been told, “America is under attack.”

Very mysterious, when standard procedure for such a situation is to whisk the president away to safety. Unless — and here is the nub — unless he knew something more than we did that morning. As the Independent asked, “What television station was HE watching?”

This is rich stuff for those who see Them under the bed, especially since the financial miasma melds nicely with the already swirling rumour and insinuation.

In the days before the attacks, there was unusually heavy trading in airline and related stocks using a market tactic called a “put option” that essentially bets that a stock will decline in value. If you were Osama, buying puts would be a great way to boost the value of your investment portfolio.

And sure enough, unusually high numbers of put options were purchased in early September for the stocks of AMR Corp. and UAL Corp., the parents of American and United — each of which had two planes hijacked. The U.S. government is now investigating suspicious trading in 38 companies directly affected by the events of Sept. 11.

The initial survey of beneficiaries, however, turns out not to include one tall, dark-haired, olive-skinned, Allah-loving, Saudi-born sheik. Mainly the profiteers were blue-chip, establishment, red-white-and-blue Americans, some of whom were tenants in the collapsed twin towers, such as Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, Lehman Brothers and the Bank of America, major airlines, cruise companies, General Motors Corp., Raytheon and others. Several insurance companies are also on the 38-name list U.S. and Canadian financial firms were a